Professional Documents
Culture Documents
The Chess Player's Chronicle, 1859-OCR, 798p
The Chess Player's Chronicle, 1859-OCR, 798p
http://books.google.com
7err.S*47* * j^.
i^W \-"L
THE
(THIRD SERIES.)
1 -TT •
1859.
LONDON:
PUBLISHED BY J. H. STARIE,
PHILIDORIAN CHESS ROOMS,
46, RATHBONE PLACE, OXFORD STREET.
M.DCCC.LI.
LONDON:
PRINTED sY r. PICKTON,
PERRY's PLACE, 2fl, OXFORD STREET.
PREFACE.
GENERAL MATTER.
FAIil
A Game at Chess {Poetry) . 229 Paul Morphy, a Sketch from the
Anderssen as a Match-Player . 89 Chess World 289
Blindfold Chess in Germany . 71 Paul Morphv, a Sketch from the
Blindfold Play . . 129, 162 Chess World. Herr Falk-
Chess Charades ... 69 beer's Translation of Mai
Chess Enigma .... 104 Langc'sWork, second notice 327
Chess in the Provinces . . 101 Reading Chess Soiree 380
Chess Journalism ... 34 Scores in Matches . 30
Chess, the Progress of .33 Some Observations on the Origin
Chess Tournaments . . . 225 and Progress of Chess, by
Introduction .... 1 Dr. Duncan Forbes 259, 291,
Match between Mr. Campbell 327, 354
and Mr. Wormald . . 21 The American Star and the
Match bet ween Mr. Morphy and British Lions . 3
Professor Anderssen . 6 The Antiquity of Printed Works
Match between Mr. Morphy and on Chess .... 228
Herr ilarrwitz . . .131 The Championship of England 193
Match between Herr Harrwitz The Chess Board (Poetry) 70
and Mr. Reeves . 309 The Game of Chess and the
Match between Mr. Morphy and Game of Life . 257
Mr. Mongredien ." . 106 The Norfolk News . 359
Match between Mr. Morphy and The Languages of Chess . 65
Herr Lowenthal . . 199 The Seven Ages of Chess (Poetry) 102,
Match- Play from 1856 to 1859 97 130, 166, l'Jfi, 203, 296
Our Political Creed . . .161 West Yorkshire Chess Associa
Paul Morphy, the Chess Cham tion .... 190,196
pion (Notice) . . . 254
GAMES.
Allison and Montgomery . 367 Barnes and Harrwitz . . 306
Alter and Medley . . .121 Morphy . . 29
Amateur and Falkbeer . . 220 Belgian Amateur and Janssens 182
Amateur and Harrwitz . 245 Bird and Harrwitz 240,244
Amateur and Lumley . 284 Mr. M. . . 148
Anderssen and De Riviere . 55 Morphy . 120
Anderssen and Harrwitz . . 362 Boden and Brien . . 252
Morphy 58,59,60,61 Harrwitz . 807
Pollmaecher . 152 Morphy 211, 316
Zytogorskl . 299 Bledow and Lowenthal . 248
VI CONTENTS.
I' »ol
Brahmin and Green . 246 Jausaens and a Belgian Amateur 182
Brien and Boden . 262 Campbell 379
Campbell 23, 24, 78 Falkbeer . 176
. Harrwitz 237—239 . Green . . 179
Zytogorski . 181 Kenny . 177-178
Buckle and Zytogorski . 180 Mucklow . 837
Jouruoud and Szabo . 151
Calthrop and Paulsen . . 373
Campbell and Brien . 23, 24, 78 Kenny and Lumley
Harrwitz 235,286,346 . 298
Healoy . 347 Janssens 177, 178
- Janssens . . 379 Zytogorski 217, 218
Kipping and Thorold 249, 251
Reeves 265-267, 268 Kolisch and Harrwitz
Szabo . . 280 . 207
Kr. and SulU . . 72
Daniels and Staudigl . 22
Deacon and Michaels . . 378 Laroche and Harrwitz . 253
Discart . . .378 Morphy 376
De Riviere and an Amateur . 220 Lichtenhein and Stanley 868, 370, 371
Hnmpe . . 149 Lowenihal and an Amateur \ 284
Janssens . 166 Bledow . . 248
Morphy. . 182 Falkbeer 17,19,73,74
Kenny . . 298
FalkbeerandLowenthal
Zytogorski 17,19,73,74
. . 49 Morphy . . 156
Lumley and Zjtogorski
Rainger . ..124
297
MATCHES.
Anderssen and Morphy 7, 9, 11, 12, Morphy and Anderssen, see Anderssen
13, 15, 41, 42, 43, 44, 47 and Morphy.
Harrwitz, tee Harrwitz
Campbell and Wormald 21, 50, 51,
53, 91, 93, 123, 147, 198, 302, 303 and Morphy.
L>
Harrwitz and Morphy 133, 134, 136, owenthal, see L6wen-
137, 139, 141, 142, 145 thal and Morphy.
Beeves 309, 310, 342, Mongredien, tee Mongre
343,344 dien and Morphy.
Lowenthal and Morphy . 199, 202, Reeves and Harrwitz, see Harrwitz
203, 234, 269, 271, 272, 273, 275, and Reeves.
279, 312, 314, 333, 334 Wormald and Campbell, tee Campbell
Mongredien and Morphy . 107, 108, and Wormald.
110, 111, 112, 113, 114
BLINDFOLD PLAT.
Morphy and Boucher 167 Morphy and Lequesne . . 171
■ — Bierwith lfi8 Potior . . .173
Bornemann 169 Preti . .174
Guibert 170 Seguin . . 174
CONSULTATION GAMES.
Falkbeer and Horwitz, v. Zyto Lowenthal and Cunningham c.
gorski and Kling 281 Staunton and Barnes . 76
Harrwitz v. Guibert and Le Morphy and Barnes o. Staunton
quesne .... 339 and Altar . . .211
e. Reeves and Smith 838 Staunton and Barnes v. Lowen
Lowenthal and Barnes v. Staun thal and Alter ... 28
ton and Alter ... 26 Zytogorski and Mucklow v.
Campbell and Healey 365
CONTENTS.
OPENINGS CLASSIFIED.
PAGE PAGE
King's Gambit Declined 152, lfi9, Queen's Knight's Opening . 19, 28
202, 362 King's Bishop's Gambit 60, 111,
King's Bishop's Opening 17, 107 239, 299, 801, 378
King's Knight's Defence to it King's Knight's Gambit Proper
29, 252, 307 61, 180, 187
King's Knight's Opening : — Muzio Gambit .... 22
Philidor's Defence (Q. P.) 21, 26, Queen's Gambit Refused . 371, 376
51, 73, 114, 115, 120, 121, 134, Allgaier Gambit 58, 59, 72, 282, 346
137, 141, 145, 149, 163, 167, Sicilian Opening 24, 43, 174, 176,
174, 199, 240, 242, 272, 273, 271, 284, 312, 374
281, 316, 347, 348 French Game 47, 74, 76, 108, 133,
Petrors Defence of K. Kt. 50, 91, 168, 177, 179, 279, 314, 339
123, 173, 203, 244, 269, 333 Irregular Openings 14, 15, 23, 41, 42,
Attack of Q. B. P.— 44, 49, 78, 93, 102, 136, 139, 142,
Giuoco Piano 110, 178, 368, 379 170, 171
Evans's Gambit 7, 56, 108, 113, At Odds 184, 207, 208, 209, 210,
155, 213, 245, 249, 305, 337, 367 211, 239, 248, 263, 303, 315, 339,
Ruy Lopez 9, 11, 12, 79, 1 17, 156, 360, 361
198, 251, 275, 280, 302, 334, 304, Pawn and Move 197, 246, 265, 267,
365 268
Scotch Opening 214, 219, 370, 373 Pawn and Two Moves 148, 216, 217,
Centre Gambit 53, 64, 81, 88, 90, 218, 220, 297, 306, 309, 310
124, 151 The Knight 341, 342, 343, 314
Two Knights' Opening . . 182 The Book . . . .336
Irregular Knight's Opening 55, 298
PROBLEMS.
Signor Aspa .... 287 Kling and Horwitz . . 127
J. M. Abbot, Esq. . . .192 J. Law, Esq., M.D. . 256
Angas 95 Marache and Morphy . 96
Mr. Brown . . . .320 — Percie, Esq. .. 224
J. G. Campbell, Esq. . . 223 J. C. Boll, Esq. 159, 160, 288
J. A. Conroy, Esq. . . .224 Howard Taylor, Esq. . 383
Mr. S. Crawshay 95, 96, 128, 159 R. B. Wormald, Esq. 32, 64, 319
Delta 223 Mr. Zytogorski . 127, 320
Professor Forbes, from an Arabic
M.S. 191 Problems for Young Players 126,
Mr. Edwin Geake . 191, 192, 288 188, 221, 286, 318
A. Green, Esq. . 128
Mr. Greenwood 63, 160 Solutions to Problems 62, 126, 158,
M. Grosdemange . 352, 384 188, 189, 222, 254, 286, 318,
Herr Hamvitz 352 350, 381
F. Healey, Esq. 31, 63, 255, 351,
383, 384 Solutions to Problems for Young
Herr Kling . 64, 319 Players . 189, 350, 382
Clje <%ss |)lager's <%0nitk
THIRD SERIES.
INTRODUCTION.
The Chess Player's Chronicle need not say much respecting Bri
tish Chess. It would not avail us to point to our Clubs, our places
of public resort, our list of strong players, to prove that we must
furnish matter for no common class of readers. Such topics might be
suitable to a new journal struggling into existence, and predisposed to
court, in an indirect manner, general favor. They are not adapted to
the old representative of Chess in this country. It was after the death
of M'Donnell, and the retirement of Lewis and Fraser, that the pub
lication of this magazine was first contemplated. What was the state
of British Chess at that time ? " Poor England almost afraid to know
herself" ; her best and bravest champion defeated in an encounter with
a foreign combatant ; another of her finest amateurs, beaten by a leader
of the same foreign school, looked with longing eyes for some rallying-
point, some centre of gravitation, towards which the falling bodies of
her players might be attracted. Such a centre was offered by this
magazine. The prospects of English Chess, notwithstanding the ad
versity it had suffered, were disposed to brighten, if the opportunity
were seized with promptness and decision. The skilful amateur, of
foreign extraction (to whom had been assigned by general consent the
superiority over his fellows in this country), had, after a very arduous
contest, been defeated by an English player by the odd game. That
English player—ambitious of success, over-jealous of reputation, by
the style of his game, free from what was flashy, preferring solidity
to brilliancy, depth to ingenuity—seemed likely to enhance the fame
of a rising school, and to maintain its pretensions against able rivals.
Starting with somewhat of a miscellaneous character, the Chess
Player's Chronicle soon found it necessary to devote the whole of
its attention to pure Chess. Club after Club rose in the provinces,
not a little aided, we may say boldly, by the existence of a central
SJ THE CHESS PLAYER S CHRONICLE.
Morpby offered Mr. Staunton Pawn and move ; if this be the case, we
are authorised to state, that several of the pupils of Mr. Staunton are
ready to take up the challenge, if Mr. Morphy will communicate time
and conditions. The victories of Mr. Morphy, therefore, extend over
six out of twenty-four strong players. A very fair result indeed ; but
were those six the strongest of the twenty-four, or only the most willing
to be beaten ?
So far Mr. Morphy has certainly the best of it, for he is fairly en
titled to say, " I have beaten every one in England with whom I have
played ; " but it must not be forgotten that England is an exceptional
country, and our metropolis an exceptional town. Although there are
more Chess clubs, Chess rooms, and Chess players in this city than in
any other in the world, the members of the different clubs never meet,
and the strong players of the same circle scarcely ever play together.
It is not long ago that one of the above-mentioned first-rate players,
who knows the Handbook by heart, asked us, " What sort of man is
Mr. Staunton?" Non credat Americanos. It requires an extraordinary
stimulus to bring an Englishman before the public, but, once fairly
launched, he is sure to steer, in spite of wind and weather. Mr.
Staunton had a hard fight for the championship, but, once established
in it, nobody thought of disputing his laurels. It was the very hardi
hood of the beardless young athlete from over the seas, to throw the
gauntlet to England, that astonished the dormant energy of our gladiators
lor a moment ; but, once fully awake to the threatening disgrace, and,
in spite of the defeats of the Lowenthals, Harrwitzes, and Auderssens,
the English Chess player will do his duty.
(a) Wo do not include here our glorious veterans who have some time since
given up Chess —Messrs. LewU, Q-. Walker, Fraaer, &c.
(4) We are fully aware that there is a great number of strong players, besides
t he above-named twelvo gentlemen, in the country ; but they will, we hope, pardon
ns for not mentioning their names, on account of space.
Game I.
White. (Mr. Morphy.) Black. (Herr Anderssen.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. Kt. to K. B. third 2. Kt. to Q. B. third
8. B. to Q. B. fourth 3. B. to Q. B. fourth
4. P. to Q. Kt. fourth 4. B. takes Kt. P.
5. P. to Q. B. third 5. B. to Q. R. fourth
6. P. to . fourth 6. P. takes P.
7. Castles 7. Kt. to K. B. third (a)
8. P. to K. fifth 8. P. to Q. fourth.
9. K. B. to Q. Kt. fifth 9. Kt. to K. fifth
I). P. takes P. 10. Castles
11. B. takes Kt. 11. P. takes B.
12. Q. to Q. R. fourth 12. B. to Q. Kt. third
13. Q. takes Q. B. P. 13. B. to K. Kt. fifth
14. B. to Q. Kt. second 14. B. takes Kt.
15. P. takes B. 15. Kt. to K. Kt. fourth
16. Kt. to Q. second 16. R. to K. square (A)
17. K. to R. square 17. Kt. to K. R. sixth
18. P. to K. B. fourth (c) 18. . to K. R. fifth
19. . takes Q. P. 19. Kt. takes K. B. P. (check)
20. K. to Kt. square 20. Kt. to Q. sixth
21. B. to Q. B. third 21. Kt. takes P. at K. B. fourth
22. Q. to K. B. third 22. Kt. to R. sixth (check)
23. K. to R. square 23. Kt. to. K. Kt. fourth
24. Q. to K. Kt. second 24. Q. R. to Q. square
25. R. to K. Kt. square 25. P. to K. R. third
26. Q. R. to K. B. square 26. Q. to K. R. sixth (d)
27. Q. to Q. B. sixth 27. Q. to Q. second
28. Q. to K. Kt. second 23. B. takes Q. P.
29. B. takes B. 29. Q. takes B.
30. Kt. to K. B. third 30. Q. to Q. fourth
31. P. to K. R. fourth 31. Kt. to K. third
32. Q. to K. Kt. fourth 32. Q. to Q. B. third
S3. R. to K. Kt. second 33. R. to Q. sixth
34. Q. to K. B. fifth 34. K. R. to Q. square
35. Q. to K. B. sixth 35. Q. to Q. fourth
36. Q. to K. B. fifth 36. R. to Q. eighth
s THE CHESS PLAYER S CHBONICLE.
Game II.
White. (Herr Anderssen.) Black. (Mr. Morphy.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. K. Kt. to B. third 2. Q. Kt. to B. third
3. K. B. to Q. Kt. fifth 3. P. to Q. R. third
4. B. to Q. R. fourth 4. Kt. to K. B. third
5. P. to Q. third 5. B. to Q. B. fourth
6. P. to Q. B. third 6. P. to Q. Kt. fourth
7. B. to Q. B. second 7. P. to Q. fourth
8. P. takes P. 8. Kt. takes P.
9. P. to K. R. third 9. Castles
10. Castles 10. P. to K. R. third
11. P. to Q. fourth 11. P. takes P.
12. P. takes P. 12. B. to Q. Kt. third
13. Kt. to Q. B. third 13. K. Kt. to Q. Kt. fifth
14. B. to Q. Kt. square (a) 14. Q. B. to K. third
15. P. to Q. JR. third 15. Kt. to Q. fourth
16. Q. Kt. to K. second 16. Kt. to K. B. third
17. Q. B. to K. third 17. R. to K. square
18. Kt. to K. Kt. third 18. B. to Q. B. fifth
19. Kt. to K. B. fifth 19. B. takes R.
20. Q. takes B. 20. Q. Kt. to K. second
21. K. Kt. to R. fourth 21. Kt. takes Kt.
22. Kt. takes Kt. 22. Q. to Q. second
23. B. takes K. R. P. 23. P. takes P.
24. Q. to Q. B. 24. K. B. takes P.
25. Q. takes K. R. P. 25. R. to K. eighth (chuck)
26. K. to R. second 26. Kt. to K. fifth
27. B. takes Kt. 27. R. takes B.
28. Q. to K. Kt. fifth (check) 28. K. to B. square
29. Q. to K. R. sixth (check) 29. K. to his square
30. Kt. takes B. 30. Q. to Q. third (check)
81. Q. takes Q. 31. P. takes Q.
32. R. to Q. square 32. K. to B. square
33. R. to Q. second 33. Q. R. to Q. square
34. P. to K. Kt. fourth 34. Q. R. to K. fourth
35. P. to K. B. third 35. R. to K. eighth
36. P. to K. fourth 36. R. to Q. fourth
10 THE CHESS PLAYERS CHRONICLE.
Notes.
(a) Had he advanced the Q.'a Pawn instead of this move, to avoid the
apparent loss of a Pawn, the following variation, which would have resulted in
Black's favor, might have arisen.
White. Black.
14, P. to Q. fifth 14. Kt. to K. second
15. B. to K. fourth 15. P. to K. B. fourth
16. P. to Q. sixth 16. P. takes B.
17. P. takes Kt. 17. Q. takes P.
18. Kt. to Q. fifth 18. Kt. takes Kt.
19. Q. takes Kt. 19. B. to K. third
20. Q. takes P. 20. Q. to K. B. third
With the bctter gamp.
Or,
16. Q. to Q. Kt. third 16. P. takes K. B.
17. P. to Q. sixth (disc. check) 17. K. to R. square
18. Q. takes Kt. 18. Q. takes P.
19. Q. takes Q. (best) 19. P. takes Q.
20. Kt. takes K. P. 20. P. to Q. fourth
21. Q. Kt. to Q. second
This move being compulsory to save the Q. B. P. Black has d(
better game.
THE CHESS PLAYER'S CHRONICLE. 11
If, however, White at his fourteenth move had preferred to protect his Q. P.
with the Bishop, the annexed interesting variation would have probably
occurred.
White. Black.
14. Q. B. to K. third 14. Kt. takes B.
15. Q. takes Kt. 15. Kt. takes P.
16. P. takes Kt. 16. B. takes B.
17. Q. B. to Q. square 17. P. to Q. B. fourth
IS. Kt. takes B. 18. P. takes Kt.
19. Q. to K. fourth
With a good game.
GasIE III.
White. (Mr. Morphy.) Black. (Herr Anderssen.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. K. Kt. to B. third 2. Q. Kt. to B. third
3. K. B. to Q. Kt. fifth 3. K. Kt. to B. third
4. P. to Q. fourth 4. Kt. takes P.
5. Kt. takes Kt. 5. P. takes Kt.
6. P. to K. fifth 6. P. to Q. B. third
7. Castles 7. P. takes B.
8. Q. B. to K. Kt. fifth 8. K. B. to K. second
9. P. takes mt. 9. B. takes P.
10. R. to K. square (check) 10. K. to B. square
11. B. takes B. 11. Q. takes B.
12. P. to Q. B. third 12. P. to Q. fourth
13. P. takes P. 13. Q. B. to K. third
14. Q. Kt. to B. third 14. P. to Q. R. third
15. R. to K. fifth 15. R. to Q. square
1ft. Q. to Q. Kt. third 16. Q. to K. second
17. Q. R. to K. square 17. P. to K. Kt. fourth
18. Q. to her square 18. Q. to K. B third
19. Q. R. to K. third 19. K. R. to K. Kt. square
20. R. takes B. 20. P. takes R.
21. R. to K. B. third
And Black 3urrenders.
12 THE CHESS PLAYER S CHRONICLE.
Notes.
(a) This defence, although recommended by the German Handbook, has
been of late closely analysed, and found defective.
(A) A novel move, but of rather doubtful soundness.
A move of questionable merit, evidently made with the intention of pre
venting the hostile Queen from checking.
(d) Obviously an oversight ; Pawn to K. Kt.'s fifth, might yet havo saved
the game.
Game IV
While. (Herr Anderssen.) Black. (Mr. Moephy.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. Kt. to K. B. third 2. Kt. to Q. B. third
3. B. to Q. Kt. fifth 3. P. to Q. R. third
4. B. to Q. B. fourth 4. Kt. to K. B. third
5. P. to Q. third (a) 5. B. to Q. B. fourth
6. P. to Q. B. third 6. P. to Q. Kt. fourth
7. B. to Q. B. second 7. P. to Q. fourth
8. P. takes P. 8. Kt. takes P.
9. P. to K. R. third 9. Castles
10. Castles 10. P. to K. R. third
11. P. to Q. fourth (4) 11. P. takes P.
12. P. takes P. 12. B. to Q. Kt. third
13. Kt. to Q. B. third 13. K. Kt. to Q. Kt. fifth
14. B. to Q. Kt. (c) 14. Q. B. to K. third
15. P. to Q. R. third 15. Kt. to Q. fourth
16. Q. B. to K. third 16. Kt. to K. B. third
17. Q. to Q. second 17. R. to K. square
13. R. to Q. square 18. B. to Q. fourth
19. Kt. to K. fifth 19. Q. to Q. third
20. Q. to Q. B. second (d) 20. Kt. takes Q. P.
21. B. takes Kt. 21. B. takes B.
22. Kt. takes B. 22. Q. takes K. Kt.
23. Kt. takes Kt. (check) 23. Q. takes Kt.
24. Q. to K. R. seventh (check) 24. K. to B. square
25. B. to K. fourth 25. Q. R. to Q. square
20. K. to R. square 26. B. takes Q. Kt. P.
27. Q. R. to Q. Kt. square 27. R. takes R. (check)
THE CHESS PLAYER'S CHRONICLE. 13
Notes.
(a) Generally the first player in this opening adopts a more attacking style.
The move in the text loses time.
(?<) If the first player is compelled to obtain an isolated Pawn by the advance
of his Queen's Pawn at this juncture, how weak must havo been "P. to Q. third"
at move fifth.
(e) " P. to Q. fifth " is showy, but " B. to K. fourth " is much sounder, unless
we are mistaken.
(d) This seems to be either an oversight or a miscalculation.
14 THE CHESS PLAYERS CHRONICLE.
Game V.
White. (Mr. Morphy.) Black. (Herr Anderssen.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to Q. fourth
2. P. takes P. 2. K. Kt. to B. third
3. P. to Q. fourth 3. Kt. takes P.
4. P. to Q. B. fourth 4. Kt. to K. B. third
5. Q. Kt. to B. third 5. Q. B. to K. B. fourth
6. K. Kt. to B. third 6. P. to K. third
7. Q. B. to K. third 7. K. B. to Q. Kt. fifth
8. Q. to Q. Kt. third 8. B. takes Kt. (check)
9. P. takes B. 9. B. to K. fifth
10. Kt. to Q. second 10. B. to Q. B. third
11. K. B. to Q. third 11. Q. Kt. to Q. second
12. Q. to Q. B. second 12. P. to K. R. third
13. Castles (K. R.) 13. Castles
14. Q. R. to K. square 14. P. to Q. Kt. third
15. P. to K. R. third 15. Q. to Q. B. square
16. K. to R. second 16. K. to R. square
17. R. to K. Kt. square 17. R. to K. Kt. square
18. P. to K. Kt. fourth 18. P. to K. Kt. fourth
19. P. to K. B. fourth 19. Q. to K. B. square
20. K. R. to K. Kt. third 20. Q. R. to Q. square
21. Kt. to K. B. third 21. B. takes Kt.
22. R. takes B. 22. Q. to Q. third
23. K. to K. Kt. second 23. K. Kt. to K. R. fourth
24. P. takes P. 24. P. takes P.
25. P. takes Kt. 25. P. to K. Kt. fifth
26. P. takes P. 26. R. takes P. (check)
27. K. to K. B. square 27. P. to K. B. fourth
28. Q. to K. B. second 28. Kt. to K. fourth
29. P. takes Kt. 29. Q. takes B. (check)
30. Q. to K. second 30. Q. to K. fifth
31. B. to K. B. second 31. Q. to Q. B. third
32. Q. R. to Q. square 32. R. takes R. (check)
33. Q. takes R. 33. Q. takes P. (check)
34. Q. to Q. third 34. Q. takes Q. R. P.
35. R. to K. Kt. third 35. Q. to Q. B. fifth
THE CHESS PLAYER'S CHRONICLE. 15
36. Q. takes Q. 36. R. takes Q.
37. R. to K. Kt. sixth 37. R. to Q. B. third
38. P. to Q. B. fourth 38. P. to Q. R. fourth
39. K. to K. second 39. R. takes P.
40. R. takes P. 40. R. to Q. B. seventh (check)
41. K. to B. third 41. P. to Q. R. fifth
42. R. to K. Kt. sixth 42. R. to Q. B. fifth
43. R. to K. Kt. square 42. P. to Q. R. sixth
44. P. to K. sixth 44. P. to Q. R. seventh
45. R. to Q. R. square 45. R. to K. fifth
46. R. takes P. 46. R. takes P.
47. K. to K. B. fourth 47. R. to Q. third
48. K. takes P. 48. R. to Q. fourth (check)
49. K. to Kt. fourth 49. P. to Q. Kt. fourth
50. R. to R. eighth (check) 50. K. to R. second
51. R. to R. seventh 51. R. to Q. second
52. B. to K. Kt. third 52. R. to K. Kt. second (check)
53. K. to R. fourth
And White wins.
Game VI.
Black. (Anderssen.) White. (Mourn y.)
1. P. to Q. R. third 1. P. to K. fourth
2. P. to Q. B. fourth 2. K. Kt. to B. third
3. Q. Kt. to B. third 3. P. to Q. fourth
4. P. takes P. 4. Kt. takes P.
5. P. to K. third 5. Q. B. to K. third
6. K. Kt. to B. third 6. K. B. to Q. third
7. K. B. to K. second 7. Castles
8. P. to Q. fourth 8. Kt. takes Kt.
9. P. takes Kt. 9. P. to K. fifth
10. Kt. to Q. second 10. P. to K. B. fourth
11. P. toK. B. fourth 11. P. to K. Kt. fourth
12. K. B. to Q. B. fourth 12. B. takes B.
13. Kt. takes B. 13. P. takes P.
14. P. takes P. 14. Q. to K. square
15. Castles 15. Q. toQ.B. third
16 THE CHESS PLAYER S CHRONICLE.
Notes.
(a) Some of White's moves of the Queen in the first 20 moves appear to give
Black time to form a terrible attack.
(4) Clearly he could not take the offered Pawn.
(c) Again he cannot capture the Pawn without loss ; for if 27, Kt. takes P.,
28, B. to K. fifth, and wins.
(d) " B. to K. R. third " at once would have strengthened Black's already
fine game. A Bishop so well posted should not be given up lightly.
(«) He might, with advantage, have brought in his Knight to K. fifth square.
(/) It is now that Black misses the loss of time in not advancing his Knight
at move 32. a
(y) " Q. to K. B. sixth " is a better resource.
THE CHESS PLAYER S CHRONICLE. 17
Games between Herr Lowenthal and Herr Falkreer, played
in the St. George's Club.
(King's Bishop's Opening.*)
(Lopez Gamrit.)
White. (Herr Falkreer.) Black. (Herr Lowenthal.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. B. to Q. B. fourth 2. B. to Q. B. fourth
3. Q. to K. second 3. Kt. to K. B. third (a)
4. P. to Q. third 4. Kt. to Q. B. third
5. P. to Q. B. third 5. P. to K. R. third
6. P. to Q. Kt. fourth 6. B. to Q. Kt. third
7. P. to Q. R. fourth 7. P. to Q. R. third
8. Kt. to K. B. third 8. P. to Q. third
9. B. to K. third 9. B. takes B.
10. P. takes B. 10. Kt. to K. second
11. Castles 11. Kt. to K. Kt. third
12. Q. Kt. to Q. second 12. Caatles
13. P. to K. R. third 13. P. to Q. B. third
14. Q. to K. B. second 14. P. to Q. fourth
15. B. to Q. Kt. third 15. P. takes P.
16. P. takes P. 16. Q. to Q. sixth
17. Q. B. to Q."B. 17. B. to K. third
18. B. takes B. 18. P. takes B.
19. Kt. to K. square 19. Q. to Q. second
20. Kt. from K. to K. B. third 20. Q. R. to Q. square (It)
21. Q. to K. Knt. third 21. K. to R. second (c)
22. Q. takes Kt. (check) (d) 22. K. takes Q.
23. Kt. takes P. (check) 23. K. to R. second
24. Kt. takes Q. 24. R. takes Kt.
25. Kt. to Q. Kt. third (e) 25. P. to K. fourth (/)
26. Kt. to K. B. fifth 26. R. to K. second
87. Q. R. to Q. square (g) 27. P. to Q. Kt. third
28. Kt. to Q. third (h) 28. R. to Q. square
29. Kt. to B. second 29. R.from K.second to Q.second
30. B. takes R. 30. R. takes R.
31. B. to Q. Kt. 31. R. to Q. seventh (i)
32. P. to Q. B. fourth 32. R. to Q. B. seventh
18 THE CHESS PLAYERS CHRONICLE.
Notes.
(•) See Staunton's Handbook, second edition, King's Bishop's Opening,
Lopez Gambit, p. 210.
(a) This defence was played by MTJoiwell against Dr La Bourdoitnais.
See Staunton's Handbook, second edition, p. 217.
(4) By this more Black evidently loses a Fawn in the long run, if not
immediately.
Sc) Q. to K. would have been far better.
d) This combination has been finely conceived and gives White a winning
game.
(e) Kt. to Q. B. fourth would have been better.
(/) The best move under the circumstances.
(ff) A very weak move ; P. to Q. B. fifth would have ensured the possession
of the conquered Pawn.
(A) White ought to have taken Q. B. P. with the Kt, or retreated to Kt.
third, as the only means of keeping the Pawn.
(t) Black begins to recover the lost ground.
!k) Why lose a move and not play at once to Q. sixth ?
I) In consequence of having lost a move with the Book, White is now
obliged to double another Pawn ; and Black could have won the game by play
ing B. to K. B. third ; for if White B. to Q. fifth, Black answers by B. to K.
third, and then, by bringing the B. on Q. B. file, Black easily wins.
(m) A very weak move, for these two Pawns can do no harm so long as the
Black Pawn stops them. As we have said, B. to K. B. sixth was tho winning
move; for if White plays B. to Q. seventh, Black still plays B. to K. third,
and by bringing the King into play, wins.
THE CHESS PLAYER S CHRONICLE 19
Notes.
(*) This opening is not to be found in the Handbook, nor other chess works,
but is quite sound.
(a) Black ought to have pinned the Kt., and thus brought out the Bishop.
(4) Clearly a useless move, as will be seen.
(<.) This more loses Black a Fawn, and is therefore bad, for if White plays
P. to B. third, he wins a Pawn, thus :—
First-
IB. P. to K. B. third 18. Kt. to K. B. third
19. Q. to K. square 19. Q. to K. B. fourth (check)(best)
20. K. to B. square 20. Q. takes Q. B. P. (best)
21. Kt. takes K. P. 21. Q. takes Q. Kt. P.
22. B. to Q. B. third 22. Q. to Q. B. seventh
23. B. to K. B. second 23. Q. to Q. B. fifth
24. Kt. takes Q. B. P.
With a wiiining game.
Second—
18. P. to K. B. third 18. Q. to Q. B. fourth (check)
19. P. to Q. fourth 19. Kt. takes P.
20. Kt. takes Kt. 20. Q. takes Kt. (check)
21. K. to B. square 21. Kt. to K. B. third
22. B. takes Kt. 22. P. takes B.
23. B. takes R. P.
And wins.
(d) P. to K. B. third would have been the stronger move, as wo have shown.
(<.) From this point of the game White plays admirably to the end.
(/) This is an ill-judged move.
(jg) Brilliant as well as sound.
[These two games form part of the match played at the Birmingham
tournament between the two above-mentioned champions, and were
played on the 16th and 17th September. It is well known that Herr
LiiWENTHAL won the 1st, and Herr Falkuff.r thp 9nrl nrize.1
THE CHESS PLAYER S CHRONICLE. 21
The following is the first Game in the match pending between two
of the most promising young players, Mr. J. C. Camprell and Mr.
E. B. Wormald. The first has already won a match against so dis
tinguished an amateur as Mr. Barnes ; and the second has successfully
encountered some of the most eminent players of the day. We shall
give the whole of the match, which is to be played at the Philidorian
Chess Rooms.
Game I.
(Philidor's Defence to King's Knight's Game.)
White. (Mr. Camprell.) Black. (Mr. Wormald.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. Kt. to K. B. third 2. P. to Q. third
3. P. to Q. fourth 3. P. takes P.
4. Q. takes P. 4. B. to Q. second
5. B. to K. third 5. Q. Kt. to B. third
0. Q. to Q. second 6. K. Kt. to B. third
7. Q. Kt. to B. third 7. B. to K. second
S. P. to K. B. third 8. Castles
9. Castles 9. P. to Q. B. third
10. P. to K. Kt. fourth 10. P. to Q. Kt. fourth
11. B. to Q. third 11. P. to Q. Kt. fifth
12. Kt. to K. second 12. Kt. to K. fourth
13. Kt. takes Kt. 13. P. takes Kt.
14. Kt. to K. Kt. third 14. B. to K. third (a)
15. P. to K. Kt. fifth 15. Kt. to Q. second (b)
10. Kt. to K. B. fifth 16. P. to Q. B. fourth
17. P. to K. B. fourth 17. K. B. to K. square
18. Q. to K. second 18. Q. to B. fourth
19. B. to Q. B. fourth 19. Kt. to Q. Kt. third (c)
20. B. takes B. 20. P. takes B.
21. Kt. takes B. (check) 21. B. takes Kt.
22. K. to Kt. square 22. B. to Q. B. square (d)
23. B. to Q. sixth 23. B. to Q. B. square
24. P. to K. B. fifth 24. Kt. to Q. B. fifth
25. Q. to Q. B. fourth 25. Q. to Q. Kt. fourth
26. Q. takes Q. 26. P. takes Q.
27. P. to K. Kt. sixth 27. P. to K. B. third
28. K. R. to Q. square 28. K. to B. square
22 THE CHESS PLAYER'S CHRONICLE.
Notes.
(a) The only move. (A) Why not to K. ?
Sc) It seems to us that B. takes B. would have been better.
d) Evidently a lost move.
Game played some years ago, between the late Mr. Daniels and
Mr. Staudigl; Mr. D. giving the move, and engaging to play the
Muzio.
(Muzio Gambit.)
White. (Mr. Staudigl.) Black. (Mr. Daniels.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. P. to K. B. fourth 2. P. takes P.
3. Kt. to K. B. third 3. P. to K. Kt. fourth
4. B. to Q. B. fourth 4. P. to Q. Kt. fifth
5. P. to Q. fourth 5. P. to Q. fourth
6. B. takes P. 6. P. takes Kt.
7. Castles 7. P. to Q. B. third
8. B. to Q, Kt. third 8. B. to K. R. third
9. Q. takes P. 9. Q. to K. Kt. fourth
10. P. to K. Kt. third 10. Q. to K. Kt. fifth
11. Q. to Q. third 11. P. takes P.
12. B. takes P. (check) 12. K. to Q. square
13. B. takes Kt. 13. P. takes P. (check)
14. K. to B. square 14. B. takes B.
And Black checku atcd in two moves.
THE CHESS PLAYER'S CHRONICLE. 23
Notes.
(a) This move, as it supports for a time the Bishop which is posted sub
sequently at K. B. fourth, is perhaps to be preferred to " Q. to Q. square."
(4) If Black, when he made this more, intended to play afterwards " B. to
Q. third," he might have noticed that he would lose time by the Queen's sally.
(c) This seems to be sounder than " Q. B. to Q. B. fifth.''
(d) If "B. to Q. B. square," White would gain something by " Q. B. to Q.
B. fifth." " K. B. to Q. Kt. third" is perhaps safer than the move in the text ;
but White would, even if that move had been made, have retained a strong
attack.
(e) Threatening, amongst other contingencies, to advance his Fawn to K. B.
fourth.
(/) This offer of the exchange of Books is badly calculated.
(y) The correct play. Whether White exchange his K. B. Pawn for the
hostile Pawn or not, the game must bo drawn if Black play carefully.
Notes.
(a) The " P. to K. B. fourth " opening is likely to lead to positions of uni
formity, and for the most part of little interest.
(4) " Q. to K. B. third,'' and " Kt. to Q. B. sixth," would be of no avail.
(c) These Pawns are not strongly posted, but it is necessary to drive back
the Knights.
(d) This move is hazardous, but it is the only one to impart life to the game.
(e) The threatened move " Q. to Q. Kt. second," always guards the Q. B.
Pawn.
(/) To prevent White's Queen from taking the Q. Pawn.
(g) Perhaps more to be relied on than " Kt. takes K. P."
(A) Compelling Black to regain the Pawn by " B. takes P."
(i) Probably " Kt. to Q. fourth " is stronger.
26 THE CHESS PLAYER S CHRONICLE.
Notes.
(a) Not so good a move at it appears.
(b) Apprehending a triple attack upon the King's Pawn, by "K. B. to Q.
square."
(c) This impedes the development of Black's game.
(d) To avoid the consequences of White playing their K. Bishop to B. third,
and then capturing the adverse Kt. We are not sure, however, that Black played
the best move. Tho general opinion was that they should rather have played
their King to B. second.
(e) Threatening, if the Pawn be captured, to move the Kt. to K. Kt. sixth.
(j ) They dare not take tho Pawn, for the capture would cost them a piece,
ex.gr.:—
10. Kt. takes P. 16. Q. to K. third
17. P. to K.Kt. fourth (best) 17. B. takes Kt.
18. Kt. takes B. 18. Q. takes Kt.
&c. &c.
(y) They should rather have played P. to Q. Kt. third, to prevent " Kt. to
Q. B. fifth," which occasions them a good deal of trouble.
(A) It is not often that this Pawn can be taken with impunity ; but in tho
present case White cannot play P. to Q. Kt. third, and imprison the Bishop,
without losing a piece through tho check of the adverse Queen.
(■) It was necessary to bring the Queen back, or Black would have obtained
a strong attack on the K.'s side.
(k) Threatening to take the K. Kt. P. with their Bishop.
28 THE CHESS PLAYER S CHRONICLE.
(Q It would have been better, perhaps, to have moved this Book to Q. squarei
or the other to Q. fifth.
fm) The correct move.
») Had they played " Q. to K. Kt. second," White would not have exchanged
Queens, but would probably have moved " Q. to Q. third," a winning advantage.
Notes.
(a) The I. L. N. prefers " K. B. to Q. B. fourth."
(4) This move is condemned by the /. L. N-, which recommends " P. to Q.
seventh (check)."
Notes.
(o) " Q. to K. second " is the correot move, and establishes, we believe, the
opening in favour of the second player. " P. to Q. third " is of no value, as the
following variation from a game between Messrs. Camprell and Brxrn will
tond to prove :—
6. P. to Q. third
7. Kt. to K. K. fourth P. to K. Kt. third
8. P. to K. B. fourth P. to K. B. fourth
9. Kt. takes K. B. P. B. takes Kt.
And Mr. Campbell now won by " Q. to Q. fifth."
In the above variation, if the second player refuse to take the Kt. at move 9,
he will get a bad game. We repeat, therefore, that he must destroy this gambit
by playing for his 6th move " Q. to K. second."
(4) " B. to K. B. third " would have been unavailing.
(c) The combined advance of the Pawns on both sides of the board wins more
than a piece.
A
THE CHESS PI AVER S CHRONICLE. SI
WHITE.
White to play and mate in three movc9.
By the same.
BLacK.
wniTE.
White to play and mate in four moves.
32 THE CHESS PLAYER S CHRONICLE.
By R. B. Wormald, Esq.
ulack.
ss %
i. 'HM
' W:
HBesatf-
.iI
^" .^^.
H4il3
#////^ <fefe^
HHP HI
a^Bayi. ■
I/' «■ ^— p
WHITE.
White mates in three moves.
By the same.
BLACK.
i A H
WPJk/LiP..
W,
i ^g :J i ■
is m - ■^
Ill
WHITE.
White mntes in four moves.
THE CHESS PLAYER'S CHRONICLE. 33
CHESS JOURNALISM.
As we open our eyes on the Chess world after a two years' slumber, we
are met on every side by many and great changes.
The victor of 1851 has allowed his sword to rust in its scabbard,
and fallen an easy victim to the stripling who has ventured to dispute
the championship of Europe. Old veterans have passed away into the
dust, or retired upon their laurels, and their place has been filled by
a young and rising race of players. The ranks of Problem com
posers have been recruited by a legion of eager aspirants after fame.
Chess has, in fact, undergone a complete transformation. We have
had Chess gatherings, Chess quarrels, tournaments, and Problem
jousts. The powerful under-current of progress which manifests itself
amid all these changes, is unmistakeable ; and to our minds, the most
satisfactory evidence of this, is the introduction of Chess into the
weekly journals.
There are now. in London only, no less than eleven periodicals which
devote a column once a week exclusively to Chess. We believe the
following will be found to be n complete list of these, which we have
THE CHESS PLAYER'S CHRONICLE. 35
that its editor has done more for the cause of Chess than any man
living. There are few, we imagine, of our best players, or problem
composers, whose earliest and brightest Chess reminiscences are not
associated with Mr. Staunton.
Bell's Life comes next on our list, and a kindly, gossiping, compa
nionable Chess friend he is ! With all his strong party prepossessions,
he is still a lover of fair play, and ever willing to give both sides a ready
hearing. We must confess, however, to having been considerably
startled by the strange melamorphotis which has of late come over him.
The gallantry and daring of the young novice, who has just entered the
ring to dispute the championship of the heavy weights, assuredly must
have completely fascinated him. It is only on this supposition that
we can account for the high-flown tone of laudation—we almost said
adulation —which pervades his annotations on Mr. Morphy's games.
No one who is in the least degree acquainted with the writer's true cha
racter, can for a moment doubt the honesty or sincerity of these com
ments. Yet we would fain remind him, albeit reluctantly, that the
great mass of exoteric Chess players, when they find the mildest moves
heralded as " Mr. Morphy's crushing logic "(!) or the modest coup of
K. to 11. second, hailed with " What, up again, old fellow," will begin
to fancy they are on the verge of that narrow boundary where "great
wit " becomes uudistinguishable from maduess, and hero-worship from
toadyism.
Herr Lowenthal conducts no less than three columes, viz., the Era,
the Illustrated News of the World, and the Family Herald ; the first
named, as we are informed every week, "exclusively," whatever that
may mean. In one respect the Era merits our especial attention. In
addition to its other excellent features, it invariably contains the latest
Chess intelligence. The other journals are content with supplying a few
scraps of information respecting the last new star, or the score of the
last match in some favored Chess locality ; but the Era is thorougldy
cosmopolitan, and gives the sayings and doings of our several me
tropolitan and provincial Chess centres with a most praiseworthy
impartiality.
The Illustrated News of the World is conducted on the same prin -
ciples, and for so young n column seems to enjoy a very considerable
share of patronage. The Family Herald is mainly devoted to the in
struction of young players. To this end it has supplied a series of
THE CHESS PLAYER'S CHRONICLE. 37
known editorial names at the head of every column, is, to say the least,
questionable.
Hitherto we have hailed the development of Chess in this direction
as a matter of congratulation ; but the picture has its darker side, and
to suppress it, would be only to injure the cause we would serve. We
all know what a burlesque of the term is " popular " science. Nor is
this remark inapplicable to Chess. There are many dangers attendant
on popularizing Chess too much. In the first place, there is every pro
bability of our losing in quality what we gain in quantity. This is
borne out by the fact, that whereas at the present day we have a count
less host of third and fourth rate players, it is questionable whether
we have as many first, or even good second rates, than there were a
dozen years ago.
Again, it has a tendency to break up Chess into sects and cliques.
One set of players is sunk in a blind state of " hero worship," and pin
their faith absolutely on one idolized individual. They make no allow
ance for the effect of age or other occupations, but fondly imagine that
what he once was he must ever be. Others, on the contrary, rush
frantically after every new " star " that rises above the Chess horizon,
and form around it a halo of fulsome adoration, thus obscuring the very
brilliancy they seek to enhance. We cannot condemn too strongly
each of these extremes. We are no Chess conservatives. In our eyes
the brightness of the new moon is not one whit tarnished by any affec
tionate regret after the glories of that ancient institution the old one.
But, on the other hand, we must most emphatically protest against the
prevalent fashion of depreciating a fine player because he has lost this
or that match. An old veteran should be neither worshipped as an idol,
nor ignored as a nonentity, but reverenced as a relic.
Lastly,—and what is most dangerous of all,—the spread of Chess
may cause it to be overrated. Bacon's caution against metaphysical
philosophy, is equally applicable to Chess. The danger is, " lest by
falsely magnifying and extolling the powers of the mind, we seek not
its real helps." Chess can never, either in England or America, be
come a profession. It is but a scientific recreation —the highest, indeed,
of all—but still only a recreation ; and he who would make it more,
and propose it as the end and aim of his existence, must inevitably
sink into that most contemptible of characters—the man of one idea
— the mere Chess player.
TI1K CHBSS PLAYER'S CHRONICLE. 39
YNDERSSEN AS A MATCH-PLAYER.
cause of this success ? In 1851 his play was sound, steady, and earnest.
Never tedious, he was always patient. Not unwilling to advance, he
did not build his combinations on imaginary attack, he kept in view a
true line of defence. In a word, he never calculated loosely. But
what is the value of his recent play ? The games show on his part a
want of steadiness, perseverance, and self-possession. Once eminently
self-conscious, he seems to have lost the main attribute of a great
Chess player. This strikes us as the reason why (to speak technically),
in the match before us, he rashly sacrifices Pawns, Knights, and Rooks.
This is the true cause why, when the attack is in his hands, he is
unable to bring it to a successful issue. The career of Anderssen
furnishes instruction to Chess players of all countries. A careful exa
mination of his games shows that his present play finds an exact
parallel in that of his opponent's, or, at least, the most distinguished
of them, at the time at which he earned the championship of Chess.
Then they were unsound, they failed in their assaults, his aim was
unerring. We put out of sight entirely the question, whether his late
antagonist was a player of higher, or so high, an order. No such ques
tion can affect an argument addressed exclusively to the discussion of
Anderssen's style of play. A word, however, about his conqueror.
Morphy has shown several qualities which ought to adorn a match
player. He has proved himself a skilful general by his prudence and
accuracy, not unattended by a promptness in taking advantage of his
adversary's mistakes in calculation. Such gifts, so rare in a player of
his age, added, as they are, to an extraordinary memory (and that
memory already provided with its choicest food—prodigious learning in
openings, and unexampled acquaintance with published games) may
well make the youthful champion dangerous to any competitor. His
power will be better tested hereafter. We would not do injustice to
his high-spirited opponent. The games of the match, decidedly inferior
as they are to those of M'Donnell and De La Bouhdonnais, and of
Staunton and St. Amant, are also far below Anderssen's previous
match play. We will not, therefore, undertake to say that Anderssen
cannot resume his pristine vigour and correctness. His other labours
upon mental subjects, perhaps, may not exclude him entirely from the
practice of Chess. We remember how M'Donnell rallied after his first
defeat by De La Bourdon nais. A similar lot may be reserved for the
gallant Prussian. Be that as it may, Chess players owe him not a
little gratitude for his public spirit, and for his valuable contributions
to the literature of our game. Chess would willingly get rid of some
of its mere players and professors ; it gladly enters upon its muster-
roll the names of scholars and mathematicians.
THE CHESS PLAYER S CHRONICLE. -VI
The following five Games form the conclusion of the Match between
Mr. Morphy and Professor Anderssen.
Game VII.
White. (Morphy.) Black. (Anderssen.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to Q. fourth
2. P. takes P. 2. Q. takes P.
3. Q. Kt. to B.-third 3. Q. to Q. R. fourth
4. P. to Q. fourth 4. P. to K. fourth (a)
5. P. takes P. 5. Q. takes P. (check)
6. K. B. to K. second 6. K. B. to Q. Kt. fifth
7. K. Kt. to B. third (4) 7. B. takes Kt. (check)
8. P. takes B. 8. Q. takes Q. B. P. (check)
9. Q. B. to Q. second 9. Q. to Q. B. fourth
10. Q. R. to Q. Kt. square 10. Q. Kt. to Q. B. third (a)
11. Castles 11. K. Kt. to K. B. third
12. Q. B. to K. B. fourth 12. Castles (c)
13. Q. B. takes Q. B. P. 13. Q. Kt. to Q. fifth
14. Q. takes Kt. 14. Q. takes B.
15. B. to Q. third 15. Q. B. to K. Kt. fifth (4)
16. Kt. to K. Kt. fifth 16. K. R. to Q. square (c)
17. Q. to Q. Kt. fourth 17. B. to B. square
18. K. R. to K. square 18. P. to Q. R. fourth
19. Q. to K. seventh 1 9. Q. takes Q.
20. R. takes Q. 20. Kt. to Q. fourth
21. B. takes K. R. P. (check) 21. K. to R. square
22. R. takes K. B. P. 22. Kt. to Q. B. sixth
23. Q. R. to K. square 23. Kt. takes Q. R. P.
24. K. R. to K. B. fourth 24. Q. R. to Q. R. third
25. B. to Q. third
And Black resigns.
Notes.
(a) This is a very inconsiderate move, as Black must lose Q. B. P. by it.
Q. to Q. third, would have been better.
(4) Another weak move, which considerably weakens Black's game.
(e) This last move seals Black's fate. We are at a loss to understand the object
of it. Why not play P. to K. K. third, attacking the Kt. r This is simply throw
ing a game away, and does not resemble Andersscn's ordinary play.
42 THE CHESS PLAYER'S CHRONICLE
Game VIII.
White. (Anderssen.) Black. (Morpuy.)
1. P. to Q. E. third (a) 1. P. to K. fourth
2. P. to Q. B. fourth 2. Kt. to K. B. third
3. Kt. to Q. B. third 3. P. to Q. fourth
4. P. takes P. 4. K. Kt. takes P.
5. P. to K. third 5. Q. B. to K. third
6. Kt. to K. B. third 6. B. to Q. third
7. B. to K. second 7. Castles
8. P. to Q. fourth 8. Kt. takes Kt.
9. P. takes Kt. 9. P. to K. fifth
10. Kt. to Q. second 10. P. to K. B. fourth
11. P. to K. B. fourth 11. Q. to K. B. fifth (check)
12. P. to K. Kt. third 12. Q. to K. B. sixth
13. B. to K. B. square 13. Q. to K. R. third
14. P. to Q. B. fourth 14. P. to Q. B. third
1 5. P. to Q. B. fifth 15. B. to Q. B. second
16. B. to Q. B. fourth (b) 16. Kt. to Q. second
17. Castles 17. P. to Q. Kt. fourth
18. P. takes P. (en passant) 18. P. takes P.
19. Q. to Q. Kt. third 19. K. E. to K. square
20. B. to Q. Kt. second 20. P. to Q. Kt. fourth
21. B. takes B. (check) 21. Q. takes B.
22. Q. to Q. B. second 22. Q. to Q. fourth
23. K. B. to Q. B. square 23. R. to Q. E. third
24. P. to Q. B. fourth 24. K. E. to Q. E. square
25. P. takes P. 25. Q. takes Kt. P.
26. Q. to Q. B. fourth (check) (c) 26. Q. takes Q.
27. Kt. takes Q. 27. E. takes E.
28. B. takes B. 28. Kt. to K. B. third
29. B. to Q. B. third (d) 29. E. to Q. R. seventh
30. B. to Q. second 30. Kt. to Q. fourth
31 . K. to B. square 31. B. to Q. square
32. K. to K. square 32. B. to K. second
33. B. to Q. Kt. square 33. P. to K. R. third
34. Kt. to K. fifth 34. P. to Q. B. fourth
35. P. takes P. 35. B. takes P.
THE CHESS PLAYER S CHRONICLE. 43
Notes.
(a) This is giving the advantage of the attack away. Morphy's knowledge of
the openings must have told upon Anderssen, to reduce him to a defensive move.
(1) Kt. to Q. B. fourth, would have been stronger, as he is quite useless in
his present place.
(e) This seems to us a most unnecessary exchange of Queens. Kt. to Q. B.
fourth, would have been much stronger.
(d) B. to Q. Kt. second, would have been better.
Game IX.
(Sicilian Defence.)
While. (Morphy.) Black. (Anderssen.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to Q. B. fourth
2. P. to Q. fourth 2. P. takes P.
3. Kt. to K. B. third 3. Kt. to Q. B. third
i. Kt. takes P. 4. P. to K. third
5. Kt. to Q. Kt. fifth 5. P. to Q. third
0. B. to K. B. fourth 6. P. to K. fourth
7. B. to K. third 7. P. to K. B. fourth (a)
8. Q. Kt. to Q. B. third 8. P. to K. B. fifth (4)
44 THE CHESS PLAYER S CHRONICLE.
Notes.
\
(a) It is difficult to account for the occurrence of such a move in a match
game, for it can neither be called a blunder nor an oversight, but is one of those
careless moves which are only pardoned in skittling games. A moment's reflec
tion would have shown that Pawn to Q. It. third was the move.
(A) P. to Q. B. third, could have still saved the game. After the move in the
text, the game was beyond redemption.
Game X.
Black. (Anderssen.) WTiite. (Morphy.)
1. P. to Q. R. third 1. P. to K. fourth
2. P. to Q. B. fourth 2. Kt. to K. B. third
3. Kt. to Q. B. third 3. P. to Q. fourth
4. P. takes P. 4. Kt. takes P.
5. P. to K. third 5. Q. B. to K. third
6. Kt. to K. B. third 6. B. to Q. third
7. B. to K. second 7. Castles
8. Castles. 8. Kt. takes Kt.
9. Kt. P. takes Kt. 9. P. to K. B. fourth
10. P. to Q. fourth 10. P. to K. fifth
11. Kt. to Q. second 11. R. to K. B. third
12. P. toK. B. fourth (a) 12. R. to K. R. third
13. P. to K. Kt. third 13. Kt. to Q. second
14. Kt. to Q. B. fourth 14. B. takes Kt.
15. B. takes B. (check) 15. K. to R. square
THE CHESS PLAYER 9 CHRONICLE. ■t6
Note*.
(a) This is one of the very few instances in which we hare seen Mr. Morphy
make a weak move ; tho Bogk is now quite powerless, after White shuts out
the action of the Black B. by moving P. to Q. B. fourth. Having played the
B. to B. third, Black, in order to sustain the attack, ought to have taken the
Pawn in passing. Mr. Morphy, however, was so many games ahead, that he
could safely take these liberties.
(4) Clearly a lost move. White's game, however, is already so strong, that
he can afford to lose a move or two.
(c) Here the general of the Black forces returns the compliment by also losing
a move j for it is evident that the Bishop, when he stops the advance of the
Pawn, must retire to K. second, and thereby disturb the tranquillity of the
Knight.
THE CHESS PLAYERS CHRONICLE. •17
(<i) This seems to us also a lost move ; P. to Q. B. third, would have been, to
all appearances, more effectual.
(«) Black tries now by all means to liberate the K. B., which has been a use
less prisoner all the while.
(/) White, as we have said, has so strong a game, that he can afford to lose
a few moves, and so he does. Instead of rapidly terminating the game, as was
his wont, he plays it on to the 77th move. Why give that now useless check
with the Book, and exchange Books, whilst B. to B. sixth wins much more
easily ? Thus, if Black answers by playing Q. to Q. Kt. second—
White. Black.
Q. to Q. B. second B. to Q. Kt. (best)
P. to Q. B. fifth P. takes P. (best)
P. takes P.
With a winning game.
If Black answers with B. to Q. B. second—
P. to Q. fifth P. takes P. (best)
P. takes P. Q. takes P.
B. to Q. B. fourth
And wins.
If Black makes any other move, White wins the most important Pawn, and
has an easy game.
(j) If, instead of Q. takes Q., White had played Q. to Q. Kt. seventh, how
could Black have saved his Pawn ?
(A) B. to K. B. second, woidd have won the game much sooner.
(0 P. to Q. fifth (check) would have spared more than twenty moves ; for if
the Kt. cover, P. takes B. P. and wins ; and if K. to Kt. third, P. to Q. sixth ;
and if then B. to Q., P. to K. Kt. fourth wins again.
Game XL
White. (Morphy.) Black. (Anderssen.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. third
2. P. to Q. fourth 2. P. to K. Kt. third
3. B. to Q. third 3. B. to K. Kt. second
4. B. to K. third 4. P. to Q. B. fourth
5. P. to Q. B. third 5. P. takes P.
6. P. takes P. 6. Kt. to Q. B. third
7. Kt. to K. second 7. K. Kt. to K. second
8. Castles 8. Castles ■
9. Q.Kt. to Q. B. third 9. P. to Q. fourth
10. P. to K. fifth 10. P. to K. B. third
11. P. to K. B. fourth 11. P. takes P.
12. B. P. takes P. 12. P. to Q. R. third
13. Q. to Q. second 13. Kt. to Q. Kt. fifth (a)
4S THE CHESS PLAYERS CHRONICLE.
Notes.
(a) A rash move.
(4) What was the object of this useless move ?
(c) Why court a doubled Pawn ?
(d) Wo linns looked in vain to find out the reason of this sacrifice ; if, in
stead of giving the Fawn up, Black had played K. to B. square, the game
would not have been so desperate.
(e) This move comes too late now, for the Pawn which Black threw away
loses him the game.
TUE CHESS PLAYERS CHRONICLE. i'J
Notes.
(a) Black played, to this point, the defence with great skill ; this move, how
ever, was a rash one, as it loses a Pawn, and gives him an inferior position,
which, in spite of his brilliant efforts afterwards, he could not retrieve. " B to
K, B. third," would have enabled Black to regain White King's Bishop's Pawn.
Notes.
(a) This loses a Pawn without necessity.
(4) An inconsiderate move, which loses White the game.
Game III.
White. (Camprell.) Black. (Wormald.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. K. Kt. to B. third 2. P. to Q. third
3. P. to Q. fourth 3. P. takes P.
4. Q. takes P. 4. Q. Kt, to B. third
52 THE CHESS PLAYER S CHRONICLE.
Note.
(a) The only move to save the game. All these moves were finely played by
Black.
THE CHESS PLAYER S CHRONICLE. 53
Game V.
While. (Camprell.) Black. (VVormald.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. K. Kt. to B. third. 2. Q. Kt. to B. third
3. P. to Q. fourth 3. P. takes P.
4. B. to Q. B. fourth 4. B. to Q. B. fourth
5. Castles 5. P. to Q. third
6. P. to Q. B. third 6. P. takes P.
7. Q. Kt. takes P. 7. K. Kt. to K. second
?• Kt. to K. Kt. fifth 8. Q. Kt. to K. fourth
9. B. to K. B. fourth 9. Kt takes B.
10. Q. to Q. R. fourth (check) 10. B. to Q. second
11. Q. takes Kt. 11. Castles
12. Q. R. to Q. square 12. P. to K. R. third
13. Kt. to K. B. third 13. Kt. to K. Kt. third
14. B. to his square 14. B. to K. Kt. fifth
15. Q. to Q. third (a) 15. Kt. to K. fourth
16. Kt. takes Kt.' 16. B. takes R.
17. R. tekes B. 17. P. takes Kt.
18. Q. to K. Kt. third 18. Q. to K. B. third
19. Kt. to Q. fifth 19. Q. to K. Kt. third
20. Q. takes K. P. 20. K. R. to K. square
21. Q. takes Q. B. P. 21. Q. takes K. P.
22. Q. B. to K. third 22. Q. R. to Q. B. square
23. Q. to K. Kt. third 23. K. to R. square
24. P. to K. R. third 24. K. R. to Q. square
25. B. takes B. 25. Q. R. takes B.
26. Kt. to K. third 20. R. takes R. (check)
27. Kt. takes R. 27. Q. to K. eighth (check)
And wins.
Note.
(a) With the intention of giving up the exchange; which, however, seems to
us a mistaken idea.
54 THE CHESS PLAYER S CHRONICLE.
Notes.
(a) This move is not given in the English Handbook, 1847, p. 162. That
manual, following its German predecessor, suggests " Kt. takes P.," or " P. to
K. fifth."
(4) "B. to Q. B. fourth " looks promising, but is not so effective as at first
sight it appears to be ; for Black may avoid capturing the offered Bishop at his
next move, and may play "B. to K. B. seventh (check)," preventing for some
time the terrible consequences that would ensue from " K. to K. B. square," if
he were at once to make the capture.
(c) Instead of this somewhat showy move, " B. to K. B. square (check) "
might have been played with evident advantage.
Notes.
(a) " P. to Q. B. sixth (check) " would cramp Black's eame At the present
moment, White has tw o Pawns ahead, with a good position.
(h) White's preceding moves occasion him the difficulty into which be now
falls.
Sc) He could not take the Q. Kt. Pawn without disaster.
d) Again, he cannot capture the Pawn. The Knight also is free from
danger.
(«) A capital stroke of counter-play, which White seems to have overlooked .
The five following Games, all of them Gambits, were played between
Moepht and Anderssen after the termination of their Match in
Paris.
5S THE CHESS PLAYER S CHRONICLE.
Game I.
(Kitty's Knight't Gambit.)
While. (Anderssen.) Black. (Morphy.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. P. to K. B. fourth 2. P. takes P.
3. Kt. to K. B. third 3. P. to K. Kt. fourth
4. P. to K. B. fourth 4. P. to K. Kt. fifth
5. Kt. to K. fifth 5. Kt. to K. B. third
6. Kt. takes K. Kt. P. 6. P. to Q. fourth
7. Kt. takes Kt. (check) 7. Q. takes Kt.
8. Kt. to Q. B. third 8. Q. to K. Kt. third
9. Q. to K. B. third (a) 9. B. to Q. third
10. B. to Q. third 10. B. to K. Kt. fifth
11. Q. to K. B. second 11. Kt. to Q. second
12. P. takes P. (b) 12. P. to K. B. fourth
13. B. to Q. Kt. fifth 13. P. to Q. B. third
14. B. takes Kt. (check) 14. K. takes B.
15. P. to Q. third 15. Q. B. to K. square (check)
16. K. to B. square 16. K. R. to Kt. square
17. B. to B. second 17. P. to K. B. sixth
18. P. to K. Kt. third 18. B. to K. R. fourth
19. B. to K. Kt. fifth 19. P. to K. R. third
20. Q. to Q. B. seventh 20. P. takes B.
21. Kt. to Q. R. fourth 21. P. takes P.
22. Q. takes Q. Kt. P. 22. P. takes P.
And Whil e resigns.
Notes.
(a) Evidently he could not have taken P. with Kt. for Black's answer Q. to
K. Kt. sixth (check).
(4) P. to K. fifth would bo replied with Q. to K. third.
Game II.
(Same Opening.)
White. (Morphy.) Black. (A.NdeRSSEN.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. P. to K. B. fourth 2. P. takes P.
3. Kt. to K. B. third 3. P. to K. Kt. fourth
THE CHESS PLAYER'S CHRONICLE. 51)
Notes.
(a) This variation of the King's Knight's Gambit lias been analysed, some
years ago, by the Berlin Sahachzeitung, and is supposed to turn in favor of
the second player.
(4) Kt. to K. Kt. sixth would have been a better move.
Game III.
(Same Opening.)
White. (Anderssen.) Black. (Morphy.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. P. to K. B. fourth 2. P. takes P.
3. Kt. to K. B. third 3. P. to K. Kt. fourth
4. P. to K. R. fourth 4. P. to K. Kt. fifth
5. Kt. to K. fifth 5. Kt. to K. B. third
6. Kt. takes K. Kt. P. 6. P. to Q. fourth
7. Kt. takes Kt. (check) 7. Q, takes Kt.
60 THE CHESS PLAYLr's CHRONICLE.
8. Q. to K. second 8 B. to Q. third
9. Kt. to Q. B. third 9. P. to Q. B. third
10. P. to Q. fourth 10. Q. takes Q. P.
11. B. to Q. second 11. B. to K. Kt. square
12. P. takes P. (dis. check) 12. K. to Q. square
13. Castles 13. B. to K. Kt. fifth
14. Q. to K. fourth 14. Q. takes Q.
15. Kt. takes Q. 15. B. takes R.
16. Kt. takes B. 16. B. to K. R. fourth
17. Q. B. takes P. 17. P. takes P.
18. Kt. takes Kt. P. (check) 18. K. to K. second
18. B. to Q. Kt. fifth 19. R. takes K. Kt. P.
20. R. to K. square (check) 20. K. to B. third
21. B. to K. eighth 21. B. to K. Kt. third
22. Kt. to Q. sixth 22. Kt. to Q. B. third
23. B. takes B. 23. B. takes P. (check)
24. K. to Q. square 24. Kt. to Q. fifth
25. R. to K. eighth 25. B. to B. fourth (check)
26. K. to K. square 26. Kt. to B. sixth (check)
27. K. to B. square 27. R. takes Kt. P.
28. B. to K. second 28. R. takes P.
29. B. to Kt. fifth (check) 29. Kt. takes B.
30. P. takes Kt. (check) 30. K. takes P.
31. B. to K. fifth (check) 31. K. to B. third
32. B. takes B.
And White w on the game.
Game IV.
White. (Anderssen.) Black. (Moephy.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. P. toK. B. fourth 2. P. takes P.
3. B. to Q. B. fourth 3. Kt. to K. B. third
4. P. to K. fifth 4. P. to Q. fourth
5. B. to Q. Kt. third 5. Kt. to K. fifth
6. Kt. to K. B. third 6. B. to K. Kt. fifth
7. Castles 7. Kt. to Q. B. third
8. B. to R, fourth 8. P. to K. Kt. fourth
THE CHESS PLAYER 3 CHRONICLE. 61
9. B. takes Kt. (cheek) 9. P. takes B.
10. P. to Q. fourth 10. P. to Q. B. fourth
11. P. to Q. B. third 11. B. to K. second
12. P. to Q. Kt. fourth 12. P. takes Kt. P.
13. P. takes P. 13. Castles
14. Q. to Q. Kt. third 14. R. to Q. Kt.
15. P. to Q. B. third 15. P. to Q. B. fourth
16. Kt. to Q. B. third 10. Kt. takes Kt.'
] 7. Q. takes Kt. 17. P. takes Kt. P.
18. P. takes P. 18. K. B. takes P.
19. Q. to Q. third 19. P. to Q. R. fourth
20. P. to K. B. fourth 20. P. to K. R. third
21. P. takes P. 21. P. takes P.
22. P. to K. Kt. third 22. R. to Q. Kt. third
23. B. to Q. B. second 23. R. to K. Kt. third
24. R. to K. Kt. second 24. B. to K. R. sixth
25. P. to K. sixth 25. B. takes R.
26. P. takes P. (check) 26. K. to Kt. second
27. K. takes B. 27. Q. to Q. B. square
28. Kt. to K. fifth 28. R. to K. R. third
29. P. takes P. 29. K. R. home
30. P. takes P. 30. R. to R. seventh (check)
SI. K. to Kt. square 31. R. to R. eighth (check)
32. K. to B. second 32. K. R. to R. seventh (check)
33. K. to K. third 33. R. to R. sixth (check)
34. Kt. to K. B. third 34. R. takes Kt. (check)
35. E. takes B. 35. Q. takes B. (check)
And Whi ;e resigns.
Gam E V.
While. (Morpht.) Black. (Anderssen.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. P. to K. B. fourth 2. P. takes P.
3. Kt. to K. B. third 3. P. to K. Kt. fourth
4. B. to Q. B. fourth 4. B. to K. Kt. second
5. Castles 5. P. to Q. third
6. P. to Q. B. third 6. Kt. to Q. B. third
62 THE CHESS PLAYER S CHRONICLE.
SOLUTIONS TO PROBLEMS.
No. 1. Page 81.
While. Black.
1. Q. to K. B. squaro 1. P. to K. Kt. third or (A.)
2. B. to K. B. third 2. Any move
3. Mates
U •)
1. B. takes Q. or
2. B. to B. fifth (check) P. to Q. sixth
And mates.
No. 2. Page 31.
1. B. to Q. Kt. sixth (check) 1. K. to B. fourth (best)
2. Q. to Q. eighth 2. K. takes Kt. (beet)
3. Q. to K. Xt. fifth (check) 3. K. moves.
4. Q. mates
No. 3. Page 32.
1. B. to Q. second 1. B. takes B. or (A.)
2. Kt. to K. third 2. Anything.
3. B. or Kt. mates.
-)
1. P. takes Kt.
2. B. to Q. Kt. seventh 2. Anything.
3. Kt. mates.
No. 4. Page 32.
1. P. to K. fifth (check) 1. K. takes P. (best)
2. Kt. to K. B. third (chock) 2. K. to B. third (best)
3. Kt. to K. fifth 3. Anything.
(■. B. or Kt. mates.
THE CHESS PLAYER S CHRONICLE. 63
WHITE.
White to play and mate in four moves.
white.
Hit game is drawn, whether Black or White have the first move.
M THE CHESS PLAYER'S CHflONTCLE.
m
r' H
''?y£y'W 'fflfcft
i El I
W IP
0
mi
^I
WHIIE.
White to move and win.
rn^rn,
'WM ." 9k
i 1
i H 41 i vMZX&, tiZZTT/i:
x%
WHITE.
White to move and mate in three moves.
THE CHESS PLAYER'S CHRONICLE. 65
made in both systems. For the want of it, we have heard English
players read the above moves, " twelve " and " twenty-one." The names
of the Pieces Kieseritzki expresses by the capital letters A to 1 1 ; the
Pawns by the small letters a to h. Of course A represents the first
file, or the Queen's Book's file ; and the move that we should term " B.
to Q. R. eighth " (we suppose the White Rook to be on his own
square) would be printed " A 81," or, if modified, as proposed by us,
" A 8.1," " A," or " Rook," to the eighth square in the first file. In
the case of capture he adds a symbolical letter. Thus, if the hostile
Queen's Rook were captured by the move given above, it could be
expressed by " A 8.1, A," or " A to the eighth square in the first file,
taking, or taking the place of, hostile A." The main difference in this
mode of expression from that adopted by us, besides its symbolism, is
that every square has its definite name ; but that as with us the names
of the squares are changed, just as White or Black have the move.
We see much that is excellent in this system of Keiseritzki ; it is
better than that adopted by the Prussian players, as it provides a
symbol for Pawns, and omits the names of the squares from which
Pieces and Pawns are moved. Thus, both in exactness and simplicity,
it is entitled to superiority. We do not, however, infer from this, that
it is necessary to give up the English system of notation. With its
expressive nature, our own Chess language will ever be a favorite with
the main portion of our players. As to the adoption of one uniform
system, we believe that it will never take place, and that we shall not
be much the losers by its absence. The project is more splendid than
practical. An educated player should, notwithstanding, have sufficient
acquaintance with the foreign systems, in order that he may be able to
peruse the able games of Germany ; and this acquaintance he can
obtain in less than half an hour. We have called attention to the
subject, to show the simplicity of that which is generally thought dry
and uninteresting. Upon one question connected with English nota
tion we have purposely made no comment : it is whether the Pieces
should be named by a single symbol. Thus, to get rid of the double
symbol, " K. R.," " Q. R.," " K. Kt.," " Q. Kt.," &c, ought one of the
Rooks, one of the Knights, and one of the Bishops, to receive a new
name ? Much may be said for such a change ; on the whole, however,
arguments preponderate against it. We should have two Pieces of the
same power known by different names, and perhaps represented diffe
THE CHESS PLAYER'S CHRONICLE. 69
rently by the maker. We should in this way lose the expressive cha
racter of our system. Wishing to retain this fundamental principle,
we must declare ourselves to be opposed in no small measure to
innovation.
SOLUTIONS TO PROBLEMS.
No. 5. Page 63.
White. Black.
P. to Q. B. third | 1. Q. takes P.
If Q. checks, White covers with Rook, lu:
2. P. to K. third 2. B. takes P
3. B. to K. fifth (double check) 3. K. moves.
4. B. mates.
No. 6. Page 63.
If White have the move and play "P. to K. B. fourth," Black replies with
" K. to Q. fourth," drawing the game ; for if White then play "K. to K. B. fifth,"
Black brings his K. to Q. third ; White must then play " P. to K. B. fifth," as
the advance of his Ring to K. B. sixth would lose the game, on account of
Black's K. B. Pawn. If Black have the move, he will push his Pawn forward.
White will then play " P. to K. B. fourth," compelling Black to bring his King
back as before.
No. 7. Page 63.
1. Kt. takes Q. B. P. (check) 1. P. takes Kt. (or A.)
2. Q. to Q. Kt. fourth (check) 2. K. to Q. B. second
3. 4 to Q. B. fifth (check) 3. K. takes B.
4. Q. mates
(A.)
K. to Q. B. third
j or to Q. Kt. second
If to Q. B. second, the Queen checks, Ac.
2. Kt. to Q. B. fifth (chock) | 2. Kt. moves
3. Q. or B. checks, and forces mate.
No. 8. Page 64.
1. R. to Q. square 1. Any move.
2. Kt. to Q. B. fourth 2. Any move.
3. One of the Knights mates.
Notes,
(a) This is a lost move, as it is clearly the intention of White to exchange the
B. for the Kt. Castling instead would have been better..
74 THE CHESS l'LAYEBS CHRONfCLE.
(4) Castling now was not the move, as it enables White to gain several moves.
" Kt. to B. fourth " would have been the wiser move.
(c) Another lost move, as the Kt. does not wish to remain there, but to take
the B. If play the P. at all, why not to " Q. B. fourth," to dislodge the other
and more dangerous Kt. f
(</) A third lost move, which seems to us without meaning at all, as Black
can gain nothing whatever by advancing now the Pawns on Queen's side. Why
not play K. B. P. one or two P
(«) Q. R. would have been preferable ; but " P. to K. B. third " seems to us
the proper move.
(f) The fourth move which Black loses in this game. He is evidently driving
the Kt. upon the square he wonts to occupy.
(ff) This move takes away the last chance of saving the game from Black.
By playing the " Q. to K. B. square " there might have been some chance left for
Black, as if " Kt. takes P.," Black answers by " K. to R. square," and the game
is by no means so desperate.
Game IV
Between the same opponents.
Vhite. (Herr Falkreer.) Black. (Herr Lowenthal.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. third
2. Kt. to K. B. third 2. P. to Q. fourth
3. P. takes P. 3. P. takes P.
4. P. to Q. fourth 4. Kt. to K. B. third
5. B. to K. Kt. fifth 5. B. to K. second
6. Kt. to Q. B. third 6. Castles
7. B. to Q. third 7. P. to K. R. third
8. B. to K. third 8. Kt. to Q. B. third
9. P. to Q. R. third 9. Kt. to K. Kt. fifth
10. Q. to ber second 10. Kt. takes B.
11. P. takes Kt. 11. P. to K. B. fourth
12. Castles on Q. side 12. P. to Q. R. third
13. Q. Kt. to K. second 13. P. to Q. Kt. fourth
14. Kt. to K. B. fourth 14. P. to Q. Kt. fifth
15. P. to Q. Kt. third 15. R. to K. B. second (a)
16. P. to Q. R. fourth 16. Q. to her third
17. Q. to K. second (b) 17. B. to K. B. third
18. K. R. to K. B. square 18. Kt. to Q. B. fourth
19. K. to Q. Kt. square 19. B. to Q. second
20. Kt. to K. R.. fifth 20. P. to K. Kt. third
21. Kt. takes B. (check) 21. R. takes Kt.
22. Kt. to K. fifth 22. Kt. to Q. B. third
23. Kt. takes B. 83. Q. takes Kt.
THE CHESS l'LAYEK S CHRONICLE. 75
Notes.
(a) We are st a loss to find out why, instead of this move, Black did not
play " P. takes P. ;" as we can see no objection to it ; we believe that, by taking
the P., Black would have won the game.
!S) Bather a weak move ; we do not see clearly the aim of it.
c) " Q. to K. B. third " would have been more effectual than exchanging all
the pieces when White had a winning position.
(tfc) " P. to K. B. fourth " would have been the move, in order to prevent the
King coming at all into White's regions,
(e) This is avery bad move at this juncture, as " Pawn to K.B. fifth " would
76 THE CHESS PLAYLR S CHRONICLE.
have given White an enormous advantage, and, we have no doubt, won him the
game.
(/) Quite a useless check; "P. to K. B. fifth" would have still kept White in
the advantage.
(g) The worst square to choose for the Book.
(A) Again a weak move ; it is evident that the general of the White force was
worn out by the many marches and counter-marches, and did not play with
his usual energy ; whilst the Black commander, having the worse position, tries
to draw the game by tiring his adversary's patience out, in which he finally
succeeded.
Notes.
(a) Our Prussian contemporary here notices " K. to K. Kt. second."
(A) This seems to be stronger than " B. to K. B. fifth."
(c) Here the Berlin critic remarks, " If ' K. R. to K. square,' then ' P. takes
P.' followed by ' B. to Q. B. fourth." "
(d) The move in the text has the advantage of preventing " Kt. to Q. sixth,"
a move which could have been made, if White had played " K. to K. Kt. second."
(«) This move, besides attacking the two Knights, threatens " Q. to K. sixth
(check)," which prevents the resource of "Kt. to K. sixth," &c.
(/) Menacing, presently, " Q. takes K. Kt. P." Ac.
(g) " Kt. to K. fourth" is noticed by the Berliner Schachzeitung.
(A) The Knight being at K. sixth, and not at K. fourth, this move oan be
made advantageously.
Notes.
(a) The legitimate result of the second player's 17th move. Of course this
Bishop cannot be taken.
!4) "Kt. takes B." would perhaps be equally good,
c) Whether the game would be drawn or not, if Black retained his passed
Pawn instead of imprisoning the Knight, may be a subject of discussion. We
are inclined to think that it would.
00 This position may be commended to the careful examination of our
readers. Its true result we believe to be a drawn game.
The following Game, played between Mr. Medley, the Hon. Sec. of
the London Chess Club, and Mr. Morpiiy, has already appeared in
print. The Games between Mr. Morphy and English Players being
very scarce, we present it again to our readers.
IFhite. (Mr. Medley.) Black. (Mr. Morphy.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. Kt. to K. B. third 2. Kt to Q. B. third
3. B. to Q. Kt. fifth 3. K. Kt. to K. second
4. P. to Q. B. third 4. P. to Q. R. third
5. B. to Q. R. fourth 5. P. to Q. Kt. fourth
6. B. to Kt. third 0. P. to Q. fourth
so THE CHESS PLAYER'S CHRONICLE.
Note.
(a) This loses a Pawn ; but if he had played " Q. to Q. fourth," he would
have done so equally, as Black would have exchanged Queens. " Q. to K."
seems a better move, though even that would not have much improved White's
position.—Era.
THE CHESS PLAYER S CHRONICLE. 81
Notes.
(a) " Kt. to K. B. third," suggested by Jaenisch, in order to reduce the open
ing to that of an ordinary Giuoco Piano, is now considered a better move.
(4) Upon " P. to Q. Kt. fifth," a move occurring in a match between Harr-
witz and Staunton, the reader may consult the EnglUl Handbook, 1847, p. 159.
(c) Although this move doubles Pawns, and also uncovers the hostile King,
yet, as the Black King is at the moment exposed to a powerful attack, it would,
we suspect, be sounder play to capture K. B. Pawn with Knight. In the case
supposed White could not, we fancy, play " B. takes Kt." with the view of
afterwards moving his Bishop to K. It. fourth, as Black would just have time
to extricate himself by " P. to Q. B. fourth." White could, however, still cramp
Black a little by taking Knight with Bishop, and then playing " Q. to K. B.
second ;" but perhaps the confinement would be temporary rather than perma
nent, as " Q. to K. second," followed by " P. to Q. B. fourth," would yield him
resource.
(d) " P. takes P.," with the view of taking the Q. Pawn afterwards, and, by
this means, of either obtaining perpetual check or gaining some little breathing-
time, would not have been efficacious, as the following variations will prove :—
THE CHESS PLAYER'S CHRONICLE. 88
wuirn.
Suppose
25. P. takes P.
26. P. takes P. 26. Q. takes Q. P.
27. P. to K. B. fifth 27. Q. to K. B. fifth (check)
28. K. to K. Kt. square 28. Q. to Q. fifth (check)
29. R. to K. B. second
To prevent perpetual check.
29. B. to Q. second
30. P. to K. sixth
There are now five methods of defence, four of which spring from the advance
or retreat of the Bishop, and the fifth from the capture of K. Pawn with Pawn.
Wa will notice these moves in their order, commencing with the most defensive
line of play.
In the first place :—
30. B. to K. square
31. P. to K. B. sixth (check) 31. K. to K. B. square (or A.)
32. P. to K. seventh (check) 32. K. to K. Kt. square
83. B. to K. B. fifth 83. R. to Q. It. square
34. Q. takes P. 84. Q. to K. It fifth (best)
35. Q. takes P.
And win*.
(A.)
31. K. to K . Kt. fquara
32. P. takes P. (chock) 32. B. taktiP.
84 THE CHESS PLAYERS CHRONICLE.
| 34. Q. to K. fourth
" Q. to Q. H. fifth " would be answered by " B. takes P."
35. B. takes B. (check) I 35. K. takes B.
36. B. to K. B. fifth |
This, perhaps, is better than the exchange of two Books for Q. and P., &c.
| 36. Q. to K. sixth (check) (best)
37. K. to K. B. square | 37. P. to Q. B. third
Should he play " Q. B. to K. square," the answer must be, " K. B. takes P.
(check)," followed by " Q. to K. B. fifth (check)," with a winning game.
88.K.B. takes P. (check) | 88. K. to Q. B. second
If he take B. with P., he must be mated.
39. B. to Q. seventh (check) 1 89. K. to Q. Kt. square
40. Q. to Q. Kt. second | 40. Q. to K. B. fifth (check)
"Q. to Q. B. second" could be defeated by "Q. to K. fifth (check)," followed
by "B. to Q. eighth." Again, "P. to Q. Kt. fourth" could be rendered un
availing, by " P. takes P. in passing."
41. K. to K. Kt. square I 41. Q. to K. sixth (check)
42. Q. to K. B. second | 42. Q. takes Q. (check)
If he does not exchange Queens, the reply is " Q. to Q. Kt. sixth."
43. K. takes Q. |
And wins.
(K.)
I 33. B. to Q. B. squaro
34. B. to K. sixth |
Threatening " Q. to K. B. fifth."
| 34. P. takes B.
He seems to have no resource.
35. Q. to K. Kt. sixth (check) I 35. K. to Q. second
36. P. to K. B. seventh 1 86. K. takes P.
"P. to K. fourth," and " K. to Q. third," are equally fatal.
37. Q. takes K. P. (check) |
And wins.
In the fourth place :—
| 30. B. to Q. Kt. fourth
The positions arising from this defence can be found in the foregoing analysis.
In the fifth place :—
| 30. P. takes P.
Most of the positions that would occur under this head being similar to those
eiamined in the next note, we shall leave our readers the opportunity of drawing
their own inference in such oases. As, however, in one variaeion, namely, L.,
there would arise an essential difference, we must substitute another line of play
for the present emergency.
31. P. to K. B. sixth (check) 31. K. to K. Kt. square
(or L.)
32. B. to Q. Kt. fifth 32. B. to K. B. second
33. Q. to K. Kt. sixth (check) 33. K. to K. B. square
34. B. to Q. third
And wins.
88 THE CHESS PLAYER S CHRONICLE.
(L.)
31. K. to K. B. second
32. B. to K. Kt. sixth (check) 82. K. to K. B. square
83. B. to K. B. seventh 33. B. to K. square
34. B. takes P. 34. Q. to Q. B. fifth
35. P. to K. B. seventh 35. B. to Q. second
36. B. to K. eighth (check) 36. B. takes B.
" B. takes B." is also of no avail.
37. P. takes B.
Becoming a Q. (double check).
37. K. takes Q.
38. Q. to K. Kt. sixth (check) |
And wins.
(«) Variations.
I 27. P. takes P.
28. P. to K. B. sixth (check) | 28. K. to K. B. square
If to K. Kt. square, White may play " B. to Q. Kt. fifth," winning easily ;
but if to K. B. second, White may rejoin with " B. to K. Kt. sixth (check),"
placing his Bishop on K. B. fifth, if Black then play " K. to K. Kt. square,"
and following the variation given below if the King retreat to K. B. square.
29. B. to K. B. seventh | 29. B. to K. square
Apparently as good a movo as he has.
30. B. takes P. 30. B. to K. B. second
(or M.)
31. B. to K. seventh 31. Q. to Q. B. fifth
82. Q. to K. B. fifth 32. B. to Q. square
33. K. B. to K. square 33. P. to Q. fifth
34. B. to K. Kt. sixth 34. B. takes B.
35. Q. takes B.
And wins.
(M.)
30. Q. to Q. B. fifth
31. Q. to K. B. fifth 31. B. to Q. second
" B. to K. B. second " would lead to the position examined above.
32. Q. to K. Kt. sixth) | 32. Q. takes K. (chock)
He has no better move.
33. K. to B. second |
And must win.
7. P. to Q. R. fourth 7. P. to Q. R. third
8. Castles 8. P. to Q. third
9. Q. to Q. Kt. third 9. Q. to K. second
10. B. to K. Kt. fifth 10. Kt. to K. B. third
11. Q. Kt. to Q. second 11. Castles
12. B. takes P. at Q. third 12. B. to K. third
13. Q. to Q. B. second 13. P. to K. R. third
14. B. to K. R. fourth (a) 14. Kt. to K. fourth
15. Kt. takes Kt. 15. P. takes Kt.
16. K. to K. R. square 16. P. to K. Kt. fourth
17. B. to K. Kt. third 17. Kt. to Q. second
18. Kt. to Q. B. fourth 18. B. to K. Kt. fifth
19. P. to K. B. third 19. B. to K. R. fourth
20. Q. R. to Q. square 20. P. to K. B. third
21. P. to Q. R. fifth 21. B. to Q. R. second
22. B. to K. B. second 22. B. takes B.
23. B. takes B. 23. Q. R. to Q. square
24. Kt. to K. third 24. B. to K. Kt. third
25. Q. to Q. Kt. third (check) 25. K. to K. Kt. second
26. Kt. to Q. fifth 26. B. to K. B. second
27. Q. to Q. B. second 27. B. takes Kt.
28. P. takes B. (b) 28. R. to K. R. square
29. B. to K. Kt. sixth 29. P. to K. R. fourth
30. K. R. to Q. second 30. Q. to Q. third
81. B. to K. B. fifth 31. Kt. to K. B. square
32. Q, to Q. Kt. square 32. P. to Q. Kt. fourth
33. P. takes P. in passing 33. P. takes P.
84. P. to Q. B. fourth 34. Kt. to Q. second
35. R. to Q. R. eecond 35. Kt. to Q. Kt. square
86. P. to Q. B. fifth 36. P. takes P.
37. P. takes P. 37. Q. takes Q. B. P.
38. Q. to Q. Kt. seventh (check) 38. K. to K. R. third (c)
39. Q. to K. B. seventh
Aud wins.
Notes.
(o) So far, the opening is the same as that adopted in the last game, the
combatants, however, being reversed. After this move tbo games cease to bo
identical
90 THE CHESS PLAYER S CHRONICLE.
>
THE CHESS PLAYER S CHRONICLE. 91
31. Kt. takes R. 31. R. takes P.
32. Kt. to Q. H. third (b) 32. P. to K. Kt. fifth
33. B. to Q. R. square 33. B. to K. sixth
34. P. to Q. Kt. fifth 34. P. takes P.
35. Kt. takes P. 35. B. to Q. seventh
36. Kt. takes P. 36. B. takes P.
37. R. to Q. square 37. B. to K. eighth (c)
38. R. takes B. 38. Kt . takes R.
39. Kt. takes Kt. 39. R. to K. B. eighth (check)
40. K. to K. Kt. second 40. R. takes Kt.
41. P. to Q. R. sixth 41. P. takes P.
42. Kt. takes P. 42. R. to K. seventh (check) (rf)
43. K. to K. Kt square 43. R. to Q. R. seventh
44. Kt. to Q. B. fifth 44. B. to Q. B. seventh
45. Kt. to Q. third 45. K. to K. R. second
46. Kt. to K. B. fourth 46. K. to K. Kt. second
47. P. to K. R. third 47. P. takes P.
48. Kt. takes P. 48. K. to K. Kt. third
49. Kt. to K. B. second 49. K. to K. B. fourth
50. K. to K. Kt. second 50. P. to K. R. fourth
51. K. to K. B. third 51. R. to Q. B. sixth (check)
52. K. to K. Kt. second 52. K. to K. fourth
Drawn game (e)
Notes.
(a) Clearly " P. to Q. fourth " would lose, at least, the exchange.
(i) This Knight is now most unfortunately posted, as be cannot, for some
time, lend succour to his besieged sovereign.
(c) He could also take Pawn with Bishop, and win through his passed Pawn.
(d) He might, we believe, have brought up his King with advantage.
(e) Perhaps, with the most careful manoeuvres on the part of his King, Black
ought to win.
Notes.
(a) " P. to Q. Kt. third," seems the only move to avoid the loss of a Pawn.
(4) A blunder, which loses a second Pawn.
(e) " K. to B. teventk," and the game is drawn !
Game VII.
White. (Mr. Camprell.) Black. (Mr. Wormald.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. third
2. P. to Q. fourth 2. P. to Q. fourth
3. P. takes P. 3. P. takes P.
4. K. Kt. to B. third 4. B. to Q. third
5. P. to Q. B. fourth 5. P. to Q. B. third (a)
6. Q. Kt. to B. third 6. B. to K. third
94 THE CHESS PLAYERS CHRONICLE.
Notes.
(a) Perhaps " P. takes P." would have been better.
ih) The only move to avoid loss.
o) To prevent the advance of K. Kt. to his fifth.
(<i) Better, perhaps, to K. B. fifth.
(e) Threatening to check at B. sixth ; and, on Black's capturing the Kt., to
mate in three moves.
(/") With this move the attack changes hands. Had White replied with
" Q. to K. second," Black would have captured Q. Kt. P. with Q. &c.
THE CHESS PLAYER S CHRONICLE. BIS
No. 9. Problem by Mr. Silas Angas.
rlack.
/mJ~mJ*mwmJ^m
WHITE.
White to play, and mate in three moves.
WHITE.
White to play, and force Black to checkmate in three moves.
06 THE CHESS PLAYER S CHRONICLE.
WHITE.
White to move, and mate in two moves.
white.
Black (MoRrHYj made a move which at once decided the game.
THE CHESS PLAYER'S CHRONICLE. 97
games, he won 14, lost 5, and drew 10. Camprell was second. He
played 24 games, winning 11, losing 7, and drawing 6. Zytogorski,
who was third, played 19 games, winning 8, losing 7, and drawing 4.
Falkeeer, the fourth, played 17 games, winning 8, losing 7, and
drawing 2. Healey, the well-known problem-maker, played 1 0 games,
gaining 8, and losing 7. Kenny played also 10 games, losing 7, and
drawing 3. The seventh, Mr. Muller, resigned, when he had lost
5 games. In this pool Mr. Campeell showed the same qualities that
he had previously displayed in his match with Mr. Barnes. Getting
the worst of the contest at first, and also opposed to match-players, he
made up at the close a great deal of ground, and finished a very good
second. Mr. Zytogorski commenced very well, but appeared to relax
in his efforts as he went on. Falkreer, who shines most in little
matches, showed the same want of patience that we had noticed in his
play against Bird. The winner, who is one of the worst beginners in
matches that we know, or have known, doubtless was successful through
the number of games played. It was, we heard, his last match. A
short match then ensued between Healey and Kenny, in which the
latter reversed their respective positions in the pool, scoring five games
against his opponent's four. We believe, that in the above account we
have given exact scores. To ascertain them, we have searched the files
of papers which have been published since the suspension of the
Chronicle, and are especially indebted to the careful columns of the
Era. We need hardly assure our readers that we shall continue the
same accurate supervision in giving future scores. We invite Clubs to
transmit them to us in the most exact manner possible. We repeat
also, that we shall hereafter publish a detailed notice of the American
and Birmingham meetings, but are necessarily obliged to await the
appearance of the official documents. Scores in matches are absolutely
required, in order to mete out to every one justice.
allude to the services this Club has rendered to the Chess community,
for the General Meeting of the Chess Association, which was held last
year in Birmingham, is still fresh in the memory of our readers, who,
we doubt not, duly appreciate the efforts then made by the President,
Secretary, and Members of that Club.
The Match and Prorlem Chess Board. —Day and Son, Gate
Stveet, Lincoln's Inn.—The chief peculiarity of this useful production
consists in the different squares being prominently designated according
to the usual notation of the day, thus facilitating the playing over pub
lished Games and Solutions to Problems, and making what ha9 hitherto,
to young players, been found tedious and difficult, easy and pleasant.
The squares are surrounded with an illuminated border, strongly framed
and glazed, and forming altogether, in addition to its utility, an elegant
ornament for the drawing-room or boudoir.
Pocket Chess and Draughts. — Beal, Grove Terrace, West Earn.
A cheap and simple combination of these two games, affording facilities
for play at times when a better but more cumbersome set of men would
be inconvenient. It consists of a flat box, four inches square, contain
ing a folding board, with the proper squares ; also, flat chessmen, about
the size of a farthing, their characters stamped in gold on dark purple
and white grounds ; the reverse form draughts. All goes easily into
the pocket, aud can be transmitted per book post.
I. Chess in Childhogd.
When quite a child, before I knew
Anything, except the name
Of the ancient royal game ;
When I dreamt that all was true ;
When the wizard tales of yore,
And all their legendary lore
Of countless wonders, were to me
Truer than reality :
When, with interest and amaze,
I listened to wild stories
Of enchanters, giants, fays,
And all their fabled glories ;
0 then the game of Chess to me
Was a magic mystery.
1 thought the men were renlly men
Transformed to Bishop, King, and Knight,
And doomed by powers beyond our ken,
To strive on chequers, black and white.
And when I saw grave men, who scorned
All trinkets, toys, and baubles ;
Who never played at whipping-tops,
And didn't care for marbles ;
Oh when I saw them playiug Chess,
For hour after hour,
I marvelled at their quietness,
And at the Chessmen's power ;
Till a yearning seized my spirit
To know more than the mere name ;
To be worthy to inherit
The secret of the game.
CHESS ENIGMA.
The monarch Charles, yclept " the merry "
(Some of whose ways were shocking, very),
Went out one night with his favourite minister
(Whose dress was gay, whose deeds were sinister) ;
Their " little game " was not monarchical,
But most decidedly sky-lark-ical ;
For, truth to tell, I must confess,
Though state affairs were in a mess,
THE CHESS PLAYER'S CHRONICLE. 105
Game I.
{Double Gambit.)
White. (Mr. Mongredien.) Black. (Mr. Morphy.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. B. to B. fourth 2. B. to B. fourth
3. P. to Q. Kt. fourth 3. B. takes P.
4. P. to K. B. fourth 4. P. to Q. fourth {a)
5. P. takes Q. P. 5. P. to K. fifth
6. Kt. to K. second 6. Kt. to K. B. third
7. P. to B. third 7. B. to Q. B. fourth
8. P. to Q. fourth 8. P. takes P. (en pat.)
9. Q. takes P. 9. Castles
10. B. to Q. B. third 10. B. takes B.
11. Kt. takes B. 11. B. to Kt. fifth
12. Castles 12. B. takes Kt.
13. Q. takes B. 13. Kt, takes P.
14. Q. to B. third 14. P. to Q. B. third
15. Q. R. to Kt. square 15. Q. to K. second (b)
16. B. takes Kt. 16. P. takes B.
17. P. to B. fourth 17. P. takes P.
18. R. takes P. 18. Kt. to Q. second
19. K. to R. square (c) 19. K. R. to K. square
20. Kt. takes P. 20. Q to K. third
21. Kt. to K. fifth 21. Kt. takes Kt.
22. P. takes Kt. 22. R. to K. B. square
23. Q. to Q. Kt. third 23. Q. takes Q.
24. P. takes Q. 24. Q. R. to Kt. square
25. R. takes R. P. 25. R. takes P.
And the game was by mutual consent given up as drawn.
Notes.
(a) This move was invented by La Bourdonnaia in his match with M'Donnell.
(b) " Q. to her R. fourth " would, it seems to us, have saved the Pawn, which
now most fall.
(c) Why not " Kt. take P.," which would give tho advantage to White ? for
even if the Q. checks on Q. Kt. fourth, White still remains with the better game
by interposing the Q. on K. B. second.
103 THE CHESS PLAYER S CHRONICLE.
Game II
{Evans' Gambit.)
White. (Mr. Morpht.) ,Black (Mr. Mongredien.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. Kt. to K. B. third 2. Kt. to Q. B. third
3. B. to B. fourth 3. B. to B. fourth
4. P. to Q. Kt. fourth 4. B. takes P.
5. P. to Q. B. third 5. B. to B. fourth
6. Castles 6. P. to Q. third
7. P. to Q. fourth 7. P. takes P.
8. P. takes P. 8. B. to Kt. third
9. B. to Q. Kt. second 9. Kt. to B. third
10. Q. Kt. to Q. second 10. Castles
11. P. to Q. fifth 11. Kt. to K. fourth (a)
12. Kt. takes Kt. 12. P. takes Kt.
13. B. takes P. 13. R. to K. square
14. B. takes Kt. 14. Q. takes B.
15. K. to R. square 15. B. to R. fourth (A)
16. Q. to B. fourth 16. P. to Q. Kt. fourth
17. Q. takes P. 17. B. to Q. R. third
18. Q. takes K. B. 18. B. takes B.
19. Kt. takes B. 19. R. takes P.
20. Q. takes B. P. 20. Q. R. to K. square
21. Kt. to Q. sixth 21. Q. takes R.
22. Q. takes P. (check)
And wins
Notes.
(a) " Kt. to Q. R. fourth " is the proper move at this stage of the game ; for
by the above move, Black loses, uselessly, a Pawn.
(4) This evident oversight loses a piece and the game.
Game III.
White. (Mr. Mongredjen.) Black. (Mr. Morphy.)
1. P. to Q. fourth 1. P. to K. third
2. P. to Q. B. fourth 2. P. to K. B. fourth
3. P. to K. B. fourth 3. Kt. to K. B. third
THE CHESS PLAYER'S CHRONICLE. 109
Notes.
(a) To this point of the game White has very carefully played, but begins to
lose ground from this move, and does not seem to have a fixed plan of attack or
defence. "B.to his square" would have been much etronger,as it effectually keeps
both Black's Bishops out of play.
(b) A bad provision against the threatened advance of the adversary's King's
Pawn, which ought to have been foreseen and cared for, some moves before.
(c) The best move, as it renders the last move of Black null and void.
(d) We should have preferred " P. takes P.," and then " P. to Q. B. fourth,"
to keep the attack on.
(e) " Kt. to K. sixth " instead, would have given White a decided advantage,
and would, at least, have prevented Black from winning the game.
Game IV.
{Two Knights' Opening.)
White. (Mr. Morphy.) Black. (Mr. Mongkedien.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. Kt. to K. B. third 2. Kt. to Q. B. third
3. B. to B. fourth 3. Kt. to B. third
4. Kt. to K. Kt. fifth 4. P. to Q. fourth
5. P. takes P. 5. Kt. to Q. R. fourth
6. P. to Q. third 6. P. to K. R. third
7. Kt. to K. B. third 7. B. to K. Kt. fifth (a)
8. P. to K. R. third 8. B. takes Kt.
9. Q. takes B. 9. B. to Q. third (4)
10. B. to Kt. fifth (check) 10. P. to Q. B. third
11. P. takes P. 11. P. takes P.
12. B. takes P. (check) 12. Kt. takes B.
THE CHESS PLAYER S CHRONICLE. Ill
Notes.
(a) " P. to K. fifth " instead, is a better defence, as it forces the Queen to
King's second and then " Kt. takes B. " followed by " B. to Q. ttiird," gives
Black,'although he has lost a Pawn, a strong attack.
(4) "P. to K. fifth" would have been far better, although with an opponent
of Mr. Morphy's strength there is but little chance of retrieving a game with
two Pawns minus.
Game V.
White. (Mr. Mongredien.) Black. (Mr. Morphy.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. P. to K. B. fourth 2. P. takes P.
3. B. to B. fourth 3. P. to Q. fourth
4. B. takes P. 4. Kt. to K. B. third
5. P. to Q. third (a) 5. Kt. takes B.
6. P. takes Kt. 6. Q. takes P.
7. Q. to K. second (check) 7. B. to K. third
8. B. takes P. 8. Kt. to Q. B. third
9. Kt. to K. B. third 9. Castles
112 THE CHESS PLAYER'S CHRONICLE.
Notes.
(a) " Q. Kt. to B. third " would have been better, as it brings at once another
piece into play, and prevents the loss of a Pawn, which only players of first-rate
strength seem to appreciate.
Si) A very weak move,
e) " R. to K. R. third " could have yet saved the game.
H) Another weak move, for " B. takes Q. B. P. " would have won the Pawn
back, and most likely have drawn the game : for " B. takes P." " Black K. takes
B." best.
White. Slack.
Kt. to K. fourth P. to K. Kt. third (best)
P. to Q. Kt. fourth Kt. to K. seventh (best)
Q. to Q. B. fourth
And the game is even.
Game VI.
{Irvegular Opening.)
White. (Mr. Morphy.) Black. (Mr. Mongredien.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. Kt. to K. B. third 2. P. to Q. fourth
3. P. takes P. 3. P. to K. fifth
4. Q. to K. second 4. Q. to K. second («)
THE CHESS PLAYERS CHRONICLE. 113
Notes.
(a) " P. to K. B. fourth," would have been better ; for what is the use of
giving up a Pawn, if you don't open your game by it ?
(b) " P. to Q. sixth," would have answered as well ; in fact Black is already
doomed.
Game VII.
(Evans' Gambit.)
White. (Mr. Mongredien.) Black. (Mr. Morphy.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. Kt. lo K. B. third 2. Kt. to Q. B. third
3. B. to B. fourth 3. B. to B. fourth
4. P. to Q. Kt. fourth 4. B. takes P.
5. P. to Q. B. third 5. B. to R. fourth
'>. Castles (a) 6. Kt. to B. third
7. P. to Q. fourth 7. Castles
S. 1'. to Q. fifth 8. Kt. to K. second
8
114 THE CHESS PLAYERS CHRONICLE.
9. Q. to Q. third 9. P. to Q. third
10. P. to K. R. third (b) 10. Kt. to Kt. third
11. Kt. to R. second 11. Kt. to R. fourth
12. B. to Kt. third (c) 12. Kt. to K. B. fifth
13. B. takes Kt. 13. Kt. takes B.
14. Q. to B. third 14. P. to K. B. fourth
15. P. takes P. 15. Q. B. takes P.
16. P. to K. Kt. fourth 16. B. to Q. sixth
17. Q. to K. third 17. B. to Q. Kt. third
18. Q. to Q. second 18. Q. to K. R. fifth
And wins.
Notes.
(a) " P. to Q. fourth " would have been better.
(A) Why not bring the pieces out, instead of losing this move ?
(c) Another lost move, which enables Black to crush his adversary in a few
moves.
Game VIII.
(Philidor' a Defence.)
White. (Mr. Mouphy.) Black. (Mr. Mongredie>
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. Kt. to K. B. third 2. P. to Q. third
S. P. to Q. fourth 3. P. takes P.
t. Q. takes P. 4. P. to Q. R. third (a)
5. B. to K. Kt. fifth 5. P. to K. B. third
f>. B. to K. third 6. B. to K. third
7. Kt. to B. third 7. Kt. to K. second
8. B. to K. second 8. K. Kt. to Q. B. third
9. Q. to Q. second 9. B. to K. second
10. Castles K. R. 10. Castles
11. Q. R. to Q. square 11. Kt. to Q. second
12. Kt. to Q. fourth 12. Kt. takes Kt.
13. B. takes Kt. 13. P. to K. B. fourth
14. P. takes P. 14. B. takes B. P.
15. B. to Q. B. fourth ;check) 15. K. to R. square
16. Kt. to Q. fifth 16. Kt. to K. B. third
17. Kt. takes B. 17. Q. takes Kt.
IS. K. R. to K. square 18. Q. to Q. second
THE CHESS PLAYER S CHRONICLE. 115
Notes.
(a) " B. to Q,. second " would have been better, bringing a piece into play.
(4) This ie a great blunder, and gives the game away.
Notes.
(a) Lopez maintained this defence to be better than that of " Q. Kt. to Q. B.
third," a move which had received the sanction of Damiano. Amongst (he
players who have supported the opinion of Lopez, the most distinguished, up
to the present time, are Philidor and Boneourt. These, however, have been
opposed by the great Italian authors, and by the celebrated La Bourdonnais;
by men, in short, who excelled them in analytical power, and were fully their
THE CHESS PLAYER's CHRONICLE. 117
equals in practical knowledge of the game. Many of our recent analysts hare
a tendency to agree with Lopes ; but we cannot pronounce their case to be
established on decisive evidence.
(4) Philidor so thoroughly believed this counter-gambit to be sound, that he
went so far as to declare the first player's attack with the " K. Kt." to be radi
cally bad. This opinion was denounced in the strongest manner by the most
eminent of the Italian critics. The French master does not appear to have
shaped his debut after the reigning fashion, which rejeots the counter-gambit.
This game, with the accompanying one, will form specimens of the manner in
which the chief players of Prussia managed Philidor's defence at the date
assigned.
(c) Philidor here played " P. to K. B. fourth." His French contemporaries,
the best players amongst whom wore Bernard, Carlier, Leger, and Verdeni,
recommended the move in the text. The title of their work is—"Trait*) Theo-
rique et Pratique du Jeu des Echecs, par une Soci^tf des Amateurs." Paris,
Stoupe, 1775; and, again, 1786. 12ino, pp. 412. For a translation of part
of this useful volume, by Mr. Or. Walker, the English reader may refer to the
Chest Player's Chronicle, 1846.
(d) Several modes of continuing the attack are given by the authors, viz.,
" Q. to K. R. fifth (check)," recommended by Lewis ; " P. to K. B. third," a
suggestion of V. Der Lasa ; " Q. Kt. to Q. B. third," which, occurring in the
games of Mr. Attwood, one of Philidor's contemporaries, has been noticed ela
borately in the English Handbook ; and "K. Kt. to K. B. third," a move adopted
by previous players. Of the move in the text, but very littlo notice has
been taken in England. One specimen between two Berlin players will be
found in Walker's Chess Studies, No. 957, p. 161 ; but this attack is not men
tioned, even by implication, in the Art of Chess-play, nor in the English
Handbook.
(e) In the game given by Mr. Walker, the second player here moves " P. to
Q. B. third."
(/) The next game gives an important variation upon thismove, the com.
batants changing places.
(g) A winning series of moves from Bilguer is here supplied by the Prussian
players. Suppose—
I 11. P. takes Kt.
12. P. takes B. | 12. P. takes Q. Kt. P. &c.
As a supplement to this, we may remark, that White would gain no resouroe
by playing for his 12th move, " Q. to K. Kt. seventh."
(A) Threatening to win the Queen's Bishop.
(0 Again threatening to win a piece.
(k) This is quite safe, as, if the King were now checked, Black could simply
take the Bishop.
(I) The Bishop cannot command the square on which White's Pawn must
become a Queen.
3. P. to Q. fourth 3. P. to K. B. fourth
4. Q. P. takes P. 4. K. B. P. takes P.
5. Kt. to K. Kt. fifth 5. P. to Q. fourth
6. P. to K. sixth 6. Kt. to K. R. third
7. P. to Q. B. fourth 7. B. to Q. Kt. fifth (check)
8. Kt. to Q. B. third 8. P. to Q. fifth
9. P. to Q. R. third 9. P. to K. sixth
10. P. takes B. 10. Q. takes Kt.
11. Q. takes P. 11. P. takes P. (check) (a)
12. Q. takes P. at K. B. second 12. Q. to K. fourth (check)
13. B. to K. second 13. R. to K. B. square
14. Q. to K. R. fourth 14. Kt. to Q. B. third
15. Kt. to Q. Kt. fifth (b) 15. B. takes P.
16. Q. to K. R. fifth (check) 16. Q. takes Q.
17. B. takes Q. (check) 17. K. to Q. second
18. P. to Q. Kt. third 18. Kt. to K. Kt. fifth
19. B. to K. Kt. fifth 19. Kt. to K. B. seventh
20. R. to K. B. square 20. Kt. to Q. sixth (check)
21. K. to K. second 21. R. takes R.
22. R. takes R. 22. K. Kt. takes P.
23. R. to Q. square (check) 23. K. to Q. B. square (e)
24. B. to K. B. fourth 24. Kt. to Q. R. third
25. B. to K. B. third (cf) 25. P. to K. R. third
26. P. to K. R. fourth 26. Kt. to K. second
27. B. to K. fifth 27. Kt. to K. B. fourth
28. P. to K. Kt. fourth 28. Kt. takes P.
29. B. takes K. Kt. P. 29. Kt. takes B.
30. K. takes Kt. 30. P. to Q. Kt. third
31. Kt. to Q. fourth 31. B. to Q. second
32. B. takes P. 32. Kt. to Q. B. fourth
33. P. to K. Kt. fifth 33. Kt. to K. third
34. Kt. takes Kt. 34. B. takes Kt.
35. R. to K. square 35. B. to K. Kt. square
36. P. to K. Kt. sixth 36. K. to Q. Kt. second
37. R. to K. seventh 37. P. toQ. Kt. fourth
38. B. to K. B. fourth 38. P. takes P. (e)
39. R. takes P. (check) 39. K. to Q. Kt. third
40. P. takes P. 40. R. to K. B. square
THE CHESS PLAYER's CHRONICLE. 110
Notes.
(a) Bilguer's Handbook continues the game thus : —
» ' ° I 11. Kt. to K. B. fifth
12. Q. to K. fifth I 12. P. takes P. (check)
13 K takes P I 13. Q. to K. B. fifth (check)
14. P.' to K. Kt, third I 14- Q- to Q. fifth (check)
15. Q. takes Q. ; 15. Kt. takes Q.
16. P. to K. seventh, &o. |
(b) Tins is menacing j "B. takes K. Kt.," seems also to be good play.
lc) The imprisonment of the Rook materially deranges Black s game.
id) Preventing the release of Black's pieces for several moves.
(e) This seems to be a very perilous mode of play j " B. to Q. B., unless we
are mistaken, would be safer.
(/) If K. takes B., White plays " P. to Q. B. seventh (dis. ch.) capturmg
the Rook afterwards, and winning easily. ,
(<i) We must refer those' amongst our readers who wish to be acquainted
wiih the manner of playing the end-game of Q. against B. to the Chess Studies
of HorwiU and Kling. London : O. J. Skeet, 21, King VV ilham Street, Channg
Cross, 1851, p. 170.
120 THE CHESS PLAYES S CHRONICLE.
Notes.
(a) An ingenious variation may be played here. It occurred in practice to
Mr. S. R. Calthrop, an English amateur, now residing in America. Suppose
6. Kt. takes P. 6. P. takes Kt.
7. Q. to K. R. fifth (check) 7. P. to K. Kt. third
8. Kt, takes K. Kt. P.
With a fine game,
(i) This seems to be a good move, but is the real cause of White's subsequent
embarrassment.
(c) This move, we are of opinion, wins a Pawn by force.
(<Q Firstly,
11. B. takes Kt. | 11. Q. takes Kt. (best)
if "P takes B.," " Q. to K. R. sixth" would be an effective reply.
12. Whether White play B. or Q. to K. Kt. fifth, he must lose a Pawn
ultimately.
Secondly,
11. Kt. to K. B. fourth 11. B. takes Kt.
12. P. takes B. 12. Q. takes P.
13. B. takes Kt. 13. Q. takes B.
ind whether White capture Q. Pawn with Knight or Queen, he must have a
bad game.
(') " K. to Q. R. second," is a better resouroe.
Notes.
(a) This modern movo ia now considered safer than Philidor's counter-
gambit, and perhaps, also, is more to be relied on than " P. to Q- B. third."
THE CHESS PLAYERS CHRONICLE. 123
Notes.
(a) The Petroff defence to the K. Kt. game, as here played, is generally
classed amongst open debuts ; the French game, on the contrary, is designated
a close dibit. They are, however, strictly similar in principle, and mainly so
in practice; but in the French game the second player has decidedly greater scope
for action.
(4) This Bishop should act on the defensive.
(c) This sally of the Knight, for the most part, tarns out badly. The present
game supports our remark.
('/) Black should have released his Knight at any cost.
(<.) After this move we see no resource for his opponent.
(/) " Q. to Q. R. fourth " is also a good move.
SOLUTIONS TO PROBLEMS.
No. 9. Page 95.
White. Black.
R. to K. Kt. fourth P. to K. B. fourth
R. to K. B. fourth P. takes R.
B. mates
No. 10. Page 95.
P. to Q. Kt. Efth (check) P. takes P.
Q. takes Q. Kt. P. (oheck) Kt. takes Q.
R. to Q. sixth (check) R. takes R. (mate)
No. 11. Page 96.
. Q. to Q. Kt, sixth, and white mates next move.
No. 12. Page 96.
. Kt. to K. Kt. sixth
THE CHESS PLAYER'S CHRONICLE. 137
,JlH*.
,. ., . : B
*wJr*w
m^jKm
w
mm.
WHITE.
White moves first and wins.
.BC ■■
%, %//////A,
%>, wmM„ mwdM
L lUl
1
.^; H
white.
White, even without the move, can draw.
128 THE CHESS PLAYER'S CHRONICLE.
Hf
%mt
/ww</,/„„„,S/7/7'///
WSfc
HP
^H^1^^^
wm m ,.mWb
WHITE,
White to mate in three moves.
§11 w wL
BLACK,
White compel* Black to checkmate in eight moves.
THE CHESS PLAYER'S CHRONICLE. 129
BLINDFOLD PLAY.
We have recently been favored with some of the most admirable speci
mens that have ever been exhibited in a peculiar department of Chess.
We allude to Blindfold Play. Morphy—rivalling Buzecca, Phili-
dor, and La Bocrdonnais ; excelling M'Donnell, Kieseritzki,
and Harrwttz—has given us a true notion of blindfold Chess. He has
maintained his proud position, without sight of board and men, against
good, nay, against distinguished players of all countries. His natural
ized countryman, Paulsen, by birth a German, has attempted the same
splendid feat, and has also succeeded. What, then, is the inherent
principle in blindfold Chess ? What are its merits ? Has it any dis
advantages ? Blindfold play, if we may speak of it experimentally,
does not demand so much memory, learning, or invention, as is gene
rally imagined. It is, however, a strain, and no common strain on
the intellect. Above all things it requires capacity for match-play, and
that capacity bound up in coolness, courage, and endurance. In the
beginning of a game the able player, when blindfolded, may, unless
learned, feel more than ordinary difficulty ; in the middle, he warms
to his work, although intricate variations he knows (and knowledge is
an acquisition) to be beyond his reach ; at the end , he finds to his
surprise that he can manage the subtle combinations of Pawns and
Pieces almost as well as with the board. The merits of blindfold Chess
may be put in a very clear light. There are some men who, in games
played with the assistance of the board, aspire to brilliancy ; more
moderate men content themselves with soundness and accuracy ; a
more phlegmatic set, positively against all inspirations of what is called
Chess genius—against the rules of cautious prudence, have the audacity
to win. But without the board, La Bourdonnais was brilliant,
Philidor safe, and Morphy wins. Did, or do, however, such players
bestow upon us even a tithe of their genius in such unnatural struggles?
Was blindfold play a cause of the death of La Bourdonnais, that
illustrious man, who moved pieces made of wood and ivory, simply to
show that the grandest creations of the imagination, the well-poised
balance of a mature and not over-learned judgment, the elaborate
diligence of a life devoted to practice, could give even a Chess-player
reputation ? Was blindfold play the cause of M'Donnell's premature
decline? Morpht and Paulsen, we cannot spare you. The intel
9
130 • " THE CHES8 PLAYER'S CHRONICLE.
ligent amateur, M' Don nell, who studied Chess, who fought for Chess,
aye, and who fought for it against one whom you will own to be
a valorous Champion, played blindfold Chess. The same cemetery
contains the bones of La Bourdonnais and M'Donnell. Both, we
unhesitatingly say, were sacrificed to the love of the public for blindfold
Chess. For ourselves, we must acquit our conscience in the matter.
Let blindfold play be left to those who have been deprived of sight ; to
them an effort of memory is not so unnatural, as they deal not with
the world of every day ; we wish, however, to preserve the lives of such
Chess-players as Morphy. To him we will say, on his departure from
this country, " Macte tu& virtute, puer ;" but must remind him that
Ascanius took the advice of Apollo, and therefore reigned thirty years.
Game I.
(Irregular Opening.)
White. (Harrwitz.). Black. (MoRPHy.)
1. P. to Q. fourth 1. P. to K. third
2. P. to Q. B. fourth 2. P. to Q. fourth
3. Kt. to Q. B. third 3. Kt. to K. B. third
4. B. to K. B. fourth 4. P. to Q. R. third
5. P. to K. third 5. P. to Q. B. fourth
6. Kt. to K. B. third 6. Kt. to Q. B. third
7. P. to Q. R. third 7. P. takes Q. P.
8. K. P. takes P. 8. P. takes P.
9. K. B. takes P. 9. P. to Q. Kt. fourth
10. B. to Q. third 10. B. to Q. Kt. second
11. Castles 11. B. to K. second
12. B. to K. fifth 12. Castles
13. Q. to K. second 13. Kt. to Q. fourth
14. B. to K . Kt. third 14. K. to R. square (a)
15. K. R. to K. square 15. B. to K. B. third
16. Q. to K. fourth 16. P. to K. Kt. third
17. Kt. takes Kt. 17. Q. takes Kt.
18. Q. takes Q. 18. P. takes Q.
19. Kt. to K. fifth 19. Q. R. to Q. square
20. Kt. takes Kt. 20. B. takes Kt.
21. Q. R. to Q. B. square 21. Q. R. to Q. B. square
22. B. to Q. sixth 22. R. to K. Kt. square
23. B. to K. fifth 23. K. to Kt. second
24. P. to K. B. fourth 24. B. to Q. second
25. K. to B. second 25. P. to K. R. third
26. K. to K. third 26. R. takes R.
27. R. takes R. 27. R. to Q. B. square
28. R. to Q. B. fifth 28. B. takes B.
29. B. P. takes P. 29. B. to K. third
80. P. to Q. R. fourth 30. P. takes P.
31. B. takes R. P. 81. R. to Q. Kt. square
32. R. to Q. Kt. fifth 32. R. to Q. square
33. R. to Q. Kt. sixth 33. R. to Q. R. square
34. K. to Q. second 34. B. to Q. B. square
35. B. takes B. 35. R. takes B.
134 THE CHESS PLAYERS CHRONICLE.
Notes.
(a) We do not see the purport of this move ; it seems to us clearly a lost more
as the White King is too well defended to admit of a successful attack.
White played this game throughout very carefully, and with great skill.
Game II.
(Philidor's Defence.)
White. (Morphy.) Black. (Harrwitz).
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. Kt. to K. B. third 2. P. to Q. third
3. P. to Q. fourth 3. P. takes P.
4. Q. takes P. 4. Kt. to Q. B. third
5. K. B. to Q. Kt. fifth 5. B. to Q. second
6. B. takes Kt. 6. B. takes B.
7. B. to K. Kt. fifth 7. Kt. to K. B. third
THE CHESS PLAYER S CHRONICLE. 135
Note.
This game was admirably played by Ilerr Harrwitz, and is one of the best of
his games on record.
136 THE CHESS PLAYER S CHRONICLE.
Gam E III
{Irregular Opening.)
White. (Harrwitz.) Black. (Morphy.)
1. 1'. to Q. fourth 1. P. to K. B. fourth
•2. P. to Q. B. fourth 2. P. to K. third
IS. Q. Kt. to Q. B. third 3. K. Kt. to K. B. third
4. Q. B. to K. Kt. fifth 4. K. B. to Q. Kt. fifth
5. Q. to Q. Kt. third 5. P. to Q. B. fourth
6. P. to Q. fifth 6. P. to K. fourth
7. P. to K. third 7. Castles
8. K. B. to Q. third 8. P. to Q. third
•J. K. Kt. to K. second 9. P. to K. R. third
10. B. takes K. Kt. 10. Q. takes B.
11. P. to Q. R. third 11. B. takes Kt. (check)
12. Q. takes B. 12. Kt. to Q. second
13. Castles on K side 13. Q. to K. Kt. third
14. P. to Q. Kt. fourth 14. P. to Q. Kt. third
15. P. to K. B. third 15. P. to K. R. fourth
16. B. to Q. B. second 16. B. to Q. Kt. second
17. B. to Q. R. fourth 17. Q. to K. B. second
IS. B. takes Kt. (a) 18. Q. takes B.
19. P. takes P. 19. Q. Kt. P. takes P.
20. P. to K. B. fourth 80. P. to K. fifth
21. Q. R. to Q. Kt. square 21. B. to Q. R. third
22. K. R. to Q. B. square 22. Q. to Q. R. fifth
23. Kt. to K. Kt. third 23. P. to K. R. fifth
5,4. Kt. to K. B. square 24. Q. R. to Q. Kt. square
25. Kt. to Q. second 25. Q. R. to Q. Kt. third
26. R. takes R. 26. P. takes R.
27. Q. to Q. Kt. third 27. Q. takes Q.
28. Kt. takes Q. 28. P. to Q. Kt. fourth
29. P. takes P. (4) 29. B. takes P.
30. Kt. to Q. R. fifth 30. R. to Q. R. square
31. Kt. to Q. Kt. seventh 31. R. to Q. R. third
32. R. to Q. B. third 82. K. to K. B. square
33. Kt. to Q. eighth 38. B. to Q. second
34. R. to Q. Kt. third 34. K. to K. second
85. R. to Q. Kt, eighth 35. P. to Q. B. fifth
THE CHESS PLAYERS CHRONICLE. 137
Notes.
(a) This is s very weak move ; " B. to Q. B. sixth " would have given White
at once the best of the game.
(4) " Kt. to Q. second " was the proper move ; the above move gives Black
the best of the game.
Game IV.
(Philidor's Defence.)
White. (Morphy.) Black. (Harrwitz.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. Kt. to K. B. third 2. P. to Q. third
3. P. to Q. fourth S. P. takes P.
4. Q. takes P. 4. Kt. to Q. B. third
5. K B. to Q. Kt. fifth 5. B. to Q. second
6. B. takes Kt. 6. B. takes B.
7. B. to K. Kt. fifth 7. P. to K. B. third (a)
S. B. to K. R. fourth 8. Kt. to K. R. third
138 THE CHESS PLAYER S CHRONICLE.
Notes.
(a) We should like to know on what principle Herr Harrwitz played "P. to
K. B. third," instead of bringing the Kt. there, as in the second game of the
match, which he won. Why try.to improve-a good move, and not leave well alone?
(A) " P. to K. fifth " seems to us a stronger move, although in a note in the
Chess Monthly, it is stated that " P. to K. fifth " would not be well played.
(c) A very weak move, which has no object, and loses the game.
\
THE CHESS PLAYER S CHBONICLE. 139
Game V.
{Queen's Pawn's Opening Irregular).
While. (Harkwitz.) Black. (Moisphy.)
1. P. to Q. fourth 1. P. to K. B. fourth
2. P. to Q. B. fourth 2. P. to K. third
.8. Kt. toQ. B. third 3. Kt. to K. B. third
4. Q. B. to K. Kt. fifth 4. B. to K. second
5. P. to K. third 5. Castles
6. K. B. to Q. third 6. P. to Q. Kt. third
7. K. Kt. to K. second 7. Q. B. to Q. Kt. second
8. Castles 8. Kt. to K. R. fourth
». B. takes B. 9. Q. takes B.
10. Kt. to K. Kt. third 10. Kt. takes Kt.
11. B. P. takes Kt. 11. P. to Q. third
12. P. to K. B. fourth 12. Kt. to Q. B. third
I3. P. to K. Kt. fourth 13. Kt. to Q. Kt. fifth
14. P. takes P. 14. P. takes P.
15. Q. to Q. second 15. Q. R. to K. square
16. Q. R. to K. square 16. Q. to K. R. fifth
17. K. B. to Q. Kt. square 17. R. to K. third
18. Q. to K. B. second 18. Q. to K. R. fourth
19. P. to Q. fifth 19. R. to K. R. third
20. Q. to K. B. third 20. Q. to K. R. fifth
81. P. to Q. R. third 21. Kt. to Q. R. third
22. P. to Q. Kt. fourth 22. Kt. to Q. Kt. square
23. Kt. to K. second 23. Kt. to Q. seeond
24. Kt. to K. Kt. third (a) 24. P. to K. Kt. third
25. K. to B. second 25. Kt. to K. B. third
26. B. to K. R. square 26. Kt. to Kt. fifth (check)
27. K. to Kt. square 27. Q. to K. B. third
28. R. takes R. 28. Kt. takes R.
2a. Q. to Q. square 29. Kt. to Kt. fifth
30. Q. to Q. second 30. Q. to K. R. fifth
31. Kt.toK. B. square 31. R. to K. square
32. P. to K. Kt. third 32. Q. to K. R. sixth
33. P. to Q. Kt. fifth 33. Kt. to K. B. third
34. Q, to K. Kt. second 34. Q. takes Q. (check)
35. K. takes Q. 35. P. to Q. R. third
140 THE CUES9 PLAYER 8 CHRONICLE.
Game VI.
(Philidor' » Defence.)
White. (Morphy.) Black. (Harrwitz.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
8. K. Kt. to B. third 2. P. to Q. third
3. P. to Q. fourth 3. P. takes P.
4. Q. takes P. 4. K. Kt. to B. third (a)
5. P. to K. fifth 5. P. takes P.
6. Q. takes Q. (check) 6. K. takes Q.
7. Kt. takes K. P. 7. B. to K. third
8. Kt. to Q. B. third 8. B. to Q. third
9. Kt. to Q. B. fourth 9. B. takes Kt. (4)
10. B. takes B. 10. R. to K. square (check)
11. B. to K. third 11. K. to K. second
12. Castles (Q. B.) 12. P. to Q. R. third
13. B. to K. Kt. fifth 13. Q. Kt. to Q. second
14. Kt. to K. fourth 14. P. to K. R. third
15. B. takes Kt. (check) 15. Kt takes B.
16. Kt. takes B. 16. P. takes Kt.
17. K. R. to K. square (check) 17. Q. to B. square
18. R. takes R. (check) 18. Kt. takes R.
19. B. to Q. fifth 19. R. to Q. Kt. square
20. B. to K. B. third 20. P. to K. Kt. third
H. P. to Q. B. third 21. K. to K. second
22. R. to K. square (check) 22. K. to B. square
23. K. to B. second 23. Kt. to Q. B. second
24. K. to Q. Kt. third 24. Kt. to K. third
25. K. to R. fourth 25. P. toQ. Kt. third (c)
26. P. to Q. Kt. fourth 26. P. to K. R. fourth
27. P. to K. R. fourth 27. K. to K. second
28. R. to K. third 28. K. to Q. second
29. B. to Q. fifth 29. R. to K. square
30. K. to Q. Kt. third 30. R. to K. Kt. square
31. R. to K. B. third 31. K. to K. second
32. P. to Q. R. fourth 32. P. to Q. R. fourth
33. B. takes Kt. 33. K. takes B.
34. K. to B. fourth 34. P. to K. Kt. fourth
35. K. to Kt. fifth .35. Q. R. P. takes P.
Hi THE CHESS PLAYER'S CHRONICLE.
36 P. takes Q. R. P. 86 P. takes P.
37. K. takes P. 37. R. to Q. Kt. square
38. K. to R. fifth 38. K. to Q. fourth
39. R. to Q. third (check) 39. K. to B. fifth
40. R. takes Q. P. 40. R. takes P.
11. R. to Q. fourth (check) 41. K. takes R.
42. K. takes R. 42. P. to K. B. fourth
43. P. to K. B. fourth 43. K. to K. sixth
44. P. to Q R. fifth 44. K. to B. seventh
45. P. to R. sixth 45. K. takes P.
46. P. to R. seventh 46. P. to R. sixth
17. P. queens (check) 47. K. to Kt. eighth
48. Q. to K. B. third
And Blac i resigns.
Notes.
(a) " B. to Q. second," or " Kt. to Q. B. third," would have been the move ;
as it is, White tins the advantage of getting immediately an attack with an ad
vantageous position.
(b) " B. to Q. Kt. fifth " instead, seems to us by far better.
(c) Why not check with the Kt., thus preventing the White King from en
tering Black's game ? The whole of this end game is weakly played by Block.
Game VII.
{Irvegular Opening.)
White. (Harrwitz.) Black. (Morphy.)
1. P. to Q. fourth 1. P. to K. B. fourth
2. P. to Q. B. fourth 2. P. to K. third
3. Kt. to Q. B. third 8. Kt. to K. B. third
4. B. to K. Kt. fifth 4. B. to K. second
5. P. to K. third 5. Castles
6. B. to Q. third 6. P. to Q. Kt. third
7. K. Kt. to K. second 7. B. to Q. Kt. second
3. B. takes Kt. 8. B. takes B.
9. Castles 9. Q. to K. second
10. Q. to Q. second 10. P. to Q. third
11. P. to K. B. fourth (a) 11. P. to Q. B. fourth
12. P. to Q. fifth 12. Kt. to Q. R. third
13. P. takes P. 13. Q. takes P.
THE CHESS PLAYER S CHRONICLE. 143
(d) Whether this move, or perhaps " Q. to Q. B. second " instead, with the
view of advancing afterwards the King's Knight's Pawn, would have better an
swered the purpose, may be left as an open question. At any rate, the move in
the text was safe enough, as obviously the Queen's Pawn could not well be
taken on this or on the preceding move.
(e) " P. to K. Kt. fourth," although being a showy move, would have given
Black the advantage. JEx. gr.: —
White. Slack.
24. P. to K. Kt. fourth 24. P. takes P.
85. B. takes P. 25. Kt. to K. fifth (check)
26. K. to Kt. square (best) 26. Q. to K. B. third
27. R. to R. third 27. Q. takes Q. Kk P.
28. R. to K. second (best) 28. Q. to Q. B. third, with the
best game.
(J ) For this move we can assign no other reason than that White intended
to advance his King's Pawn, which, however, at this point he could not conve
niently do, on account of Black's taking the Pawn and doubling his Books
afterwards.
(g) " K. R. to K. square," doubling the Books, which at this junoture seems
the most obvious move, has probably been rejected by Mr. Harrwitz, on account
of the more pressing necessity of covering both flanks in case of attack.
(A) An admirable move ; quite in Morphy's style.
(i) " B. takes R." would have been suicidal. Thus—
White. Black.
31. B. takes R. I 31. Kt. takes P.
32. B. to Q. Kt. fifth | 82. Q. to Q. R. eighth (check)
(32. "B. to K. R. fifth," would be answered by "Q. to Q. R. eighth (check)," 4c.)
33. K. toR. second (best) 33. Q. takes R. (check)
34. K. takes Kt. 34. Q. to K. R. fifth (check)
35. K. toB. third 35. P. to Kt. fifth (check)
36. K. to B. fourth 36. P. to Kt. sixth (disoov. check)
and wins.
(k) We do not see any sufficient reason for this uncalled-for sacrifice of a
Pawn. " P. to K. Kt. fourth," instead, could have been made with great
propriety.
(/) This, although brilliant, yet inconsiderate [move (a case very scarce with
Mr. Morphy), throws a won game away. " R. takes R." instead, would have
secured the victory. Suppos,
White Black.
41. R. takes R.
42. Q. takes R. 42. Kt. to K. fifth (chock)
43. K. to Kt. square (best) 43. Kt. to Q. B. sixth
44. Q. to Q. third (best) 44. Q. to Q. R. eighth (oheck)
45. K. to R. second 45. Kt. to K. fifth
46. P. to K. Kt. third (best) 46. K.toKt. square,and must win
THB CHESS PLAYER'S CHRONICLE. 145
Game VIII.
(Philidorian Defence.)
White. (Morphy.) Black. (Harrwitz )
1 P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. Kt. to K. B. third 2. P. to Q. third
3. P. to Q. fourth 3. B. to K. Kt. fifth (a)
L. P. takes P. 4. B. takes Kt.
5. Q. takes B. 5. P. takes P.
S. B. to Q. B. fourth 6. Kt. to K. B. third (b)
7. Q. to Q. Kt. third 7. B. to Q. third
S. B. takes P. (check) 8. K. to B. squnre
9. B. to K. Kt. fifth 9. Q. Kt. to Q. second
10. K. B. to K. R. fifth 10. P. to K. Kt. third
11. B. to K. R. sixth (check) 11. K. to K. second (c)
12. B. to K. B. third 12. Kt. to Q. B. fourth
13. Q. to Q. B. fourth 13. P. to Q. Kt. fourth
14. Q. to K. second 14. Kt. to K. third
15. B. to K. third (d) 15. P. to Q. B. third
16. Kt. to Q. second 16. K. to B. second
17. Castles (Q. R.) 17. Q. to K. second
18. P. to K. Kt. third 18. K. R. to Q. Kt. square
1:). B. to K. Kt. second 19. P. to Q. R. fourth
20. K. R. to K. B. square 20. P. to Q. R. filth
21. P. to K. B. fourth 21. P. to Q. B. sixth
22. P. to Q. Kt. third 22. K. to Kt. second
23. P. to K. B. fifth 23. Kt. to K. B. square
24. P. to K. Kt. fourth 24. Q. to K. square
2..,. B. to K. B. third 25. Q. to Q. B. third
26. Kt. to Q. Kt. square 26. P. to Q. Kt. fifth
27. Q. to K. 15. second 27. Q. Kt. to Q. second
28. P. to K. Kt. fifth 28. Kt. to K. Kt. square
2:1. P. to K. B. sixth (check) 29. K. to R. squnre
30. P. to K. B. seventh 30. Kt. to Q. B. fourth (e)
81. P. takes Kt. (check) 31. K. takes P.
32. B. takes Kt. 32. B. takes B.
33. Q. to K. second 33. Q. to K. third
34. Kt. to Q. second 34. K. to R. square
3 5. B. to K. Kt. fourth 35. Q. to K. second
10
146 THE CHESS PLAYER'S CHRONICLE.
Notes.
(a) Well played ; bj retiring the Knight he would have had an embarrassed
game.
(4) "Bishop to King's Knight's fifth" we think would have been better.
(c) A good move, winning a Pawn by force.
(d) This is also a good move, getting the Knight in exchange for the Bishop
(e) It is a very finely conceived idea to sacrifice the two Pawns, as it is the
only way to wm ; even the advanced Chess Player will do well to studv this
end game. '
Notet.
(a) If Black's Queen takes the Pawn, " B. to Kt, square " would give White
s very strong game,
(4) Black ought to have played the King.
5. P. to Q. B. third 5. P. to Q. sixth
6. Q. takes P. 6. B. to K. second
7. B. to K. B. fourth 7. B. to K. third
8. Q. Kt. to Q. second 8. B. to K. B. third
9. K. Kt. to Q. fourth 9. B. takes B.
10. Kt. takes B. 10. K. Kt. to K. second
11. Kt. to K. third 11. Castles
12. P. to K. Kt. fourth 12. Kt. to K. Kt. third
13. B. to K. Kt. third 13. B. to K. fourth
U. Kt. to K. second 14. B. takes B.
15. R. P. takes B. 15. Q. Kt. to K. fourth
16. Q. to her B. second 16. Kt. to K. B. sixth (check)
17. K. to K. B. square 17. K. Kt. to K. fourth
13. Kt. to Q. fourth 18. Q. to K. square
19. K. to K. Kt. second 19. Kt. takes Kt.
20. P. takes Kt. 20. Kt. to Q. B. third
21. P. to Q. fifth (a) 21. Kt. to Q. Kt. fifth
22. Q. to her B. fourth 22. P. to Q. R. fourth
23. Kt. to K. B. fifth 23. P. to Q. Kt. fourth
24. Q. to Q. fourth 24. P. to K. B. third
25. Q. R. to Q. B. square 25. R. to K. B. second
20. P. to Q. R. third 26. Kt. to Q. R. third
27. Q. to K. third 27. Kt. to Q. B. fourth
28. P. to K. B. third 28. P. to Q. Kt. fifth
29. R. to K. R. fourth 29. Q. to K. fourth
30. Q. to K. second 30. P. takes P.
81. Q. R. to K. R. square 31. P. to K. Kt. fourth
32. Kt. to R. sixth (check) 32. K. to B. square
33. Kt. takes R. 33. Q. takes Q. Kt. P. (check)
34. Q. takes Q. 34. P. takes Q.
35. R. takes P. 35. R. to K. square
36. Kt. to K. B. sixth 36. R. to K. fourth
37. Kt. to K. B. fifth
And wins
Note.
(a) Dad he played " P. to K. fifth," the best reply seems to bo " P. to K. B.
third," as "P. to K. Kt, third" would be very bad play.
THE CHESS PLAYER 3 CHRONICLE. 151
3. P. to Q. fourth 3. P. takes P.
4. Kt. takes P. 4. Kt. to K. B. third
5. Kt. to Q. B. third 5. B. to K. second
6. B. to Q. third 6. Castles
7. P. to K. B. fourth 7. P. to Q. B. fourth
8. Kt. to K. B. third 8. Kt. to Q. B. third
9. Castles 9. Q. B. to K Kt. fifth
10. B. to K. third 10. P. to Q. R. third
11. P. to Q. B. fourth 11. P. to K. B. third
12. P. to K. B. third 12. B. takes Kt.
13. Q. takes B. 13. Kt. to Q. Kt. fifth
14. Q. B. to Q. square 14. Q. to Q. B. second
15. P. to Q. Kt. third 15. Kt. takes B.
16. P. takes Kt. 1 6. K. B. to K. square
17. P. to Q. fourth 17. Q. toQ. B. third
18. P. takes P. 18. P. takes P.
19. P. to K. fifth 19. Q. takes Q.
20. B. takes Q. 20. Kt. to K. B. second
21. B. to Q. seventh 21. Q. R. to Q. Kt. square
22. Kt. to Q. fifth 22. B. to B. square
23. B. to B. second 23. K. B. to Q. square
24. Kt. to Q. Kt. sixth 24. R. takes R.
25. Kt. takes R. 25. R. to Q. B. square
26. R. to Q. B. third 26. B. to Q. B. second
27. Kt. takes B. 27. Kt. takes Kt.
28. B. takes P. 28. R. takes R.
29. B. takes R. 29. Kt. to K. third
30. B. to K. third 30. P. to K. Kt. third
31. P. to K. Kt. fourth 31. Kt. to Q. square
32. K. to B. second 32. Kt. to Q. B. third
33. K. to K. second 33. P. to Q. Kt. fourth
34. P. takes P. 34. P. takes P.
35. K. to Q. third 35. K to B. square
36. B. to Q. B. fifth (check) 36. K. to K. square
37. K. to K. fourth 37. K. to Q. second
38. K. to Q. fifth 38. Kt. to Q. square
39. P. to K. B. fifth 89. P. takes P.
40. P. takes P. 40. P. to K. B. fourth
flit CHESS PLAYER S CHRONICLE. 155
Notes.
(a) This is a bad defence. " Q. to K. second " would have afforded more
liberty of action.
(4) Fatal, as will be seen by White's spirited reply.
(c) Another error. He ought to have played the Queen on the twelfth move.
At this juncture "Kt. to K. Kt. square" was Black's only plausible reply.
SOLUTIONS TO PROBLEMS.
(A.)
1. Kt. takes B.
2. P. to R. seventh 2. K. to Q. B. fifth
3. P. queens 3. K. takes P.
4. Q. to K. eighth (check) 4. K. to Q. Kt, fifth
5. Q. takes P.
And with careful play, wins.
WHITE.
White to mate in two moves.
i„ i^J
•V v 1111 la^
i
WHITE.
White to mate in two moves.
160 THE CHESS PLAYER'S CHRONICLE.
.,'',
i ;
Wm.,.,„,„Jmm.
\WMb hi Wi
:. 1
W/m
mm p
llkm,J®wm"z'wm
/J^J^^
1 «1
WHITE.
White to mate in three moves.
WHITE.
White to mate in four moves.
THE CIIESS PLAYER'S CHRONICLE. 161
tion," &c. &c, which arc generally annexed to quite commonplace moves
or combinations. Those phrases may be usefully employed in encou
raging young players ; but when applied to a master like Morphy they
sound like the exclamations of a gaping crowd at a juggler's tricks.
The Chess Player's Chronicle accepts contributions in the shape
of Articles, Games, Problems, from every living player, if suited to
its columns, but will always carefully exclude party polemics.
The Chess Player's Chronicle, as to its foreign relations—that
is, foreign periodicals and Chess players—will always keep a strict
neutrality : that is, select the best games of the best players, without
reference to Town or Country. But, in order that our pages should not
be altogether invaded by the foreigner, we shall always take care to
have the full amount of good English Games and Problems, and thus
keep, as the phrase now goes, a strict but armed neutrality.
BLINDFOLD PLAT.
Sir,—As Blindfold Play has attracted so much attention in this country
since the arrival of Mr. Morphy, perhaps it may interest some of your
readers to receive an old Arabian author's instructions for the acquisi
tion of that art. In the British Museum there is a Persian MS. on
Chess (No. 16,856), which devotes a whole chapter to the subject.
The people of Arabia and Persia have been not only cunning players
over the board, but they have also excelled in playing without seeing
the board, ever since they received the game from India in the sixth
century of our era. The author of the above-mentioned MS. lived
in Northern India upwards of three hundred years ago, as his work is
dedicated to the Emperor Humayun, who reigned between a,d. 1531
and 1554. He tells us in his preface, that it is a translation of an
old Arabic work on Chess, entitled, the Chess Player's Guide and
Monitor, (a)
In order to follow the author's instructions, the reader must always
bear in mind the peculiarities in which the Persi-Arabian as well as
(a) The name of the author of the orignal Arabic work was " Abu Muham
mad Bin Umar Kajina," of whom I never heard except here. It is highly pro
bable that his lucubrations have long been lost, like many others, in countries
where the art of printing is still in its infancy. Now, talking of the art of
printing, is it not a curious fact that the work of Caxton on Chess—the jirrt
book printed by our firtt printer, is all but non-existent in our land ?
THE CHESS PLAYER'S CHRONICLE. 163
medieval European game differed from ours of the present day. They
are the following, viz.:—1. The Queen moved only one square diago
nally, consequently she could move on no more than one half the squares
of the board, being those of her own color (a), as we should say. 2. The
Bishops moved only two squares diagonally, and had no influence over
the intermediate squares ; hence a Bishop, as may be seen on trial,
could touch only seven squares of the board besides that on which he
originally stood. 3. The Pawns were never allowed to move more than
one square at the beginning ; and castling was unknown. 4. Lastly, to
save time, aud to avoid frivolous exchanges, the first player made fifteen
moves, more or less, at once, without, however, being allowed to cross
the middle line of the board. This was called the battle-array ; and
then the opponent was allowed the same number of moves on his side
of the board, as a counter-battle-array. Then came " the tug of war,"
each of the forces being posted upon the middle line, which we may
imagine to be the Ticiuo of the bloodless combatants. I now proceed
to condense the precepts of the Arabian sage on the art of Blindfold
Flay, and for simplicity's sake I will address myself to the player of the
White.
" In the first place you are to bear in mind that the board is divided
into two equal portions by the middle line, from left to right. The
half next to you is 'White's ground, and the other half is Black's.(4)
Again, imagine the board to be divided by a line from top to bottom,
thus forming four equal portions of sixteen squares each. The right-
hand quarter is your King's ; and the quarter on the left, your Queen's.
In like manner the quarter opposite your King's belongs to the adver
sary's King, and the quarter opposite to your Queen's, that of the
adverse Queen. The various squares are reckoned from either ex
tremity, and are named after the King or Queen in whose quarter they
are. Thus, the square before your King's is called W. K.'s second
square ; next to that W. K.'s third square ; then W. K.'s fourth square.
(a) The Oriental! never used a checkered board till a comparatively recent
period.
(4) This is precisely the mode of describing the moves, &c., used by the early
Italian masters, and by all our own writers on the subject till some twenty-five
years ago, more or less, when our present method was introduced by Mr. Lewis.
The last work on the old system is perhaps Walker's Phillidor, London, 1832.
I confess I am myself partial to the old or Arabian system, being that which
was in vogue when I began to read books on Chess. I think it is decidedly
better adapted to the art of Blindfold Play than the new. •
164 THE CHESS PLAYER'S CHRONICLE.
Proceeding beyond the middle line, the next square is Black King's
fourth square, next to that his third square, &c; and a similar rule
holds with regard to all the other squares. With regard to the Pieces
and Pawns, those originally standing in your King's quarter are styled
King's Pieces and Pawns, and the others Queen's.
" The adversary's Pieces and Pawns are similarly styled, and the
squares in front of each are named descendingly. Thus the Knight on
your right hand is White King's Knight; the square in front of him
is White King's Knight's second square, and so on of all the rest. All
these things you must thoroughly master and carry in your head, so
that you may readily know the precise locality, (&) as well as the name
and designation of every square on the board.
Precepts and Maxims.
" 1. Before you begin the game, fix firmly in your memory the exact
state of your battle array, as well as that of your adversary. Bear in
mind what pieces of your own occupy each of your quarters, and also
how your adversary's pieces are stationed in his quarters. Never lose
sight of the relative changes and modifications which are being con
stantly effected by each successive move that is made. Never allow
your attention to be withdrawn from the board and pieces which you
are contemplating in your mind.
" 2. The pieces that require most watching are the Knights, owing
to the obliquity of their moves. The Rooks, though the more powerful
pieces, are much more easily followed in their movements. The Queen
and Bishops can attack only a certain number of well-known squares ;
and it is good play, when possible, to keep your King out of their
reach.
" 3. Do not at first attempt Blindfold Play except with inferior
players ; nor would I advise you to attempt it at all, unless you possess
strong powers of memory and mental abstraction, and unless you can
play well with your eyes open."
The author concludes by stating, " that some men, from long prac
tice, have arrived at such a degree of perfection in this art, as to have
(4) I consider this same locality as a great help to the memory ; and I cannot
help thinking that the Oriental player would have further profited by having
the board colored black and white, as with us. He could thus more easily
foollw the movements of the Queens and Bishops, all of which kept to their
original colors.
THE CHESS PLAYER'S CHRONICLE. 165
played blindfold at four or five boards at one and the same time, and
never to have committed a mistake in any of the games. Nay, further,
some have been known to have recited poetry, or told amusing stories,
or conversed with the company present during the progress of the con
test. I have seen it written in a book, that one person played blindfold
in this manner at ten boards at once ; and gained all the games, and
even corrected many errors in describing the moves made by his
opponents."
Such are the instructions of Abu Muhammad to those who are am
bitious to excel in Blindfold Play ; and if slightly modified, so as to
suit our board, you will find that they are precisely those given by
Damiano, 350 years ago. Now, the Arabian author could not have
borrowed his from Damiano ; then arises a query—are Damiano's
original? If we suppose that the two authors have, independent of
each other, hit upon precisely the same tiling, it amounts to a tolerable
proof that the principles of the art are founded on a sound basis. I
am inclined to think, however, that Damiano's notions on this subject
reached him either directly or indirectly from the Arabs, who ruled in
Spain during several centuries before that in which he was born. But
I must stop short at present, though I have much more to say. Perhaps
I may resume the subject at some future period.
Yours, fee., D. Forres.
To (he Editor of
Tur Chess Player's Chronicle.
Notes,
(a) " Kt. to K. B. third " is safer, as it allows Blaok to draw the game, if, by
ciclianfing Queens, White doubles Black's Pawns.
168 THE CHESS PLAYERS CHRONICLE.
(4) " Kt. to K. B. second " would have been much better, aa the Kt. ia badly
placed, and haa here an occasion of changing his bad position for a much better
one.
(c) A very weak more ; why not " Kt. to K. Kt. fifth " ?
(d) This move evidently shows the unsoundness of the 13th more.
(e) This was done to enable Black to take the Bishop, if he takes Kt. with
Queen's P. ; wo should, however, have preferred " Q. Kt. P. first," and take the
B. with K. B. P.
(/) Black has already a lost game, and no move could save it.
Game II.
(French Openiny.)
White. (Mr. Morphy.) Black. (Mr. Bierwirth.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. third
2. P. to Q. fourth 2. P. to. Q. B. third
3. K. B. to Q. third 3. P. to Q. fourth
4. P. takes P. 4. K. P. takes P.
5. K. Kt. to K. B. third 5. Q. B. to K. Kt. fifth
ft. Castles 6. K. B. to Q. third
7. P. to K. R. third 7. Q. B. to K. R. fourth
8. Q. B. to K. third 8. Q. Kt. to Q. second
9. K. R. to K. square 9. K. Kt. to K. second
10. Q. Kt. to Q. second 10. Q. B. takes Kt.
11. Kt. takes B. 11. P. to K. R. third
12. Q. to Q. second 12. Q. to Q. B. second
13. P. to Q. B. fourth 13. P. takes P.
14. K. B. takes P. 14. P. to K. B. fourth
15. Kt. to K. fifth 15. Castles on Q.'s side
11). K. B. to K. sixth 16. B. takes Kt.
17. P. takes B. 17. K. to Q. Kt. square
IS. Q. to B. third 18. Q. Kt. to Q. Kt. third (a)
1'.). Q. to Q. R. third 19. Q. Kt. to Q. B. square
20. Q. R. to Q. B. square 20. P. to K. Kt. fourth
21. P. to K. B. fourth 21. P. takes. P.
22 Q. B. takes P. 22. Q. R. to Q. fifth
23 Q. to K. third 23. Q. R. to K. fifth
24 Q. to K. B. third 24. Q. to Q. Kt. third (check)
25. K. to K. B. second 25. Q. R. takes R.
20 R. takes R. 26. Q. to Q. Kt. fifth
THE CHESS PLAYER S CHRONICLE. 169
Note.
(a) If, instead of this move, he takes P. with Q, he loses her by " B. takes Q.
B. (check) ;" and if he takes P. with the Kt., he loses at least a piece.
Game III.
(King 's Gambit declined.)
White. (Mr. Morphy.) Black. (Mr. Bornemann.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. P. to K. B. fourth 2. K. B. to Q. B. fourth
3. K. Kt. to K. B. third 3. P. to Q. third
4. P. to Q. B. third 4. Q. B. to K. Kt. fifth
5. K. B. to Q. B. fourth 5. K. Kt. to K. B. third
6. P. takes P. 6. B. takes Kt.
7. Q. takes B. 7. Q. P. takes P.
8. P. to Q. third 8. Q. Kt. to Q. B. third
9. Q. B. to K. Kt. fifth 9. P. to Q. R. third
10. Q. Kt. to Q. second 10. B. to K. second
11. Castles on Q. side 11. Q. to Q. second
12. Kt. to K. B. square 12. Castles on Q. side
13. Kt. to K. third 13. P. to K. R. third
14. Q. B. to K. R. fourth 14. P. to K. Kt. fourth
15. Q. B. to K. Kt. third 15. Q. R. to K. B. square
16. Kt. to Q. fifth 16. K. Kt. to K. square
17. P. to Q. fourth 17. P. takes Q. P.
18. P. takes P. 18. K. Kt. to Q. third
19. K. B. to Q. Kt. third 19. B. to Q. square
20. K. R. to K. B. square 20. K. Kt. to Q. Kt. fourth
21. Q. to K. third 21. P. to K. B. fourth
170 THE CHESS PLAYERS CHRONICLE.
Notes,
(a) This manoeuvre was evidently not foreseen by Black.
(4) The game is at this point completely lost for Black,
(e) Black cannot take P. without losing a piece.
Game IV.
{Irregular Opening.)
White. (Mr. Morphy.) Black. (Mr. Gdirert.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to Q. fourth
2. P. takes P. 2. Q. takes P.
3. Q. Kt. to Q. B. third 3. Q. to her square
4. P. to Q. fourth 4. P. to K. third
5. K. Kt. to K. B. third 5. K. B. to Q. third
6. K. B. to Q. third 6. K. Kt. to K. second
7. Castles 7. P. to K. R. third
8. Q. B. to K. third 8. P. to Q. B. third
9. K. Kt. to K. fifth 9. Q. Kt. to Q. second
10. P. to K. B. fourth 10. Q. Kt. to K. B. third
11. Q. Kt. to K. fourth U.K. Kt. to K. B. fourth
12. Q. B. to K. B. second 12. K. B. to Q. B. second
13. P. to Q. B. third 13. Q. Kt. to Q. fourth
14. Q. to K. B. third 14. Q. to K. second
15. Q. R. to K. square 15. K. B. takes Kt.
16. Q. P. takes B. 16. P. to K. R. fourth (a)
17. Q. B. to Q. B. fifth 17. Q. to her square
18. Kt. to Q. sixth (check) 18. Kt. takes B.
THE CHESS PLAYERS CHRONICLE. 171
Notes.
(a) It is evident Black cannot castle ; White's game is already far superior)
his pieces are all in play, whilst Slack's are out of play
(4) A very strong position for the Bishop.
(c) Threatens to win at once by taking K. Kt. P. with K. B.
(rf) The best move ; it saves Black's game, as his adversary, on account of the
threatened mate, cannot exchange Books.
Game V.
{Irvegular Opening.)
WUle. (Mr.MoRPHt.) Black. (Mr. Lequesne.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to Q. Kt. third
2. P. to Q. fourth 2. Q. B. to Q. Kt. second
172 THE CHESS PLAYER S CHRONICLE.
3. K. B. to Q. third 3. P. to K. third
4. K. Kt. to K. R. third 4. K. Kt. to K. second
5. Castles 5. P. to Q. fourth
6. P. to K. fifth 6. K Kt. to Q. B. third (a)
7. P. to Q. B. third 7. K. B. to K. second
8. P. to K. B. fourth 8. P. to K. Kt. third
9. P. to K. Kt. fourth 9. P. to K. R. fourth
10. P. takes P. 10. K. R. takes P.
11. Q. toK. Kt. fourth 11. K. R. to his fifth
12. Q. to K. Kt. third 12. K. to Q. second
13. Q. Kt. to Q. second 18. Q. to K. R. square
14. K. Kt. to K. Kt. fifth 14. K. Kt. to Q. square (4)
15. Q. Kt. to K. B. third 15. K. B. takes K. Kt
16. P. takes B. 16. K. R. to K. R. sixth
17. Q. to K. Kt. second 17. Q. Kt. to Q,. B. third
18. Q. B. to Q. second 18. Q. Kt. to K. second (c)
19. Q. R. to Q. B. square 19. Q. R. to Q. B. square
20. P. to Q. Kt. fourth 20. P. to Q. R. third
21. P. to Q. B. fourth 21. Q. to K. R. fourth
22. Kt. to K. square 22. Kt. to K. B. fourth
23. K. R. to K. B. third 23. K. R. to his fifth
24. K. R. to K. B. fourth 24. K. R. takes R.
25. Q. B. takes R. 25. P. to Q. B. fourth
26. Q. Kt. P. takes P. 26. P. takes P.
27. R. to Q. Kt. square 27. P. to Q. B. fifth
28. K. B. takes Kt. 28. K. Kt. P. takes B.
29. Kt. to Q. B. second 29. B. to Q. B. third
30. P. to Q. R. fifth 30. Q. to K. R. fifth
31. Q. to K. Kt. third 31. Q. toK. R. fourth
32. Q. to K. Kt. second 32. Q. to K. R. fifth
At this point, neither party being disposed to vary his moves, the
game was resigned as a drawn BATTLE.
Notes.
(a) Why not " Q. Kt. to Q. 3. third," and form at once an attack upon
the King's side ?
(4) We do not see the object of that move, unless it is to defend the P., which
could have been played two squares ; Black's pieces are now all crammed
together.
(c) All this is very weak play ; Black had the best of the opening, and ought
to have won. However, Mr. Morphy's clever piny enabled him to draw the
game against his weaker opponent.
THE CHESS PLAYER'S CHRONICLE. 173
Game VI
(Petroff Defence^
White. (Mr. MoRPny.) Black. (Mr. Potier.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. K. Kt. to K. B. third 2. K. Kt. to K. B. third
3. K. B. to Q. B. fourth 3. Kt. takes K. P.
4. Q. Kt. to Q. Kt. third 4. K. Kt. to K. B. third (a)
5. Kt. takes K. P. 5. P. to Q. fourth
6. K. B. to Q. Kt. third 6. K. B. to K. second
7. P. to Q. fourth 7. P. to Q. B. third
8. Castles 8. Q. Kt. to Q. second
9. P. to K. B. fourth 9. Q. Kt. to Q. Kt. third
10. Q. to K. B. third 10. P. to K. R. fourth
11. P. to K. B. fifth 11. Q. to Q. B. second
12. Q. B. to K. B. fourth 12. K. B. to Q. third
13. Q. R. to K. square 13. K. to B. square
U. Q. to K. Kt. third 14. P. to Q. R. fifth
15. K. Kt. to Kt. sixth (check) 15. K. to Kt. square
16. Q. B. takes B. 16. P. takes Q.
17. Q. B. takes Q. 17 P. takes Kt.
18. K. B. P. takes P. 18. P. takes K. R. P. (check)
19. K. to B. square 19. B. to K. Kt. fifth
20. Q. R. to K. seventh 20. Q. Kt. to Q. second
21. Q. B. to K. fifth 21. K. to B. square
22. Q. R. to K. B.seventh (ch.)(4) 22. K. to Kt. square
23. Kt. takes Q. P. 23. P. takes Kt.
24. K. B. takes P. 24. Q. Kt. to Q. Kt. third
25. K. B. to Q. Kt. third
And Black aba idons the game.
Notes.
(a) Black's move was " Kt. takes Kt." Mr. Potier is clearly not a strong
player, else he would have procured us the pleasure to see how Mr. Morphy
would have carried out his attack against PetrofFs defence.
(4) Finely played without seeing the board, and elegantly finished.
174 THE CHESS PLAYER S CHRONICLE.
Game VII.
(Sicilian Opening.)
{White. (Mr. Morphy.) Black. (Mr. Preti.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to Q. B. fourth
2. P. to Q. fourth 2. P. takes P.
3. K. Kt. to K. B. third 3. P. to K. fourth
4. K. B. to Q. B. fourth 4. K. B. checks (a)
5. P. to Q. B. third 5. P. takes P.
6. P. takes P. 6. K. B. to Q. B. fourth
7. K. Kt. takes K. P. 7. Q. to K. B. third
8. K. B. takes K. B. P. (check) 8. K. to B. square
9. K. Kt. to Q. third 9. K. B. to Q. Kt. third
10. K. B. to Q. Kt. third 10. P. to Q. third
11. Q. B. to Q. R. third 11. Q. Kt. toQ. B. third
12. Castles 12. K. Kt. to K. R. square
13. P. to K. fifth 13 Q. to K. Kt. third
14. K. Kt. to K. B. fourth 14 Q. to K. Kt. fifth
15. K. Kt. to K. sixth (check) (b) 15 Q. B. takes Kt.
16. Q. takes Q. P. (check) 16 K. to B. second
17. Q. to Q. seventh (check) 17 K. to K. Kt. third
18. K. B. takes B. 18. Q. to K. Kt. fourth
19. K. B. to Q. fifth 19. Q. Kt. takes K. P.
20. K. B. to K. fourth (check) 20 K. Kt. to K. B. fourth
21. Q. to K. sixth (check) 21 Q. to K. B. third
22. K. B. takes Kt. (check) 22 K. to K. R. fourth
23. P. to K. Kt. fourth (check) .23 Kt. takes P.
24. K. B. takes Kt. (check)
And Black surrenders.
Notes.
(a) A bad more, as it loses K. P. " Q. Kt. to B. third " is the proper move.
(4) Abetter move than to take the Queen's Pawn at once with t he Queen.
Game VIII.
(Pkilidor's Defence.)
White. (Mr. Morphy.) Black. (Mr. Seguin.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. K. Kt. to K. B. third 2. P. to Q. third
THE CHESS PLAYER S CHRONICLE. 175
3. P. to Q. fourth 3. P. takes P.
4. K. Kt. takes P. 4. K. Kt. to K. B. third
5. Q. Kt. to Q. B. third 5. K. B. to K. second
6. K. B. to Q. third 6. Castles
7. P. to K. B. fourth 7. P. to Q. B. fourth
8. K. Kt. to K. B. third 8. Q. Kt. to Q. B. third
9. Castles 9. Q. B. to K. Kt. fifth
10. Q. B. to K. third 10. P. to Q. R. third
11. P. to Q. R. fourth 11. P. to K. R. third
12. P. to K. R. third 12. Q. B. takes Kt.
13. Q. takes B. 13. Q. Kt. to Q. Kt. fifth
14. Q. R. to Q. square 14. Q. to Q. B. second
15. P. to Q. Kt. third 15. Q. Kt. takes B.
16. P. takes Kt. . 16. K. R. to K. square (n)
17. P. to Q. fourth 17. Q. to Q. B. third
18. P. takes Q. B. P. 18. P. takes P.
19. P. to K. fifth 19. Q. takes Q.
20. K. R. takes Q. 20. Kt. to K. R. second
21. Q. R. to Q. seventh 21. Q. R. to Q. Kt. square
22. Kt. to Q. fifth 22. B. to K. B. square (4)
23. B. to K. B. second 23. K. R. to Q. square
24. Kt. to Q. Kt. sixth 24. R. takes R.
25. Kt. takes R. 25. R. to Q. B. square
26. R. to Q. B. third 26. R. to Q. B. second (c)
27. Kt. takes B. 27. Kt. takes Kt.
28. R. takes P. 28. R. takes R.
29. B. takes R. 29. Kt. to K. third
30. B. to K. third 30. P. to K. Kt. third
31. P. to K. Kt. fourth 31. Kt. to Q. square
32. K. to K. B. second 32. Kt. to Q. B. third
33. K. to K. second 33. P. to Q. Kt. fourth
34. P. takes P. 34. P. takes P.
35. K. to Q. third 35. K. to B. square
36. B. to Q. B. fifth (check) 36. K. to K. square
37. K. to K. fourth 37. K. to Q. second
38. K. to Q. fifth 38. Kt. to Q. square
39. P. to K. B. fifth 39. P. takes P.
40. P. takes P. 40. P. to K. R. fourth
176 THE CHESS PLAYER S CHRONICLE.
Notes.
(a) To this point the game is very finely played by Black, and if, instead of
this move, Black had played " P. to Q. Kt. fourth," we should have decidedly
preferred Black's position.
(4) To play the Book on the Queen's side next move.
(c) Black ought to have played " B. to K. second," and with proper care the
garno would have been drawn.
Note*.
(a) This is evidently a useless more ; " B. to Q. square " would have bo u
better.
(4) This wag an inconsiderate move ; Black has to this point of the game
cleverly defended the skilful attack of his opponent, and could have escaped with
loss of a Pawn by playing " Q. to K. B. third."
(c) It would have been better to give up at once the K. B. P.
(<f) All efforts are too late now ; White's skilful manoeuvres have carried the
Notes.
(o) " Q.. to K. R. fifth," we believe, would have been a stronger move.
(A) A bad move ; as Black could not have obtained so formidable an attack
if White had made the obvious move, " P. to K. B. third."
(c) Another weak move ; " B. to Q. fourth" would have been better, or "Q.
B. to K. square."
(d) This settles White's fate. Why not plav " B. to Q. fourth," and then
"P. to Q. B. fourth"?
Notes.
(a) This gives Black at onoe a disadvantage ; Black ought to hare played
now " P. takes P."
(4) " B. to K. third" was the move.
(c) A very bad move, which loses Black the game at once.
Notes,
(a) " Bishop to Q. third " would have been the proper move.
(4) This was very well played, as it is the only move to keep the Pawn,
(c) " P. to K. R. fifth " would have been a stronger move, as it would have
given White the advantage of position.
Notes.
(a) " P. to Q. fourth " would have been, we believe, a safer move.
(4) " B. to K. B. third " would have been preferable ; for if then B. had
taken K. B. P., the Q. would have retaken it, and Black would have answered
to White's pushing the Queen's Pawn by playing " B. to K. third," with the
best game ; whilst, in the way it has been played, White has a formidable attack,
sod although Black has played the subsequent moves with great skill, and re
mains with a piece against two Pawns, we believe White, through his position,
has, after the 20th move, the best of the game.
(c) It is evident Black could not take the P. without losing a piece. He
plays this Pawn to be enabled to bring the Knight out without losing the
Knight's Pawn.
{£) Black has evidently, and we think rightly, preferred to lose the Q. R. P.
than the Q. Kt. P., having thus still two Pawns united.
(«) " P. to Q. R. third " would have been better ; we think, however, that
after this move, the game was drawn by its nature.
{f) To ensure the drawn game ; for if Black B. takes P., White can make
a drawn game by " B. takes B."
(g) To prevent the exchange of Books, and thus to protect the Kt.'s Pawn.
(A) Preferring to exchange three Pawns for the B., and thus draw the game
at once.
182 THE CHESS PLAYERS CHRONICLE.
Notes.
(a) The beat illustrations of this fine attack will be f.mnd in the Chess
Plater's Chronicls of 1847, 1854, and 1855.
(4) "K. Kt. to K. B. third" seems to afford the best defence to the second
player. This subject has been discussed previously in the Chess Plater's
Chronicle of 1855.
(c) This brings about a variation of the Lopes' Knight's Game, the third and
fourth moves of White being transposed.
(<f) The defence invented in this opening will not, we believe, bear the test of
analysis ; for, although it arrests the progress of some of White's Pieces, it leaves
the hostile Pawns in a menacing position.
(e) The confinement of Black's Pieces on the Q. side renders it hardly possible
for him to forbear from making some dangerous move.
(/) White having in reserve his 17th move, this counter-attack is unavailing.
(g) " B. to Q. Kt. second " would have been better, but his game would, not
withstanding, have been inferior to that of his adversary.
(A) The only move ; for, had the Queen retreated, mate would have followed.
(•) This is more effective than " B. to K. R. fifth " at once would be.
(k) The advance of the Knight is clearly a resource inspired by desperation.
No other move could have held Black out even the faintest hopes of extrication.
(I) " Q. to Q. second " would have left Black nothing to do but to retreat.
The move in the text, however, is not so bad in its merits as the result would
appear to prove.
(m) He could not have played " Q. to K. B. second " on account of " B. to
K. seventh."
(n) Not so good as " B. to K. third."
(o) The supplementary move to the manoeuvres of the Knight. It could
however, as we have noticed incidentally in the previous remarks, have been
prevented.
( p) Having been taken by surprise, White does not here adopt his best line
of play. He should have overcome his reluctance to break up his Pawns in the
centre, and should have taken Pawn with Pawn. A leading variation thereupon
is:—
28. P. takes P. 28. Q. takes P.
29. B. to K. second 29. P. to K. B. fifth
30. B. takes Kt. 30. P. takes B.
31. B. takes K. R. P., with the best game; for, if Black now take K. Kt.
Pawn with Queen, White can exchange Queens, and win the advanced Pawn.
!q) In order to render the capture of his K. B. Pawn dangerous,
r) "B. to Q. third " would have been stronger,
m Perhaps " R. to Q. R. fourth " would be safer.
(t) This was injudicious. He should have kept his Book on the board, to
make sure of victory.
(w) The mistake that loses the game, which would have been drawn if he had
played " K. to Q. square " ; for White could obtain no advantage by the sacrifice
of his Queen's Pawn.
THE CHESS PLAYERS CHRONICLE. 187
Note*.
(o) Bledow was the first who introduced the advance of the K. Kt. P. at this
stage of the game, and it gives the second player a very strong game.
(4) Hanatein generally used to make this move at this juncture, but some
times ho also played " Q. to her Kt. third."
(c) This move was decidedly disadvantageous for White.
13S THE CHESS PLAVEBS CHRONICLE.
SOLUTIONS TO PROBLEMS.
No. 17. Page 159.
White.
If. to Q. Kt. fifth, and next move B. or Kt. mates.
No. 18. Page 159.
Q. to Q. sixth (check), and next move Q. or Kt. mates.
THE CHESS PLAYERS CHRONICLE. 189
No. 21. Problem from an Arabic MS. in the Brit. Mus., No. 7515,
f. 61 b, given to the Editor by Professor Duncan Forres, LL.D.
elack.
WHITE.
White to move and Black to win.
white.
White to mate in three moves.
192 TIJE CHESS PLAYER S CHRONICLE.
*4iBmm. * m
n,
Mm
W'
WHITE.
White to mate in three moves.
W
MB
/7//7/77//Jt
"VmT
h*B.
^BI
™,/'pz„.y>^">*.
^P HP Br
WHITE.
White to play and mate in four moves.
THE CHESS PLAYER'S CHRONICLE. 193
Notes,
(a) Q. checks was tho proper move.
(4) " P. to K. sixth " would have won the game.
198 THE CHESS PLAYER 3 CHRONICLE.
Notes.
(a) This must be wrong, for it loses a Pawn without sufficient advantage.
(4) I liisi \ movo, which loses the game.
TUE CHESS PLAYER'S CHRONICLE. 199
Notes.
(a) This is, we believe, the only game in which Mr. Morphy played Philidor's
Defence. Fine play and deep combinations are wanting in this game.
(i) " B. to K. B. fourth " would have been stronger ; the B. is now certainly
not on his proper square.
(e) This move evidently weakens the Pawns on Queen's side.
(if) At this point, Mr. Lowenthal had probably a won game ; he is a Pawn
ihead, and has by far the best position : we only wonder how he could not soo
that by playing any of the three Pawns on King's side, the game was necessarily
drawn. The move to win the game was " B. to K. B. square" We give here,
the position, after the 28th move of Black, in a diagram, to enable our readers
to make a study of it. In our next number we shall show how Whito could
have won. Here Herr Lowenthal missed hie first victor)'.
WHITE
White lo move.
13*
202 THE CHESS PLAYERS CHRONICLE.
Game II
(King's Gambit Refuted.)
While. (Mr. Morphy.) Black. (Herr Lowenthal.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. P. to K. B. fourth 2. K. B. to Q. B. fourth
3. K. Kt. to B third 3. P. to Q. third
4. P. to Q. B. third 4. Q. B. to K. Kt. fifth
5. K. B. to Q. B. fourth 5. Q. B. takes Q. Kt.
0. Q. takes B. 6. K. Kt. to B. third
7. P. to Q. Kt. fourth 7. B. to Q. Kt. third
8. P. to Q. third 8. Q. Kt. to Q. second
9. P. to K. B. fifth (a) 9. Q. to K. second
10. P. to K. Kt. fourth 10. P. to K. R. third
11. K. to K. second (b) 11. P. to Q. B. third
12. P. to K. Kt. fifth 12. R. P. takes P.
13. Q. B. takes P. 13. P. to Q. fourth
14. K. B. to Kt. third (c) 14. Q. to Q. third
15. Kt. to Q. second 15. P. to Q. R. fourth
16. P. takes R. P. 10. Q. R. takes P.
17. P. to K. R. fourth 17. K. Kt. to K. R. fourth
18. Kt. to K. B. square 18. Q. Kt. to Q. B. fourth
19. K. P. to B. second 19. Q U. to Kt. fourth (d)
20. Q. B. to B. square 20. Q. P. takes P.
21. Q. P. takes P. 21. Q. R. to Kt. seventh (e)
22. Q. B. takes Q. B, 22. K. Kt. to B. fifth (check)
23. K. to K. square 23. Q. Kt. to Q. sixth (check)
24. K. B. takes Q. Kt. 24. Kt. takes K. B. (check)
25. K. to Q. second 25. Kt. takes B. (check)
26. K. to Q. B. second 26. Q. to Q. R. sixth (/)
27. Kt. to Q. second 27. B. to Q. B. second (y)
28. Kt. to Kt. square
And Blaclc resigned.
Notes.
(a) Evidently a weak move.
(4) We do not see the necessity of this move.
(c) It is clear, we hope, to our readers, that White could not take the Queen's
Pawn, on account of Black advancing the King's Pawn.
THE CHESS PLAYER'S CHRONICLE. 203
(d) " B. to Q. B. sixth," wc believe would have won the game j we give the
position here, in a diagram, alter White's 19th move, and shall givo in our
next number the complete analysis.
(«) A false combination.
(/) " Kt. to Q. B." would have given Black still a strong attack.
(y) This inconsiderate move loses Black a piece, and the game.
WHITE.
Black to move.
Game III.
(Petrofs Defence.)
While. (Uerr Lowenthal.) Black. (Mr. Morpuy.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. K. Kt. to B. third 2. K. Kt. to B. third
3. K. Kt. takes K. P. 3. P. to Q. third
4. K. Kt. to B. third . 4. K. Kt. takes P.
5. P. to Q. fourth («) 5. P. to Q. fourth
6. K. B. to Q. third 6. K. B. to K. second
204 THE CHESS PLAYER S CHRONICLE.
Notes.
(a) " P. to Q. third," followed by " P. to Q. fourth," clearly wins a move.
(4) We cannot see the reason why White took the Pawn instead of playing
Pawn to " Q. Kt. third," which makes White's position very attacking.
(c) Why not " B. to Q. Kt. fifth," which gives White evidently the ad
vantage of position ? We give here a diagram after the 13th move of Black,
and request our readers to study the position, of which we shall give an analysis
in our next number.
(d) How White managed to lose this game is truly astonishing ; it took him,
however, more than two moves to perform this feat, and this was the first ;
why not play "B. to K. fifth," which is the obvious and probably best move?
The following moves are instructive only because they show how a game can
be lost, without any great blunder being committed, simply by making a num
ber of useless moves.
WHITE.
White to move.
TIIE CHESS PLAYER S CUBONICLE. 207
Notee.,
(o) " P. takes P." would have been the simplest and most effectual move.
(b) Very well conceived. If White takes Kt., Black by " P. takes P." and
then " Q. to K. B. fifth," wins.
ic) Black should have taken the B. instead, and thus won the exchange.
<f) " Q. to K. B. second " would have preserved the Pawn which White has
already won. By playing in the subsequent move, " Q. to K. Kt. third," Whit*
obtains a sort of attack, but no equivalent for the loss of a Pawn.
8) Evidently an oversight.
') " K. takes P.1' seems to us a better move.
(g) This game was not played by Herr Harrwitr with his usual skill, but
still some credit is due to his opponent's play.
Notes.
(») Very well played.
(i) " Q. Kt. to Q. Kt. fifth (check)" would have been equally well.
Game II.
(Irregular Opening.)
White. (Herr Schulder.) Black (Mr. F. Healey.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. P. to K. Kt. third (a) 2. P. to K. B. fourth
3. P. to Q. fourth 3. P. takes Q. P.
4. B. to Kt. second 4. Kt. to Q. B. third
5. Kt. to K. secoud 5. P. takes P.
6. B. takes P. 6. B. to Q. B. fourth
7. B. to Q. fifth 7. K. Kt. to B. third
8. P. to Q. B. fourth Kt. to Q. Kt. fifth
9. Kt. to K. B. fourth 9. Q. Kt. takes B.
10. Kt. takes Kt. 10. Castles
11. Castles 11. Kt. takes K.
12. P. takes Kt. 12. P. to Q. third
14
210 THE CHESS PLAYER S CHRONICLE.
Notet,
(a) We cannot approve this way of opening the game.
(4) Finely played throughout by Black.
Notes.
(a) There is no accounting for taste.
(i) Bather daring to play Evans's Gambit as second player ; the move of
" P. to K. K. third is of advantage in this Gambit if properly made use of.
(c) Having played for the first move " P. to K. R. thircl," a move which is
onlr made in order to prevent the Bishop from winning the Knight, White plays
now the " Kt. to K. second." It would be useless to look further for reasons
of the gallant Colonel's defeat.
Notes.
(a) Losing a move in a consultation game is never advisable ; it seems, how
ever, that the Black allies preferred to lose a move rather than expose them
selves to the scientific opening of their antagonists.
(ft) A very important move.
(c) Black had no other move.
(<f) Threatening to win a Pawn.
(e) A very good combination, which finally wins the exchange.
THE CHESS PLAYER S CHRONICLE. 213
Notes.
(a) " B. to K. fifth " instead, would have been better.
(b) What an unlucky oversight, after having defended a bad game with
great skill and perseverance, and brought it to an even game (nay, we should
prefer Black in this position), to throw it away ! " B. to K. second " would
have at once freed Black from his embarrassing position. To allow White to
bring the Books on a line was a grievous mistake.
(c) " K. to B. second " instead would have have given Black a chance of
holding out ; for
White. Black.
36. P. to K. B. fifth 36. P. to Q. B. fifth
37. P. to K. B. sixth 37. P. to K. Kt. fourth
38. B. to K. Kt. seventh 38. B. to K. B. square
39. P. to K. B. seventh 39. B. to K. B. third
And Black has a chance of drawing the game.
Game between Mr. Morphy and Mr. Boden, played at the St.
James's Chess Club : Mr. Morphy playing, at the same time, four
other games, against Mr. de Rivirre, Mr. Barnes, Mr. Bird, and
Mr. Lowenthal. (The game played by Mr. Morphy against Mr.
Lowenthal was given in May number.)
{Scottish Opening.)
White. (Mr. Morphy.) Black. (Mr. Boden.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. V. to K. fourth
2. Kt. to K. B. third 2. Kt. to Q. B. third
3. P. to Q. fourth 3. P. takes P.
4. B. to Q. B. fourth 4. B. to Q. B. fourth
5. Castles 5. P. to Q. third
6. P. to Q. B. third 6. Kt. to K. B. third
7. P. takes P. 7. B. to Q. Kt. third
8. Kt. to Q. B. third 8. B. to K. Kt. fifth
9. B. to K. third 9. Castles
10. Q. to Q. third 10. Q. to Q. second (a)
THE CHESS PLAYEK S CHRONICLE. 215
Notes.
(a) " Kt. to Q. Kt. fifth," followed by " P. w Q. fourth," would haTe been
Black's best piny.
(A) " B. to K. B. fourth," followed by " Kt. to K. fourth," would have
been better.
(c) This move makes the former move " K. to K." useless ; for if Black had
no intention of pushing the K. Kt. P. forward, why lose a move with the
King? It seems to us that " P. to K. Kt. fourth," and then " Kt. to K. Kt.
third," would have given Black a formidable attack.
(rf) If Black would have taken the Knight with the Bishop instead, he would
have won at least a Pawn by the very skilful manoeuvre which he conceived,
and which, by having taken the Knight with the Knight instead of with the
Bishop, turned out more ingenious than profitable.
(«) " P. takes P." would have won the game for White.
(/) Bad play ; Black ought to lose the game ; if Mr. Morphy had not had
four other opponents at the time, he would have no doubt won it.
(jj) " P. to K. Kt. fifth," would have easily won the game.
Game II.
mite. (Mr. Kenny.) Black. (Mr. Zytogorski.
1. P. to K. fourth
2. P. to Q. fourth 2. P. to K. third
3. B. to Q. third 3. B. to K. second
4. P. to K. fifth 4. P. to K. Kt. third
5. P. to K. R. fourth 5. P. to Q. fourth
6. P. to K. R fifth 6. P. to K. Kt. fourth
7. P. to K. R. sixth 7. K. to Q. second
8. Q. to K. Kt. fourth 8. P. to Q. B. fourth
9. P. to Q. B. third 9. P. takes P.
10. K. Kt. to B. third 10. Q. Kt. to B. third
11. Kt. takes K. Kt. P. 11. B. takes K. Kt.
12. B. takes B. 12. K. Kt. to K. second
13. Q. to K. R. fourth 13. P. takes P.
14. Q. Kt. takes P. 14. Q. Kt. takes K. P.
15. B. to Kt. fifth (check) 15. Q. Kt. to B. third
16. R. to Q. square 16. P. to Q. R. third
17. Kt. takes Q. P. 17. P. takes Kt.
13. R. takes Q. P. 18. Kt. takes R.
19. B. takes Kt. (check) 19. P. takes B.
20. B. takes Q. 20. R. takes B.
21. Castles 21. K. to Q. B. second
22. R. to Q. B. square 22. R. to Q. third
23. Q. to K. fourth 23. Kt. to K. B. third
24. Q. to K. fifth 24. P. to Q. R. fourth
25. R. to Q. square 25. Kt. to Q. fourth
26. R. takes Kt. 26. P. takes R.
27. Q. to K. seventh (check) 27. 15. to Q. second
28. Q. takes K. R. P. 28. Q. R. to his third square
29. Q. to K. B. seventh 29. R. takes K. R. P.
218 THE CHESS PLAYER S CHRONICLE.
Gamj3 III.
White. (Mr. Kenny.) Black. (Mr. Zytogorski.)
1. P. to K. fourth
2. P. to CJ. fourth 2. P. to K. third
3. B. to Q. third 3. P. to Q. B. fourth
4. P. to K. fifth 4. P. to K. Kt. third
5. P. to K. R. fourth 5. P. takes P.
i. P. to K. B. fourth 6. Q. to R. fifth (check)
7. B. to Q. second 7. Q. to Kt. third
8. B. to Q. B. square 8. Q. Kt. to B. third
9. P. to Q. R. third 9. K. to Q. square
10. P. to K. R. fifth 10. P. to K Kt. fourth
THE CHESS PLAYER'S CHRONICLE. 2iy
6. K. B. to Q. B. fourth 6. Q. B. to K. third
7. P. to K. B. fourth 7. Q. to B. third
8. Q. to Q. third 8. Q. to Kt. third
9. Castles 9. B. takes B.
10. Q. takes B. 10. Kt. to K. second
11. Kt. to B. third 11. Q. to K. third
12, Q. to Q. third 12. P. to Q. B. third
18. P to B. fifth 13. Q. to Q. second
14. B. to B. fourth 14. R. to Q. square
15. R. to Q. square 15. P. to B. third
16. B. to Kt. third 16. P. to Q. fourth
17. P. takes P. 17. Kt. takes P.
18. Kt. takes Kt. 18. P. takes Kt.
19. Q. to K. second (check) 19. B. to K. second
20. K. R. to K. square 20. K. to B. second
21. Q. to B. third 21. Q. to B. third
22. R. to K. sixth 22. Q. to B. fourth (check)
23. K. to B. square 23. K. R. to K. square
24. Q. to B. fifth (check) 24. K. to Kt. square
25. B. to Q. sixth 25. Q. takes P. at B. seventh
26. B. takes B. 26. R. to Q. B. square
27. R. takes P. 27. Q. to Kt. eighth (check)
28. R. to Q. square 28. Q. takes Kt. P.
29. B. to Q. eighth 29. P. to Kt. second
30. R. takes R. (check) 30. K. to B. second
And White mat as in two moves.
SOLUTIONS TO PROBLEMS.
No. 21. Page. 191.
White. Black.
Kt. to Q. B. fifth (check) . K. to Q. Kt. fourth
Kt. to Q. Kt. seventh (best) B. to K. B.
Kt. to Q. sixth (check) (best) K. to Q. B. seventh
Kt. to Q. B. fourth (check) B. to Q. square
Kt. to Q. B. fifth (check) K. to Q. Kt. fourth
Kt. to Q. Kt. seventh B. to Q. second
And wins.
It must be here observed, that the Knight can never leave the neighbourhood
of the King, or he will be cut off and captured by the adverse Book and King.
si 9 illl ® ..
iH \ H tmT
JWS/////A
wm
WHITE.
White to mate in three moves.
w 8 --r"
si.
mw^ —.;
mm ■Lfel
1
mm.
aa .
rA
WHITE.
White to mate in three moves.
•224 THE CHESs PLAYER S CHRONICLE.
WHITE.
White to move and mate in four moves.
white.
White to move and mate in four moves.
THE CHESS PLAYER'S CHRONICLE. 225
CHESS TOURNAMENTS.
Amongst the causes that contribute to the extension of Chess, Tour
naments stand in the foremost rank. The publicity which is generally
given to them greatly enhances their interest, and produces among the
disciples of Caissa that emulation which is so necessary to success in
general, and to the progress of our noble game in particular. But in
order to make them fully effective, they ought to be a fair trial of the
skill of all those engaged in them. Now, this, as far as we are aware,
has never been the case, especially as regards the second, third, and
other prizes ; for, according to the arrangements which have been made
in former tournaments, what was more likely than, nay, it invariably
so happened, that the two best, or next best, players met in the first
or second tourney, and thus the persons who ought to have been the
winners of the second and third prizes, were at once declared non
suited. Few Chess players, we suppose, have paid serious attention
to the arrangement of Chess Tournaments, else the incongruity of the
thing would have struck them at once. Chance had so great a share
in it, that in a tournament of thirty-two persons, the player to whom
sixteen out of the number could have given odds, might have won the
second prize, and this, even supposing that every one played up to the
full standard of his skill. In all former tournaments, therefore, it is
only the winner of the first prize who is entitled to full credit for his
skill ; the others owed more or less to chance, the prizes that fell to
their share.
In order to leave as little as possible to chance, we propose the fol
lowing simple arrangements, by which the prizes must necessarily come
to the best players, if they play up to their standard.
Let us suppose sixteen players.
First Tourney.
arcdefgh (winners)
versus
Al r1 cl Dl El Fl Gl Hi (losers)
Second Tourney.
a b c d (winners) a1 rI cl Dl (winners)
versus and versus
e r g h (losers) e! f1 ol Hi (losers)
15
226 THE chess player's chronicle.
In this second tonmey, the losers, El, f1, el, Hi, having been
twice beaten, retire from the field, and only twelve players remain.
Tliird Tourney.
a1 r1 cl d1 (winners) a r (winners)
versus and versus
e f g h (losers) c d (losers)
In this tourney, the losers, e, f, g, h, having been twice beaten,
retire from the field, and only eight players remain.
Fourth Tourney.
a1 r1 cl (winners) a
versus and versus
Dl c d (losers) r
In this tourney four players also retire from the field, a, as the
winner of the first prize, and Dl, c, and n, as losers, whilst only four
remain, each of them having only lost one tourney.
Fifth Tourney.
a1 r1 (winners)
versus
cl d (losers)
In this tourney a and r retire, both having lost twice.
Sixth Tourney.
a1 (winner) winning the second prize.
versus
Bl (loser) winning the third prize.
What a different result this gives from the Tournament played in the
old style ; both a1 and Bl, the winners of the second and third
prizes, would have been excluded after the first tourney from any
further participation in the Tournament, whilst here they have fairly
earned their laurels. It is clear that the first and second prizes have
been necessarily awarded to the best players ; the only doubt can be
about B, who has only been beaten by a and a1. It ought, there
fore, be stipulated if such an event should happen, that if one of the
players were only beaten by the winners of the first and second prizes,
he be entitled to play an additional tourney for the third prize with
the till then successful competitor, who in this case is Bl, who was
only beaten by a1 and e.
THE CHESS PLAYER's CHRONICLE. 227
A GAME AT CHESS.
PLAYED AND WRITTEN BY ROBERT BENNETT, Op WISBECH.
Gamr IV.
Match between Mr. Morphy and Herr LoWenthal.
Black. (Mr. Morphy.) White. (Herr Lowenthal.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. P. to K. B. fourth 2. B. to Q. B. fourth
3. K. Kt. to K. B. third 3. P. to Q. third
4. P. to Q. B. third 4. B. to K. Kt. fifth
5. K. B. to K. second 5. B. takes Kt.
6. B. takes B. 6. Kt. to Q. B. third
7. P. to Q. Kt. fourth 7. B. to Q. Kt. third
8. P. to Q. Kt. fifth 3. Q. Kt. to K. second
9. P. to Q. fourth 9. P. takes B. P. (a)
10. Q. B. takes P. 10. Q. Kt. to K. Kt. third
11. Q. B. to K. third 11. K. Kt. to B. third
12. Q. Kt. to Q. second 12. Castles
13. Castles 13. P. toK.R. third
14. P. to Q. R. fourth 14. P. to Q. B. third
15. Q. to K. second 15. K. R. to K. square
16. Q. to Q. third (b) 16. P. to Q. fourth
17. P. to K. fifth 17. K. Kt. to Q. second
18. K. B. to K. R. fifth (c) 18. R. to K. third (rf)
19. P. to Q. R. fifth (e) 19. B. to Q. B. second
20. R. takes K. B. P. 20. K. takes R. (/)
21. Q. to K. B. fifth (check) 21. K. to K. second
22. B. takes Kt. 22. Q. to K. Kt. square
23. Q. B. to K. B. second 23. Kt. takes K. P. (g)
24. Q. P. takes Kt. 24. Q. R. to K. B. square
25. B. to Q. B. fifth (check) 25. K. to Q. square
26. B. takes Q. R. 26. R. takes P.
27. Q. to K. B. second 27. Q. to K. third
28. P. to Q. Kt. sixth 28. P. takes P.
29. P. takes P. 29. Q. takes B.
30. P. takes B. (check) 30. K. takes P.
31. R. to Q. Kt. square
Besigns.
Notet.
(a) The books recommend here, " P. takes Q. P.," but the move in tin text
may be adopted without disadvantage.
THE CHESS PLAYER S CHRONICLE. 235
(J) This to the proper play, providing for White's intended attack of " P.
to Q. fourth," ic.
(c) The commencement of a combination of much merit.
(if) This was an error arising from Herr Lowenthal seeing only when too late
the threatened attack. " Q. to K. B. fifth" would have given White at least as
good a game as Black.
(s) The sacrifice of the Rook at once would have been equally good.
(/) Badly played, " Kt. to B. square " would have been much better.
(g) A useless sacrifice, deciding White's fate at once. " Kt. to K. B. square"
might have given Black a chance of drawing. Thus : —
23. Kt. to K. B. square
24. B. to K. B. fourth (check) 24. K. to Q. second
25. B. to K. B. seventh 25. P. to K. Kt. third
26. B. takes Q. (best) 26. P. takes Q.
27. B. takes B. 27. K. takes B.
Leaving Black only a Pawn ahead.
The presence of Herr Harrwitz in the metropolis enables us to
present our readers with some of the games which he has played, we
therefore give in this number only one of the games in the above match.
Game II.
Wkite. (Mr. Camprell.) Black. (Herr Harrwitz.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. Kt. to K. B. third 2. P. to Q. third
3. P. to Q. fourth 3. P. takes P.
4. Q. takes P. 4. Kt. to Q. B. third
5. B. to Q. Kt. fifth 5. B. to Q. second
C. B. takes Kt. 6. B. takes B.
7. B. to K. Kt. fifth 7. Kt. to K. B. third
8. B. takes Kt. 8. Q. takes B.
9. Q. takes Q. 9. P. takes Q
10. Kt. to Q. B. third 10. Castles on Q. side
11. Castles on Q. side 11. R. to K. square
12. K. B. to B. square 12. P. to K. R. fourth
13. Kt. to Q. fourth 13. B. to K. R. third (check)
14. K. to Q. Kt. square 14. B. to K. B. fifth
15. Kt. takes B. 15. P. takes Kt.
16. P. to K. Kt. third 16. B. to K. R. third
17. P. to K. B. fourth 17. K. R. to K. Kt. square
18. B. to Q. fourth 18. P. to K. B. fourth
19. B. to Q. B. fourth 19. K. to Q. second
20. B. to Q. square 20. B. to K. Kt. fifth
21. R. to Q. B. fifth 21. P. takes P.
22. Kt. to K. second 22. P. to Q. fourth
23. P. to Q. B. fourth 28. K. to Q. third
24. P. to Q. Kt. fourth 24. R. to K. fourth
25. Kt. to Q. fourth 25. P. to K. sixth
26. P. to K. B. fourth 26. B. takes P.
27. P. takes B. 27. B. takes F.
THE CHESS HLAYER S CHRONICLE. 237
Notes.
{a) Evidently an oversight. (4) Another oversight.
T0B CHESS PLAYER'S CHRONICLE. 239
Game II.
White. (Harrwitz.) Black. (Brien.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to Q. fourth
2. P. takes P. 2. Q. takes P.
3. Kt. to Q. B. third 3. Q. to Q. R. fourth
4. P. to Q. fourth 4. B. to K. B. fourth
5. B. to Q. B. fourth 5. P. to K. third
6. K. Kt. to K. second 6. Kt. to Q. B. third
7. Castles 7. Castles
8. B. to K. third 8. Kt. to K. B. third
9. P. to Q. R. third 9. B. to K. Kt. third
10. B. to Q. Kt. fifth 10. Q. to Q. Kt. third
11. P. to Q. Kt. fourth 11. Kt. to Q. fourth
12. Q. to Q. B. square 12. Kt. takes Kt.
13. Kt. takes Kt. 13. Kt. takes Q. P.
14. E. to Q. square 14. P. to K. fourth
15. B. to K. B. square I5. Q. to Q. B. third (a)
16. B. takes Kt. 16. P. takes B.
17. Kt. to Q. Kt. fifth (4) 17. Q. takes Q. B. P.
18. Q. to K. B. fourth 1 8. B. to Q. third
19. Kt. takes B. 19. R. takes B.
20. Q. R. to Q. B. square
And resigns.
Notes,
(a) A very inconsiderate move, which loses the game.
(4) The winning move.
Notes.
(a) A very well conceived move, which can only bo parried by the move in the
text ; for if Black had played the obvious move, " B. to K. Kt. tliird," White
would have replied by " P. to K. sixth "; if " Q. takes Q.," White matea in two
moves ; if " P. takes P.," then " Q. takes Q." and wins ; if, thirdly, " Q. takes
R.," then " P. takes P. (check)," " K. to B. square," ' P. takes B. (dis. check),"
" K' takes P.," " B. to K. square," wins.
(4) " P. to K. R. fourth " would have been bad, for White would have replied
by "Q. toK. B. afth."
(c) "P. takes P.," followed by " Q to K. eighth (check)," and then B. takes
B. would have led to a speedy and favorable termination for White ; for
Black. White.
41. P. takes P.
42. Q. to Q. B. second (best) 42. Q. to K. eighth (check)
43. K. to B. second 43. B. takes B.
44. Q. to K. fourth (best) 44. Q. takes Q.
45. B. takes Q. 45. B. takes P. (check)
46. K. takes B. 46. B. to Q. fourth
47. K. to B. third 47. P. to Q. B. seventh
And wins.
(</) "B. to K. third " would have still won the game.
Notes.
(a) " B. to K. Kt. fifth" is the move generally played.
(i) "P. to K. B. third," to enable him to retreat the B., would have been
better.
(c) If the B. had taken the P., Black would have been enabled to exchange
pieces and win easily.
(d) Black might have saved the piece by playing " Kt. to Q. B. fifth," but
the game was won as easily by the move in the text.
The following game, perhaps the only one extant between Herr
Lowenthal and the late Dr. Bledow, has never appeared in the
Chess Player's Chronicle. It was printed in our Prussian con
temporary in 1847.
White. (Bledow.) Black. (Lowenthal.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to Q. fourth
2. P. takes P. 2. Q. takes P.
3. Kt. to Q. B. third 3. Q. to Q. square
4. P. to Q. fourth 4. P. to Q. B. fourth
5. P. to Q. fifth 5. P. to K. fourth
6. P. to K. B. fourth 6. B. to Q. third
7. B. to Q. Kt. fifth (check) 7. B. to Q. second
8. Q. to K. second 8. Q. to K. second
9. Kt. to K. B. third 9. P. to Q. R. third
10. B. takes B. (check) 10. Kt. takes B.
11. Kt. to K. fourth 11. P. to K. B. third
12. Kt. to K. R. fourth 12. P. to K. Kt. third
13. P. to K. B. fifth 18. Kt. to K. B. square
14. P. to Q. B. fourth 14. Castles
15. P. takes P. 15. Kt. takes P.
16. Kt. to K. B. fifth 16. Q. to K. B. square
17. Q. Kt. takes B. (check) 17. R. takes Kt.
18. Kt. takes R. (check) 18. Q. takes Kt.
19. Castles 19. K. Kt. to K. second
20. B. to K. R. sixth 20. P. to K. B. fourth
21. Q. to K. R. fifth 21. R. to K. Kt. square
22. R. takes K. B. P. 22. Kt. takes R.
23. Q. takes Kt. (check) 23. Q. to Q. second
24. R. to K. B. square 24. K. R. to K. square
25. B. to K. third 25. Q. takes Q.
THE CHESS PEAYBUS CHRONICLE. 249
Note.
(a) Although White cannot now lose the game, this is an evident mistake }
" P. to K. K. sixth " would have won easily.
Notes.
(o) " B. to Q. Kt. third " would have been much better ; this irove paralyses
both the movements of the B. and of the Q.
(J) Evidently au oversight ; White ought to have played " B. takes K. B. P."
with his Book.
THE CHESS PLAYER S CHROSICLE. 251
Game II.
(.Buy Lopez.)
Black. (Mr. E. Thorold.) White. (Mr. Kipping.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
t. K. Kt. to B. third 2. Q. Kt. to B. third
3. K. B. to Q. Kt. fifth 3. K. Kt. to K. second
4. P. to Q. third 4. K. Kt. to Kt. third
5. Castles 5. P. to Q. R. third
6. B. to Q. R. fourth 6. P. to Q. Kt. fourth
7. B. to Q. Kt. third 7. B. to Q. B. fourth
8. P. to Q. B. third 8. P. to Q. third
9. Kt. to K. Kt. fifth (a) 9. R. to K. B. square
10. Kt. takes R. P. 10. R. to R. square
11. Kt. to K. Kt. fifth 11. R. to K. B. square
12. Q. B. to K. third («) 1 2. B. takes B.
IS. B. takes B. P. (check) 13. R. takes B.
14. Kt. takes R. 14. K. takes Kt.
15. P. takes B. (dis. check) 15. K. to Kt. square
16. Q. to K. R. fifth 16. Q. Kt. to K. second
17. Q. Kt. to Q. second (c) 17. B. to K. third
18. Kt. to K. B. third 18. Kt. to K. B. square
19. Kt. to Kt. fifth 19. Q. Kt. to K. Kt. third
20. Kt. takes B. 20. Q, to K. second
21. Kt. to Kt. fifth 21. P. to Q. fourth
22. K. to K. 15. third 22. P. takes P.
23. P. takes P. 23. Q. to Q. B. fourth
24. Q. R. to K. B. square 24. Kt. to K. B. fifth
25. Q. to K. B. seventh (check) 25. K. to R. square
28. K. to R. square 26. K. Kt. to Kt. third
27. P. takes Kt.
And White resigns
Notes.
(a) Thia seems to hare been overlooked by White.
(4) This move, which was a mistake at the time, is not so disastrous as might
>t first appear.
(<-) It is difficult for White to prevent the formidable advance of this Kt.
to the K. Kt. fifth.
252 THE CHESS PLAYER'S CHRONICLE.
Notet.
(a) Black could have won a Pawn by taking B. with B., and then playing
THE CHESS PLAYER'S CHRONICLE. 253
(b) "P. to Q. B. fifth" would have been White's beet move under the
circumstances.
(c) " Q. to Q. B. second " would have been a far better move.
(") The subsequent moves were finely played by Black.
SOLUTIONS TO PROBLEMS.
No. 25. Page 223.
White. Black.
Q. to Q. sixth (check) B. takes Q.
K. to K. B. fourth Any move
Kt. or B. mates
No. 26. Page 223.
White. Black.
B. to K. B. square B. moves
B. to K. Kt. fifth Anything
B. or P. mates
No. 27. Page 224.
The White Fawn on Q. sixth was put there by mistake, and the mate is
to be given in three moves.
White. Black.
B. to Q. B. fifth P. takes B.
Kt. to Q. Kt. seventh P. moves
Kt. mates
No. 28. Page 224.
While. Black.
B. to Q. B. seventh K. to Q. B. fifth
B. to Q. Kt. sixth K. takes P.
P. to Q. third K. to B. sixth
B. mates
WHITE.
White, with the move, draws.
IP i l
W%
mm mm mm
w. %
tHH 1
^W 'SL- WM 'WM,
WHITE.
White to play, and mate in two moves.
256 THE CHESS PLAYERS CHRONICLE.
WHITE.
White to move, and checkmate in four moves.
Vk
S3 Jlw
..
,^iii§ * liii
% „„.„%m//& mm»m
««ggaT^W"
WH1TF.
White to move, and checkmate in five moves.
THE CHESS PLAYER'S CHRONICLE. 257
It has been often and rightly asserted, that many of the phases of
social life are faithfully, though perhaps allegorically, represented upon
the chequered board in our noble game. The humble Pawn, in an
obscure position in the lower ranks, where he is often sacrificed without
having made his existence known, otherwise than by having been a
protecting shield against the inimical shafts directed towards his
betters, and falling a willing victim to his loyal zeal, has the material
and stuff in him to reach the highest honours and dignities. When
daringly leaping over the intermediate space at the risk of being taken
en pawmt, and extinguished for ever, he boldly advances from post
to post, attacking and displacing at every step, till he reaches the pro
posed goal. Next in dignity to the King, with a power surpassing that o1"
his sovereign, does he not bring forcibly to mind the Cardinal Minister
of a Henry VIII. or a Louis le Grand? Less daring perhaps, but not
less subtle, another whom chance has placed in his menial condition
next to his King, is aware of the advantage blind fortune has conferred
on him, and never abandons the neighbourhood of his master for a
moment, but stealthily pushing forward step by step, in turn leading
and following his sovereign, always safe under his protection, till he
reaches the top of the ladder, and yields a power far superior to that
of the other grandees of the state— Knights, Bishops, or Viziers. He
recalls the picture of Olivier le Dain accompanying Louis XI. with the
leaden saints stuck in his worn-out hat. The daring and noble Knight,
despising such obstacles as his own, his neighbour's, or enemy's
vassals, leaps proudly over them, enters the opponents' camp, and, at the
risk of having his retreat cut off, often takes single-handed, by surprise,
an inimical Castle. His influence does not extend at a distance, but
is strongly felt all around him, and he is the only power which, by a
bold move, is enabled to threaten all the dignitaries in the state, and is
equally and at the same time formidable to the King and the vassal.
Supported by his bondmen, he becomes the most dangerous foe, and,
unless attacked in front by the enemy's archers, cannot be dislodged,
except in single combat, by an equally or more noble adversary.
Bishop, Vizier, or even Prime Minister, must be often sacrificed to get rid
of an inopportune Knight, who, through want of foresight, was allowed
to jet possession of a stronghold in the eneinv's territory ; and some
17
258 THE guess player's chronicle.
later writers.1 Al Suli died in the city of Basra about a.d. 946. So
great is his fame among the Arabs, that the unlearned among them
will have it, that he must himself have been the inventor of Chess.
They maintain, by a certain show of reason, that no man but the in
ventor of the game could have so excelled in its practice; and the highest
compliment they can pay to any eminent player is, that he is a second
Suli. Another celebrated master of the art, about, or a little before,
this period, was 'Adali al Rumi. From the latter part of his name we
may infer that he was a native of the Eastern Roman Empire, comprising
what is now called European Turkey and Asia Minor, called Rum by
the Arabs to this day. To this country the game had (as we shall
hereafter show) ere then passed either from Persia direct, which is the
more probable supposition, or through the intercourse of the Arabs
with the Byzantines, either in peace or in war. 'Adali composed a
work on the game, and is considered to have been nearly the equal of
Al Suli in strength, both being of the class called 'Aliyat, or " first-
rate " Next to these we read of Ibn Dandan and Al Kunaf, both of
Bagdad, also of the highest class. With the Abbaside Caliphs them
selves, Chess was a favourite amusement, and thence we may easily
account for the remarkable progress made in the theory and practice
of the game under that dynasty, and the high estimation in which dis
tinguished players were held at that splendid court.
(To be continued.)
Notes.
(a) " P. to Q. fourth," though often played, is not better, as it loses at
least a Pawn by checking with " Q. at K. R. fifth," &c. 4c.
(b) This move causes the loss of a Pawn, and gives Black a bad game.
(c) Through this move the Knight for a long series of moves is completely
out of play.
(d) In order to play K. to Kt. second, and bring the Books into co-operation.
(e) This bad move ultimately lost White the game.
(f) Probably, to free Knight, should White take with K. B. P.
(g) Another gross blunder, which loses a clear piece ; had White taken Pawn
with K. B. P. he could easily have won.
(A) Black properly avails himself of White's errors.
(i) By playing " R. to B. second " White might have drawn the game.
(*) If K. had moved to Q. square, " K. (check) takes P.," and on White's
retaking, checks with Knight, and wins.
(I) White falls into this ingenious snare. " R. to Q. sixth " might still
have drawn the game.
THE CHESS PLAYER S CHRONICLE.
Game II.
{Remove Black's K.B.P.)
White. (Mr. Beeves.) Black. (Mr. Camprell.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. third
2. P. to Q. fourth 2. P. to Q. fourth
Z. P. to K. fifth (a) 3. P. to Q. B. fourth
i. P. to Q. B. third 4. Kt. to Q. B. third
5. B. to K. third 5. Q. to Q. Kt. third
6. Q. to Q. second 6. P. takes Q. P.
7. B. tales P. 7. Kt. takes B.
8. P. takes Kt. 8. B. to Q. Kt. fifth
9. Kt. to Q. B. third 9. Kt. to K. R. third
10. B. to Q. third 10. B. to Q. second
11. Kt. to K. B. third 11. Castles K. R.
12. Castles K. R. 12. Kt. to K. B. fourth
13. P. to Q. R. third 13. B. to K. second
14. Q. R. to Q. B. square 14. Q. R. to Q. B. square
15. B. to Q. Kt. square 15. K. to R. square (4)
16. Kt. to K. second 16. B. to Q. Kt. fourth
17. R. takes R. 17. R. takes R.
18. B. takes Kt. (c) 18. P. takes B.
19. R. to Q. B. square 19. R. takes R. (check)
20. Kt. takes R. 20. Q. to Q. B. third
21. P. to K. R. third 21. Q. to Q. B. fifth (rf)
22. Kt. to K. R. second (e) 22. P. to K. R. third
23. P. to Q. Kt. third 23. Q. to Q. B. square
24. P. to Q. R. fourth 24. B. to Q. Kt. fifth
25. Q. to K. third 25. B. to K. square
26. P. to K. B. fourth 26. Q. to Q. B. seventh
27. Kt. to K. B. third 27. P. to Q. Kt. fourth
28. P. takes P. 28. B. takes P.
29. Kt. to K. square (/) 29. Q. to Q. eighth
And wins.
Notes.
(a) White ought to have checked with the Queen and won a Pawn at least,
(4) In order to begin an attack on Queen's Pawn with impunity,
(e) The object of these frequent exchanges was to break up Black's centre
Pawns, and secure a passed Pawn.
2G8 THE CHESS PLAYER S CHRONICLE.
Game Til.
{Remove Black's K.B.P.)
White. (Mr. Reeves.) Black. (Mr. Camprell.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. third
2. P. to Q. fourth 2. P. to Q. fourth
3. P. to K. fifth (a) 3. P. to Q. B. fourth
4. B. to Q. third 4. P. to K. Kt. third
5. P. to Q. B. third 5. Kt. to Q. B. third
6. Kt. to K. B. third 6. P. to Q. B. fifth
7. B. to Q. B. second 7. B. to K. Kt. second
8. B. to K. Kt. fifth 8. K. Kt. to K. second
9. P. to K. R. fourth 9. Q. to Q. Kt. third
10. P. to Q. Kt. third 10. B. to Q. second
11. P. to K. R. fifth 11. Castles Q. R.
12. Q. Kt. P. takes P. 12. Q. to Q. Kt. seventh
13. P. takes Q. P. 13. Kt. takes P.
14. B. takes R. 14. R. takes B.
15. Kt. to Q. second 15. Q. takes Q. B. P. (4)
10. K. R. P. takes P. 16. Q. Kt. to Q. Kt. fifth
17. B. to K. fourth 17. Kt. to K. B. fifth
18. R. takes P. (c) 18. B. to Q. Kt. fourth
19. Q. to Q. Kt. square (d) 19. Kt. takes K. Kt. P. (cheel
20. K. to Q. square 20. B. to Q. R. fifth (check)
21. Kt. to Q. Kt. third (e) 2 1 . R. takes Q. P. (check)
And wins.
Notes.
(a) As we have said in the former games, White ought to have checked with
the Q., and then played " Q. to K. fifth," and on Black's playing his best move,
" Kt. to K. B. third," White pins the Kt. and wins Q. pawn.;
(4) Far better than taking with Knight.
(c) White ought to have castled now.
(d) The only move. If " B. to B. second," Black wins Q. and the game ;
if " K. to K. Kt. fifth," the result is the same.
(e) By moving K. to K. second, Black would be compelled to draw, his forces
being so much reduced.
THE CHESS PLAYEK 9 CHRONICLE. 269
Notes,
(a) This time Hen- Lowenthal made the correct move. In the third game of
the match, however (see our July number, p. 204), he played " K. B. to K.
square " at this point, a more which is far inferior.
(4) " Q. to Q. Kt. third " would have still more improved White's game.
(e) It is a fact well worth noticing, that the attack in this game was kept up
by Herr Lowenthal with greater spirit and vigour than in any other of the
preceding or following contests.
(d) A necessary precaution. Had he played " Kt. to K. sixth " instead (a
move which at the first sight looks tempting), Black would have very properly
replied to it with " Q. takes Q. P.," threatening to check with " Kt. on B. sixth."
(e) This is a forced move, as White threatened to play " R. to Q. Kt. eighth "
on the next move.
Game VI
(Sicilian Opening.)
White. (Mr. Morphy.) Black. (Herr Lowenthal.
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to Q. B. fourth
2. P. to Q. fourth 2. P. takes P.
3. Kt. to K. B. third 3. Kt. to Q. B. third
4. Kt. takes P. 4. P. to K. fourth
5. Kt. takes Kt. 5. Kt. P. takes Kt.
6. B. to Q. B. fourth 0. Kt. to K. B. third
7. Castles (a) 7. P. to Q. fourth (4)
S. P. takes P. 8. P. takes P.
9. B. to Q. Kt. fifth (check) 9. B. to Q. second
10. B. takes B. (check) 10. Q. takes B.
11. B. to K. square 11. B. to Q. third
12. Kt. to Q. B. third 12. P. to K. fifth
13. B. to K. Kt. fifth 13. Kt. to K. Kt. fifth
14. Q. takes P. , 14. B. takes B. P. (check)
15. K. to B. square 15. Q. takes Q.
16. Kt. takes Q. 10. Castles
17. P. to K. B. third 17. P. takes P.
18. P. takes P. 18. Kt. to K. fourth
19. B. to K. third 19. P. to K. B. third
20. K. takes B. 20. Q. B. to Q. square
21 B. takes Kt. 21. P. takes B.
22 K. to Kt. third 22. P. to K. B. third
23 . P. to Q. B. fourth 23. R. to K. B. second
272 THE CHESS PLAYER'S CHRONICLE.
Notes.
(a) As White now has, evidently, the best position, i t might have been, perhapt,
quite as well for Black t<> have played on the third move, " P. to K. fourth,"
thus securing, at least momentarily, a Fawn, which to get back would have
cost White some efforts.
(A) " Kt. takes P." instead, might have proved dangerous, for White could
have replied to it with " R. to K. square," and if Black then plays " P. to Q.
fourth, the first player, by taking Kt. with B., gains a decided advantage. The
proper move in this position would have been " B. to K. second."
(c) Herr Lowenthal was probably out of spirits on that day, for this game is
far below his average strength.
Game VII.
(Philidorian Defence.)
White. (Herr Lowenthal.) Black. (Mr. Morphy.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. Kt. to K. B. third 2. P. to Q. third
3. P. to Q. fourth 3. P. takes P.
4. Q. takes P. 4. Q. B. to K. third
5. Kt. to Q. B. third 5. P. to Q. R. third
6. Q. B. to K. third 6. Kt. to Q. B. third
7. Q. to Q. second 7. Kt. to K. B. third
8. R. to Q. square 8. B. to K. second
9. B. to K. second 9. Castles
10. Castles 10. P. to Q. Kt. fourth
11. P. to Q. R. third 11. Q. Kt. to K. fourth
12. K. Kt. to Q. fourth 12. P. to Q. B. fourth
13. Kt. takes B. 13. P. takes Kt.
14. P. to K. B. fourth 14. Kt. to K. Kt. third
15. B. to K. B. third 15. R. to Q. Kt. square
16. Q. to K. second 16. Q. to Q. B. second
17. P. to K. R. fourth a) 17. Kt. takes K. R. P.
THE CHESS PLAYER S CHRONICLE. 273
Notes.
(a) Evidently a premature attack. " P. to K. Kt. fourth," instead, might
hire been stronger ; but still, if we may venture here to express our opinion,
would not have decided the game in White's favour, there being still much
resource left for the second player, as, for instance :—
17. Kt. to Q. second, or P. to K. Kt. fifth.
Amongst the lookers-on, however, the impression seems to have prevailed, that,
up to this point, White had decidedly the better game, which, after close exa
mination, will prove erroneous.
(4) After this move, the loss of a second Pawn was unavoidable.
(<r) " B. to K. third " might have been answered with " Kt. to K. fourth."
White's game is hopeless.
Game VIII.
(Philidorian defence.)
White. (Mr. Morphy.) Black. (Herr Lowenthal.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. Kt. to K. B. third 2. P. to Q. third
3. P. to Q. fourth 3. P. takes P.
4. Q. takes P. 4. Q. B. to Q. second
5. Q. B. to K. third 5. Kt. to K. B. third
6. Q. Kt. to B. third 6. B. to K. second
7. B. to Q. B. fourth 7. Q. Kt. to B. third
8. Q. to Q. second 8. Q. Kt. to K. fourth
9. Kt. takes Kt. 9. P. takes Kt.
10. Castles (K. R.) (a) 10. Castles
11. P. to K. B. fourth 11. K. B. to Q. third
18
274 THE CHESS PLAYER S CHRONICLE.
Note*.
(a) It seems to us, that Mr. Morphy here overlooked the advantage which
he could have obtained by castling on Queen's side.
(J) It would certainly have been bad play on the part of Kerr Lowenthal
to take "K. P. with Kt," for White would have replied by " Kt. takes Kt.,"
and then " P. to K. B. sixth " ; but whether he could not hnve taken the Pawn
with the Bishop, seems to us not quite as clear ; for if Kt. takes B., Black Kt.
takes Kt. j and if, then, White plays " B. to Q. fifth," the second player, we
should think, could safely retreat the Knight to K. B. third with the better
position.
(c) " B. takes B. " would have drawn the game. Thus :—
White. Slack.
23 B. takes B. (check) 23. Q. takes B.
24. B. takes B. 24. Q. to Q. eighth (check)
25. K. to B. second 25. Q. takes Q. B. P. (check)
26. K. to B. square 26. Q. takes B.
27. Q. to Q. Kt. B. (check) 27. K. to B. square
28. Q. takes Q. Kt. P.
and the game is drawn by its nature.
(<f) Prom this point the game U drawn, and can only be lost by a blunder
on either side, which Mr. Morphy committed on the 51st move, by playing
" K. to K. Kt. square."
Game IX.
{Ruy Lopez.)
White. (Herr Lowenthal.) Black. (Mr. Morphy.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. toK. fourth
2. Kt to K. B. third 2. Kt. to Q. B. third
3. B. to Q. Kt. fifth 3. B. to Q. B. fourth
4. P. to Q. B. third 4. Q. to K. second
5. Castles 5. P. to K. B. third (a)
276 THE CHESS PLAYER S CHRONICLE.
Notes.
(a) This more was first introduced into practice by Mr. Boden.
(4) Black's position geta very cramped now, and must remain so for many
moves. Q. to her square, instead of the more in the text, might hare rendered
Black's game less intricate.
(e) We do not see the purport of this move, and believe there were more
attacking ones at that moment. " B. to Q. B. fourth," followed by " P. takes
P," eventually, might have been stronger play.
(d, On the preceding move Mr. Morphy was quite justified in moving bis
King ; bat this move, it seems, has no tangible object.
(e) The retreat of this Bishop is compulsory, but White ought to have played
the Bishop to Q. Kt. second, at once on the twenty-first move.
(/) The correct move, which, however, unless we are mistaken, might have
been made some moves before.
(g) Threatening to take the P. with P., and to sacrifice the Book on the next
move. The game abounds in interesting points.
278 THE CHESS PLAYER S CHROMCLE.
(A) Instead of this move, " P. to Q. B. sixth " seems, to us, to win the game,
and, unless a careful examination of this intricate position had deceived us, the
following variations may have led to a successful result. Our opinion, we are
given to understand, has been supported by that of several of the most distin
guished Chess players, who analysed this position of the game at the termination
of it ; and although their researches did not lead to a decisive result, still their
opinion appears to agree with ours. In tho first place :—
White. Black.
41. P. to Q. B. sixth 41. P. takes P. (beet)
42. Q. P. takes P. 42. Q. to K. third
The only feasible moves in this position, which admit of a sound defence, seem
to be either " Q. to K. third," or " Q. to K. B. third," or " R. to Q. Kt
square."
43. P. to Q. Rt. sixth 43. P. takes P.
44. P. takes P. 41. B. takes P.
45. R. takes P. 45. P. takes R.
46. R. takes P. 46. Q. to K. B. third (the only
move)
47. R. takes B. 47. Q. takes Q.
48. B. takes Q. (check) 48. K. to Rt. square
49. R. takes P. (check) 49. K. to B. second
50. Rt. to K. Rt. fourth, and must win.
In the second place : —
41. P. to Q. B. sixth 41. P. takes P.
42. Q. P. takes P. 42. Q. to K. B. third
43. B. to Q. R. third 43. R to Q. Rt. square (best)
44. R. to Q. Rt, second 44. R. R. to Q. square. (There
seems no better move.)
45. Rt. to R. Rt. fourth 45. B. takes Rt. (or A)
46. B. P. takes B. 46. Q. to K. third
47. R. from R. sq. to Q. Rt. sq. 47. P. to K. fourth
48. P. to Q. Rt. sixth 48. P. takes P.
49. P. takes P. 49. P. to K. fifth
50. P. takes B., and wins.
45. Q. to K. third
46. P. to Q. Rt. sixth 46. P. takes P.
47. P. takes P. 47. R. takes P. (or a)
48. R. takes R. 48. B. takes R.
49. P. to Q. B. seventh 49. R. to Q. B. square
50. Rt. takes P. 50. P. takes Rt. (best)
51. R. takes P. 51. R. takes P. (best)
(If Q. to K. B. third, instead, White plays B. to Q. Rt. second, and wins.)
52. Q. to Q. R. square | 52. Q. to K. B. third
53. B. to Q. Rt. second, and wins.
47. B. takes P.
48. P. to Q. B. seventh, and wins easily.
THE CHE3S PLAYER S CHRONICLE. 279
In the third place : —
41. P. to Q. B. sixth 41. P. takrs P.
42. Q. P. takes P. 42. K. to Q. Kt. square
43. Q. to Q. Kt. fourth 43. Q. to K. third (best)
44. R. to Q. square (compulsory) 44. lv. K. to Q. square
(If P. to K. B. fourth, then White plays " B. to Q. B. third," threatening to
adrauce the Pawns on the left wing at the right moment ; if, however, " P. to
Q. fourth," White takes the K. P. with the Book (checking), and pinning the
Bishop with the other Rook wins easily).
45. Kt. to K. Kt. fourth 45. B. takes Kt. (or A)
46. B. P. takes B. 46. K. to K. Kt. square
47. B. to Q. B. third
The Pawns on the Queen's side, we think, ought to win. Whenever, in this
variation, Black advances his Queen's Pawn, White, by replying with " B takes
& P.," followed, eventually, by " P. to Q. B. seventh," will soon gain the victory.
A.
45. P. to K. R. fourth
46. Kt. takes K. P. 46. P. takes Kt.
47. R. takes R. (check) 47. R. takes R.
48. P. to Q. Kt. sixth, and wins by force.
(0 " Q. to K. B. third " may still have drawn the game,
(j) Desperate, but the game was past recovery.
Game X.
(French Opening.)
White. (Mr. Morphy.) Black. (Herr Lovventhal.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. third
2. P. to Q. fourth 2. P. to Q. fourth
3. P. takes P. 3. P. takes P.
4. K. Kt. to B. third 4. K. Kt. to B. third
5. K. B. to Q. third 5. K. B. to Q. third
6. Castles 6. Castles
7. Q. Kt. to B. third 7. P. to Q. B. third
8. Q. B. to K. Kt. fifth 8. P. to K. B. third
9. Q. B. to K. B. fourth 9. Q. B. to K. Kt. fifth
10. P. to K. R. third 10. B. takes Kt.
11. Q. takes B. 11. Q. Kt. to Q. second
12. K. B. to K. B. fifth 12. Q. to Q. B. second
13. Q. R. to K. square 13. Q. B. to K. square
14. Q. B. to K. third 14. K. B. to K. B. fifth
15. Q. B. to K. second 15. B. takes B.
16. Kt. takes B. 16. B. to Q. third
280 THE CHESS PLAYER 3 CHRONICLE.
Notes.
(a) Black evidently here overlooked that he could never bring his Knight to
B. third without the loss of a Pawn or two, for White's obvious answer " Kt.
takes K. Kt. P." The proper move, therefore, would have been " Kt. to K. third."
(4) This is a trap move, which in our opinion gives Mr. Morphy the better
game. Although the Pawn can obviously not be taken, eventually it must be
lost.
(e) The proper answer to Black's last move, preventing the Book from coming
to K. Kt. fifth.
(d) An oversight, no doubt.
(e) It surprises us that Mr. M. here overlooked the obvions move, " K. to K.
K. fifth," which would have won the game at once; for, after Black's only more
K. to K. Kt. second, " Q. to K. B. sixth" settles the business.
(/) This is a suicidal move, whilst B. to K. fifth might yet have saved Black's
game.
Notes.
(a) A good move, aa it brings the Queen into play, and freee the Books.
(4) It would have been better not to push the Pawn for the present, and
gaining time by playing Queen to K. B. third.
(c) From this point the game becomes very interesting.
(rf) White ought to have taken Kt. with Kt., aud the game would have pro
bably been equal.
(e) This was very hazardous, to give up a piece in a consultation game.
[/) Black might have shortened matters by taking Bishop with Book, thus
gaining a tempo, and bringing the Book into play at once.
Notes.
(a) The best move in this position.
(4) It would have been better to have played Knight's Pawn two squares
attacking the Knight, as it would, at least, have gained the exchange.
(c) Q. B. P. two squares, would have been the right move at that point.
(d) Here again Q. B. P. two squares should have been played, which would
have ensured a victory.
(e) Hero Black could draw the game by playing " K. to Q. B. fourth."
The hlind Chess player, Mr. Lumley, has just arrived in London,
and played, at the I'uilidoiu an Chess Rooms, three games at the
same time. This blindfold performance is the more extraordinary, as
this young man, being blind for several years, and having only learnt
Chess since he became blind, has had, therefore, no opportunity of
studying the game from books. We give one of the games as a speci
men of his play, it was played against an Amateur, who is a Pawn and
two moves player.
While. (Mr. Lumlkt.) Black. (Amateur.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to Q. B. fourth
2. K. Kt. to B. third 2. Q. Kt. to B. third
3. P. to Q. B. third 3. P. to K. fourth
4. K. B. to Q. Kt. fifth 4. P. to Q. third
5. P. to Q. fourth 5. Q. B. P. takes Q. P.
6. P. takes P. 6. P. takes P.
7. Kt. takes P. 7. B. to Q. second
8. Q. Kt. to B. third 8. K. B. to K. second
9. B. takes Kt. 9. P. takes B.
10. Castles 10. Kt. to K. B. third
11. B. to K. Kt. fifth 11. P. to Q. R. third
12. Q. to K. B. third 12. Castles
13. Q. R. to Q. B. square 13. P. to K. R, third
THE CHESS VLAYER S CHRONICLE. 285
SOLUTIONS TO PROBLEMS.
No. 29. Page 255.
White. Black.
K. to K. B. third B. takes B.
K. takes B. - K. attacks P.
K. attacks P. B. defends P.
P. advances and draws.
No. 30. Page 255.
White. Black.
Q. to K. B. seventh Anything.
K. or Q. mates
No. 31. Page 256.
B. to K. B. fourth (check) Kt. takes B.
P. to Q. fourth (check) P. takes P. en pasmnt
B. mates
No. 32. Page 256.
White. Black.
Q. to Q. B. eighth Q. takes O.
B. takes Q. P. to K. B. eighth
B. to K. B. fifth B. (checks)
B. takes B. Anything
mates nPit move.
THE CHESS PLAYER S CHRONICLE. 287
WHITE.
White to move, and checkmate in three moves.
WHITE.
White to move, and checkmate in four moves.
288 THE CHESS PLAYER S CHRONICLE.
WHITE.
White to mate in two moves.
WHITE.
White compels Black to mate him in four moves.
THE CHE33 PLAYER's CHBONICLE. 289
PAUL MOBPHY.
A SKETCH FROM THE CHESS WOULD.
Svch is the title of the work before us. It was published some mouths
ago at Leipzig by Messrs. Veit & Co. in two volumes ; the author
is Herr Max Lanoe, the well-known editor of the Berlin Schachzei-
timg. We have received, at the same time, the proof-sheets of a trans
lation of the above, by Herr Ernest Falkreer, which is to be
presented to the public in a few days by the Chess publisher Mr. J. H.
Starie, of Bathbone Place, London.
The German edition i9 divided into fifteen chapters, of which the
first volume contains ten, the second five ; to each chapter are added
notes, which the learned author, in contra-distinction to the notes of
the games, calls glossaries. The style is entirely German, and perhaps
too didactic for a Chess work, but on the whole, much valuable infor
mation may be gathered from it. The games, one hundred and twenty
in number, are given in the German notation, and are very correctly
printed. The notes to the games are generally to the purpose, and often
elaborately disquisite. Particular care seems to have been bestowed
on the analysis of the games in the match between Anderssen and
Mohphy, which fills half of the second volume. This section is analyzed
in so masterly a manner, that we strongly suspect the German champion
himself has furnished the necessary data to the notes.
In order to give our readers a more distinct idea of the work, we
will here cite the contents of the different chapters, of which, however,
the glossaries generally form the greater part.
Chapter I. treats of the chivalrous nature of the game. Chapter II.
compares Paolo Boi with Paul Morphy. Chapter III. gives five
games played by Morphy in his youth. Chapter IV. speaks of the
Chess Congress in New York in 1857. Chapter V. relates Morphy's
triumphs in New York. Chapter VI. represents the American cham
pion on his return to New Orleans. Chapter VII. narrates his voyage
to, and his arrival in England. Chapter VIII. enumerates his victories
over his English opponents. Chapter IX. is devoted to the match
with Lowenthal, and the last Chapter of the first volume refers to the
Chess Meeting at Birmingham.
In the second volume, the first chapter describes the youthful hero's
reception and blindfold performance in the Cafe de la Rcgence in Paris.
19
290 THE CHESS PLAYER'S CHRONICLE.
The second contains the games with his French opponents. The third
and fourth present a detailed account of the respective matches with
Harrwitz and Anderssen. The concluding chapter of the second
volume expresses the author's own reflections on the American cham
pion's extraordinary triumphs and future prospects.
These are the elements of which this work is composed, the merits
of which we fully acknowledge; we cannot, however, conclude these
remarks without animadverting to some points which must obtrude
themselves to the English reader. First and foremost among them is
the way in which the German author speaks of Morphy in the first
volume; his praises sound like an apotheosis, no Boman poet ever
addressed more flattering or high sounding epithets to his Cajsars.
Even Ca'issa's crown of glory seems to grow pale before this new-bom
light. No living Chess player, nny, even none of our dead celebrities
could be compared to him, whose rising reputation is, as yet, in its
first phase, and whom, when in his full glory, no Pantheon could hold,
nor Westminster Abbey enshroud. Far less high sounding, however,
are the praises meted out to the youthful hero in the cantos of the
second volume, at the end of which there seems to be even an inkling
of the possibility that some player may yet be found whose lance
may not be shivered upon the unconquered breast-plate of this fearful
paladin. Similar discrepancies on other points may be found in the
two volumes. Although we fully agree with Max Lange in the esti
mate of Anderssen's play, and think with him that in his match with
Morphy he has played considerably below his strength, we cannot but
disagree with him in his estimate of Harrwitz's play, who, as be
seems to infer, has played up to his strength. Whoever peruses
the games between Morphy and Harrwitz must easily see that in
the latter part of the match, Harrwitz laboured under some inimical
influence, moral or physical, whatever that might have been, we leave
it to him to explain.
In the glossaries we have found much interesting matter, and many
details with which we were, as yet, unacquainted, especially as to the
match between Anderssen and Morphy ; as to these, however, we
must refer our reader to the book itself, or the English translation by
Herr Ernest Falkreer, which has united the two volumes into one,
added a goodly number of games to the original edition, and enriched
it with translator's notes, which, considering Herr Faxkreer's skill
as a Chess player, must considerably augment the intrinsic value of the
work. In comparing the English text with the German, we were
struck with the correctness of the translation, especially in the notes,
where redundant phrases and periphrastic style are the prevalent cha
racteristics of the original, thus making an exact translation doubly
difficult.
THE CHESS PLAYER's CHRONICLE. 291
it is a very legitimate one. We have seen that the Arabs were intimate
with the game early in the seventh century ; and we are free to infer
that they carried their knowledge of it along with that of other arts and
sciences wherever their conquests extended. We are much less ac
quainted with the treasures of Arabian literature now mouldering in the
gloomy dungeons of the Escurial Library, and elsewhere, than we are
with the productions of the East. We have excellent authority for
saying that in the twelfth century Spain possessed more than a million
of manuscript volumes, the produce of Arabian genius, in all depart
ments of human knowledge. These were mostly destroyed by the
bigoted and ignorant monks, and the still considerable number that
escaped from the ruthless hands of these " Holy Vandals," lie buried
and unnoticed in a few obscure libraries and monasteries. It is to be
hoped that Spain, the land of the Cid, of Cervantes, and of Ruy Lopez,
will yet rouse herself from her lethargy and reveal to an admiring world
the hidden treasures which she possesses. Let us hope that she will
once more rekindle the extinguished lamp which six centuries ago shed
its benign rays on benighted Europe.
Chapter XII.
On the Introduction of Chess into the Lower Empire.
In the present day we believe that no man in Europe acquainted
with Chess, and imbued with the least tincture of scholarship, will
maintain that the ancient Greeks possessed any knowledge of the game.
That they had a game of their own called vimta, played on a board
with ruled lines or squares, by two persons, we are perfectly aware ; but
this bore no stronger resemblance to Chess than a coal-barge does to
the Great Eastern. This game is said to have been invented by
Palamedes at the siege of Troy, though we are warranted in concluding
that it had been known before that period ; for we find the suitors of
Penelope playing at it in Ithaca previous to the return of Ulysses
from Troy. The earliest mention of it occurs in the first book of
Homer's Odyssey, verse 106 :—
hi fiir iirtiTa
Xliaaolai WQOiripoldt Qvpauiv Ov/ibv Irepirov,
'11/!.' cm iv pivotal j3ouv, ovg txravov aiiToi.1
Homer's meaning here is quite clear, however obfuscated by his
commentators. The suitors of Penelope " were amusing themselves
with the ' Pessoi ' (or the game called ' Petteia,') being seated in
1 Homeri Opera Omnia—cura Jo. Augusti Ernesti, five volumes, 8vo
Leipsic, 1824
THE CHESS PLAYER'S CHRONICLE. 295
front of the palace gates, upon skins of oxen which they themselves had
slaughtered;" for in those good old times it was requisite in a gentleman
that he should be qualified to kill his own bullock, and cook his own
nimpsteak.
The game here alluded to is clearly the " petteia," a sedentary game,
played by two people on a board of twenty-five squares, each player
having five vioooi, or counters.1 This may be said to have borne a
very faint resemblauce to Chess, but, in reality, it was only the rudi
ments oi our modern Draughts or Backgammon. The commentators
on Homer, with regard to the above passage, refer us to Alhenseus for
ample light on this subject, " ubi Indus hie procorum particulatim
describitur ; " well then, A thenams treats us to a description of an active
game which cannot by any possibility apply to that alluded to by
Homer, far less does it resemble Chess.3 In the Latin versions of the
Odyssey the word irioaoioi, is translated " talis," i.e. "dice," evidently
confounding two distinct games, the irirrua and the Kvj3ua. Pope, avail
ing himself of the proverbial license conceded to the " genus irritabile "
improves marvellously on the Latin version, for of the original Greek
he is said to have known little. His words are,
" On hides of beeves, before the palace gate
(Sad spoils of luxury !) the suitors sate.
With rival arts and ardour in their mien
At Chess they vie to captivate the queen." J
1 Vide, Three Letters on the Pseudo-Chess of the Ancient Greeks and Bomans
in the Chess Player's Chronicle of March, April, and May, 1855, alluded to in
oar first chapter.
' Vide Bohn Trans. of Allien, vol. i. p. 27. A more complete exposure of
the apathy or stupidity of commentators does not exist. The game described
by Athenteus is not played by men " seated on skins," as Homer clearly states. It
is played by two equal parties of the suitors, fifty-four on each side, and strongly
resembles what Strutt describes (p. 383-4) as " Hop-Scotch " or " Taw," known
to some schoolboys.
1 Pope has much to answer for as the originator of a vast deal of rhetorical
rubbish inflicted upon us in Chess lectures and Chess articles in periodicals.
Here, for example, is a fine stereotype specimen of this sort :—" When and where
Chess was invented is a problem which we believe never will be solved. The
origin of the game recedes every day further back into the regions of the past
and unknown. Individuals deep in antiquarian lore, have very praiseworthily
puzzled themselves and their readers in vain, in their endeavours to ascertain to
their satisfaction, how this wonderful pastime sprang into existence. Whether
it was the product of some peaceful age, when science and philosophy reigned
supreme ; or whether it was nurtured amid the tented field of the warrior, are
questions which it is equally futile and unnecessary now to ask. Sufficientfor
«* that the game exists ; that it has been sung of by Homer" &c. &c. ! ! ! We
recommend the above eloquent morceau, taken from a Chess periodical now
defunct, to the attention of Chessmen at Chess reunions, Chess lecture?, and
those who are ambitious to do a spicy article for a Chess periodical.
96 THE CHESS PLAYER 9 CHRONICLE.
Game between Mr. Ltjmley, the Blind Chess Player and Mr. Kennt,
played at the Phtlidorian, September, 1859.
White. (Mr. Lumley.) Black. (Mr. Kenny.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. Kt. to K. B. third 2. Kt. to Q. B. third
3. P. to Q. B. third 3. P. to K. B. fourth
4. B. to Q. Kt. fifth 4. P. takes K. P.
5. B. takes Kt. 5. P. takes Kt.
6. B. takes P. 6. K. Kt. to B. third
7. P. to Q. third 7. P. to Q. fourth
8. Q. B. to Kt. fifth 8. P. to Q. B. third
9. Castles 9. B. to K. second
10. R. to K. square 10. Q. to Q. B. second
THE CHESS PLAYER S CHRONICLE. 299
11. Q. to K. second 11. K. B. to Q. third
12. P. to K. R. third 12. Castles
13. Kt. to Q. second 13. Q. B. to K. B. fourth
14. Q. to K. third 14. Q. R. to K. square
15. B. takes Kt. 15. R. takes B.
16. Kt. to Q. Kt. third 16. Q. to K. B. second
17. Q. I', to Q. square 17. Q. B. takes K. R. P.
18. B. takes Q. P. 18. Q. B. P. takes B.
19. Q. takes B. 19. R. takes K. B. P.
20. Kt. to Q. second 20. K. R. to K. B. third
21. Q. to K. third 21. Q. to K. R. fourth
22. Kt. to K. B. third 22. P. to K. fifth
23. P. takes P. 23. P. takes P.
24. B, takes B. 24. K. R. takes R.
25. Kt. to Kt. fifth 25. K. R. to Q. eighth
26. Kt. to K. B. third 26. P. takes Kt.
27. Q. takes B. (check) 27. Q. takes Q.
Notes.
(a) Writers of treatises on Chess here recommend Cozio's more, " Q. to K.
B. third."
(A) The result of this mode of piny is not very obvious, but notwithstanding,
to it White owes much of his subsequent embarassment.
(c) Had the Knight been moved at this point to K. fifth, White would in all
Srobability have lost at least his centre Pawn, had he preferred a totally different
ne of play, Black could have completed his defence, with an excellent counter
attack in reserve, by the simple retreat of " Q. to K. B. second."
(d) Here many would prefer " B. to K. Kt. fourth." But a deep examina
tion will prove that thereupon occur positions of so critical a character that the
balance is more obviously against White than it it is in the actual game.
(e) This move has the advantage over " Q. to K. Kt. fourth (check)," because
it not only preserves the original attack on the diagonal assaulted by the Queen,
but also obtains command of a now diagonal with a menace addressed imme
diately to the royal Pawn.
(/) Besides other objections to " Q. takes K. P.," it will be noticed that
White may reply with " Q. to K. square," forcing the exchange of Queens.
THE CHESS PLAYER 8 CHRONICLE. 301
Games lately played between Herr Harrwitz and Mr. Grochey,
the President of the Ipswich Club.
Game I.
Black. (Mr. Grochet.) White. (Herr Harrwitz.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. P. to K. B. fourth 2. P. takes P.
8. Kt. to K. B. third 3. P. to K. Kt. fourth
4. P. to K. R. fourth 4. P. to K. Kt. fifth
5. Kt. to K. fifth 5. Kt. to K. B. third
6. Kt. takes Kt. P. 6. Kt. takes K. P.
7. P. to Q. third 7. Kt. to Kt. sixth
8. B. takes P. 8. Q. to K. second (check)
9. K. to B. second 9. Kt. takes R. (check)
10. K. to Kt. square 10. B. to Kt. second
11. Kt. to Q. B. third 11. P. to K. R. fourth
12. Kt. to Q. fifth 12. P. takes Kt.
13. Kt. takes Q. 13. B. to Q. fifth (check)
14. K. takes Kt. 14. R. takes P. (check)
15. B. to R. second 15. P. toKt. sixth
And wins.
Ga*IK II.
While. (Herr Harrwitz.) Black. (Mr. Grochey.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. P. to K. B. fourth 2. P. takes P.
3. B. to B. fourth 8. P. to Q. fourth
4. B. takes P. 4. K. Kt. to B. third
5. Q. Kt. to B. third 5. P. to Q. B. third
6. B. to Q. Kt. third 6. B. to Q. B. fourth
7. Kt. to K. B. third 7. B. to K. Kt. fifth
8. K. B. takes P. (check) 8. K. to B. square
9. B. to Q. Kt. third 9. Q. Kt. to Q. second
10. P. to Q. fourth 10. B. takes Kt.
11. P. takes B. 11. B. to Q. Kt. fifth
12. Q. B. takes P. 12. Kt. to K. R. fourth
13. B. to K. third 18. Q. to K. R. fifth (check)
302 THE CHESS PLAYERS CHRONICLE.
Notes.
(a) Bringing out the K. Kt. at once, we think preferable, Mr. Morphy in
several of his games played this move successfully.
(S) The game might have been continued for many moves, but if correctly
played must have resulted in a draw.
Game XX.
White. (Mr. Wormald.) Black. (Mr. Camprell.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. third
2. P. to Q. fourth 2. P. to Q. fourth
3. P. takes P. 3. P. takes P.
4. B. to Q. third 4. B. to Q. third
5. K. Kt. to B. third 5. K. Kt. to B. third
6. Castles 6. Castles
7. B. to K. third 7. B. to K. third
8. Q. Kt. to B. third 8. Q. Kt. to B. third
9. P. to Q. B. third 9. P. to K. R. third
10. Q. to Q. second 10. Kt. to K. Kt. fifth
11. B. to K. B. fourth 11. B. takes B.
12. Q. takes B. 12. P. to K. Kt. fourth
13. Q. to Q. second 13. P. to K. B. fourth
14. Q. R. to K. square 14. Q. to Q. second
15. B. to Q. Kt. fifth 15. Q. R. to K. square
16. Kt. to Q. B. fourth 16. Q. to Q. third
304 THE CHESS PLAYER S CHRONICLE.
No la.
(a) The only move.
(4) Better perhaps to have taken wil hPavm.—e.g.
30. P. takes P. (cheek) 30. K. to B. second (best)
81. P. takes B. 31. Say P. takes P.
32. Kt. to K. B. seventh, winning
N.B.—White could not instead of 31. "P. takes B.," play 81. "Kt. toB.
TUE CHESS PLAYER S CHRONICLE. 305
seventh," as in that case Black could insure a draw by " Q. to K. eighth (oh.),"
and afterwards " K. Kt. to B. third," compelling White to draw by perpetual
check.
Notes.
(a) This seems to us far from being a strong move, castling would have been
the safest.
(4) White ought to have played " P. takes P." first, and then moved the
Knight to the above square.
Game played between Messrs. Harrwitz and Barnes, Sept. 22, 1859.
White. (Mr. Barnes.) Black. (Herr Harrwitz.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to Q. fourth
2. P. takes P. 2. K. Kt. to B. third
3. B. to K. Kt. fifth (check) 3. B. to Q. second
4. B. to Q. B. fourth 4. P. to Q. Kt. fourth
5. B. to Q. Kt. third 5. P. to Q. B. fourth
6. P. to Q. B. third 6. B. to K. Kt. fifth
7. P. to K. B. third 7. B. to Q. B. square
8. Q. to K. second 8. B. to Q. B. third
9. P. to Q. B. fourth 9. P. takes P.
10. B. takes P. 10. Kt. takes P.
11. B. takes B. 11. R. takes B.
12. Q. to Q. Kt. fifth (check) 12. P. to Q. B. third
13. Q. to Q. B. fourth 13. P. to K. fourth
14. Kt. to K. second 14. B. to Q. B. fourth
15. Q. Kt. to Q. B. third 15. Castles
THE CHESS PLAYER'S CHRONICLE. 307
16. Q. Kt. to K. fourth 16. B. to Q. R. second
17. P. to Q. fourth 17. P. takes P.
18. Kt. takes P. 18. Kt. to Q. Kt. fifth
19. P. takes Kt. 19. P. takes P.
SO. Q. takes B. 80. Kt. takes Q.
21. Kt. takes P. 21. Q. to Q. Kt. third
22. Kt. takes B. 22. Q. takes Kt.
23. K. to K. second 28. Q. to Kt. third
24. B. to K. third 24. Q. to K. Kt. fourth (check)
25. K. to B. second 25. P. to K. B. fourth
26. Kt. to Q. sixth 26. Q. to B. third
27. K. B. to Q. square 27. P. to K. B. fifth
28. B. to Q. B. seventh 28. Kt. to B. fourth
29. B. takes Kt. 29. Q. takes B. (check)
80. K. to B. square 30. B. to Q. square
31. Q. B. to B. square SI. Q. to Kt. third
32. Kt. to B. fourth 32. R. takes B. (check)
33. B. takes B. 83. Q. to Q. B. third
34. B. to Q. eighth (check) 34. K. to B. second
35. R. to Q. seventh (check) 85. K. to K. square
36. B. to Q. fourth 36. Q. to Q. B. eighth (check)
37. K. to K. second 37. Q. to K. Kt. eighth
38. B takes P. 88. Q. takes P. (check)
39. K. to Q. third 39. Q. takes B. P.
And after a few more moves White resigned.
7. P. to Q. fourth 7. P. to Q. B. third
8. Castles 8. Castles
9. Q. B. to K. Kt. fifth 9. P. to K. R. third
10. B. to K. R. fourth 10. Q. B. to K. B. fourth
11. P. to K. B. fourth 11. K. B. to K. second
12. B. takes Kt. 12. B. takes B.
13. Q. to K. B. third 13. Kt. to Q. second
14. P. to K. Kt. fourth 14. B. to R. second
I5. Q. R. to Q. square 15. B. takes Kt.
16. Q. P. takes B. 16. Q. to K. R. fifth
17. Q. to K. Kt. second 17. Q. R. to K. square
18. K. R. to K. B. third 18. P. to K. B. fourth
19. P. takes P. 19. B. takes P.
20. R. to K. Kt. third 20. K. to R. square
21. Kt. to K. second 21. B. to K. fifth
22. Q. to K. R. third 22. Q. to K. second
23. P. to Q. B. third 23. Kt. to Q. B. fourth
24. K. R. to K. third 24. Kt. to K. third
25. Q. R. to K. B. square 25. Q. to Q. B. fourth
26. Q. R. to K. B. second 26. K. to R. second
27. R. takes B. 27. Kt. to K. Kt. fourth
28. Q. to K. Kt. second 28. Kt. takes R.
29 B. to Q. B. second 29. R. to K. B. fourth
30 B. takes Kt. 30. P. takes B.
81. Kt. to Q. fourth 31. P. toK. sixth
32. R. to K. B. third 32. R. to K. B. second
33. Q. to K. second 38. Q. to Q. Kt. third
34. P. to Q. Kt. fourth 34. P. to Q. R. fourth
35. P. to Q. R. third 35. P. to Q. B. fourth
36. P. takes Q. B. P. 86. Q. to K. Kt. third (check)
37. K. to B. square 37. Q. to K. fifth
38. Q. takes P. 38. Q. R. takes K. P.
39. Q. takes Q. (check) 39. R. takes Q.
40. P. to K. B. fifth 40. R. to K. fourth
41. K. to Kt. second 41. R. takes Q. B. P.
42. K. to Kt. third 42. P. to Q. Kt. fourth
43. K. to Kt. fourth 43. R. to Q. B. fifth
44. R to K. B. fourth 44. K. B. to Q. Kt. second
THE CHESS PLAYER S CHRONICLE. 309
Game II.
{Remove Black's K. B. P. from the Board.)
White. (Mr. Reeves.) Black. (Herr Harrwitz.)
( P. to K. fourth
1. P. to K. third
( P. to Q. fourth
Q. B. to K. third 2. P. to Q. B. fourth
P. to Q. fifth 3. P. to Q. third
THE CHESS PLAYER S CHKONICJ.E. 311
4. P. to Q. B. fourth 4. Q. Kt. to R. third
5. P. to Q. R. third 5. P. to K. Kt. third
6. P. to K. R. fourth 6. Kt. to Q. B. second
7. Kt. to Q. B. third 7. B. to K. Kt. second
8. P. to K. R. fifth (a) 8. B. takes Kt. (check)
9. P. takes B. 9 Q. to K. B. third
10. Q. to Q. Kt. third 10. K. Kt. to K. second
11. K. Kt. to B. third 11. P. to K. fourth
12. Q. B. to K. Kt. fifth 12. Q. to B. second
13. P. to K. R. sixth 13. P. to Q. Kt. third
14. K. R. to R. fourth 14. Castles
15. Q. to Q. Kt. second 15. B. to Q. second
16. Kt. to K. B. second 16. Q. Kt. to K. square
17. Q. to K. second 17. Q. Kt. to K. B. third
18. Q. B. to B. second 18. Q. Kt. to K. R. fourth
19. P. to K. Kt. third 19. P. to Q. B. third
20. Q. to K. B. square 20. P. to Q. Kt. fourth
81. P. takes P. 21. B. takes P.
22. B. takes B. 22. P. takes B.
23. Q. takes P. 23. Q. B. to Q. Kt. square
24. Q. to Q. third 24. P. to Q. B. fifth
25. Q. to Q. B. second 25. B. to Q. Kt. sixth
26. Kt. to K. B. square 26. Kt. to Q. B. square
27. Kt. to K. third 27. Q. to K. B. sixth
28. K. B. to B. third (4) 28. Kt. to K. B. fifth
29. B. takes Kt. (c) 29. P. takes B.
30. Kt. to Q. square 30. Q. to K. Kt. seventh
31. R. to B. fourth 81. P. takes P. (a1)
32. P. to K. B. fourth 32. Q. to Kt. eighth (check)
33. K. to Q. second 33. Q. to K. B. eighth
34. K. to Q. B. square 34. K. R. takes K. B. P.
35. R. takes B. 35. Q. takes R. (check)
36. Q. to Q. second 36. Q. takes K. P.
37. B. to Q. B. second 37. Kt. to K. second
38. Q. to K. Kt. fifth 88. Kt. to K. B. fourth
39. Q. to Q. eighth (check) 39. K. to B. second
40. Q. to K. B. eighth 40. Q. to K. B. fifth (check)
41. R. to Q. second 41. Q. takes P.
And after a few more move8 White resigned.
312 THE CHESS PLAYER'S CHRONICLE.
Notes.
(a) " Q. B. to Q. second " would have been stronger.
(4) This move, weak though it seems, was compulsory on account of the
threatened check of the Queen on K. B. eighth.
(c) Another forced move, as Black threatened to check with Kt. on Q. sixth.
(d) This is excellent play indeed. The game was masterly played throughout
by Herr Harrwitz.
Game XII .
(French Opening.)
White. (Mr. Morpht.) Black. (Herr Lowenthal.)
I. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. third
2. P. to Q. fourth 2. P. to Q. fourth
3. P. takes P. 3. P. takes P.
4. Kt. to K. B. third 4. Kt. to K. B. third
5. B. to Q. third 5. Q. B. to K. third
6. Castles 6. B. to Q. third
7. Kt. to Q. B. third 7. P. to Q. B. third
8. Kt. to K. fifth 8. Q. to Q. Kt. third
9. Q. B. to K. third 9. Q. Kt. to Q. second (a)
10. P. to K. B. fourth 10. B. takes Kt.
11. B. P. takes B. 11. Kt. to K. Kt. fifth
12. Q. to Q. second 12. Kt. takes B.
13. Q. takes Kt. 13. Q. takes Q. Kt. P. (b)
14. Kt. to K. second 14. Q. to Q. R. sixth
15. Kt. to K. B. fourth 15. Q. to K. second (c)
16. Q. R. to Q. Kt. square 16. Castles on Q's. side (d)
17. B. to K. second 17. Kt, to Q. Kt. third
18. Q. toQ. Kt. third 18. R. to Q. second
19. Kt. to Q. third 19. Kt. to Q. B. fifth
20. Kt. to Q. B. fifth 20. R. to Q. B. second
21. Q. to Q. R. fourth 21. P. to Q. Kt. third
22. B. takes Kt. 22. P. takes Kt.
23. B. to Q. R. sixth (check) 23. K. to Q. second
24. B. to Q. Kt. seventh 24. R. to Q. square
25. B. takes P. (check)
And Blacl [ resi gned.
SOLUTIONS TO PROBLEMS.
No. 33. Page 287.
White. Slack.
K. to Q. fourth P. to Q. fourth (check)
K. to Q. B. fifth K. takes Kt.
B. mates
No. 34. Page 287.
On the diagram in our last number, there was a Bishop left out ou King't
square. Please, therefore, to place a Black Bishop on Black King's square, and
the following is the solution :—
White. Slack.
Kt. to K. Kt. fifth (check) K. takes B.
Q. to Q. B. fifth (check) K. takes Q.
Kt. to K. fourth (double check) K. to Q. B. fifth
B. mates
No. 35. Page 288.
White. Black.
B. to K. Kt. fourth Anything
B. or B. mates, or
B. discovers mate
No. 36. Page 288.
White. Black.
P. to Q. Kt. fourth (check) K. to Q. Kt. fourth
Q. to Q. fifth (check) K. to Q. B. third
Q. to Q. Kt. seventh (check) K. takes Q.
P. to Q. Kt. fifth K. discovers mate
\
THE CHESS PLAYER S CHRONICLE. 319
WHITE.
White to move, and mate in three moves.
WHITE.
White to move■ and mate in three moves.
320 THE CHESS PLAYER'S CHRONICLE.
WHITE.
White to move, and mate in six moves.
white.
White to move and win.
THE CHESS PLAYER'S CHRONICLE. 321
The English public has been presented last week with the above-
mentioned book, of which we have already given a short review in our
last number, but a more minute perusal of its contents induces us to
make a few more remarks upon this subject. The author of the German
work is Herr Max Lange, the editor of the Berlin Schachzeitung ; the
translator of it is Herr Ernest Falkreer, late editor of the Vienna
Schachzeitung, and at present editor of the Chess columns in the
Svaday Times. In perusing, therefore, the English edition of the
work, we obtain the views of the two chief representatives of the
German periodical press, and thus, most probably, the opinions of the
majority of German Chess players. A not less interesting feature of
the book, is, that we get a sort of peep behind the scenes in the grand
Chess drama which Mr. Morphy performed before his European
audience. It is not part of our task (nor have we the slightest intention
at present to do so) to initiate our readers in the secrets of gaining or
keeping a Chess reputation, we simply want to show that we hold
opinions common with the strongest Chess players, at home and abroad.
Thus, the Chen Monthly, which is under the joint direction of Messrs.
Morphy and Fiske, was very bitter in its July number against the
Chronicle for stating that most of the European opponents of Mr.
Morphy encountered him at great disadvantages, and that very few of
them played up to the standard of their skill, and that some of the very
strongest English and Foreign Chess players had not contended with
the American champion at all. Now let us see how far we are borne
out in our assertions. As to the English players, a comparatively
small number of them have at all played with Mr. Morphy, it is not,
therefore, upon the victories over them he can found his extraordinary
reputation, it is rather upon those victories which he might have had
if he had played with them, he rests his claims. It is, therefore, upon,
his achievements against the three foreign players he prides himself.
The three players are Lowenthal, Harrwitz, and Anderssen. As
to the first, Herr Lowenthal, it cannot be denied, he is an excellent
player ; but his play has one great defect, that is, uncertainty ; he works
with great skill to obtain a winning position, which some way or other
21
322 THE chess player's chronicle.
>k
THE chess player's chronjcle. 823
giants, and for the last twenty years the practice and theory, the lite
rature and history of Chess, have been nowhere better illustrated than
by Teutonic writers and players. The rise of the famous Berlin school,
marked one of the most important epochs in the annals of the game,
and led to larger views and grander developments in every department
of Chess. Though some of the earlier members of that school, Mend-
heim.Bledow, Bilguer, and Hanstein have been called to a higher
sphere, some of its brightest ornaments, Heyderrand von der Lasa,
Mayet, and Anderssen still remain. The Austrian dominions lost,
either by death or absence, many of the players who formerly adorned
the clubs of Southern Germany and Hungary. Szen is dead ; Lowen-
thal and Falkreer are in London, and Hampe now plays but little.
Of German players, not to say European, we should be inclined to
place Von der Lasa foremost ; but he is now Prussian Minister at
Bio Janeiro, and for many years has had little or no practice.
Anderssen, with the exception of his rather unfortunate visit to
Manchester last August, has played but rarely of late. But a new
man has arisen within a few years, who, to judge from his published
games, and his power of analysis, as displayed in several theoretical
essays, is worthy to be ranked among the very first of living players.
We refer to Mr. Max Lange, the present chief editor of the Berlin
Schachzeiiung. We believe our young champion will find in Europe
no more worthy and able antagonist than Mr. Lange. Berlin and
Leipzig both possess flourishing clubs. The latter will celebrate, in
December, its tenth anniversary, at which Lange and Anderssen
will be present, and to which Mr. Morphy has been invited. Among
the strong players of Germany, to whom we have not already alluded,
may be mentioned Franz, Dufresne, Willeero, of Berlin ; Fried-
LiNdeB, of Breslau ; Pollmaecher, "Vitzthum, and Wigand, of
Leipzig; Bezzrl, of Ansbach, and Recsi, of Pesth. Besides the
Berlin Schachzeiiung, the periodical literature of Chess is represented
by excellent columns in the Illustrirte Familien-Journal (edited by
Pollmaecher) and the Illuatrirte Zeitung (edited by Portius), both
published in Leipzic. In the branch of problem- making, the labours
of such living composers as Bayer, VVillmers, Pongracz, della
Torre, Kciper, Nowotny, and others, have given to their country a
position not equalled by any other nation. German analytical works,
such as the Handbuch, Von der Lasa's Leitfaden, and Lange's Kritik,
324 THE CHKSS PLAYER'S CHRONICLE.
answer expressed their regret not to be able to take part in the desired
petition."
The following is the original letter :—
" Vous apprendrez, sans doute, avec regret que le beau joueur
d'Echecs Américain M. Paul Morphy se dispose en ce moment de
quitter l'Europe dans une quinzaine de jours et aussi qu'il est bien
probable que nous ne le reverrons plus que dans plusieurs années.
Bien n'est plus malheureux pour tous les vrais amateurs d'Echecs ; car
déjà plusieurs forts joueurs se disposaient à se rendre à Paris pour se
mesurer avec lui et le trop prompt départ de M. Morphy va nous
priver de magnifiques parties qui auraient été jouées entre lui et ces
illustres champions. M. Morphy tout le premier regrette vivement
l'obligation où il se trouve de retourner aux Etats Unis et il préférerait,
j'en suis convaincu, de passsr l'hiver en Europe. Mais il craint de
mécontenter sa famille en prolongeant trop son séjour parmi nous. —
Pans cet étal des choses tous les amateurs d'Echecs de Paris se sont
décidés à lui écrire collectivement une lettre pour l'engager à rester, au
nom de l'intérêt des Echecs. Déjà plusieurs clubs de Londres et de
Paris se mettent en train de suivre cet exemple et s'empressent de lui
écrire dans le même sens. Et si votre cercle veut bien lui addresser
pendant cette semaine (!) le même voeu, il n'y à aucun doute que Mr.
Morpiîy se rende à ce désir unanime, en se réservant de présenter à sa
famille ces puissautes raisons qui lui ont fait différer son départ. J'ai
eu le plaisir de voyager avec Mr. Morphy depuis son arrivée en Europe
et je suis convaincu qu'il cédera à un voeu aussi imposant et unanime.
De cette façon, etc."
It is the opinion of most German Chess players, that if Anderssen
had played the match in Breslau, where the laurel seeking Morphy
had every reason to go and meet him, the result would have bten a
different one. There seems to have been a sort of fatality which induced
Anderssen to go to Paris, when nearly «11 the German players were
opposed to his proceeding there, as shown by the following letter of
Max Lanoe to Andeessen : —
" My dear Sir and Friend, —Your much esteemed lines of yesterday
bring me the confirmation of news, which till now I neither believed
well fouuded, nor possible. You, the mature master of high renown,
really intend to undertake a journey to Paris, and thus make the first
826 THE CHESS PLAYER S CHRONICLE.
not earlier than the eighth century ; but whether before or after the
days of Anna Comnena is uncertain.
Having thus endeavoured to establish on etymological grounds that
Chess had reached Byzantium within a century after its introduction
into Persia, we shall proceed to investigate such historical evidence—
at least presumptive evidence—as comes within our reach. It is true,
we have not in this case such positive aud incontestable proofs to rely
on, as we had in our last chapter respecting the introduction of Chess
among the Arab9. We must therefore content ourselves, in the first
place, with such fair and legitimate inference as an unprejudiced mind
can scarcely fail to accept. This course is frequently adopted, in the
absence of positive testimony, by those who endeavour to clear up
obscure or doubtful points of history.
We observed in a note (Chap. VI.) respecting Sergius, the Greek
interpreter at the Court of Naushirwan, that Chess might have reached
Byzantium even in the days of Justinian. This bare possibility amounts
to a strong probability some quarter of a century later under the reign of
Khusru Parviz, the grandson of Naushirwan, and the contemporary of
the Byzantine emperors Maurice, Phocas, and Heraclius. Khusru, or as
the Greeks styled him Chosroes II., ascended the Persian throne in a.d.
591, and reigned thirty-seven years. His father, Hormuz, was assassi
nated by Bahram, an able, but unscrupulous general, who himself aimed
at sovereign power. The young prince Khusru became an exile at the
court of the Emperor Maurice, and to the generous (or politic) friend
ship of the latter he was solely indebted for his restoration to his crown
and sceptre. During the life of Maurice the strictest intimacy existed
between the courts of Persia and Constantinople. Khusru married a
Grecian princess by name Sira, or as the Persians called her, Shirin, a
lady celebrated for her wit and beauty, who is generally supposed to
have been Maurice's daughter. Out of complimeut to the Greek
emperor and his daughter, Khusru maintained for several years in his
service as a select body-guard a thousand Byzantine youths ; while
his court was thronged by eminent men from the Lower Empire who
had befriended him in his exile, and by whose aid he ultimately suc
ceeded to the throne of his ancestors.
This state of things continued till the death, or rather the assassina
tion of Maurice, early in the seventh century, after which event Khusru
declared war against the Boman empire, then ruled over by the weak
and contemptible Phocas. It does not tall within our province to
follow the Persian monarch in his career of conquest for the next
twenty years. It is sufficient to say that he possessed himself of Asia
Minor, all Syria, Egypt, and the north of Africa ; and had he possessed
a sufficient naval power he would have overrun eastern Europe. A
Persian camp was maintained for more than ten years in sight of Con
stantinople ; but the days of reverse aud extinction were fast approach
THE CHESS PLAYER'S CHRONICLE. 881
ing. During the last 9ix years of his reign Khusru was stripped of all
his recent conquests by the Emperor Ik-radius.
It is now time we should resume our argument respecting the pro
gress of Chess. We know from history that the game was a favourite
pastime with Khusru and his courtiers. Majdi, a Persian historian,
states in describing the magnificence of Khusru's court that, " he lind
a Chess board of which one half of the pieces were of solid ruby, and
the other half of emerald." A later Arabian historian alluding to the
same subject, gives us some idea of their value. He says " that the
very least of the pieces was worth 3000 golden dinars or ducats." Now
if such was the value of each pawn, we may safely estimate the superior
pieces at 30,000 dinars each, amounting altogether to a quarter of a
million sterling ! At the present day they would be worth a million.
Let us now sum up the results of our argument founded on etymolo
gical grounds and historical inference respecting the early introduction
of Chess into the Lower Empire. In the first place we have shown
etymologically that the Byzantines received the game of Chess from the
Persians, and that too, at a period when the older term Chatrang was
still in use in the language of the latter. All this indicates the early
part of the seventh century. In the second place we have shown his
torically, that khusru Parviz was a Chess player, that he passed some
time at the court of the Emperor Maurice before he succeeded, by the
aid of the latter, to the throne of his ancestors, and that there existed,
at least during the lifetime of Maurice, the closest friendship and in
timacy between the two courts. All this being taken into account, it
is impossible for us not to arrive at the conclusion that the Byzantines
received the game of Chess direct from Persia in the reign of Khusru
Parviz, and this again harmonises in point of time with what we have
already deduced from etymological grounds, viz., the early part of the
seventh century.
We are told by Hyde, that the princess Anna Comnena in the Alexiad,
a work written by her in the beginning of the twelfth century, states
" that the Emperor (Alexius) her father, in order to dispel the cares
arising from affairs of state, occasionally played Chess (Sarpinov,) at
night, with some of his relations or kinsfolk." She then says that
"this game had been (originally) brought into use among the Byzantines
from the Assyrians." The fair historian says nothing as to the time
when the game came from Assyria, which may have been five centuries
before she wrote ; her statement, however, proves that it came from
Persia, and not from Arabia, for Assyria formed an important portion
of the Persian Empire under the Sassanian Dynasty ; and in fact it was
alternately occupied by the Persians and Romans, as victory swayed to
one side or the other. The term Assyria is used here in a well known
figurative sense, "per synecdoclien," a part taken for the whole, just as
the term Fars is employed at this day to denote the whole of Persia,
332 THE CHESS PLAYER'S CHRONICLE.
Notes.
(a) From this point Herr Lowenthal plays extremely well up to move 38.
(4) This loses Mr. Morphy two mores, and in consequence he gets a lost
game.
(c) There is nothing better for him to do.
(d) Once more does Herr Ldwenthal make one of those unaccountable mis
takes which characterise his match play. " Q. to Kt. fifth " must hare won the
game in a few moves.
Gave XIV.
(Ruy Lopez.)
White. (Mr. Morphy.) Black. (Herr Lowenthal.
1
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. K. Kt. to B. third 2. Q. Kt. to B. third
3. B. to Q. Kt. fifth 3. P. to Q. R. third
4. B. to Q. R. fourth 4. Kt. to K. B. third
5. P. to Q. fourth 5. P. takes P.
6. P. to K. fifth 6. Kt. to K. fifth
7. Castles 7. K. Kt. to Q. B. fourth
8. B. takes Q. Kt. 8. Q. P. takes B.
9. Kt. takes P. 9. Kt. to K. third
10. Kt. takes Kt. 10. B. takes Kt.
11. Q. to K. second 11. B. to Q. B. fourth
12. Q. Kt. to B. third 12. Q. to K. second (a)
13. Kt. to K. fourth as. P. to K. R. third
14. B. to K. third 14. B. takes B.
15. Q. takes B. 15. B. to K. B. fourth
16. Kt. to K. Kt. third 16. B. takes P. (4)
17. P. to K. B. fourth 17. P. to K. Kt. third (c)
13. P. to K. sixth (tf) 18. B. to K. B. fourth
THE CHESS PLAYER'S CHRONICLE. SS5
19. Kt. takes B. 19. P. takes Kt.
20. P. takes P. (check) 20. K. takes P.
2). Q. to K. R. third 21. Q. to K. B. third
H. Q. R. to K. square 22. K. R. to K. square (e)
23. R. to K. fifth 23. K. to K. Kt. third
24. K. R. to K. square 24. R. takes R.
25. R. takes R. 25. R. to Q. square
26. Q. to K. Kt. third (check) 26. K. to R. second
27. P. to K. R. third 27. R. to Q. second
28. Q. to K. third 28. P. to Q. Kt. third
29. K. to K. R. second 29. P. to Q. B. fourth
30. Q. to K. second 80. Q. to K. Kt. third
31. R. to K. sixth 31. Q. to K. Kt. second
32. Q. to K. R. fifth 32. R. to Q. fourth
33. P. to Q. Kt. third 33. P. to Q. Kt. fourth
34. R. takes Q. R. P. 34. R. to Q. third
35. Q. takes P. (check) 85. Q. to K. Kt. third
38. Q. takes Q. (check) 36. K. takes Q.
37. R. to Q. R. fifth 87. R. to Q. Kt. third
38. P. to K. Kt. fourth 88. P. to Q. B. third
39. K. to Kt. third 89. P. to K. R. fourth
40. R. to Q. R. seventh 40. P. takes P.
41. P. takes P. 41. K. to B. third
42. P. to K. B. fifth 42. K. to K. fourth
43. R. to K. seventh (check) 43. K. to Q. third
44. P. to B. sixth 44. R. to Kt. square
45. P. to K. Kt. fifth 45. R. to K. B. square
46. K. to B. fourth 46. P. to Q. B. fifth
47. P. takes P. 47. P. takes P.
48. K. to B. fifth 48. P. to B. sixth
49. R. to K. third
And Black resigned. (/)
Notes,
(a) Black's forces are now completely developed, a fact which, in our opinion,
is highly creditable to the second player, considering the strong attack he has
to contend against in the Buy Lopez. Surely the game deserved a better fate,
if it were only for the great skill with which, up to this point, it was conducted
by Herr Lowenthal, whose perfect knowledge of the openings surpasses that of
nearly every other player of his own strength and experience.
336 THE CHESS PLAYER 3 CHRONICLE.
(4) This is a very weak move, the Bishop, after White's following more,
which could have easily been foreseen, being placed in imminent jeopard/.
The safer course would have been to play " B. to Q. second," and if then
follows " P. to K. B. fourth," to play " P. to K. B. fourth " in answer.
(c) This purely defensive move, of which White does not fail to take the
utmost advantage by his energetic reply, is now unavoidable on account of
White's obvious throat to advance the K. B. P., followed by ■ K. R. to Q. B.
square." In order, therefore, to rescue the Bishop, the above move, precarious
though it may be, appears the only plausible one under the oiroumstances ; for
castling on Queen's side could have been replied to with " Q. to Q. B. seventh,"
whilst in answer to " P. to K. B. fourth," or " Q. to Q. third," White could
have equally played " P. to K. B. fifth," with great advantage.
(</) Threatening to move " Q . to Q. B. third," if Black captures the Pawn.
(») Apparently the best move.
(f) This game was played at the London Chess Club on August 21, shortly
before the commencement of the Meeting of the British Chess Association
in Birmingham, to which place Morphy repaired a few days afterwards. His
Birmingham exploits and the great feat which he there performed for the first
time during his stay in Europe, of playing eight games simultaneously without
sight of board and men, have been recorded in Chapter X. With regard to
the above game, which concluded the match, we quote the following graphic
remark from a London contemporary : — " Mr. Morphy's play is so superior to
anything latterly seen of Chess in England, that his adversary throughout,
appeared under a cloud ; bewildered and stumbling beneath the blows of his
opponent."
BLACK.
WHITE
To mate in seven moves.
Notet.
(a) We should not like to recommend this move, White having given a Pawn
has no equivalent attack if Black plays the proper move, which is checking with
the B., White ought to have castled instead of retaking Pawn.
!4) Black ought to have played " Kt. to K. second.
c) " R. to Q. B. third " would have won the game.
Notes.
(a) This seems loss of time, the Queen being compelled to retreat on the next
more. It appears from the present game that Mr. Harrwitz, at the commence
ment of the match, underrated his youthful opponent's strength. He fully
acknowledged it, however, in the following games, three of which were played
with the greatest care, and consecutively scored by the eminent Prussian player.
(4) White very cleverly takes advantage of his opponent's confinod position.
(c) Winning the exchange by force.
Game IV.
{Remove Black's K. B P. from the Board.)
White. (Mr. Reeves.) Black. (Herr Harrwitz.)
, ( P. to K. fourth 1. P. to Q. third
{ P. to Q. fourth
2. B. to Q. third 2. Q. Kt. to B. third
8. P. to Q. B. third (a) 3. P. to K. fourth
4. P. to Q. fifth 4. Q. Kt. to K. second
5. B. to K. Kt. fifth 5. P. to Q. B. third
6. P. to Q. B. fourth 6. P. to Q. B. third
7. Q. Kt. to B. third 7. Q. to Q. Kt. third
8. Q. to K. second 8. Q. Kt. to K. Kt. third
9. P. to K. Kt. third 9. B. to K. second
10. B. to K. third 10. P. to Q. B. fourth
344 THE CHESS PLAYER S CHRONICLE.
Notes.
(a) " P. to Q. fifth" is stronger. If Black then moves the" Kt. to K. fourth,"
or to " Q. Kt. fifth," the first player will keep up a vigorous attack by playing
"P. to K.B. fourth."
(4) White has now a splendid attack, and follows up his advantage with
groat skill and perseverance.
Game V.
(Remove Black't K. B. P. from the Board.)
White. (Mr. Reeves.) Black. (Herr Harrwitz.)
P. to K. fourth
1 1. P. to K. third
P. to Q. fourth
2. K. B. to Q. third 2. P. to Q. B. fourth
3. P. to K. fifth 3. P. to K. Kt. third
THE CHESS PLAYER'S CHRONICLE. 345
4. P. to K. R. fourth 4. P. takes P.
5. P. to K. B. fourth 5. K. Kt. to K. second
6. P. to K. R. fifth 6. R. to K. Kt. square
7. P. takes P. 7. P. takes P.
8. Q. to K. Kt. fourth 8. P. to Q. third
9. Kt. to K. B. third 9. Q. Kt. to B. third
10. P. to Q. R. third 10. Q. to Q. B. second
11. Q. Kt. to Q. second 11. P. to Q. fourth
12. K. R. to R. seventh 12. Q. B. to Q. second
13. Kt. to K. Kt. fifth (a) 13. Kt. to Q. square
14. Q. Kt. to K. fourth (4) 14. P. takes Kt.
15. Kt. takes P. on K. fifth 15. K. Kt. to Q. fourth
16. Kt. to Q. sixth (check) 16. B. takes Kt.
17. P. takes B. 17. Q. takes Q. P.
18. B. takes P. (check) 18. K. to B. square
19. Q. to K. Kt. fifth 19. Q. to K. second (c)
20. Q. to R. sixth (check) 20. Q. to Kt. second
21. R. takes Q. 21. R. takes R.
22. P. to K. B. fifth 22. Kt. to K. B. second
23. Q. to R. fifth 23. Kt. to K. B. third
24. Q. to R. fourth 24. K. to K. second
25. Q takes P. 25. P. takes P.
26. B. takes Kt. 26. K. takes B.
27. B. to Q. second (rf) 27. Q. R. to K. square (check)
28. K. to B. square 28. B. to Q. B. third
29. P. to K. Kt. third 29. R. takes P.
30. R. to K. square 30. R. to B. sixth (check)
31. K. to Kt. square 31. R. to K. Kt. square (check)
32. K. to R. second 32. Kt. to Kt. fifth (check)
33. Q. takes Kt. (e) 33. R. takes Q.
And trins.
Notes.
(a) The prelude to a very ingenious manoeuvre.
(4) An admirable move, which ought to have won the game.
(c) The only resource. " B. takes B.," instead, would have been answered
with " Q. takes B.," and nothing could then have saved Black's game.
(d) After having made so many splendid efforts, White seems to have become
exhausted at this point. The correct move was " B. to K . third," in order to
castle on the next move.
(e) Had he moved the King, Black would have mated in a few moves.
S46 THE CHESS PLAYER S CHRONICLE.
Note.
(a) Evidently an oversight.
Notes.
(«) In the Morphy and Ilarrwitz match, the latter now played "Kt. to K.
square."
(&) Well played ; Black has now the attack.
(e) Allowing the Knights to be exchanged is injudicious, as it weakens
Black's attack.
(<Q This Pawn thus far advanced must be eventually lost.
(«) To prevent B. Q. going to K. B. sixth.
(/) A vain attempt to draw the game by perpetual check.
SOLUTIONS TO PROBLEMS.
No. 37 Page 319.
White. Black.
B. to K. eighth P. to Q. B. seventh (best)
B. to Q. B. fourth K. to Q. eighth
B. to Q. Bit. eighth (check)
and mates.
WHITE.
White to move, and mate in four moves.
WHITE.
White to move, and mate in four moves.
352 THE CHESS PLAYER'S CHRONICLE.
jjjgj
i
w
88 , 4///////%.
M,
J HP
& dm
H
WHITE.
^Yhite to mate in four moves.
WHITE.
White engages to checkmate Black in seven moves with any of the
Pawns he may choose.
THE CHESS PLAYER'S CHRONICLE. 353
prince was an only son, and that he was killed with the Chess board,
not the Chess Rook, which in reality amounts to the same thing, so far
as our argument is concerned. As the passage is very short we give
it iu the original as quoted by the noble duke. " Die Zween Firsten,
hetten nit iner dan einen Sun der ward erschlagen, in seinen Jungen
Tagen, mit einein Schach-Zabelpret, an Konig Pipinus Hofe von
Frankrich, von einem andern Jungen Firsten."
" These two princes {i.e., the prince and princess of Bavaria), had no
more than one son who was killed in his early days with a Chess board,
at the court of King Pepin of France, by another young prince."
Now here we have an anecdote as well authenticated as any recorded
in history ; therefore we are bound to receive it as a fact. The old chro
niclers, to be sure, did tell many improbable and some impossible tales ;
but this is not one of them. For example, we heretics have some
hesitation in believing the statement of Harduinus, and a whole host
of other good and holy men respecting the edifying exit of St. Denis
from this wicked world. They tell us that "the Saint aforesaid was
beheaded at Montmartre near Paris, and that he afterwards walked
some three or four miles to the spot where the famous church bearing
his name now stands." As if this was not marvellous enough, we are
further told, " that he, very accommodatingly, carried his own head in
his hand the whole way, singing Halleluiahs as he went along." Well
then, these and such like strong facia, being of rather rare occurrence
among us, we may reasonably be allowed to entertain some doubts on
the score of their authenticity ; but no such objections can be raised
against the story of King Pepin's passionate son and the prince of
Bavaria.
Accepting the story then as a historical fact, and I see no reason why
we should not, unless we disown at once the truth of all history, we
have still remaining two points for consideration. The first, which is
not very weighty is, to determine the precise period, or nearly so, when
the event took place. This point fortunately falls within a narrow
compass, that is, the reign of Pepin, from 752 to 768, a period of only
sixteen years. Sir Frederic Madden in a note, p. 206, states, that
" this story is repeated in a fragment of a chronicle published by
Canisius, in which it is referred to the year 746." This is evidently
an error, either on the part of the chronicler or of Canisius. We know
well from history that Charles was the eldest son of Pepin, and that he
was born in 742. Now although this " Baby Charles " became after
wards a very great man, it is not easy for us to believe that he was so
exceedingly precocious as to have played Chess and committed murder
when only four years old. We must therefore consider the date 746,
to be an oversight, probably for 756, or 766 ; and I would humbly
suggest, that even then, we have no reason to suppose that either
THE CHESS PLAYER'S CHBONICLE. 359
Charles or his next brother Carloman was the culprit. It must have
been a still younger son of Pepin's whose name appears not in history.
The second point for our consideration is much more difficult to
determine in a satisfactory manner, viz., " through what channel did the
game of Chess reach King Pepin's court ? " To this question we have
two plausible though not positive answers, and it so happens that both
of them may be quite correct in point of fact, and differing only as to
time. We may say in the first place, that Chess was introduced among
the Franks by the Saracens, immediately from Spain ; or secondly, we
may say that it was brought among them through the intercourse of
the early sovereigns of the Carlovingiau dynasty with the court of
Byzantium. Let us then carefully weigh each of these probabilities,
for we have no decisive proof in favour of either assumption.
We have shown in our eleventh chapter, that the Arabs were ac
quainted with Chess at the time of Muhammad in the first quarter of
the seventh century. Uuder their leader Tarik, they crossed the Strait
of Gibraltar (»'.<?., " Jibal Tarik," or "Tank's mountain,") about 711.
Then in a.d 718, after having subdued the whole of Spain, they crossed
the Pyrenees and extended their conquests thence to the eastward as
far as the Rhone, and northwards as far as the Loire ; and thus they
kept possession of one half of France for the next twelve years. At
their first irruption they were bravely resisted by Eudes, Duke of
Acquitaine, who, being defeated, entered into an alliance with them,
and even bestowed his daughter in marriage on the Amir Munuza, one
of the Saracen leaders. Now in consequence of this doubly unholy
alliance (politic and matrimonial), one half of the people of France were
accustomed to intermingle freely with the Saracens for a period of
twelve years ; and this is the precise time at which I conceive it most
probable that the Acquitanians acquired their knowledge of Chess. It
accounts at once for the game being familiarly known some thirty
or forty years later at Pepiu's court; and conversely, it confirms us in
our belief of the authenticity of the anecdote cited from so many sources
by the Duke of Luneburg.
The Norfolk News has commenced a Chess column under the editor
ship of Mr. P. G. Rainger. the Secretary of the Norwich Chess Club.
A series of Tournaments have been commenced at the Philidorian
which has excited considerable interest in the Chess community ; in a
Tournament of eight, lately played, Mr. Sisson came off victor ; and,
at the present time a Tournament of sixteen has just been arranged.
360 THE CHESS PLAYERS CHRONICLE.
Game played between Mr. E. Thorold and the Rev. Mr. Pierpoint.
(Irregular Opening.)
Black. (Mr. Thorold.) White. (Mr. Pierpoint.)
1 P. to K. B. fourth 1 P. to K. third
2 Kt. to K. B. third 2. P. to Q. fourth
3. P. to K. third 3. K. B. to Q. third (a)
4. P. to Q. fourth 4. K. Kt. to B. third
5. P. to Q. B. fourth 5. Kt. to K. fifth
6. P. to Q. B. fifth 6. B. to K. second
7. K. B. to Q. third 7. Castles
8. Castles 8. P. to K. B. fourth
9. Q. Kt. to B. third 9. Q. Kt. to B. third
10. P. to Q. R. third 10. R. to K. B. third
11. B. takes Kt. 11. K. B. P. takes B.
12. Kt. to K. Kt. fifth 12. R. to K. Kt. third (A)
19. K. Kt. takes P. at K. fifth 13. Q. P. takes Kt.
14. Kt. takes P. 14. B. to K. R. fifth
15. P. to Q. Kt. fourth 15. Q. to Q. fourth
If,. Q. to K. B. third 16. B. to Q. second
17. K. to R. square 17. Q. R. to K. B. square
18. P. to K. Kt. fourth 18. Kt. takes Q. P.
19. P. takes Kt. 19. B. to Q. B. third
20. P. to Q. Kt. fifth 20. Q. takes Q. P.
21. P. takes B. 21. Q. takes R.
22. P. takes P. 22. Q. to Q. R. seventh
23. P. to K. B. fifth 23. P. takes P.
24. Q. takes P. (c) 24. K. R. to K. B. third
25. Kt. takes R. (check) 25. B. takes Kt.
26. P. to K. Kt. fifth 20. Q. to Q. Kt. sixth
27. P. to Q. B. sixth 27. B. to K. second
28. R. to K. B. third 28. Q. to Q. eighth (check)
89. R. to K. B. square 29. Q. takes R. (check)
30. Q. takes Q. 30. R. takes Q. (check)
81. K. to Kt. second 31. R. to K. B. square
32. B. to K. B. fourth 32. B. to Q. third
33. B. takes B. 33. P. takes B.
34. P. to Q. B. seventh
And White resigns.
THE CHESS PLAYER'S CHRONICLE. 3C1
Notes.
(a) "P. to Q. B. fourth" would have been the correct move.
(4) He should have played " P. to K. B. third," which would have put the
Knight out of play for gome time.
(c) Capitally played ; from this point to the end, Black plays in a very
luperior style.
Notes.
(a) This is s novel way of playing the Lopez gambit, and has the effect of
neutralizing book knowledge to a certain extent.
(i) We should hardly have expected such a paltry attempt against so strong
a player as Mr. Paulsen.
(c) Black could evidently not castle at this juncture, for if he castles on the
Q's side, he would have lost the exchange by " B. to K. Kt. fifth " ; and for the
K's side, White would, by first taking the Knight, win the Q- B.
(d) Well conceived ; if this P. be token, White takes Q. B. with B., and then
" Kt. to Q. fifth."
(e) This ill judged move loses the game at once. " B. to Q. B. square " would
have been the proper move, and in that case, Black's game does not appear so
hopeless.
(/) White plays this game throughout in a masterly style, maintaining the
attack with rare skill and perseverance.
Notes.
(a) This attack seems to us rather premature, as it weakens White's Pawns
on the Queen's side, without gaining a direct attack on the adverse King.
364 THE CHESS PLAYER S CHRONICLE.
Notes.
(o) Black has now a fine game.
(4i A good move under the circumstances. The position is extremely com
plicated.
(c) The series of exchanges, followed up by this move, wins Blaok the game.
(d) White must have a loop-hole at any cost.
(e) For if White now takes P. with Book, he obviously loses by Black playing
40. " B. takes K. Kt. P. (check) " &o.
9. Q. takes P. 9. B. to K. B. fourth
10. B. to Q. third 10. Castles
11. Kt. to Q. B. third 11. P. to Q. B. fourth
12. Q. takes Q. 12. Q. R. takes Q.
13. Kt. takes Kt. 13. B. takes Kt.
11. Q. R. to Q. B. square 14. B. takes Kt.
15. P. takes B. I5. R. to Q. fourth
18. P. to K. B. fourth 16. P. to Q. B. fifth
17. Q. R. to Q. square 17. K. R. to Q. square
18. R. takes E. 18. R. takes R.
19. R to K. square 19. K. to B. square
20. K. to K. Kt. second 20. K. to R. square
21. K. to K. B. third 21. P. to Kt. third
22. K. to K. fourth 22. P. to Q. B. third
23. P. to K. B. fifth 23. P. to K. B. third
24, P. to K. B. fourth 24. K. to B. second
25. R. to K. Kt. square 25. P. takes K. P.
26. P. takes K. P. 26. B. to Q. B. fourth
27. P. takes P. (check) 27. P. takes P.
28. R. to K. B. square (check) 28. K. to K. square
29. B. takes B. 29. R. takes B.
30. R. to K. B. sixth 30. R. to Q. Kt. fourth
31. P. takes K. Kt. third 31. P. takes P.
32. R. P. takes P. 32. R. to Q. Kt. fifth (check)
33. P. to Q. B. fourth 38. R. takes Kt. P.
34. R. takes K. Kt. P. 84. R. to K. R. sixth
35. K. to K. Kt. fifth 35. R. takes P.
36. K. to K. sixth 86. K. to K. B. square
37. K. to Q. seventh 37. R. to K. B. seventh
38. P. to K. sixth 38. R. to Q. seventh (check)
39. K. to Q. B. second 39. P. to Q. Kt. fourth
40. P. to Q. B. fifth 40. P. to Q. Kt. fifth
41. K. takes Q. B. P. 41. P. to Q. Kt. sixth
42. R. to K. Kt. third 42. P. to Q. Kt. seventh
43. R. to Q. Kt. third 43. R. to Q. B. seventh
Drawn game.
THE CHESS PLAYER'S CHRONICLE. 367
Notes.
(a) Not a good move, although frequently adopted at this point by M'Donnell
in his games with La Bourdonnais. Black's play was to retreat his Queen's
Knight to King's second.
(4) 15. " K. Kt. to Kt. fifth," strikes us as preferable. The move in the
text afforded Black an opportunity (which he very injudiciously neglected) of
exchanging his Queen's Bishop for White's King's Knight,
(c) He should have taken off the King's Knight thus :—
15. Q. B. takes K. Kt.
16. Kt. P. takes B. 16. P. to K. B. third
17. Q. to K. R. fourth (best) 17. K. B. to Kt. square
18. B. takes Kt. (A.) 18. Q. takes B.
19. Q. to K. B. fifth (check) 19. P. to K. Kt. third
20. Q. takes K. B. P. 20. Castles
and Black has a fine game.
A.
18. B. to Q. second I 18. Kt. to K. B. fourth
and Black's game is good.
(rf) From this point to the end the first player conducts the attack with great
vigor and determination.
(e) Black seems to have no better move on the board ; 17. " Q. B. to Q. Kt.
fourth " would simply advance his adversary's game, while the capture of the
King's Knight would now be utterly useless.
Game II.
Between Mr. Stanley ami Mr. Liohtenhein.
(Giuoco Piano.)
White. (Mr. Stanley.) Black. (Mr. Lichtenhein.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. K. Kt. to B. third 2. Q. Kt. to B. third
3. K. B. to Q. B. fourth 3. K. B. to Q. B. fourth
4. P. to Q. fourth 4. P. to Q. third
6. P. to K. R. third 5. P. to K. R. third
6. K. Kt. to B. third 6. K. Kt. to B. third
7. K. B. to K. third 7. K. B. to Kt, third
8. Castles 8. Q. B. to K. third
9. K. B. to Kt. third 9. Castles
10. Q. to K. second 10. K. Kt. to R. second
11. K. Kt. to B. second (a) 11. Q. Kt. to Q. fifth
12. Q. to Q. second 12. Q. B. takes K. B.
13. B. P. takes B. 13. P. to K. B. fourth
14. K. P. takes P. 14. K. R. takes P.
15. K. Kt. to Kt. fourth 15. Q. to K. R. fifth
THE CHESS PLAYER'S CHRONICLE. 30'.)
Notes.
(a) White appears to weaken hie position, and lose time by this move, since
it allows hia adversary to play at once 11. " Q. Kt. to Q. fifth."
24
370 THE CHESS PLAYER'S CHRONICLE.
Gamr III.
Between the same opponents
(Scotch Gambit.)
White. (Mr. Lichtenhein.) Black. (Mr. Stanley.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. K. Kt. to B. third 2. Q. Kt. to B. third
3. P. to Q. fourth 8. K. P. takes P.
4. K. B. to Q. B. fourth 4. K. B. to Q. B. fourth
5. P. to Q. B. third 5. P. to Q. sixth (o)
6. K. Kt. to Kt. fifth (») 6. K. Kt. to R. third
7. Q. to K. R. fifth (c) 7. Q. Kt. to K. fourth
8. K. B. takes B. P. (check) 8. K. Kt. takes B.
9. K. Kt. takes K. Kt. 9. K. B. takes B. P. (check)
10. K. takes K. B. 10. Kt. takes K. Kt.
11. K. R. to K. B. square 11. Castles
12. K. to Kt. square 12. P. to Q. B. third
13. B. to K. third 13. P. to Q. third
14. Kt. to Q. second 14. B. to K. third
15. Q. R. to K. square 15. Q. to Q. second
16. P. toK. R. third 16. P. to Q. R, fourth
17. P. to Q. R. fourth 17. P. to Q. B. fourth
1 8. P. to Q. Kt. third 18 P. toQ. B. fifth
19. Kt. takes B. P. 19. B. takes Kt.
THE CHESS PLAYER'S CHRONICLE. 371
20. Kt. P. takes B. 20. Kt. to K. fourth
21. B. to Q. fourth 21. Q. takes Q. B. P.
22. P. to Q. B. fifth 22. P. to Q. seventh
23. K. R. takes K. B. (check) id) 23. Q. B. takes K. B.
24. R. to Q. square 24. Kt. to K. B. sixth (check)
And Black wins.(e)
Notes.
(a) Not positively bad, but inferior to the move first suggested by Jamisch,
of 6. "K Kt. to B. third," reducing the game to a well-known position of the
Giuoco Piano. The object of Black's fifth move is to prevent White from
uniting his two Pawns in the centre of the board, and by leaving White's
Queen's Bishop's Pawn where it now stands, to hinder the movements of the
adverse Queen's Knight, lie also appears to gain time by this move, for White
must capture the Queen's Pawn within a few moves. But, notwithstanding
this, we consider the line of play recommended by the distinguished Russian
analyst as eminently safer for Black. It has, in fact, rendered the Scotch
Gambit a much less popular game for the attack than formerly.
(») 6. "P. to Q. Kt. fourth," followed by 7. "P. to Q Kt. fifth," was the
proper play.
ic) If 7. Kt. takes K. B. P. 7. B. takes K. B. P. (check)
8. K. takes B. 8. Kt. takes Kt.
9. B. takes Kt. (check) 9. K. takes B.
White may now move 10. " R. to K. B. square," or 10. " Q. takes P.," with an
even game. If he play 10. " Q. to Q Kt. third (check)," Black replies 10.
" K. to Kt. third," with a superior game.
(d) 23. " Q. B. to Q. square," was the proper play.
(*) Time, one hour and forty-five minutes.
Game IV.
(Queen's Gambit vefused.)
Between the same opponents
White. (Mr. Lichtenhein.) Black. (Mr. Stanley.)
1. P. to Q. fourth 1. P. to Q. fourth
2. P. to Q. B. fourth 2. P. to K. third
3. Q. Kt. to B. third 3. Q. P. takes P.
4. P. to K. third 4. K. B. to K. second
5. K. B. takes P. 5. K. Kt. to B. third
6. K. Kt. to B. third 6. Castles
7. Castles 7. K. Kt. to Q. fourth
8. Q. to Q. Kt. third 8. K. Kt. takes Q. Kt.
9. Kt. P. takes Kt. 9. Q. Kt to B. third
■'"
372 THE CHESS PLAYER S CHRONICLE.
Notes.
(o) The Queen's Knight's Pawn cannot be saved.
(4) Black evidently committed this error under the supposition, that if White
captured the Bishop, he would mate with Book at King's Book's seventh. We
think, however, that, in any case, the passed Pawn of White would have won
in the end.
(e) Time, four hours.
Game V.
Between Mr. Paulsen and Mr. Caltheop.
(Scotch Gambit.)
White. (Mr. Paulsen.) Black. (Mr. Calthrop.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. K. Kt. to B. third 2. Q. Kt. to B. third
3. P. to Q. fourth 3. K. P. takes P.
4. K. B. to Q. B. fourth 4. K. B. to Q. B. fourth
5. P. to Q. B. third 5. K. Kt. to B. third (a)
6. Castles (b) 6. Q. Kt. to R. fourth (c)
7. B. P. takes P. 7. Q. Kt. takes K. B.
8. Q. P. takes K. B. 8. P. to Q. fourth
9. B. P. takes P. (en passant.) 9. Q. takes P.
10. P. to K. fifth 10. Q. takes Q.
11. K. B. takes Q. 11. K. Kt. to Q. second
12. P. to Q. Kt. third 12. Q. Kt. to Kt. third
13. B. to Q. R. third 13. K. Kt. to K. B. square
14. B. takes K. Kt. 14. K. R. takes B.
15. Q. Kt. to B. third 15. P. to Q. B. third
16. Q. Kt. to K. fourth 16. Kt. to Q. fourth
17. Q. Kt. to Q. sixth (check) 17. K. to K. second
18. K. Kt. to Q. fourth 18. P. to K. Kt. third
19. K. R. to K. square 19. Q. R. to Kt. square
20. Q. R. to Kt. square 20. Q. B. to Q. second
21. P. toQ. Kt. fourth 21. P. to K. B. third
22. Q. Kt. to Q. B. fourth 22. P. to Q. Kt. fourth
23. Q. Kt. to R. fifth 23. Q. R. to Kt. third
24. P. to K. sixth 24. B. to K. square
25. P. to Q. R. third 25. K. to Q. third
26. Q. R. to B. square 26. Kt. to K. second
374 THE CHESS PLAYER S CHRONICLE.
Notet.
(a) The proper play t the same position arises in the Giuoeo Piano, thus :—
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. K. Kt. to B. third 2. Q. Kt. to B. third
3. K. B. to Q. B. fourth 3. K. B. to Q. B. fourth
4. P. to Q. B. third 4. K. Kt. to B. third
5. P. to Q. fourth 5. K. P. takes P.
(4) Not so strong as 6. "P. to X. fifth."
(c) We are inclined to think that 6. " P. to Q. third," though more quiet,
would have been better in the end. White could not then play " P. to K. fifth."
(d) Bad ; he should have played 40. " K. to B. third," and then '' B. to K.
fifth," and his chances of a draw would have been Yery fair.
(«) Time, four hours.
Game VI.
Between Mr. Paulsen and Mr. Montgomery.
(Sicilian Opening.)
White. (Mr. Montgomery.) Black. (Mr. Paulsen.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to Q. B. fourth
2. P. to Q. fourth 2. B. P. takes P.
3. K. Kt. to B. third 3. Q. Kt. to B. third
4. K. B. to Q. B. fourth 4. P. to K. third
THE CHESS l'LAYBB S CHHONiCLE. 375
5. Castles 5. K. B. to Q. B. fourth
6. P. to Q. B. third 6. Q. P. takes P.
7. Q. Kt. takes P. 7. K. Kt. to K. second (a)
8. P. to K. fifth 8. K. Kt. to Kt. third (b)
9. Q. Kt. to K. fourth 9. Q. Kt. takes K. P. (c)
10 K. Kt. takes Q. Kt. 10. K. Kt. takes K. Kt.
11. Kt. takes K. B. 11. Q. to Q. B. second (i)
12. Q. to Q. fourth 12. Kt. takes K. B.
18. Q. takes Kt. 13. P. to Q. Kt. third
14. Kt. to K. fourth («) 14. Q. takes Q.
15. Kt. to Q. sixth (check) 15. K. to K. second
16. Kt. takes Q. 16. B. to Q. B. third
17. P. to Q. Kt. third 17. P. to Q. fourth
I3. U. to Q. R. third (check) 18. K. to B. third
19. Kt. to Q. sixth (/) 19. B. takes K. R.
20. B. takes B. 20. K. R. to Q. square
21. B. to Q. B. square 21. K. R. to Q. second
22. B. to Q. B. third 22. P. to K. Kt. fourth
23. R. to K. B. third (check) 23. K. to K. Kt. third
24. P. to K. Kt. fourth 24. Q. R. to Q. square
25. Kt. to Q. Kt. tilth 25. P. to Q. fifth
26. B. to Q. Kt. second 26. P. to K. fourth
27. Kt. to Q. B. third 27. K. R. to Q. fourth
18. B. to Q. third 28. P. to K. fifth
29. R. to Q. square 29. P. to K. sixth
30. K to B. square 30. P. to K. B. fourth
31. Kt. to Q. B. second 31. P. to K. seventh (check)
32 K. lakes P. 82. P. to Q. sixth (check)
33 K. to B. third 33. B. P. takes P. (check) (e/)
84. K. to K. fourth 34. K. R. to K. B. fourth
35. Kt. to K. third 35. K. B. lakes B. P.
36 B. to K. fifth S6. K. R. takes Q. R. P.
37 R. to K. B. square 37. K. R. to K. seventh
33 B. to K. B sixth (check) 38. K. to K. R. fourth
39 R. to K. sixth 39. P. to Q. seventh
40 B. to K. Kt. seventh 40. Q. R. to K. square (A)
41 R. takes Q. R. (i) 41. P. to Q. eighth (Q.)
12 B. to Q. fourth (A) 42. Q. to K. R. eighth (check)
376 THB CHESS PLAYER S CHRONICLE.
Notes.
(a) We should certainly hare preferred 7. " P. to Q. third."
(4) 8. " P. to Q. fourth" would have been better Chess, freeing his game it
once.
(c) Black ought to have played, at this stage, 9. " K. B. to K. second."
(d) If Black now play
11. Kt. takes K. B.
12. Q. to Q. fourth 12. P. to Q. fourth
13. Q. takes K. Kt. P. 13. K. B. to B. square
14. B. to K. B. sixth
and White must win.
(e) By simply playing 14. " Q. to K. fourth," White would have preserved
his advantage in position. If Black then moved 14. " P. to Q. fourth," White
would have answered with 15. " Q. to Q. B. fourth (check)."
(/) The position is an instructive one. White should now have availed him
self of the opportunity presented for drawing the game, thus :—
19. B. to Kt. second (check) I 19. K. to K. second (best)
20. B. to B. third (check) | 20. K. to B. third (best)
and the game is drawn by perpetual check. If the Black King moves to sny
other squares than those indicated, White frees his Knight and Book.
(g) He ought rather to have captured the Knight at once.
(A) Elegantly played ; from this point to the end, the second player conducts
the attack with great vigor and accuracy.
(s) White has no better move.
(*) If 42. " B. to K. sixth," Black would play 42. «' Q. to Q. B. seventh
(check)," and either win both Book and Knight, or mate in a few moves.
(I) Time, six hours.
Game VII.
Between Mr. Morphy and Mr. Lichtenhein.
(Queen's Gambit refuted.).
WhUe. (Mr. Lichtenhein.) Black. (Mr. Morphy.)
1. P. to Q. fourth 1. P. to Q. fourth
2. P. to Q. B. fourth 2. P. to K. third
3. Q. Kt. to B. third 3. K. Kt. to B. third
4. K. Kt. to B. third 4. P. to Q. B. fourth
5. P. to K. third 5. Q. Kt. to B. third
THE CHESS PLAYEK S CHRONICLE. 377
6. P. to Q. E. third 6. K. B. to Q. third
7. Q. P. takes P. 7. K. B. takes P.
8. P. to Q. Kt. fourth 8. K. B. to Q. third
9. Q. B. to Kt. second 9. Castles
10. Q. Kt. to Kt. fifth 10. K. B. to K. second
11. Q. Kt. to Q. fourth 11. K. Kt. to K. fifth
12. Q. Kt. takes Q. Kt. 12. Kt. P. takes Q. Kt.
13. K. B. to Q. third 13. P. to Q. B. fourth
14. Kt. to Q. second 14. Kt. takes Kt.
15. Q. takes Kt. 15. Q. P. takes P.
16. K. B. to K. fourth 16. Q. takes Q.
17. K. takes Q. 17. CJ. R. to Kt. square
18. Q. B. to K. fifth (a) 18. Q. R. to Kt. fourth
19. K. B. to Q. B. sixth 19. Q. R. to Kt. third
20. P. to Q. Kt. fifth 20. Q. B. to Kt. second
21. Q. B. to B. seventh 21. P. to B. sixth (check)
22. K. takes P. 22. Q. B. takes K. B.
23. Q. B. takes R. 23. K. B. to B. third (check)
24. K. to Q. second 24. R. P. takes B.
25. Kt. P. takes Q. B. 25. B. takes Q. R.
20. B. takes B. 26. R. to Q. B. square
27. P. to Q. R. fourth 27. R. takes B. P.
28. P. to Q. R. fifth 28. Kt. P. takes P.
29. R. takes P. 29. P. to K. Kt. third
30. P. to K. B. third 30. R. to Q. Kt. third (4)
31. R. takes B. P.
And the game was eventually drawn, (c)
Notes.
(a) He would have done better in the end if he had now taken measures to
bring his Rooks into play.
(4) Failing by an oversight to score a game which his extra Fawn ought to
have insured him.
(c) lime, four hours and a half.
378 THE CHESS PLAYER 3 CHRONICLE.
3. B. to Q. B. fourth 3. B. to Q. B. fourth
4. P. to Q. Kt. fourth 4. B. takes Kt. P.
5. P. to Q. B. third 5. B. to Q. R. fourth
6. Castles 6. Kt. to K. B. third
7. Kt. to K. Kt. fifth 7. Castles
8. Q. to Q. Kt. third 8. Q. to K. second
9. P. to K. B. fourth 9. B. to Q. Kt. third (check)
10. K. to R. square 10. Kt. to K. Kt. fifth
11. Kt. takes K. B. P. 11. R. takes Kt.
18. B. takes R. (check) 12. Q. takes B.
13. Q. takes Q. (check) 13. K. takes Q.
14. P. takes P. (dis. check) 14. K. to K. third
15. P. to Q. fourth 15. Kt. to Q. R. fourth (a)
16. P. to K. R. third 16. Kt. to R. third
17. B. takes Kt. 17. P. takes B.
18. K. B. to B. sixth (check) 18. K. to K. second
19. Kt. to Q. second 19. P. to Q. third
20. Q. R. to Q. B. square eo. B. to K. third
81. P. to Q. fifth 21. B. to K. Kt. square
22. P. to K. sixth 22. P. to B. third
23. B. to K. B. seventh (check) 23. B. takes R.
24. B. takes B. (check) 24. K. to K. square
25. B. takes K. B. P. 25. R. to Q. square
26. Kt. to K. B. third 26. B. to K. B. seventh
27. P. to K. Kt. fourth 27. Kt. to Q. B. fifth
28. K. to Kt. second 28. B. to K. sixth
29. Kt. to K. B. fourth 29. B. to K. Kt. fourth
30. Kt. to K. Kt. sixth 30. B. to K. B. third
31. B. to K. B. seventh
And wins.
Nite.
(o) " Kt. takes Q. P." woulc 1 have been the correct move.
3. B. to Q. B. fourth 3. B. to K. B. fourth
4. P. to Q. B. third 4. K. Kt. to B. third
5. P. to Q. third 5. P. to Q. third
6. Castles 6. Q. to K. second
7. P. to K. R. third 7. Castles
8. P. to Q. Kt. fourth 8. B. to Kt. third
9. P. to Q. R. fourth 9. P. to Q. R. fourth
10. P. to Q. Kt. fifth 10. Kt. to Q. square
11. B. to K. Kt. fifth 11. B. to K. third
12. Q. Kt. to Q. second 12. B. takes B.
13. Kt. takes B. 13. Kt. to K. third
14 Kt. to K. third (a) 14. Kt. takes B.
15 Kt, takes Kt. 15. B. takes Kt.
16 P. takes B. 16. P. to Q. fourth
17 P. takes P. 17. Kt. takes P.
18 Q. to R. fifth 18. P. to K. R. third
19 Kt. to B. third 19. Q. R. to K. square
20 P. to Q. fourth 20. Kt. takes K. P.
21. K. R. to K. square 21. P. takes P.
22. P. takes P. 22. Q. to Q. third
23. Q. R. to Q. B. square 23. Q. to Kt. sixth
24. R. to K. second 24. R. to K. fifth
25. R. to Q. B. fifth 25. K. R. to K. square
26. R. to K. fifth 26. K. R. takes R.
27. P. takes R. 27. R. takes Q. R. P.
And wins.
Note.
(a) A weak move, of which Black takes due advantage.
SOLUTIONS TO PROBLEMS.
No. 41. Page 351.
While. . Black.
1. Kt. to Q. B. fourth 1. B. to Q. Kt. fourth (best)
2. Q. to Q. B. fifth 2. K. B. to Q. second (a)
2. Kt. to Kt. sixth (check) 3. B. takes Kt.
4. B. mates
(a)
2. K. R. to Q. Kt. square
3. Q. to Q. B. seventh
and mates next more.
No. 42. Page 351.
White. Black.
1. B. to K. sixth 1. B. takes B. (»)
2. Q. to Kt. seventh 2. P. to K. seventh (4)
3. Q. to K. fourth (check) 3. B. or Kt. takes Q.
4. Kt. mates
w 1. B. to K. fourth
2. Kt, to Q. fifth (oheok) 2. K. moves
3. Q. to B. second (check) 3. K. takes Kt.
4. Q. to B. sixth, and mates
w 2. K. to K. fourth, or B. to Q. fifth
3. Kt. to K. second (check) 3. Anything
4. B. takes B., and mates
No. 43. Page 352.
White. Black.
1. B. takes B. 1. Q. to K. sixth or eighth (ch.)
2. B. covers check 2. Q. takes Q.
3. Kt. to Kt. sixth (check) 3. B. or P. takes Kt.
4. B. takes B. (check), and mates
No. 44. Page 352.
White to checkmate with King's Pawn.
White. Black.
1. B. takes B. 1. P. to K. sixth
2. B. takes P. 2. P. takes P.
3. B. takes P. (check) 3. K. takes B.
4. Q. to Q. R, sixth (check) 4. K. to B. second
5. Q. to K. Kt. seventh (check) 5. K. to Q. square
6. P. to K. sixth 6. P. Queens
1. P. to K. seventh
and mates.
White to checkmate with Bishop's Pawn.
White. I Black.
1. B. takes B. 1- P- to K. sixth
2. P. to B. third 1 2. P. takes P.
3. B. to Q. Kt. square 1 8. P. to Q. eighth
382 THE CHESS PLAYER S CHRONICLE.
WHITE.
White to move, and mate in two moves.
white.
White to move, and mate in two moves.
3S4 THE CBKSS PLAYER 3 CHRONICLE.
WHITE.
White to mate in three moves.
WHITE.
White to play, and mate in four moves.
THE
(THIRD SERIES.)
1860.
LONDON:
PUBLISHED BY J. H. STARIE,
PHILIDORIAN CHESS ROOMS,
46, RATHBONE PLACE, OXFORD STREET.
M.DCCC.1XI.
LONDON:
I'\ PlCKTON, Printer,
Prrrt'8 Place, 29, Oxkord Street.
CONTENTS.
GENERAL MATTEB.
GAMES.
Amateur and Beck . . 281 Amateurs of Coventry and Bir
Campbell . 42 mingham . . . .117
Falkbeer 23, 2 1, 262 Amnielburg and Harrwitz . 215
llarrwitz 22, 155 Andurssen and Hurrwitz . . 340
Horwitz . 238 Kolisch 280, 281, 283
Kin.- . . 252 Suhle . 56, 57
Miles . . 314 Avtoun nnd llarrwitz . . 342
Walking on . 85
IV CONTENTS.
PAGE CAM
Barker and Harrwitz . 218 Hannecken and Hanstein 79
Barnes and Campbell 274, 277 Hanstein and Goltz 81
Harrwitz 46, 48, 88, 114 —— Hannecken 81
Kolisch . 330 Harper and Janssens 60
Morphy . 89 Harrwitz and Amateur . 22, 155
Beck and Brien . 261 Ammelburgh 215
Bennett and Mr. R. D. . 333 Anderssen 3.iO
Bird and Saunders . . 262 Aytoun 842
Blount and Janssens . 183 Barker 21S
Boden and Harrwitz . 41 Barnes 46, 48, ;,iu
Morphy . . 91 Boden 41
Brahmin and Green 50, 52, 53, 55 Burden 154, 339
Brien and Beck . 264 Chanson 180
Burden . 82 Cooper . . 179
Campbell . 246 Fritz . . 178
Falkbeer . 247, 248 F. Healey . . 8
Mayall . . 378 P. Healey . . 171
. 312 Landolphe . 213
—— Wormald . 78 La Boche . . 270
Britton and Tomlinson 332, 366 • Lecrivain . .177
Broderick and Tomlinson 9 Maude . . 113
Bruhl and Philidor . 73, 120, 155 Mongredien . 2fi7
Burden and Harrwitz
Brien . . 82 Moriski 299, 300, 301,
. 154, 339 316, 343
Mc Turk . . 217
C. and P. T. D. . . . 86 Putty . . 215
Campbell and Amateur . . 42 Platcl . . 181
Barnes . 274, 277 Rhodes . . 169
Brien . . 240 Bobey 268, 269, 278,
Janssens . . 7 279, 302, 341
Bobey 211, 241, 242, Werner 204, 206, 207,
243 208
Chanson and Harrwitz . .180 Zytogorski . 315
Cooper and Wormald
Harrwitz . . 179
83 H arvey and Paulsen . . 27
Heilbuth and Paulsen . . 25
Healey, F., and Harrwitz . 8
T)e Riviere and Journoud . 138 P., . . 171
Beacon and Morphy . 124, 125 Hookham and Janssens . . 10
Dodge and Paulsen ... 28 Horwitz and Amateur . . 238
Hunt and Macdonnell . . 347
Falkbeer and Amateur 23, 24, 262
Brien 247, 248 Janssens and Blount . . 183
Moriski . 261 • Campbell . . 7
Bobey 201, 202 Hookam . . 10
Simpson 244, 331 Harper . . BO
Fritz and Harrwitz . 178 Smith ... 43
Zytogorski . . 196
Green and Zytogoreki . . 194 Jennings and Fhilidor 74, 122, lf>7
the celebrated Brah- Journoud and De Riviere . 138
50, 52, 53, 55
Gollz and Hanstein . 79 Kling and Amateur . . . 252
G^uke and Kolisch . 311 Kolisch and Andcrsat'n 280, 281, 2*3
CONTENTS.
PAGE PAHIC
Kolisch and Barnes . . 330 Philidor and Bruhl . 73, 120, 155
Geake . . 311 Jennings 74, 122, 157
Maude . . 298 Pindar and Richter . . 251
—— Medley . 333 Pierce, J., and W. T. 265, 365
— Schulten . 213 Plate! and Harrwitz . 181
Stanley 293, 295, 296 P. T. D. and C. . 86
Punshan and Mitcheson . 141
La Roche and Harrwitz . . 270
Landolph and Harrwitz . . 213 Rhodes and Harrwitz . 169
Liebtenbein and Stanley . . 15 Recsi and Szcn 233, 234
Lecrivam and Harrwitz . . 177 Richter and Pindar . . 251
LOwenthal and Staunton . . 76 Raphael and Marache . 18
Bobey and Campbell 211, 241, 242,
Macdonnell and Mackenzie 344, 3+5, 243
316 Falkbeer . 201, 202
Hunt . . 547 Harrwitz 268, 269, 278,
Mackenzie and Macdonnell 344, 345, 279, 302, 341
346 Zytogorski . 209
Marache and Raphael . . 18 R. D. and Bennett . 333
Maude and Kolisch
Harrwitz . .113
Schulo and a New York Player 184
Mayall and Brien 378 Smith and Janssens . . 43
Medley and Kolisch 333 Sanders and Bird . . . 262
Miles and Amateur . 311 Stanley and Lichtenhein . . 15
Mr. and Mr. D. 49 Kolisch 293, 295, 296
Brien 312 Staunton and Lowenthal . . 76
Mitcheson and Punsban 111 Simpson and Falkbeer . 244, 331
Mc Turk and Harrwitz 217 Schulten and Kolisch . . 213
Moriski and Falkbeer 261 Suhle and Anderssen . 56, 57
Harrwitz 299, 300, 301, Szen and Rucsi . . 233, 234
316, 343
Morphy and Barnes . . 89 Thompson and Morphy . 11, 12, 13
Boden ... 91 Thorold and Watkinson . 186, 187
Deacon . 124, 125 Tomlinson and Britton . 332, 366
' Paulsen . . 19 Broderick . 9
Thompson . 11, 12, 13 Ziepel . . 245
Mongredien and Harrwitz . 267
Montgomery and Paulsen . 16 Watkinson and Amateur . . 85
Parratt . .146
Kew York Player and Schule . 181 Thorold . 186, 187
Werner . . 310
Oscanyan and Paulsen . 29 Werner and Parratt . 144, 249
Harrwitz 204, 206, 207,
Paulsen and Dodge
Hawes . . 28
. 27 Watkinson . . 310
208
Heilbuth . 25 Wormald and Brien
Campbell 78
Montgomery . 16 83
Morphy . 19
Oscanyan . 29 Zicpol and Tomlinson 215
Penny and P n . 379 Zytogorski and Green 194
Petty and Harrwitz . . 215 Jansseus 198
Parratt and Watkinson
Werner . 146 Bobey 209
144, 249 Harrwitz 316
VI CONTEXTS.
CHESS MATCHES.
Brien and Gocher 305, 306, 307, 308, Harrwitz and Mongredien 108, 109,
309, 337, 338, 374, 375, 376 110, 148, 150, 151, 153
Gocher and Brien 305, 306, 307, 308, Kolisch and Horwitz 362, 363, 364
309, 337, 338, 374, 375, 376 Mongredien and Harrwitz 10S, 109,
Horwitz and Kolisch 362, 363, 361 110, 148, 150, 151, 153
PAGE PA (IK
Taylor, Howard, Esq. 31 Solutions to Problems 30, 93, 126,
Wilson, W., Esq. . !)5 158, 190, 220,253, 285, 317, 319,
Wormald, B. B., Esq. 301 381
OPENINGS CLASSIFIED.
King's Gambit Declined 82, 178, 213, Irregular Knight's Opening 218, 305,
219, 362 307, 326
King's Bishop's Opening 24, 91, 235 King's Knight's Gambit Proper 121,
Evans' Gambit Declined . . 333 153,217, 217
King's Knight's Opening . 215 Queen's Gambit Refused 59, 181, 186,
Philidor's Defence (Q. P.) 202, 375, 237, 273
379 Allgaier Gambit 116, 150, 280, 306
Petroff's Defence 24, 89, 241, 281, Sicilian Opening 12, 18, 19, 27, 57,
327, 338, 363 148, 180, 183, 270
Attack of Q. B. P.— French Game 7, 8, 15, 22, 181, 293,
Giuoco Piano 11, 13, 83, 108, 110, 297, 337, 374
113, 314, 329 Irregular Opening 43, 48, 50, 76, 88,
Evans' Gambit 23, 42, 46, 85, 111, 151, 215, 308, 309, 312, 330, 370
117, 118, 125, 144, 184, 194, 196, At Odds
201, 209, 233, 234, 238, 242, 262, Pawn and Move 10, 45, 52, 53, 73,
267, 315 74, 79, 120, 122, 151, 155, 157,
Queen's Gambit . . .109 177, 302, 339
Eny Lopez 41, 78, 187, 243, 252, 274, Pawn and Two Moves 55, 60, 81, 146,
277, 347, 362, 364, 378 169, 173, 174, 264, 268, 269, 332,
Scotch Opening 9, 25, 29, 49, 56, 86, 341, 366
141, 188, 283, 344, 365 The Knight 23, 24, 170, 171, 204,
Centre Gambit . 16, 28, 138 206, 207, 208, 244, 262, 298, 311,
Two Knight's Opening . . 115 331, 312
Queen's Knight's Opening 295, 325 The Rook 22, 155, 261, 262, 299, 300,
King's Bishop's Gambit 112, 114, 213, 301, 316, 313
265, 345, 3#5 The Exchange . 251, 278, 279
Muzio Gambit . . 261, 310
1\t €\m Ijlagtr's <%0ttkk
THIRD SERIES.
may safely conclude, that the organ formed only a portion of the rare
presents sent ou that occasion to the western monarch. There is every
probability that the rich Chess board afterwards presented by Pepin to
the monastery of Maussac, was included in the list.
We see then that the game of Chess may have reached France about,
or near, the middle of the eighth century, either from Spain by means
of the Saracens, or from the Lower Empire, in consequence of the
intercourse then held between the sovereigns and nations of the east
and the west. All the circumstances considered, I am inclined to view
the former conclusion as the more natural and probable ; but in either
case we may safely rely on the authenticity of the anecdote quoted by
Gustavus Selenus, respecting the son of Pepin, and the prince of
Bavaria. This is the main point which I have been endeavouring to
establish ; and if I have succeeded, of course all anecdotes of a more
recent date referring to the game, whether in France or Germany,
Scandinavia, Britain, or Italy, may be accepted as, facts.
It is not my intention to trace the history and progress of Chess in
western Europe, during the mediaeval period, i.e., from a.d. 750, to
a.d. 1500 ; I shall therefore content myself by laying before the reader
a few of the more early references to the game found in our old
chronicles and romances. The first I shall notice, refers to king Pepin
himself, and I think it will bear me out in what I have just stated
respecting the presents sent to him by Constant ine. Sir Frederic
Madden, in reference to the story of the two princes, says, p. 207 : —
" The above anecdote is rendered more credible by an incidental
passage in the account of the translation of the body of St. Stremon,
Bishop of Arverne, in the fourteenth1 year of King Pepin, A.d. 764,
to the monastery of Maussac, ' where,' says the anonymous writer, ' in
token of his reverence for the blessed Martyr, the King bestowed many
precious gifts, such as a set of chrystalline chess-men, various gems,
and a large sum of gold.' " 2
Now, when we consider the rude state of the arts in France during
the reigns of Charles Martel and Pepin, we are strongly led to conclude
that the " set of chrystalline chess-men " above mentioned, could not,
at that period, have been manufactured in western Europe ; and that
they were, in fact, part of the gifts received from Constantinople.
Our next two anecdotes refer to the time of Charlemagne, Pepin's
ton and successor. Sir Frederic in p. 209, says: —"Admitting the
above hypothesis to be correct, we shall cease to wonder at the per
petual references in the ancient French romances to the game of Chess
1 It should have been the twelfth, not the fourteenth year of King Pepin.
' " Ubi pro reverentia beati Martyris, plurima reliquit [Pippinus Kex]
insignia, scilicet taccho (1. echachoi) crystillinos, et lapides pretiosos, et ami
plurimum." Acta Benedict. Sac. 3, pt. 2, p. 192.
4 THE CHESS PLAYEK S CHRONICLE.
1 Harald Harfagra (i.e. of beautiful hair), about the year 880, established
himself as the first King of all Norway, after bringing into subjection a number
of the petty Kings of that country. Some ten years afterwards he added the
Hebrides to the Norwegian crown ; in whose possession they remained for the
two following centuries. It is extremely probable, then, that the game of Chess
was introduced into the western Isles of Scotland by the Norwegians about the
same time that the Danes brought it into South Brituin. This accounts for a
discovery made some thirty years ago, in the parish of TJig, Isle of Lewis. A
peasant, in digging a sand-bank, in the vicinity of an extensive ruin, found
upwards of seventy Chess-men of different sizes, belonging to various sets, but
none of them complete. Now it is most probable that the ruin alluded to was
once the castle of a Norwegian chief, in whose festive halls these very Chess-men
were moved by brave men, and fair women, nine centuries ago. See Sir Frederic
Madden's dissertation—and the Chess-men themselves, now in the British
Museum.
. Edgar reigned from a.d. 958 to a.d. 975.
6 THE CHESS PLAYER S CHRONICLE.
Chess was introduced among the Saxons so early as the middle of the
tenth century, seems dubious. Strutt,1 indeed, Henry, and a few other
writers, who thought it easier to make assertions than researches, state
in round terras that the Saxons were well acquainted with the game.
But the only passage they refer to is the one in the Ramsey Chronicle
hereafter quoted, which does not sufficiently bear them out. Lye may,
however, have contributed to their error, in translating " Tafi, Ludus
latrunculorum," " Tafel start, Latrunculus," and " Tafl-mon, Latro,
sc. ad ludum latrunculorum, a chess-man."
I see no reason to doubt the fact that the Saxons were acquainted
with Chess more than half a century before the time of King Canute,
in consequence of their intercourse both with the Danes and the Franks.
To be sure a vast deal of confusion and uncertainty results from the
vague manner in which the old chroniclers employ the terms, " Ludus
Latrunculorum," "Tabula," " Ta?fl," "Tafl," &c., in all its forms of
orthography. We have seen in the versified extract, p. 357, that
" Tabula " certainly means " Chess," as is easily proved by the lucky
occurrence of the word " Boeho " a few lines afterwards. In the above
quartain by Gaimar there is no question whatever about the game
being Chess; the only question is about the truth of the statement;
which can be answered merely by the counter question, Is it consistent
with time, place, and circumstances ? If so we have no more reason to
disbelieve it than we have to withhold our assent regarding any other
plain fact mentioned in history.
I consider it most probable that Chess was introduced into England
during the reign of Athelstane, between 925 and 940. We are told
that, "Under8 Athelstane. the English court was polished to a con
siderable degree, and became the chosen residence or asylum of several
foreign princes. Harald [Harfagra] the King of Norway, entrusted his
son Haco to the care and tuition ofthe enlightened Athelstane ; and this
son, by the aid of England, afterwards succeeded to the Norwegian
throne, on which he distinguished himself as a legislator. Louis
d'Outremer, the French king, took refuge in London before he secured
the throne; and even the Celtic princes of Armorica or Brittany, when
expelled their states by the Northmen or Normans, fled to the court of
Athelstane in preference to all others. He bestowed his sisters in
marriage3 on the first [continental] sovereigns of those times, and alto
gether, he enjoyed a degree of respect, and exercised an influence on
the general politics of Europe, that were not surpassed by any living
sovereign."
1 Sporl> and Pastimes, Pref. p. iv. He speaks more correctly at p. 232.
■ Knight's Pictorial History of England, vol. i. p. 169.
3 Otho, the son of Henry, Emperor of Germany, received the hand of one of
these noble ladies, and another was married to Louis, Duke of Aequitaine.
THE CHESS PLAYER S CHBONICLE.
Notes.
(a) "B. to K. square" instead, would have provided for the emergency of
the evidently intended sacrifice.
8 THE CHESS PLAYER S CHRONICLE.
Note.
(a) If " P. to K. Kt. third," White would have replied with " P. to K. B.
fifth," and the game would probably have terminated iu the same way.
Notes.
(a) This is, perhaps, a little better than the usual more of 4. " P. to Q.
third."
(4) A manoeuvre first introduced by Mr. Stanley.
(e) He played this with the idea of preventing Black's move of 10. " P. to
K. B. fourth ;" White probably overlooked the move of 11. "P. to Q. fourth."
(4) The time occupied in playing thU game was one hour.
12 THE CHESS PLAYER S CHRONICLE.
Game II.
Between the same opponents.
(Sicilian opening.)
White. (Mr. Thompson.) Black. (Mr. Morphy.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to Q. B. fourth
2. K. Kt. to B. third 2. Q. Kt. to B. third
8. P. to Q. fourth 3. B. P. takes P.
4. K. Kt. takes P. 4. P. to K. third
5. Q. B. to K. third 5. K. B. to K. second
6. Q. Kt. to B. third 6. P. to K. R. third
7. K. B. to Q. third 7. P. to Q. fourth
8. K. B. to Q. Kt. fifth 8. Q. B. to Q. second (a)
9. K. P. takes P. 9. K. P. takes P.
10. Q. Kt. takes P. 10. K. Kt. to B. third
11. Q. Kt. takes K. Kt. (check) 11. K. B. takes Q. Kt.
12. P. to Q. B. third 12. Castles
13. Castles 13. Q. to Q. B. second
14. Q. to Q. R. fourth 14. K. R. to K. square
15. Q. R. to Q. square 15. K. R. to K. fifth
16. K. B. takes Kt. 16. Q. B. takes K. B.
17. Q. to Q. B. second 17. K. B. to K. fourth
18. P. to K. Kt. third 18. K. B. takes Kt.
19. B. P. takes B. 19. Q. to K. second
20. P. to Q. fifth 20. B. to Q. second
21. B. to Q. B. fifth 21. Q. R. to Q. B. square
22. B. takes Q. 22. Q. R. takes Q.
23. B. to Q. R. third 23. P. to Q. Kt. fourth
24. K. R. to K. square 24. P. to K. B. fourth
25. P. to K. B. third 25. K. R. takes K. R.
26. R. takes K. R. 26. R. to Q. seventh
27. P. to Q. sixth 27. P. to Q. R. fourth
28. B. to Q. B. fifth 28. P. to Q. Kt. fifth
29. R. to K. seventh 29. R. to Q. fourth
80. B. takes Kt. P. 30. R. P. takes B.
31. R. takes B. 31. K. to B. square
32. R. to Q. Kt. seventh 32. R. to Q. fifth
33. K. to B. second 33. R. takes Q. P.
THE CHESS PLAYER S CHRONICLE. 13
Notes.
(a) This loses a Pawn. The only way to avoid this loss was to play 8. " Q-
to Q. third ; " White would probably have played, in that case, 9. " P. to K.
fifth," with the better game.
(4i White could well afford to gain time by the sacrifice of this Pawn.
(e) All this is sure to win in the end.
(ii) The time occupied by this game was two hours and fifty minutes.
Game III.
Between the same opponents.
(Giuoco Piano.)
While. (Mr. Thompson.) Black. (Mr. Morphy.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. K. Kt. to B. third 2. Q. Kt. to B. third
3. K. B. to Q. B. fourth 3. K. B. to Q. B. fourth
4. P. to Q. B. third 4. K. Kt. to B. third
5. P. to Q. third (a) 5. P. to Q. third
6. P. to K. B. third 6. Q. B. to K. third
7. K. B. to Q. Kt. third (4) 7. P. to Q. fourth
8. K. P. takes P. 8. Q. B. takes Q. P. (c)
9. Castles 9. Castles
u THE CHESS PLAYER 3 CHRONICLE.
Notes.
(a) Lewis is undecided whether thu or 5. " P. to Q. fourth," be the better
more ; the Handluck says that the centre Pawns obtainod by 5. " P. to Q.
fourth " cannot be maintained.
(i) This seems to lose time ; he ought rather to have exchanged Bishops.
(c) 8. "K. Kt. takes Q. P.," would have been equally good.
(rf) This is not a good move ; Black, however, has already the better game
let White play as he may.
(e) It is evident that he cannot capture the King's Book's Pawn.
(/) Time, two hours and a half.
Game IV.
Between Mr. Lichtenhein and Mr. Stanley.
{French Opening.)
White. (Mr. Stanley.) Black. (Mr. Lichtenhein.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. third
2. P. to Q. fourth 2. P. to Q. fourth
3. K. P. takes P. 3. K. P. takes P.
4. K . Kt. to B. third 4. K. Kt. to B. third
5. K. B. to K. second (a) 5. K. B. to Q. third
6. Castles 6. P. to K. R. third
7. K. Kt. to K. fifth 7. Castles
8. P. to K. B. fourth 8. P. to Q. B. fourth
9. P. to Q. B. third 9. Q. Kt. to B. third
10. Q. B. to K. third 10. Q. to Q. Kt. third
11. K. Kt. takes Q. Kt. 11. Kt. P. takes K. Kt.
12. Q. P. takes P. 18. K. B. takes B. P.
13. Q. B. takes K. B. 18. Q. takes Q. B. (check)
14. Q. to Q. fourth 14. Q. takes Q. (check)
15. B. P. takes Q. 15. Q. R. to Kt. square
16. P. to Q. Kt. third 16. Kt. to K. fifth
17. Kt. to R. third 17. P. to K. B. fourth
18. Q. R. to Q. B. square 18. B. to Q. second
19. K. R. to Q. square 19. K. R. to K. square
20. K. R. to K. square 20. K. R. to K. third
21. B. to Q. third 21. Q. R. to K. square
22. P. to Q. Kt. fourth 22. Q. R. to Q. Kt. square
23. Kt. to B. second 23. P. to K. Kt. third
24. P. to Q. R. third 24. Q. R. to Kt. third
25. Kt. to K. third 25. P. to Q. R. third
16 THE CHESS PLAYEH S CHRONICLE.
Notet.
(a) The proper play is 5. " K. B. to Q. third."
(b) Time, six hours and a quarter.
Game V.
Between Mr. Paulsen and Mr. Montgomery.
(Centre Counter Gambit.)
White. (Mr. Paulsen.) Black. (Mr. Montgomery.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to Q. fourth
2. K. P. takes P. 2. K. Kt. to B. third
3. P. to Q. fourth (a) 3. Q. takes P.
THE CHKSS PLAYER'S CHRONICLE. 17
Notes.
(a) This can hardly be considered an improvement upon the usual move of
3. " K. B. to Q. Kt. fifth (check) " followed, after Black has played 3. Q. B.
to Q. second," by 4. " K. B. to Q. B. fourth."
(4) Black has certainly lost valuable time by some of hts later moves.
(e) No reader need be told that if Blaok take the Queen he is mated at once.
But would not 24. " P. to K. B. fourth " have relieved his game somewhat.
(d) Time, sii hours and a half. The second player being obliged to return
to Philadelphia, was compelled to resign the match upon the conclusion of this
game. We Irarn from him that this game should properly be considered a
VOl. II. *
18 THE CHESS PLAYER'S CHRONICLE.
drawn contest, snch being the agreement between the two combatants when
hostilities were suspended on the evening of October 14tb,juat after thetwenty-
8rat move. But not leaving the city the next morning at the hour he anticipated,
he consented to play the game out in a hasty and experimental manner.
Game VI.
Between Mr. Raphael and Mr. Maeache.
{Sicilian Opening.)
While. (Mr. Raphael.) Black. (Mr. Maeache.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to Q. B. fourth
2. P. to Q. fourth 2. B. P. takes P.
a. K. Kt. to B. third 8. Q. Kt. to B. third
4. K. Kt. takes Q P. 4. P. to K. fourth
5. K. Kt. to B. third 5. K. Kt. to B. third
6. Q. B. to K. Kt. fifth (a) 6. K. B. to K. second
7. Q. B. takes K. Kt. 7. K. B. takes Q. B.
8. B. to Q. B. fourth 8. Castles
9. Castles 9. Q. to Q Kt. third
10. P. to Q. Kt. third 10. Kt. to K. second
11. Q. Kt. to B. third 11. P. to Q. third
11 P. to K. R. third 12. Q. B. to K. third
IS. B. takes Q. B. 13. B. P. takes B.
14. Q. Kt. to K. second 14. P. to Q. fourth
15. Q. Kt. to Kt. third 15. Q. R. to Q. square
16. Q. to K. second 16. P. to Q. fifth
17. Q. Kt. to K. R. fifth 17. Kt. to Kt. third
18. Q. R. to Q. square 18. B. to K. second
19. Q. R. to Q. third 19. Q. to B. second
20. K. R. to Q. B. square 20. B. to Q. R. sixth
21. K. R. to Q. square 21. B. to Kt. fifth
22. K. Kt. to Kt. fifth 22. Q. to K. second
23. Q. to K. Kt. fourth 23. Q. R. to Q. third
24. Q. R. to K. Kt. third 24. K. R. to B. fifth (b)
25. Q. Kt. takes K. R. 25. K. P. tales Q. Kt.
2fi. Q. R. to Q. third 26. Kt. to K. fourth
27. Q. takes B. P. 27. Kt. takes Q. R.
28. B. P. takes Kt. 28. P. to K. R. third
29. Kt. to B. third 29. Q. to B. third (c)
THE CHESS PLAYERS CHRONICLE. 19
Notes.
(a) This is not so strong as the usual method on the part of White of 6. " K
B. to Q. B. fourth," and 7. " Castles."
(4) This only gives up the exchange for the moment, but the move, never
theless was not correct, Black losing a Pawn by the combination.
(c) Unwise, considering that Black's position is certainly no better than
White's, while his forces are a Pawn less. Nor can he derive any advantage
from uniting his Pawns in the centre, since his opponent's thirty-first move
forces him to exchange one of them.
!i) In order to be able to capture the Queen's Pawn with Knight.
e) Time, three hours and a half.
Game VI.
Between Mr. Morphy and Mr. Paulsen, (a)
{Sicilian Opening.)
White. (Mr. Morphy.) Black. (Mr. Paulsen.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to Q. B. fourth
2. K. Kt. to B. third 2. P. to K. third
3. P. to Q. fourth 3. B. P. takes P.
4. K Kt. takes P. 4. K. B. to Q. B. fourth
5. Q. B. to K. third 5. Q. to Q. Kt. third
20 TUE CHESS PLAYERS CHBONICLE.
Notes.
(a) Upon annotating the parties in this Section, it was found that the fourth
encounter—a drawn game—between these players was not among the papers
of the Congress. It was not considered advisable, however, to delay the printer
until a copy could be obtained from Mr. Morphy. It is also very doubtful
whether the present game was actually played in the tournament. It was found
however, among the documents of the Congress, but simply endorsed " Game
between Morphy and Paulsen."
(A) If he had played 6. " K. B. takes Q. B.," White would have obtained a
good game by 7. " K. Kt. to Q. sixth (check)."
(c) Black's proper course undoubtedly is to commence an attack on the
Castled King.
(d) Necessary, in order to prevent the further advance of the adverse King's
Knight's Pawn.
(«) We should have preferred 19. " Kt. to B. fourth."
(J) Much better than 26. " K. R. to B. second," since this forces him to
defend disadvantageous^ his King's Book's Pawn.
( g) His best move.
(A) If 30. "B. to Q. Kt. fifth," Black would simply advance 30. "P. to Q.
fourth."
22 THE CHESS PLAYER S CHRONICLE.
(i) Black's centre Pawns are so strongly guarded, that it was not possible
with the forces now in action to make any impression upon his position. It
was necessary, therefore, to make the King and King's Book's Pawn operative.
(A) He would hare avoided the loss of a Pawn by playing his King to Bishop's
square.
(Q This Pawn cannot be rescued ; if
50. B to B. third
51. P. to B. fifth 51. P. takes P.
52. B. takes B. 52. K. takes B.
53. P. takes P.
and wins easily.
(m) Much better, of course, than taking the Pawn.
fu) The advance of the Pawn would amount to nothing
o) Time, ten hoars.
Game II.
Between the same opponents.
{Petrofn Defence.)
White. (Herr Falkreer.) . Black. (Amateur.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. Kt. to B. third 2. K. Kt. to B. third
3. Kt. takes P. 3. P. to Q. third
4. Kt. to B. third 4. Kt. takes P.
5. B. to B. fourth 5. B. to K. second
6. P. to Q. B. third 6. P. to Q. fourth
7. B. to Kt. third 7. Castles
8. P. to Q. fourth 8. P. to Q. B. fourth
y. B. to K. third 8. Q. Kt. to B. third
10. B. to B. second 10. P. takes P.
n. Kt. takes P. 11. Q. to B. second
12. Q. to K. second 12. P. to Q. R. third
13. Castles (Q. R.) 13. R. to Kt. square
14. P. to K. B, third 14. Kt. to B. third
15. P. to K. Kt. fourth 15. K. to R. square
10. P. to K. R. fourth 16. P. to Q. Kt. fourth
17. P. to R. fifth 17. Kt. to Kt. square
18. P. to Kt. fifth 18. P. to B. fourth
iy. P. to R. sixth 19. P. to Kt. third
20. Kt. takes Kt. 20. Q. takes Kt.
21. B. to Q. fourth (check) 21. B. to B. third
22. P. takes B. 22. Kt. takes P.
23. Q. to K. seventh 23. R. to B. second
24. Q. to Q. eighth (check)
And Blac k resigns.
Game III.
Between the same opponents.
(A. Kt.'s Defence in K. B.'s Opening.)
White. (Herr Falkreer.) Black. (Amateur.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. B. to B. fourth 2. K. Kt. to B. third
THE CHESS PLAYER'S CHRONICLB. 25
3. P. to Q. third 3. P. to K. R. third
4. P. to K. B. fourth 4. B. to B. fourth
5. Kt. to B. third 5. P. takes P.
6. Q. B. takes P. 6. P. to Q. fourth
7. P. takes P. 7. Kt. takes P.
8. B. to Q. second 8. B. to K. third
9. P. to Q. fourth 9. B. to Q. third
10. P. to Q. B. third 10. P. to Q. B. third
11. Castles 11. Q. to B. second
12. Q. to K. second 12. Castles
13. B. to Q. third 13. B. to K. Kt. fifth
14. Q. to K. fourth 14. P. to K. B. fourth
15. Q. to K. sixth (check) 15. K. to R. square
16. Kt. to R. fourth 16. B. takes P. (check)
17. K. to R. square 17. B. to R. fourth
18. Q. B. takes P. 18. B. to K. B. second
10. Kt. to Kt. sixth (check) 19. B. takes Kt.
20. Q. takes B. 20. R. to B. third
21. Q. to K. eighth (check) 21. K. to R. second
22. R. takes P. 22. R. takes R.
23. B. takes R. (check) 23. P. to Kt. third
24. Q. takes P. (check)
And Bla ;k resigns.
SOLUTIONS TO PROBLEMS
mm wk
%m%», „^S5I„ '"fflfflfo.
■ il fll
.*: - -
WHITE.
rf 61 4„™.„.„ .§11
WHITE.
White to play, and mate in three moves.
32 THE CHESS PLAYER'S CHRONICLE.
«
gy ppl
m c nmuM„
ij^//HaL 1
mm
mm -%
WHITE.
White to move, and mate in five moves.
ml BL.
*vwm
mip
;•-'>
*■—!■"■
4 Imm
WHITE.
White to move, and mate in six moves.
THE CHE99 PLAYER'S CHRONICLE. 33
About this time a reaction seems to have taken place in the popular
estimate of the Sicilian Defence. Its validity began to be questioned,
and a general feeling prevailed in favour of the more chivalrous and
interesting " open " game ; more especially now that the Scotch and
Evans' gambits which had formerly been such a source of embarrass
ment as to cause a general resort to the close openings, had been ela
borately analysed. In their place, however, had arisen another and
more formidable attack, which although coeval with the earliest
European literature of the game, had never been fully appreciated until
within the last few years. We refer to what is commonly known as the
" Kt.'s game of Ruy Lopez." Less brilliant, because less hazardous than
the "Evans," in as much as it involves no previous sacrifice of ma
terial, but yielding a strong centralized and lasting attack—in itself
the more dangerous from the number and variety of the defences which
the second player has at his disposal, it quickly became the " fashion
able " opening of the day.
Hence the old vexata questio as to the correct reply to the K. Kt.
attack, again began to be agitated, but under very different conditions.
The Chess world had ceased to be a monarchy, and had degenerated
into a republic. The influence of " Authority " was no longer what it
had been. No longer was one move despotically set up, only to be
deposed in a succeeding age by a master hand as powerful as that by
which it had been enthroned, but the popular'n aura veered capriciously
from one point of the compass to another, each of the three defences
Q. Kt., Q. P., and K. Kt„ being simultaneously advocated.
Messrs. Harrwitz and Bode.n may be regarded as the principal
representatives of the school that favour the " P. to. Q. third " defence,
although the latter in his Popular Introduction seems to incline some
what towards the Petroff. On the other hand, among the adherents of
the classical defence of " Q. Kt. to B. third," we may enumerate the
distinguished names of Messrs. Staunton and Anderssen, and to a
certain extent Messrs. Morfhy and Lowenthal, although the two
latter, to judge from the published specimens of their play, seem also
•trong partizans of " K. Kt. to B. third."
Without presuming to pronounce anything approaching to an em
cathedra opinion on the comparative merits of these three lines of play,
we shall conclude our article with what are generally considered to be
the best opening moves respectively in the Philidor and Petroff
defences.
36 THE CHESS PLAYER S CHRONICLE.
Philidor's Defence.
White. Black.
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. K. Kt. to B. third 2. P. to Q. third
3. P. to Q. fourth 3. P. takes P.
4. Q. takes P. 4. Q. Kt. to B. th
(We consider this move preferable to 4. "B. to Q. second," as White
may reply thereto with 5. " Q. B. to K. third," and on Black moving
5. "Q. Kt. to B. third," retire his Queen to Q. second, with a fine game)
5. B. to Q. Kt. fifth 5. B. to Q. second
6. B. takes Kt. 6. B. takes B.
7. Q. B. to K. Kt. fifth 7. P. to K. B. third
Black's best move we believe.
8. B. to K. third 8. Kt.toK. second orB.third
And White may now Castle on either side (perhaps Queen's Rook ii
preferable) with a fine game.
Petroff's Defence.
White. Black.
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. K. Kt. to B. third 2. K. Kt. to B. third
3. Kt. takes K. P. 3. P. to Q. third
4. K. Kt. to B. third 4. Kt. takes K. P.
5. P. to Q. fourth 5. P. to Q. fourth
6. K. B. to Q. third 6. B. to K. second (best)
7. Castles 7. Kt. to Q. B. third
8. P. to Q. B. fourth 8. Q. B. to K. third
9. Q. to Q. Kt. third
See Herr Falkrrer's Translat ion of Max Lanoe's edition
Morfhy's games, pp. 154, 159, and 327.
The Chess student may advantageously compare these two openings
with the result of what he may consider the best defence to the Buy
Lopez Kt.'s game, and draw his own conclusions as to their respective
value.
THE CHESS PLAYER'S CHRONICLE. 37
Twiss in vol. ii. p. 77, on the authority of Verci, says, that "the
following adventure happened to a Bishop of Florence, who, accord
ing to l/ghelli Hal. Sac. torn. 3, was Gerard who died in 1061. It is
told by Peter Damianus, Bishop of Ostia and cardinal, in his epistles,
and is confirmed by Baronius and Lohner. ' These two prelates were
travelling together, and on a certain evening when they arrived at their
resting place, Damianus withdrew to the cell of a neighbouring priest
in order to spend the time in a pious manner ; but the Florentine
played at Chess all night among seculars or laymen, in a large house
of entertaiument. When in the morning the cardinal was made ac
quainted with this, he sharply reproved the prelate, who endeavoured
to excuse himself by saying that Chess was not prohibited like dice.
'Dice,' said he, ' are prohibited by the canon laws, Chess is tacitly per
mitted.' To which the zealous cardinal replied, ' the scriptures do
not speak of Chess, but both kinds of games are expressed under the
comprehensive name of Alea. Therefore when the scripture prohibits
the Alea, and does not expressly mention Chess, it is undoubtedly
evident ' that both kinds, expressed in one word and sentence, are there
by equally condemned.'
" The bishop who was very good natured, stood corrected, and sub
mitted cheerfully to the penance imposed on him by the cardinal, which
was, that he should thrice repeat the psalter of David, and wash the
feet of twelve poor men, likewise bestowing certain alms on them, and
treating them with a good dinner ; in order that he might thus for the
glory of God and the benefit of the poor, employ those hands which
he had made use of in playing the game."
By this last anecdote we see that Chess must have been well known
in Italy for several generations before the period there alluded to. It
must have taken some considerable time before the game became so
common as to be played at " houses of entertainment among seculars
or laymen." Yet strange to say, Twiss in his first volume, p. 109,
alluding to the same story, says: —"The following singular passage
from an Epistle of Peter Damianus, an Ecclesiastical writer of the
eleventh century to Hcldebrand (Pope Gregory VII. which has since
occurred to me,) looks as if the game of Chess was, in his days, a thing
quite new and strange ; instead of being transmitted to modern Europe
from either the contemporaries of Jason or those of Palamedes ! " It
is quite needless to offer any comments on Twiss, whose two volumes
calcaribus urgens, Regem adhuc tesserarum vel scacorum ludo longioris Uedia
noctis relevantem invenit." Hist. Mantes. ap. Gale, vol. 1. p. 442.
1 The good cardinal's reasoning does not appear to be very cogent. He
seems to have been like his eminence Muhammad, the apostle of the Arab.',
unacquainted with the game he condemns. The Muhammndan casuists would
have speedily confuted hu argument in consequence of the lameness of his
Logic, to say nothing of its sheer absurdity.
THE CHESS PLAYElt's CHRONICLE. 39
entitled "Chess," are upon the whole more entertaining than instruc
tive. They form a mere " Olla Podrida " of matters relating to Chess
in general ; some good, some bad, and some indifferent. He was a
mere collector of Chess anecdotes, without a particle of judgment of
his own ; he simply considered as veritable fish, all things of this kind
that came into his net. The Italians may have acquired their know
ledge of Chess immediately before or during the ninth century, in three
different ways. First, from the Saracens by way of Sicily and Naples;
second, from the Saracens by way of Marseilles ; and lastly, from their
intercourse with the Greeks of Constantinople.
I conclude this chapter by a few remarks on the celebrated set of
Ivory Chessmen supposed to have once belonged to Charlemagne, and
presented by him to the Abbey of St. Denis where they were preserved
till the French Revolution some seventy years ago. I avail myself, in
the first 'place, of Sir Frederic Maddeu's description entire, as the ac-
couut is far too valuable to be either overlooked or abridged. To this
I shall append a few notes of my own (marked F), and then add a few
remarks respecting some apparent inconsistencies, in which the subject
appears to me to be involved.
Sir Frederic says: —"But the strongest proof that the game of
Chess was introduced into France during the period of the Carlovin-
gian dynasty, is to be found in the Ivory Chessmen still preserved in
the Cabinet of Antiquities, in the Bibliotheque du Roi at Paris,1 which
have been hitherto regarded too lightly. This has arisen from two
causes, the first from their never having been seen by any English
writer except Twiss ; and secondly, from the strange mistake of Dr.
Hyde, who represented the Pawns as bearing muskets (sclopetos) on
their shoulders, and consequently of very modern workmanship. These
pieces were formerly deposited in the treasury of the abbey of St. Denis,
and in a History of the Abbey, published in 1625, are thus noticed : —
" L'Empereur et Roy de France, sainct Charlemagne, a donne' au
Thresor de Sainct Denys un jeu d'eschets, avec le tablier, le tout
d'yvoire; iceus eschets hauts d'une paulme, fort estimez : le dit
tablier et une partie des eschets ont estd perdus par succession de temps,
et est bien vray semblnble qu'ils ont este' apportez de l'Orient, et sous
les gross eschets il y a des caracteres Arabesques."8
1 It is strange that these ancient relics should not have been noticed in any of
our Chess magazines, French or English, within the last quarter of a century.
I hire been given to understand that thoy were dispersed and lost sight of
during the great Revolution ; and I cannot help thinking that suoli has been
the case, from the total silence respecting them on the part of the contributors
to the French monthly periodical, entitled Le Palamede, as well as those of our
own Chest Player't Chronicle.
1 Histoire de VAbhaye de S. Denis, par Jacques Doublet, Religieux de la dite
Abbaye, 4to, Par. 1625.
40 THE CHESS PLAYER'S CHRONICLE.
Notes.
(a) Better than winning the Q. Kt. P. by checking.
(4) To tempt White to attack Q. with Kt.
(c) Perhaps not quite sound; for, " K. to B. fourth" instead of Kt. third
might have saved the game.
(d) " P. takes P.," en passant, and wins, e.g. :—
29. P. takes P., en passant (oh.) 29. K. to Kt. second, or he loses Q.
30. B. to B. seventh (check) 30. K. to B. square
31. B. takes B. P. mate.
(e) Desperation.
(/) Better than " B. takes B.," because, in that case, Black would have
safely made a Queen.
(y) "Kt. takes B." would have been better, but in any case the game is
lost.
8. B. to Q. third 8. B. to Q. third
9. K. Kt. to K. second (a) 9. Castles
10. Castles 10. P. to K. B. fourth
11. P. to K. B. fourth 11. Q. to Q. B. second
12. P. to Q. B. third 12. P. to Q. Kt. third
13. Q. to Q. B. second 13. P. to K. Kt. third
14. K. to B. square 14. Kt. to Q. second
15. Q. B. lo K. square 15. Kt. to K. B. third
16. Kt. to K. Kt. square 16. B. to Q. second
17. Kt. to K. B. third 17. P. to Q. B. fourth
I3. Q. to Q. second 18. P. to Q. B. fifth
19. B. to Q. B. second 19. Q. B. to K. square
20. Kt. to K. second 20. Kt. to K. fifth
21. Q. to Q. B. square 21. B. to K. B. second
22. Kt. from K. second to Kt. sq. 22. K. B. to K. second
23. Kt. to B. third 23. K. to Kt. second
24. Kt. to K. fifth (4) 24. B. to Q. B. square
25. B. to K. third 25. R. to K. Kt. square
26. Q. to K. square 26. K. to K. B. square
27. Q. to B fourth 27. R. from K. second to Kt. second
28. Kt. to Kt. fifth 28. Kt. takes Kt.
2y. Q. takes Kt. 29. B. to K. second
30. Q. to B. sixth 30. P. to K. Kt. fourth (c)
31. Kt. to Q. B. sixth 31. B. to Q. third
32. P. takes P. 32. B. to K. B. fifth
33. B. takes B.
And Blac i resigns.
Notes.
(a) Either " Q. Kt. to B. fifth," or "B. to B. fifth," would have been prefer
able, as it developes White's game.
(4) The object of the Knight's moves has been to obtain this position,
blocking up Black's game.
(c) A bad move.
THE CHESS PLAYER S CHRONICLE. 45
Notes.
(a) Whenever the second player in this opening moves " B. to K. B. fourth,"
the receiver of the odds should at the earliest opportunity reply with " B. to Q.
third."
(4) Variation:—
| 28. Q. Kt. to K. sixth
29. If K. takes Q. Kt. | 29. then Q. to K. B. seventh, wins.
But if
29. B. takes K. Kt. | 29. then Kt. retakes with a fine
position.
Game II.
Between the same opponents.
White. (Herr Harrwitz.) Black. (Mr. Barnes.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. B. third
2. P. to Q. fourth 2. P. to Q. fourth
3. P. takes P. 3. Q. takes P.
4. P. to Q. B. fourth 4. Q. to Q. square
5. Kt. to Q. B. third 5. P. to K. fourth
6. P. to Q. fifth 6. B. to Q. B. fourth
7. Kt. to K. B. third 7. Kt. to K. second
8. B. to Q. second 8. Castles
9. Kt. to K. fourth 9. Kt to Q. R. third
10. P. to Q. R. third 10. B. to K. Kt. fifth
11. P. to K. R. third 11. B. takes Kt.
12. Q. takes B. 12. P. to K. B. fourth
13. Kt. to K. Kt. fifth 13. Q. to Q. third
14. Kt. to K. sixth 14. R. to K. B. second
15. P. to Q. Kt. fourth 15. B. to Q. fifth
16. Kt. takes B. 16. P. takes Kt.
17. B. to K. B. fourth 17. Q. to K. B. third
18. B. to Q. third 18. P. to K. Kt. fourth
19. Q. to K. Kt. third 19. P. to K. R. third
20. P. to K. R. fourth 20. Kt. to K. Kt. third
21. P. takes P. 81. P. takes P.
22. B. takes P. 22. Q. to K. fourth (check)
23. K. to Q. second 23. Q. takes Q.
24. P. takes Q. 24. P. to Q. B. fourth
25. P. takes P. (en passant) 25. P. takes P.
26. Q. R. to K. square 26. Kt. to Q. B. second
27. P. to K. Kt. fourth 27. R. to K. square
THE CHESS PLAYER 8 CHRONICLE. 49
28. P. takes P. 28. Kt. to K. fourth
29. B. to K. B. fourth 29. Kt. takes B.
80. K. takes Kt. 30. Kt. to K. third
31. R. takes Kt. 31. R. takes R.
32. P. takes R. 32. R. takes B.
88. R. to K. R. fifth 33. R. to K. Kt. fifth
34. B. to K. B. fifth
And after a few more moves Black resigned.
Notes.
(a) " B. P. takes Q. P.," would have been a stronger move.
(i) Black could have played " Q. P. takes B. P."
(c) A lost move.
(d) This is very play, which must lose the game.
CHESS IN INDIA.
Game I.
Between Mr. Green and the celebrated Brahmin.
ff'hile. (Brahmin.) Black. (Mr. Green.)
1. P. to Q. fourth 1. P. to Q. fourth
2. Kt. to K. B. third 2. P. to K. third
3. B. to K. B. fourth 8. P. to Q. B. fourth
4. P. to Q. B. third 4. Kt. to Q. B. third
5. Q,. Kt. to Q. second 5. Kt. to K. B. third
6. P. to K. R. third 6. B. to Q. third
7. B. takes B. 7. Q. takes B.
8. P. to K. third 8. Castles
9. B. to Q. third 9. B. to Q. second
10. Castles 10. P. to K. fourth
11. P. takes K. P. 11. Kt. takes P.
12. Kt. takes Kt. 12. Q. takes Kt.
13. Q. to K. B. third 13. B. to Q. B. third
14. Q. to K. Kt. third 14. Q. takes Q.
15. P. takes Q. 15. K. R. to K. square
16. K. R. to K. square 16. Q. R. to Q. square
17. Kt. to K. B. third 17. Kt. to K. fifth
THE CHESS PLAYER S CHRONICLE. 51
Notes.
(o) Up to this point, the game though very dull U quite even, It now be-
comes a fight between B. and Kt.
(4) If he moves away B. the game is a dead draw.
(c) Best. (d) The game is now drawn by force, it would appear,—
White. Slack.
P. to K. B. fourth
Kt takes Q. B. P. B. takes Kt.
B. takes B. B. takes P.
B. to K. Kt. second Drawn.
52 THE CHESS PLAYER S CHRONICLE.
Game II.
Between the same opponents.
(The Brahmin gives Pawn and Move.)
(Remove Black's K. B. P.)
White. (Mr. Green.) Black. (The Brahmin.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. third
2. P. to Q. fourth 2. P. to Q. B. fourth
3. P. takes P. 3. Q. (checks)
4. B. to Q. second 4. Q. takes P.
5. Kt. to Q. B. third 5. Kt. to K. B. third
6. B. to K. second 6. B. to K. second
7. P. to Q. R. third 7. Castles
8. P. to Q. Kt. fourth 8. Q. to Q. Kt. third
9. Kt. to K. B. third 9. P. to Q. R. fourth
10. P. to Q. Kt. fifth 10. Kt. to K. Kt. fifth
11. Castles 11. B. to Q. B. fourth
12. Q. to K. square 12. Q. to Q. third
13. P. to K. fifth 13. Kt. takes K. P.
14. Kt. to K. fourth 14. Kt. takes Kt. (check)
15. B. takes Kt. 15. Q. to Q. B. second
16. P. to Q. R. fourth 16. B. to Q. Kt. third
17. R. to Q. B. square 17. P. to Q. fourth
18. Kt. to K. Kt. fifth 18. Q. to Q. third
19. P. to Q. B. fourth 19. B. to Q. B. second
20. P. to K. Kt. third 20. P. to K. R. third
21. P. to Q. B. fifth 21. Q. to Q. second
22. B. to K. Kt. fourth 22. P. takes Kt.
23. Q. B. takes P. 28. B. to Q. square
24. P. to K. R. fourth 24. B. takes B.
25. P. takes B. 25. Kt. to Q. R. third
20. P. takes Kt. 26. R. takes P.
27. Q. to Q. square 27. Q. to K. second
28. P. to K. B. fourth 28. R. to Q. B. third
29. Q. to Q. fourth 29. R. to K. B. second
30. K. R. to K. square 80. Q. to K. B. square
31. P. to K. B. fifth 31. P. takes P.
32. B. to K. R. fifth 32. R. to K. second
THE CHESS PLAYER S CHRONICLE. 53
33. Q. takes P. (check) 33. B. to K. third
34. Q. to K. B. square 34. B. to K. B. second
85. K. R. to Q. square 85. K. B. to K. square
36. B. takes B. (check) 36. Q. takes B.
87. Q. to K. B. third 37. P. to K. Kt. third
38. R. to Q. sixth 38. R. takes R.
39. P. takes B. 39. Q. to K. third
40. R. to Q. square 40. R. to Q. square
41. Q. takes P. 41. Q. to K. sixth (check)
42. K. to B. square 42. Q. takes P. ot K. Kt. third
43. Q. to Q. fifth (check) 43. K. to B. square
44. Q. to Q. fourth 44. Q. takes K. Kt. P.
45. P. to Q. seventh 45. K. to B. second
46. B. to K. square 46. Q. to K. B. third
47. Q. to Q. fifth (check) 47. K. to Kt. second
48. Q. takes P. 48. R. takes P.
49. Q. to Q. Kt. fifth 49. Q. to Q. fifth
50. Q. to K. fifth (check) 50. Q. takes Q.
51. 11. takes Q. 51. R. to Q. fifth
52. P. to Q. B. fifth 52. R. to Q. R. fifth
53. K. to B. second 53. K. to B. third
54. B, to Q. Kt. fifth 54. K. to Kt. fourth
And wins.
Game III.
Between the same Opponents.
(The Brahmin gives Pawn and Move.)
{Remove Black's K. B. P.)
White. (Mr. Green.) Black. (The Brahmin.)
I. P. to K. fourth 1. Kt. to Q. B. third
i. P. to Q. fourth 2. P. to K. third
3 Kt. to Q. B. third 3. B. pins Kt.
4. Kt. to K. B. third 4. P. to Q. fourth
5. P. to K. fifth 5. K. Kt. to K. second
6. B. to Q. third 6. Castles
7. B. takes P. (check) 7. K. takes B.
54 THE CHESS PLAYER'S CHRONICLE.
Notes.
(a) Better than to Kt. third.
(4) The best play. (c) Is this best ?
(d) He gives P. to free his game. (e) This is essential.
(/) Best. (g) It is, perhaps, safest to take off B.
(A) It would probably have been better to push B. P. But the game is always
drawn. 6
(0 B. first on different colours makes a draw safe.
THE CHESS PLAYER'S CHRONICLE. 55
Game IV.
Between the same Opponents.
(The Brahmin gives Pawn and Two Moves.)
{Remove Black's K. B. P.)
White. (Mr. Green.) Black. (The Brahmin.)
1. Ps. to K. fourth and Q. fourth 1. P. to K. third
2. B. to Q. third 8. P. to Q. third
8. Kt. to K. B. third 8. P. to Q. B. fourth
4. P. to Q. B. third 4. Kt. to Q. B. third
5. Castles 5. B. to Q. second
6. P. to Q. R. fourth 6. P. to K. fourth
7. P. to Q. fifth (a) 7. Kt. to K. second
8. Kt. to Q. R. third 8. P. to K. R. third
9. P. to Q. B. fourth 9. P. to Q. R. third
10. Kt. to K. square 10. Kt. to K. B. third
11. P. to K. B. fourth 11. B. to K. Kt. fifth
12. Kt. to K. B. third 12. Kt. to Q. second
18. Kt. to Q. B. second 13. P. to K. Kt.'third
14. R. to Q. R. third (b) 14. B. to K. Kt. second
15. Q. to K. square 15. B. takes Kt.
16. R. takes B. 16. P. takes P.
17. B. takes P. 17. Kt. to K. fourth
18. B. takes Kt. 18. B. takes B.
19. P. to Q. Kt. fourth 19. Q. to Q. Kt. third
20. P. to Q. Kt. fifth 20. R. to K. B. square
21. R. takes R. (check) 21. K. takes R.
22. B. to K. second 22. K. to Kt. second
23. P. to Q. R. fifth 23. Q. to Q. B. second
24. P. to Q. Kt. sixth 24. Q. to Q. second
25. Kt. to K. third 25. R. to K. B. square
26. B. to K. Kt. fourth 26. Q. to K. square
27. B. to K. sixth 27. R. to K. B. fifth
28. Q. to Q. Kt. square (c) 28. B. to Q. fifth
29. K. to R. square 29. Q. to K. B. square
30. P. to K. Kt. third 30. B. takes Kt.
31. P. takes It. 31. Q. takes P.
32. B. takes B. (rf) 32. Q. takes R.
56 THE CHESS PLAYER'S CHBONICLE.
Notes.
(a) " P. takes K. P." is rather stronger.
(4) The opening is yery carefully played.
(<•■) The only move. (</) Necessary.
(«) If Black were to exchange Q.s , White would win by " B. to Q. seventh."
CHESS IN GERMANY.
Game between Herr Schle, and Herr Anderssen.
Game I.
(Scotch Gambit.)
White. (Herr Suhle.) Black. (Herr Anderssrn.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. Kt. to K. B. third 2. Kt. to Q . B. third
3. P. to Q. fourth 3. P. takes P.
4. B. to Q. B. fourth 4. B. to Q. B. fourth
5. Castles (a) 5. P. to Q. third
6. P. to Q. B. third 6. Q. B. to K. Kt. fifth
7. Q. to Q. Kt. third 7. B. takes Kt.
8. B. takes P. (check) 8. K. to B. square
9. B. takes Kt. 9. R. takes B.
10. P. takes B. 10. P. to K. Kt. fourth
11. K. to R. square (b) 11. Q. to K. B. third
12. P. to K. B. fourth 12. P. takes P.
13. Q. takes Q. Kt. P. 18. Q. R. to Q. square
14. Q. takes Kt. 14. Q. to K. Kt. fourth
15. P. to K. fifth 15. P. takes K. P. (c)
16. Q. B. takes P. (d) 16. P. takes B.
17. P. takes P. 17. R. to Q. fourth
18. Q. to R. eighth (check) 18. K. to K. second.
19. Q. takes K. R. («) 19. Q. takes Q.
20. P. takes B. 20. P. to K. B. sixth
And wins.
THE CHESS PLAYERS CHRONICLE. 57
Notes.
(a) "P. to Q. B. third " is stronger.
(4) This is a useless move. " Q. to K. sixth," is order to support his right
wing, would have been more to the purpose.
(c) A very ingenious combination. If White now takes B. with Q. (check).
Black plays " R. to Q. third," and nothing can prevent the checkmate. " P. to
Q. fourth," instead of the move in the text, would not hare been so strong, as
White, in this case, could have checked with Q. on K. B. sixth.
(d) k desperate effort to free his pieces ; but could " Q. to K. B. third,"
instead, hare saved the game ? Black's probable answer would have been " B.
to Q. third," when the following variation might have arisen :—
White. Black.
16. Q. to K. B. third 16. Q. B. to Q. third
17. P. takes P. (best) 17. B. takes P.
18. Kt. to K. B. third 18. Q. B. to K. third
19. P. to Q. B. third (best) 19. Q. to K. B. fifth
20. K. to B. second (best) 20. B. takes P.
21. B. takes B. (best) 21. B. to K. Kt. sixth
22. Q. to Q. B. eighth (check) 22. K. to Kt. second, and wins
(e) No other move.
Game II.
Between the same opponents.
{Sicilian Opening!)
White. (Herr Suhle.) Black. (Herr Anderssen.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to Q. B. fourth
2. Kt. to K. B. third 2. P. to K. third
3. P. to Q. fourth 3. P. takes P.
4. Kt. takes P. 4. P. to Q. R. third
5. B. to Q. third 5. Kt. to Q. B. third
6. Q. B. to K. third 6. Kt. to K. B. third
7. Castles 7. B. to K. second
8. P. to K. B. fourth 8. P. to Q. fourth
9. P. to K. fifth 9. Kt. to Q. second
1 0. Q. Kt. to Q. second 10. B. to Q. B. fourth
11. P. to Q. B. third 11. Q. to Q. Kt. third
12. Q. Kt. to K. B. third 12. P. to K. B. fourth (a)
13. P. to Q. Kt. fourth 13. B. takes Kt.
14. Kt. takes B. 14. Kt. takes Kt.
15. B. takes Kt. 15. Q. to Q. B. second (b)
16. P. to K. Kt. fourth 16. Kt to K. B. square
17. B. to Q. B. fifth 17. P. to K. Kt. third
58 THE CHESS PLAYED S CHRONICLE.
Notes.
(a) It does not seem advisable to capture Q. Kt. P. at this point.
(b) It strikes us that Black has a very cramped game in this position.
(c) " P. to Q. Kt. third." might have been stronger.
THE CHESS PLAYER S CHRONICLE. 59
(rf) Variation —
White. Black.
26. Q. B. to Q. square 26. Q. takes R.
27. B. takes Q. 27. B. takes B.(cheok)
28. K. to Kt. second 28. B. to Q. sixth, and wins
(e) A masterly more.
(/) Threatening to check on K. Kt. eighth.
(g) There was no resource left in this position, for White's only plausible
more—viz., "K. to B. sixth"—would have been replied to with " Q. to K. Kt.
square." ^^^^^^_
CHESS IN FRANCE.
Game played at Paris by Herr Kolisch, against the Duke of
Brunswick and Count Casarianca, in consultation.
(Queen's Gambit declined.)
' White. (The Allies.) Black. (Herr Kolisch.)
1. P. to Q. fourth 1. P. to Q. fourth
2. P. to Q. B. fourth 2. P. to K. third
3. Q. B. to K. B. fourth 3. K. B. to Q. third
4. B. to K. Kt. third 4. Kt. to K. B. third
5. P. to K. third 5. Castles
6. Kt. to K. B. third 6. Kt. to K. fifth
7. K. B. to Q. third 7. P. to K. B. fourth
8. B. takes B. 8. Q. takes B.
9. Castles 9. P. to Q. B. fourth
10. Q. B. P. takes Q. P. 10. K. P. takes Q. P.
11. P. takes P. 11. Q. takes P.
12. Q. Kt. to Q. second 12. Q. Kt. to B. third
13. Q. Kt. to Q. Kt. third 13. Q. to K. second
14. K. Kt. to Q. fourth 14. P. to K. B. fifth
15. P. takes P. 15. R. takes P.
16. B. takes Kt. 16. P. takes B.
17. Kt. takes Kt. 17. P. takes Kt.
18. Q. to Q. B. second 18. Q. B. to Q. R. third
19. Q. takes B. P. 19. B. to Q. Kt. second
20. Q. to Q. B. fifth 20. Q. to K. B. second
21. Q. to K. third 21. Q. R. to K. B. square
22. Kt. to Q. B. fifth 22. B. to Q. R. square
23. P. to Q. Kt. third 23. Q. to K. Kt. third
24. K. to R. square 24. R. to K. B. sixth
25. P. takes R. 25. R. takes P.
60 THE CHESS PLAYER S CHRONICLE.
Game between Messrs. Harper and Jan ss ens, Dec. 8th, 1859,
the latter giving the odds of Pawn and two Moves.
WMte. (Mr. Harper.) Black. (Mr. Janssens.)
1 f P. to K. fourth
2 I P. to Q. fourth 2. P. to K. third
3. B. to Q. third 3. P. to Q. B. fourth
4. P. to K. fifth 4. P. to K. Kt. third
5. P. to K. E. fourth 5. Q. to K. second
6. P. to E. fifth 6. Q. to Kt. second
7. P. takes P. 7. P. takes P.
8. B. takes P. (check) 8. K. to Q. square
9. B. to Kt. fifth (check) 9. B. to K. second
10. E. takes E. 10. Q. takes E.
11. Q. to K. B. third 11. K. to Q. B. second
12. Kt. to Q. B. third 12. B. takes B.
13. Kt. to Kt. fifth (check) IS. K. to Kt. third
14. P. takes B. P. (check) 14. K. takes Kt.
15. P. to Q. E. fourth (check) 15. K. takes P. at B. fifth
16. Q. to Q. B. third (check) 16. K. to Kt. third
17. P. to E. sixth (check) 17. K. to E. third
18. B. to Q. third (check) 18. P. to Kt. fourth
19. Q. takes B.
Mates.
THE CHESS PLAYER'S CHRONICLE. 61
Sir,
Every author when presenting himself before the public, ought to be
prepared for all sorts of criticism, and sometimes even abuse. His works, the
moment they leave the press are amenable to the tribunal of public opinion ;
and the persons whose business it is, be it on account of their station, their
abilities, or their acquirements, to pronounce judgment upon the merit or
demerit of a work, have a grave though grateful task to perform. They will
have a claim upon the gratitude of the public, if they prove themselves com
petent for their office, and if their criticism is given in that fair and impartial
manner, which alone is entitled either to represent or to enlighten public
opinion. Should, however, their verdicts betoken incompetency, or should
they be carried away by partiality, in bestowing less attention upon the subject
itself, than upon personal considerations to which the public is a stranger, in
that cose they entirely fail in their mission, they sink below the common level,
and their productions are noxious rather than useful. These general principles
are known to every person of education and honour ; nor would I have permitted
myself to appeal to them, in my modest capacity of translator of the lately
published work of Max Lange, entitled Paul iiorphy, a Sketch from the Chest
World, were it not for a critical review of the above work, which appeared in
the last number of the Era, the tenour of which seems to me to prove the
absence of that fair and impartial view, which, independent from all personal
motives, ought to be taken of every work by a fair and honest critic. The
Chess Plater's Chronicle having honoured me by twice favourably men
tioning the above work, I hope to be permitted, to defend myself in its pages
against the mentioned criticism, which, although speaking favourably of my
abilities as a writer, and of my correctness and impartiality as a translator,
almost entirely overlooks the contents of the work, of which it only speaks
in a cursory way, and merely directs its pointed shafts against the author
of the book and its translator.
On two chief points objections may be taken to the oriticism in question. In
the first place, the Chess editor of tho Era having recently published a collection
of Moepht's games, which according to his statement is the only correct one,
the presumed deficiencies of a rival collection must necessarily increase the value
of his own. Secondly, the real merits or demerits of Max Lange's work were
not at all entered upon, hut only as I said, cursorily glanced at, whilst the utmost
importance was attached to the accessories of the book, and the chief grievance
was, that the career of Mobphy was considered from a German point of view,
hat the book was written by a Prussian, and translated by an Austrian.
Whoever wrote the article, entirely lost sight of the circumstance that Max
Lahoe's book is by no means a polemic work. He follows Morphy's life, so
to say, from his cradle to his triumphant victories in Paris, with impartial
dignity ; and although in his admiration of Morphy,—as I have myself said
62 THE CHESS PLAYES 3 CHRONICLE.
in the preface—he goes perhaps too far—he nevertheless does full justice to the
American's adversaries. It is only at the end of the volume, when speaking of
Andeksskn's personal experiences and opinions, that the German character of
the author shows itself. It is only then that he considers the position of the
German champion from an entirely German point of view. If this be a fault)
—if every Chess writer is obliged to be a cosmopolite—it is a fault which he
has in common with a great many others. Have not English writers also taken
an English point of view when speaking of Murphy. ? Have not the French ?
It is in the nature of the thing, that Morpht, who successively played with
Englishmen, Frenchmen, and Germans, was also respectively considered from s
national point of view. Chess may be a science which has nothing whatever to
do with national feelings ; this is all very well in theory, but in reality the
English, French, or German player, will always remain an Englishman, a
Frenchman, or a German ; and the chief characteristics of his nation, qualities,
or faults, will generally reproduce themselves, even in the style of his play.
What right, therefore, has the Chess editor of the Era to sneer at the "mis
guided patriotism " of Max Langs, or to reproach the translator, that he also
considers the defeats of Andkrssen, in Paris, as the Magenta and Solferino of
German Chess ? It would be an interesting problem to find out which nation
Hcrr Lowenthal believes he represents. Perhaps the English ? It would be the
first time in the annals of Chess that Englishmen conceded so high a honour
to a foreigner. Or does Herr Lowenth al, from whose pen, but lately, an interest
ing autobiography appeared in the Book of the Chest Congress—believe that in
his quality of a noble Hungarian (risum teneatis amid .'), and as one of the
people who play Chess on horseback, as we learn from the January number
of the American Chess Monthly, he has a right to put down the pretensions and
prejudices of German writers ? Ho : I feel I am mistaken, and wrong Haw
Lowenthal. The article I speak of, has many happy expressions and well
rounded phrases, supposes considerable knowledge, and terminates with a Latin
quotation ; and even the greatest friends and admirers of Herr LowextraI
must confess, that an acquaintance with the classics is the least of his faults.
I, therefore, cannot be far wrong, when I look to another source for the authorship
of the article ; but even in that case he remains responsible for what appears in
columns which are under his superintendence, and which he till lately exclusively
edited.
I should have gratefully acknowledged Herr Lowenthal's criticisms, hid
they pointed out the deficiencies and merits of Max Lanor's book, or of my
own translation, had they given a critical analysis of the tenour of the work
and mentioned its faults ; I should have even tried to profit by the advice, if occa
sion bad offered. But, to omit mentioning the essential points of a work, and
to direct the reader's attention only to the non-essential parts, shows, to say the
least, a want of tact, and of those Christian virtues which ought to be the
attributes of all public men and writers, whatever be their creed.
ERNEST FALKBEEB.
London, January the 24th, 1860.
THE CIIESS PLAYER 8 CHRONICLE. 63
'wm[ mmm
W//////M w mm.
IIP
§fil
WHITE.
WHITE.
White to play, and mate in four moves.
♦4 TEX CHXS3 PIATXX'S CHX03ICLE.
WHITE.
White to move, and mate in four moves.
WHITE.
White to move, and mate in five moves.
THE CHESS PLAYER'S CHRONICLE. 65
games is given ; now Mr. Bird is one of the best English players ; we
all feel interested in his play ; and besides, as a general rule, the games
which Morphy loses are more interesting than those he wins; for to
beat him, one must play well ; and as he always plays well, and scarcely
ever commits a mistake, the games he loses must be good games. Mr.
Barnes won seven casual games against Mr. Morphy, only two of
which are given by Herr Lowenthal. This is another grave omission,
and we frankly confess that we should have rather missed one hundred
of the games won by Mr. Morphy, with the utmost ease, from a host
of players unknown to fame, French, English, and American, than the
games lost by Morphy against these three eminent players. This is
withal the largest and peihaps the most interesting book in the volume,
it contains nearly 150 pages.
Book VI. contains games at odds, and is of little interest, especially
as all the games, with the exception of one, are won by Morphy; this
exceptional game is the only interesting one ; it was won by Mr.
Medley, to whom Mr. Morphy gave the odds of pawn and move.
Book VII. treats of what Herr Lowenthal calls miscellaneous
games. We must confess we can see no reason why these games should
not have been incorporated with other chapters, for some of them are
games at odds, and others are even. Had they been left out alto
gether there would have been no great loss, for all were played with
inferior players. Besides, fifteen of them were taken from the American
book of the Chess Congvess, with the notes, and the others from the
Chess Monthly. The games in which Morphy gives the Q. Kt. to
Mr. J. Thomson, of New York, Herr Lowenthal thinks were the
hardest which the American chnmpion ever played, but how Herr
Lowenthal came to this most extraordinary conclusion we are at a loss
to account for, as most of the games only extended to twenty or thirty
moves, and some of them only to seventeen or eighteen. Has Herr
Lowenthal ever seen the games in which Macdonnell gives the
Knight to Captain Evans; in our opinion those are the best Knight
games on record.
All these trifling defects which we have pointed out do not, however,
prevent the book from being a valuable addition to a Chess library, and
we sincerely hope that Herr Lowenthal will soon publish his long
promised work on the openings, a branch of Chess in which he so
conspicuously shines.
THE CHESS PLAYER'S CHRONICLE. 69
Josephi Nicolai ; arguing from the name, tbat the artist was an
European.1 But with all respect to Hyde's oriental learning, it is
evident we ought to translate the words (as in Menage), Ex opere
Josephi al-Nakali, i.e., the work of Joseph, native of Nakali, probably
a city of Asia Minor, now called by the Turks, 4ineh-ghiol? The
pieces, as described by the same author, represent a King, Queen,
Archer, Centaur, Elephant, and Pawn. Mr. Twiss, who actually saw
these Chessmen at iSt. Denis, previous to the year 1787, says that at
that time only fifteen pieces and one Pawn remained, all of ivory,
yellowed by time, lie gives, nevertheless, a very unsatisfactory s ac
count of them, but states the King to be about twelve inches high,
and eight broad, very clumsily carved, and the Pawn about three inches
high, representing a dwarf bearing a large shield.
A private engraving of the Pawn was circulated by Twiss, which
completely disproves the assertion of Hyde with regard to the muskets.
But we are fortunately enabled to form a more accurate judgment of
the antiquity and form of these singular pieces from the figures of the
King and Queen engraved in Willement's splendid work.4 They are
each represented sitting on a throne, within an arched canopy, of a
semi-circular shape, supported by columns, and on either side of the
King two male, of the Queen two female personages, are seen in the
act of drawing aside a curtain. The king holds a sceptre in his hand,
very common Arabic formation, like Nazimi, Katibi, and hundreds of others.
In either case, however, it is perfectly clear that the artist wag a genuine Arab
and not a Greek Christian, as Dr. Hyde would seem to imply.
1 Mitt. Shahilud, pp. 72, 132.
1 V. D'Herbelot, and Baudrand.
* Sir Frederic may well say that Twiss's account is " very unsatisfactory "—
it is simply very absurd. He says that the King is " twelve inches high and
eight broad." Now admitting the height, which, however, I do under protest,
bb a very great s.'retch, let us pee how the breadth will stand the test of those
stubborn little things known as the figures of arithmetic, a Hindu invention by
the way. The king being eight inches broad, it follows, that in order to aL'ow
him room to move freely, every square on the board must have been at least
nine inches by nine. This gives us a Chess board of six feet by six, not count
ing the outward rim or border ! " Bisum teneatis amici ! " But why should
we notice Twiss at all ? The worthy " Religieux," Jacques Doublet, says that
the Chessmen were [at an average] " hautes d'un paulmc," an assertion which
bears on the face of it the stamp of truth and common sense. The French
" paulme," or " paume," is, or was, a lineal measure equivalent to what we call
"a hand," still used among us in measuring the height of horses.
4 Monumens Francois Inedits, fol. Par. 1808, 1832. This work is not yet
complete, and the text describing the above plate is unfortunately wanting.
There is no oopy in the Museum, and I am indebted for the sight of one to
Thomas Willement, Esq. I have made some attempts to procure drawings and
measurements of all theso Chessmen, but whether I 9hall succeed or not, time
will show.
THE CHESS PLAYER'S CHHONICLE. 71
and the queen an oval ornament, probably intended for the mound.
The dresses and ornaments are all strictly in keeping with the Greek
cottume of the ninth century ; and it is impossible not to be convinced,
from the general character of the figures, that these Chessmen really
belong to the period assigned them by tradition, and were, in all pro
bability, executed at Constantinople, by an Asiatic Greek, and sent as
a present to Charlemagne, either by the Empress Irene, or by her suc
cessor Nicephorus. With both these sovereigns (in imitation of his
predecessor Pepin's policy), the Frankish monarch had maintained a
friendly intercourse by means of embassies, and nothing could have
been better calculated to excite the interest of the royal barbarian, than
the materials of a game which had recently been brought to the know
ledge of western Europe.
One thing is certain, that these Chessmen, from their size and work
manship must have been designed for no ignoble personage, and from
the decided style of Greek art visible in the figures, it is a more natural
inference to suppose them presented to Charlemagne by a sovereign of
the Lower Empire, than that they came to him as an offering from the
Moorish princess of Spain, or even from the Caliph Haroun Al Rasehid,
whose costly gifts to the Emperor of the West, are detailed so minutely
by the German historians. The value also attached to them at that
period, is testified by their having been placed, together with the most
costly ornament s of, the state, in the abbey of St. Denis, where they
were preserved till the time of the Revolution. It is possible also, that
this transaction may have given rise to the passage above quoted, of a
similar donation by King Pepin to the monastery of Maussac."1
The difficulty respecting these Chessmen to which I have alluded, is
this. In the first place we find a Queen conspicuous among the pieces.
This proves at once that they are not of Saracenic manufacture ; and
consequently could not have formed part of the presents sent to
Charlemagne by Harun Rashid. Again, the costume is that of the
Lower Empire of the eighth or ninth century ; we must then couclude
that the Chessmen are of Grecian manufacture, and that they were
most probably presented to Charlemagne by the Empress Irene, who
reigned from 7^7 to 802. This conclusion is much strengthened by
1 With due deference to Sir Frederic, I must confess, I sec no solid ground
for this assumption. The passage already quoted, respecting King Pepin's
gift is to the full as worthy of our belief as the common tradition regarding the
Chessmen in the Abbey of St. Denis. " It is possible " that both ave quite
true ; but if there be any imitation or borrowing in the case, I hold it much
more likely that Pepin's gift to the monastery of Maussao may have given rise
afterwards to the tradition respecting Charlemagne's donation to the Abbey of
St. Denis. It is merely a question which of the two stories bears tho oldest date
among median al writers; though, after all, that of itself is not sufficient to
prove the case either way.
72 THE CHESS PLAYER'S CHRONICLE.
Game II.
{Remove Black't K. B. P.)
White. (Mr. Jennings.) Black. (Mr. Philidoh.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to Q. B. fourth (a)
2. Q. to R. fifth (check) 2. P. to Kt. third
3. Q. takes B. P. 3. Q. Kt. to B. third
THE CHESS PLAYEB S CHROnICLE. 75
Note*.
(a) This defensive move is seldom practised at the present day. It is
scarcely to be commended, for although it enables Black to free his pieces at
once, it entails the sacrifice of a second Pawn. .With correct after-plav this
numerical superiority of force should give the victory to White.
(4) Modern analysis has shown \. " Q. to B. fourth " to be the correct play.
(c) This is not a good more, since it allows Black to obtain a very favourable
game by 6. " Kt. to Q. fifth," foUowed by 7. " B. to B. fourth," The proper
play was 6. " P. to Q. B. third."
(d) White here again plays without sufficient consideration. As will subse
quently be seen, the move in the text loses a piece. 10. "B. takes B." was the
correct play.
(e) Black, with a piece more and the preferable position, has now an easy
game before liim.
76 THE CHESS PLAYER S CHRONICLE.
(f) This game, it will be remembered, was played at the aame time as the
preceding, Philidor seeing neither board. The distinguished master's play
throughout this second contest, is excellent, scarcely admitting of any comment!
Notes.
(a) Having sacrificed the Pawn (injudiciously, as we think), Black should
here have played " B. to Q. B. square.
(A) " Kt. takes Kt. (check) " would have left Black without the semblance
of an equivalent for his lost Fawn.
(c) Evidently White overrated the strength of his attack upon the Q. Pawn.
But, however objectionable " Q. to Q. third " may be, it would not have turned
out so badly, if White had managed the next two moves differently. Those
moves indeed, if viewed in connection with the present retreat of the Queen,
may be condemned without qualification.
(«£) " P. to K. Kt. fourth " would have been a very difficult move to parry.
Again "P. to Q. fourth" would have produced many striking variations, the
effect of which would upon the whole have been in Black's favour.
(e) Clearly " Kt. to K. R. fifth " would have gained no advantage.
(/) No danger would arise from " B. takes B. '
Notes.
(a) So hazardous is the defence adopted by Black, that White might here
have played " P. takes P.," with a fine game.
(i) The correct move, and one that White ought to have anticipated.
3. P. to K. fifth 3. B. to K. B. fourth
4. B. to Q. Kt. fifth (a) 4. Q. to Q. second
5. Kt. to K. second 5. Castles
6. Castles • 6. P. to Q. R. third
7. B. to Q. third 7. B. takes B.
8. Q. takes B. 8. P. to K. third
9. P. to Q. B. third 9. K. Kt. to. K. second
10. P. to Q. Kt. fourth 10. Kt. to Q. R. second
11. P. toQ. B. fourth 11. Kt. to K. B. fourth
12. Kt. to Q. second 12. P. to K. Kt. fourth
13. Kt. to Q. Kt. third 13. P. to K. R. third
14. R. to Q. square 14. P. to Q. B. third
15. Kt. to Q. B. fifth 15. B. takes Kt.
16. P. at Q. Kt. fourth takes B 16. Q. to Q. B. second
17. B. to Q. second 17. K. to. Q. second
18. K. R. to Q. Kt. square 18. R. to Q. Kt. square
19. Kt. to. K. Kt. third 19. K. R. to K. B. square
20. Kt. to K. R. fifth 20 Kt. to Q. B. square
21. Kt. to K. B. sixth (check) 21 K. to Q. square
22. P. to Q. B. fourth 22. Q. Kt. to K. second
23. R. to Q. Kt. sixth 23. Kt. to Q. B. square
24. B. to Q. R. fifth 24. K. to K. second
25. R. takes P. at Q. R. sixth 25. P. to Q. Kt. third
26. P. takes P. at Q. Kt. sixth 26. Q. to Q. Kt. second
27. P. takes P. 27. R. takes Kt.
28. P. takes R. (check) (b) 28. K. takes P.
29. P. takes P. at K. sixth 29. Q. to K. second
30. P. to Q. fifth 30. P. to K. R. fourth
31. Q. to Q. B. third (check) 31. K. to K. Kt. third
32. Q. takes P. 32. Kt. to Q. fifth
33. Q. to Q. seventh (c) 33. Q. to K. B. third
34. R. to K. square (d) 34. Kt. to K. second
35. P. to Q. sixth 35. R. to K. B. square («)
36. R. to K. B. square (/) 36. Kt. to K. B. sixth (check)
37. K. to K. R. square 37. Q. to K. B. fifth
38. P. takes Kt.
And the second player checks perpetually.
THE CHESS PLAYER S CHRONICLE. si
Notes.
(a) In this form of the opening the Bishop's move shines more at an earlier-
stage.
(4) The Berliner Schaehzeitung very proper! v notices horo the variation caused
by " P. takes P. at Q. B. sixth." If the Queen retake, Black can play " Q. to
Q. B. third (check)."
(c) It is hardly necessary to state that the German analyst recommends " Q
to Q. B. seventh." Indeed, Hanstein, who at this time had tlie management
of the Prussian organ of public opinion, was rarely wrong.
(d) Hanstein also prefers here the obvious move of " Q. to K. B. seventh,
(check.)"
(») The termination of this game is played with Hanstein's usual ability. Ilis
resource in such positions as these, exceeded any one whom we can name with
the exception of La Bourdonnais.
(/) Had he played " P. to K. B. third," the reply would have been "Kt,
takes P. (check)," as is well observed by tho Prussian authority.
Gam E II
(White gave the Pawn anil Two Moves.)
Black. (V. Hannecken.) White. (Hanstein.)
1. P. to K. fourth
2. P. to Q. fourth 2. P. to K. third
3. P. to K. B. fourth (a) 3. P. to Q. B. fourth
4. P. takes P. 4. Q. to Q. R. fourth (check)
5. Kt. to Q. B. third 5. Q. takes P. at Q. B. fourtl
6. Kt. to K. B. third 6. Kt. to Q. B. third
7. B. to Q. third 7. Kt. to K. B. third
8. P. to Q. R. third 8. P. to Q. fourth
9. P. takes P. 9. P. takes P.
10. Q. to K. second (check) 10. B. to K. second
11. B. to K. third 11. P. to Q. fifth
12. B. to K. B. second 12. Q. to Q. R. fourth (A)
13. Kt. takes P. 13. B. to K. Kt. fifth
14. Kt. to K. B. third (c) 14. Castles on K. side
15. Castles on K. side 15. Q. R. to K. square
16. B. to Q. B. fourth (check) 16. K. to K. R. square
1 7. Q. to Q. second 17. R. to Q. square
18. Q. to K. third 18. 13. takes Kt.
19. Q. takes B. 19. Kt. to K. B. fourth
20. Kt. to Q. fifth 20. Kt. to K. fourth
21. Q. to R. fourth (</) 21. Kt. takes B.
VOL. 11. 6
82 THE CHESS PLAYER S CHKONICLE.
Notes.
(a) This move was adopted by the pupils of Philidor, but in the present day
is not reckoned sufficiently attacking. It may, however, be played, to prevent
openings savouring completely of book knowledge.
(4) The sacrifice of the centre Pawn is dangerous ; but in games at odds, b
really good player may incur some peril without detriment.
(c) The able German analyst gives " Kt. takes Kt."
(d) The same writer observes, " if ' Q. takes Kt.,' then ' Kt. takes B.' "
(e) An oversight, we suppose.
Notes.
(a) Ineffectual, as the reply shows.
(h) Perhaps " R to K. B. seventh " is a better resource.
(<-) Any move that thus brings the hostile King forward cannot avail White
much.
7. B. to K. third 7. Castles
8. Q. to Q. second 8. B. takes B.
9. Q. takes B. 9. Kt. to K. second
10. P. to Q. fourth 10. Kt. to K. Kt. third
11. Castles on Q.'s side 11. Q. to K. second
12. P. toK. Kt. third 12. B. to K. third
13. P. to Q. fifth 13. B. to Q. second
14. K. Kt. to Q second 14. P. to Q. R. third
15. P. to K. B. fourth 15. P. to Q. Kt. fourth
16. B. to Q. third (o) 16. P. to Q. Kt. fifth
17. Kt. to K. second 17. P. takes K. B. P.
18. P. takes P. 18. K. Kt. takes Q. P.
19. Q. to K. Kt. third 19. K. Kt. to Q. Kt. third
20. Kt. to K. B. third 20. K. R. to Q. B. square
21. K. R. to K. Kt square 21. Q. to K. B. square
22. P. to K. B. fifth 22. Kt. to K. fourth
23. Kt. takes Kt. 23. P. takes Kt.
24. Q. takes K. P 24. P. to K. B. third
25. Q. to K. Kt. third 25. B. to K. square
26. Kt. to K. B. fourth 26. B. to K. B. second
27. Kt. to K. Kt. sixth 27. B. takes Kt.
28. Q. takes B. 28. K. to K. R. square
29. P. to K. fifth 29. Kt. to Q. second
30. Q. R. to K. square 30. P. takes P.
31. P. to K. B. sixth 31. Kt. takes P.
32. Q. R. to K. B. square 82. Q. to K. Kt. square
33. R. takes Kt. 33. K. R. to K. B. square
34. Q. takes K. R. P. (check)
And White resigned.
Notes.
(a) The opening is very carefully played ; but, considering that eleven gsmes
in the match have already been drawn, the two combatants are evidently watching
each other to profit by the slightest flaw.
(4) This is very well played ; Black gives up a Pawn intentionally, but his
position thereby becomes so strong, that we believe White, even with the best
play, could not have sated the game after having taken Queen's Pawn.
THE CHESS PLAYER'S CHRONICLE. 85
6. P. to Q. B. third 6. B. to Q. R. fourth
7. P. to Q. fourth 7. P. takes P.
8. P. takes P. 8. B. to Q. Kt. third
9. Kt. to Q. B. third (a) 9. B. to K. Kt. fifth
10. P. to K. fifth (b) 10. Kt. takes Q. P.
11■ R. to K. square (c) 11. B. takes Kt.
12. P. takes P. (dis. check) 12. K. to Q. second
13. P. takes B. 18. Q. to K. B. third
14. P. takes Q. B. P. (d) 14. Q. takes K. B. P.
15. Kt. to Q. Kt. fifth 15. Q. to K. B. third (e)
16. B. to Q. Kt. second 16. Q. to K. Kt. third (check)
17. K. to B. square (/) 17. Q. to Q. B. third
18. Q. to K. Kt. fourth (check) 18. Kt. to K. third
19. Q. R. to Q. square (check) 19. K. to K. square
20. Q. R. to Q. sixth 20. Q. to Q. B. fourth
21. K. R. takes Kt. (check)
And Black resigns.( g)
Notes.
in) Mr. Morphy considers this to be the most attacking play at this point,
i) " Q. to Q. B. fourth" is recommended here by Mr. Fraser, of Dundee, in
his analysis of the Evans' Gambit.
(c) The position is critical for both parties at this juncture.
(d) White's play from this point to the end of the game is of a Tery high
order.
(e) Exchanging Queens would evidently have lost Black a piece.
(f) " K. to K. square " would have lost a piece.
( g) The mate is forced in three moves.
CHESS IN NEWCA3TLE-ON-TYNE.
Between two Amateurs of the Northumberland Chess Club.
(Scotch Game).
mite. (Mr. C.) Black. (Mr. P. T. D.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. Kt. to K. B. third 2. Kt. to Q. B. third
3. P. to Q. fourth 3. P. takes P.
4. B. to Q. B. fourth 4. B. to Q. B. fourth
5. Kt. to K. Kt. fifth 5. Kt. to K. R. third
6. Kt. takes K. B. P. 6. B. to Q. Kt. fifth (check) («)
THE CHESS PLAYER S CHRONICLE. 87
7. P. to Q. B. third 7 P. takes P.
8. P. takes P. 8 B. takes P. (check)
9. Kt. takes B. 9. Kt. takes Kt.
10. B. takes Kt. (check) 10. K. takes B.
11. Q. to Q. fifth (check) 11. K. to B. square
li. P. to K. fifth (b) 12. P. to Q. third
13. B. to Q. R. third 13. Q. to K. square
14. P. to K. B. fourth 14. B. to K. third
15. Q. to Q. third 15. Q. to K. Kt. third
16. Q. to K. B. third 16. K. to K. second (c)
17. Q. R. to Q. square 17. Q. R. to Q. square
18. Kt. to Q. fifth (check) (d) 18. K. to B. second
19. P. to K. B. fifth 19. Q. takes P.
20. Q. takes Q. 20. B. takes Q.
21. Castles 21. P. to K. Kt. third (er)
22. P. to K. Kt. fourth 22. P. takes P.
23. P. takes B. 23. P. takes P.
24. R. takes P. (check) 24. K. to K. third
25. R. to B. sixth (check) 25. K. to Q. second
26. Kt. to Q. Kt. sixth (check) 26. K. to K. square
27. Kt. to Q. fifth 27. R. to Q. second
28. B. to Q. Kt. second (/) 28. R. to K. Kt. square (check)
29. K. to B. square 29. R. to K. B. square
30. R. takes R. (check) 30. K. takes R.
31. B. to Q. R. third (check) 31. K. to B. second
32. K. to K. Kt. second 32. K. to K. third
33. Kt. to Q. B. third 33. R. takes R.
34. Kt. takes R. 34. P. to Q. Kt. fourth
35. B. to Q. B. fifth 35. P. to Q. R. fourth
36. Kt. to Q. B. third 36. P. to Q. Kt. fifth
37. Kt. to Q. R. fourth 37. K. to Q. fourth
38. B. to K. B. second 38. K. to Q. B. fifth
39. K. to K. B. third 39. K. to Q. Kt. fourth
40. Kt. to Q. B. fifth 40. Kt. to Q. fifth (check)
41. B. takes Kt. 41. P. takes B.
42. Kt. to K. sixth 42. P. to Q. B. fourth
43. K. to K. fourth 43. K. to B. fifth
44. Kt. to K. B. fourth 44. P. to Q. R. fifth
SS THE CHESS PLAYER S CHRONICLE.
Notes.
(a) We cannot reeoTimend this move, it occurred in a game between Dei-
chapelles and a strong Amateur, and was made by the former player, whe, in
spite of bis great abilities, was conspicuous for hie want of knowledge of the
openings ; the correct plav would have been the following :—
White Black.
7. Kt. takes Kt.
8. B. takes Kt. (check) 8. K. takes B.
9. Q. to K. R. fifth (check) 9. P. to K. Kt. third (beet)
10. Q. takes B. (beet) 10. P. to Q. fourth
the last move has been introduced by Cochrane and gives the second player the
better game.
(4) Castling was evidently the better move.
(c) At this stage of the' game, " B. to Q. B. fifth " would have been more
efficacious.
(rf) Again wo should have preferred castling, in order to bring the King"i
Book to bear on the attack.
(e) Moving the King was equally bad.
(/) Why not take Knight with Book, and win the game off-hand ?
Notes.
(a) Playing" Q. to K. B. second," or to " K. square," would only lose theei-
change, as White would rejoin with " Q. to Q. square (check)," and then
capture E.
(4) Intending, probably, to advance " P. to Q. B. fourth ; " but it would hare
been much stronger play to post this B. at K. third.
(c) A very subtle, clever move, the true motive of which White entirely
overlooked.
THE CHE9S PLAYERS CHRONICLE. 91
(<Z) Curiously enough, this move, as Black foresaw, costs White his Kt.
(') Had Black taken B. with Kt., White would have captured B. with R.
(check), at least regaining the piece, with an attacking situation.
(f) Menacing mate, and capitally played.
(j) On examination, it will be found that any other move loses the game
quickly.
(V) The timely march of this Pawn decides the game, and is effected in
excellent style. White has no choice but to take the Queen.
(i) An uncommonly beautiful move ; if White takes Queen, Black gives mate
at once.
SOLUTIONS TO PROBLEMS.
No. 49. Page 31.
White. Black.
B. to K. fourth Anything
Q. or R. mates
No.bQ. PageS\.
White. Black.
B. from Q. second to Q. sixth Q. takes P. (check)
B. to Q. second (dis. chock) Q. to K. second
R. to K. 13. second
and mates.
(«) Q. to Q. Kt. second (check)
B. to Q. Kt. (dis. check) Q. interposes
B. to K. B. sixth
and mates.
Q. to K. third
R. to Q. seventh (dis. check) K. to Kt. square
B. hikes B.
and mates,
or
Q. interposes
B. takes Q.
(«)
Q. to K. B. second
R. to K. Kt. sixth (dis. check) Q. interposes
R. to K. Kt. eighth
and mates
w Any other movo.
Mates by double cheek, or with
the Rook or Bishop.
No. 51. Page 32.
White. Black.
B. checks K. to corner
B. to Q. Kt. eighth (check) K. moves
K. to corner (check) K. takes B.
B. checks K. moves
P. mates
No. 52. Page 32.
White. Black.
Kt. to Q. fifth (check) K. to K. third (best)
Q. to Q. B. seventh Q. to Q. B. sixth (best)
Q. to K. B. fourth Q. to Q. B. fourth
Kt. to Q. B. seventh (check) Q. takes Kt.
Q. to K. B. fillh (oheck) K. moves
Q. to Q. fifth
and mates.
94 THE CHBSS PLAYEfi S CHBOMCLE.
Wi Pi fm *
/m WKLJm
m
■ $
i gSFl mm
WHITE.
White to move and mate in three moves.
WHITE.
White to play, and mate in four moves.
96 THE CHESS PLATTER'S CURONICLE.
WHITE.
White to move, and mate in four moves.
wmTTwm
W' -
'-.-,;,.{
WI11TE.
White to move, and mate iu five moves.
THE CHESS PLAYER'S CHRONICLE. 97
so forth. The 20th paragraph, Annulled game, may also be left out,
for an annulled game is no game at all, nor is annulled a technical
Chess term ; for the same reason, nay a fortiori, we may give in a
Chess code the definitions of a postponed, or a procrastinated game"
The definition given in the Praxis of an annulled game is certainly
a remarkable one. "An annulled game is one which, for any reason,
has not been played out." We, in our simplicity, should call such a
game an unfinished game. We must here observe, that under the
head 14 we find, Queening a Pawn ; now we believe, that for the
sake of brevity, consistency, and above all of order, the whole of
Chapter TV., which besides is very short, may have been given in
notes to paragraph 14. Thus, the part of Chapter V., which treats
of castling, ought to have been given in the notes to paragraph 15.
The second chapter being headed, Regulations for Playing, and con
taining nineteen rules, we should therefore have preferred to head :—
Rules for Playing. In this chapter, rules, regulations, and penalties
are indiscriminately mixed up. We shall, however, give the different
beads, and our objections to them. Rule I. " Wrong position of the
Chess Board." This paragraph should come under the head of penalties,
which forms no chapter of the present code ; that it ought to be so, will
be evident from the following example : suppose the player, who has a
very bad position, discovers, in the middle of the game, that the board
is in a wrong position, to annul the game would therefore be a penalty to
his adve rsnry who had almost a won game. Now, irrespectively of the
question :—what ought to be done when the board is discovered to be
in a wrong position ? another question remains, is there to be a penalty
or not P and this ought to be decided in the chapter of penalties.
Rule II. Omission or misplacement of the Chess Men. This para.
graph, as well as the former, belongs to the chapter of penalties
Rule III. Right of move and choice of colour. This paragraph pro
perly belongs to the same chapter. Rule IV. Commencing out of turn
Also belongs to the chapter of penalties. Rule V. Two moves in sue
cession. Also belongs to the chapter of penalties. Rule VI. Touch
and move. This rule belongs partly to the first chapter, under the head
Fadou.be, and partly to the chapter of penalties. We must also observe
here, that we think it contrary to the fundamental laws of Chess, to
enforce the following penalty as given in this rule. " If a player touches
his King, and he cannot legally move it, he must play any other man,
100 THE CHESS PLAYER'S CHKONICLE.
Several other violations of the fundamental laws may result from the
loss of the move. Thus, according to this rule, should a player by
mistake have castled, his King being in check, his adversary has the
power, by depriving him of his turn to move, to replace his King into
check. The eight pages of the fifth chapter, treating of false and
illegal moves, ought to have found their place here. Rule IX. Touch
ing more than one man. We have already strongly objected to the
term " touching with his hand." Rule X. Enforcing penalties, Giuoco
a monte. The first part of this rule says—" A penalty can only be
enforced before the adversary has touched a man in reply." Now,
suppose A makes a false move with his Knight giving check to the
King, B touches his King, but at the same time perceives the false
move, still, as the law is laid down here, not only can he enforce no
penalty for the false move, but having touched his King, he must move
it. At any rate this eventuality is not provided for. The second part
of this rule proves what we said, about the utter inutility of the new
fangled technical term Giuoco a monte. It says,—" If an illegality is
discovered at any later period, the move on which it was committed,
and all made subsequently, must be retracted, and the error corrected
at the offending party's own option." The author, to be consistent,
ought to have acknowledged his own principle, and said,—" If an ille
gality is discovered at any later period, there must be a Giuoco a
monte." This part of the rule concludes with the following sentence : —
" If the source of a manifest illegality cannot be discovered, the game
must be annulled." This is good English, and will be understood by
every one, without elevating the annulled game to the dignity of a
technical term. Rule XI. Check. There is a passage in this rule
which does not accord with Rule ■VIII., which will be seen by reading
the two paragraphs. Rule XII. A King remaining in check. This is
only a repetition of the Giuoco a monte, and the annulled game of
Chapter I. Rule XIII. J'adoube. The same as in the old laws.
Rule XIV. The counting fifty moves. This is one of the rules upon
which doctors do not agree. We only remark here that the three pages
in Chapter V. of this code ought to have found a place in this chapter,
as well as the three pages on Duratiou, of which Rule XV. treats.
Rule XVI. Upsetting the Board; and, Rule XVII. Dropped Man.
Both these rules had better been omitted, as well as the two last,
Rule XVIII. Abandoning the game, and Rule XIX. The Umpire or
102 THE CHESS l'LAYEll's CHRONICLE.
from the publications in which they at first appeared, and are gene
rally good, although we cannot always approve of the taste which
prevailed in the choice of them.*
* Our readers will agree with us that such remarks as those below ought not
to be found in a standard work.
" If Mr. Lowenthal's original talent for Chess were equal to his acquired, he
might, perhaps, aspire to occupy a place in the first rank of living players ; but,
with all the advantage of incessant practice, a life, in fact, devoted to the game,
and more knowledge of what can be learned by books of the openings and end
games than one player in ten thousand possesses—he will never, we fear, in any
sustained struggle with a powerful and practised player, do more than snatch a
stray game. He has not a particle of self-reliance. If, through his great prac
tical and theoretical familiarity with every debut, he can at the outset acquire a
superiority, as in the present instance, he will sometimes, through that advan
tage, score the game ; but, if his spring fail, he rarely or never recovers himself."
—Illustrated London Neva.
"The German writer, Lang£, remarks, that Mr. Ldwenthal, in saying that
White has already 'a splendid game,' clearly shows his want of judgment of
position in games like the present. It is true enough that Mr. Ldwenthal is a
very poor judge of position, but his public criticisms on the games between
Anderssen and Morphy must not be taken as the expression of his genuine
opinion. ' Let go thy hold,' recommends a [certain philosophical fool, ' when
a great wheel runs down a hill, lest it break thy neck with following it ; but
the great one that goes up the hill, let him draw thee after.' "
"Mr. Morphy would hardly have dared to advance his Pawns on both wings
thus against an opponent of really first-rate proficiency. From this point he
has a very hazardous position."
1 Est autem Kdnie peculiariter Equiu Tatarious ex Nagaia, soil. Eqmis Gene-
romis ; nam alia Viabent nomina qui bus Equum appellare solent.—Mt/de, p. 75.
2 Tlie Italians use, indifferently, the terms " Cavallo," Horse, or " Cavahere,"
"Knight," for this piece. The term " Centauro " is also to be found in old
writers. The German "Springer "has in it something of the original Sanskrit
" Asva," " Horse," but so far as mere etymology goes, it will apply equally well
to a cat, or a tiger.
THE 0HEBS PLAYER's CHRONICLE. 105
South, pur et simple ; and in the same state of purity and timplieily,
they handed it over to their neighbours the Muscovites or Sclavoniaus
in the West. On no other supposition can we account for the curious
fact of the absolute identity of the terms King, Elephant, Horse, Ship,
and Pawn, both in the Chess game of the Russians, and in the ancient
Hindu, Chaturanga.
We have already shown that our western terms for the Bishop, vts.,
Al/ilux Alfin, Aufin, &c, are evidently derived from the Arabic Al Fit.
This piece is, by the Russians, called " Slonie," or " Slone, that is the
" Elephant," clearly proving that they had the term from the Asiatics
and not from Western Europe. So far then the Russian nomenclature
agrees exactly with the Sanskrit names of the pieces given in the
Bhavishya Purana ; and the only inference we can draw from this fact
is that the ancient Hindu game of Chaturanga must have been known
to the Tartaric and Sclavonic tribes before it was modified into the
Mediaeval Shatranj. From Kashmir it gradually made its way to the
north-west ; each nation successively translating the names of the pieces
into their own respective dialects.
I have not as yet spoken of the Queen which, as the reader will re
member, had no place in the Chaturanga. This piece the Russians call
Ferz —the pure Persian term —and it is the only name which they have
left untranslated, Finally, they call the game itself Schdkh, which also,
as in German," denotes Check. We see then, that both the terms Fen
and Schdkh are evidently of Persian, not of Indian origin. They are
peculiar to the Shatranj only, but not to the Chaturanga ; hence we
conclude that the Sclavonians were in early times acquainted with
the Primaeval game of Chaturanga, which reached them from Kashmir ;
and that at a latter period, probably in the time of Jenghis Khan, or of
TImur, who, each in his turn invaded Russia, they received the
mediaeval game of Shatranj, together with the terms Ferz and Schdkh
from the Persians.
which were published a few weeks ago in the Illustrated London News,
and subsequently in Mr. Staunton s Chess Praxis. Our first impres
sion was, that the whole affair, if not a Yankee Canard, was an angry
ebullition of a narrow-minded national vanity, which could not brook
the idea that their object of adoration could possibly lose a single game
to any child of Adam. We were confirmed in this view of the case by
the fact, that the letter purporting to emanate from Mr. Morphy was
wholly deficient in that modesty and gentlemanly feeling which gained
him such golden opinions in England, and so effectually distinguished
him from the bulk of his fellow countrymen.
So long, however, as the document in question remained in embryo
as " a Card," it was of course beneath notice ; but when it attained its
full development, and expanded into a page of the Chess Monthly—
where, however, Mr. Morphy's letter was prudently changed into the
oratio obliaua—the denial at once assumed an authoritative character,
and investigation became imperative.
In default of any positive proof, we must rely on circumstantial or
internal evidence :—
Firstly, we have Mr. Deacon's direct assertion that the games were
played. He also names the place and time of play. (We believe, at
the British Hotel, shortly before Mr. Morphy left England).
Secondly, the games, in the opinion of all good players with whom
we have canvassed the matter, decidedly bear the impress of Mr.
Morphy's style.
Thirdly, the objection that has been raised on the ground of the
delay in the publication of the parties, may be easily overruled by the
fact that Mr. Deacon stated while showing the games many months
ago, to various Chess-players, that he had promised them to Mr.
Staunton.
The obvious solution of this curious tissue of conflicting statements
would be, that the games were played in an off-hand skittling manner,
and, amid the excitement of more serious contests, had wholly escaped
Mr. Morphy's memory. We all know how readily Chess-players
forget the games they lose. But even this loop-hole is cut off by Mr.
Morphy's officious friends, who would as soon allow that he could
forget anything as that he could make a bad move or lose a game to
anyone. The changes have been rung on Mr. Morphy's " marvellous
memory," almost as unwearyingly as on his " surpassing genius," and
superhuman " power of combination." It is clear, however, to use
Mr. Morphy's own words, "that there is falsehood somewhere ; " and
we trust that both Mr. Morphy and Mr. Deacon will spare no effort
to clear up the mystery.
[We give in this Number the two Games in question, which we
extract from the Praxis.]
108 THE CHESS PLAYER'S CHRONICLE.
Notes.
(a) This seems to us rather hazardous. " B. to Q. B. sixth " would havo
been a safer and more effectual move.
(4) We should have preferred " Q. to K. B. fifth."
(e) Why not K. B.
(d) The rashness of the sacrifice of the exchange may now be seen, for
White by exchanging the Queen has now as good a game as Black. The
move in the text is, to say the least, a useless one.
(e) "P. takes P." would have made it easy for White to draw the game. Now
the centre Pawns are too strong, and White, even with the best play, can no
longer save the game.
Game II.
(Queen's Gambit.)
White. (Herr Harrwitz.) Black. (Mr. Mongredien.)
1. P. to Q. fourth 1. P. to Q. fourth
2. P. to Q. B. fourth 2. P. takes P.
3. P. to K. fourth 3. P. to Q. Kt. fourth
4. P. to Q. R. fourth 4. P. to Q. B. third
5. P. takes P. 5. P. takes P.
6. P. to Q. Kt. third 6. B. to Q. Kt. second
7. P. to K. B. third (a) 7. P. to K. third
no THE CHESS PLAYER 9 CHRONICLE.
8. P. takes P. 8. P. takes P.
9. B. takes P. 9. K. Kt. to B. third
10. B. to K. third 10. B. to Q. Kt. fifth (check)
11. Kt. to Q. second 11. K. Kt. to Q. second
12. Kt. to K. second 12. P. to Q. R. fourth
13. Castles 13. Castles
14. Kt. to K. Kt. third 14. Kt. to Q. B. third
15. B. to Q. R. second J 5. Kt. to Q. Kt. third
16. Kt. to Q. Kt. square 16. B. to Q. R. third
17. R. to K. B. second 17. Kt. to Q. B. fifth
18. B. takes Kt. 18. B. takes B.
19. Q. to Q. B. square 19. B. to Q. Kt. fourth
20. Kt. to Q. B. third 20. B. takes Kt.
21. Q. takes B. 21. Kt. to Q. Kt. fifth
22. Q. to Q. B. fifth 22. Q. to Q. second
23. Q. to K. Kt. fifth 23. P. to K. B. third
24. Q. to K. R. fifth 24. P. to K. B. fourth
25. P. to K. B. fourth 25. B. to Q. sixth
26. P. to K. fifth 26. P. to Q. R. fifth
27. Q. to Q. square 27. K. R. to Q. B. square
28. R. to Q. Kt. second 28. Kt. to Q. B. seventh
29. Q. R. to Q. Kt. square 29. Kt. takes B.
30. Q. takes B. 30. Kt. to Q. fourth
31. Kt to K. second 31. P. to Q. R. sixth
82. R. to Q. R. second 32. Q. to Q. R. fifth
33. R. to Q. Kt. seventh 33. Kt. to Q. Kt. fifth (4)
34. Q. to K. Kt. second
And wins in a few moves.
Notes.
(a) " P. to Q. fifth " is preferable, it keeps Black's pieces effectually at home
(4) Evidently an oversight, which cost Black the game.
Game III.
(Giuoco Piano.)
ft Idle. (Mr. Mongredien.) Black. (Herr Harrwitz.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. B. to Q. B. fourth 2. Kt. to K. B. third
THE CHESS PLAYERS CHRONICLK. Ill
8. P. to Q. third 3. B. to Q. B. fourth
4. B. to K. Kt. fifth 4. P. to K. R. third
5. B. to K. R. fourth 5. P. to Q. third
6. P. to K. R. third 6. Q. Kt. to Q. second
7. Kt. to K. B. third - 7. Kt. to K. B. square
8. P. to Q. B. third 8. P. to K. Kt. fourth
». B. to K. Kt. third 9. Kt. to K. Kt. third
10. P. to Q. Kt. fourth 10. B. to Q. Kt. third
11. Q. Kt. to Q. second 11. Q. to K. second
18. P. to Q. R. fourth 12. P. to Q. R. third
13. Q. to Q. B. second 13. Kt. to K. R. fourth
14. P. to Q. fourth 14. Q. Kt. to K. B. fifth
15. B. takes Kt. 15. Kt. takes B.
IB. B. to K. B. square 16. P. takes P.
17. Kt. takes P. 17. P. to K. B. fourth
18. P. to K. Kt. third 18. Kt. to Q. fourth
19. P. to Q. R. fifth 19. B. takes Kt.
20. P. takes B. 20. P. to Q. B. third
21. B. to Q. Kt. square 21. Kt. to K. B. third
22. P. to K. B. third 22. P. takes P.
23. P. takes P. 23. Castles
24. K. to Q. square 24. Kt. to K. R. fourth
25. R. to Q. Kt. third 25. Q. to K. B. third
26. B. to K. second 26. Kt. to K. Kt. second
27. Kt. to K. B. third 27. B. to K. third
28. R. to K. third 28. Q. R. to Q. square
29. P. to K. Kt. fourth 29. B. to K. B. second
80. P. to K. R. fourth (a) 30. P. takes P.
31. R. takes P. (4) 31. Kt. to K. third
32. P. to K. Kt. fifth (c) 32. Kt. takes P.
33. R. to K. Kt. fourth 33. B. to K. R. fourth
84. P. to K. fifth 34. P. takes P.
35. Kt. takes Kt. 35. P. takes Kt.
86. R. to K. R. third 36. R. takes P. (check)
37. R. takes R. 37. Q. to K. B. eighth (check)
88. K. to Q. second 38. Q. takes B. (check)
89. K. to Q. B. square 39 P. takes R.
And White resigns.
112 THE CHESS PLAYBH S CHRONICLE.
Notes.
a) We should have preferred " K. to Q. B. square."
b) " Kt. takes P." seems more to the purpose.
c) A useless sacrifice, and altogether a mistaken combination.
Game IV.
(K. B. Qambil.)
Black. (Herr Harkwitz). White. (Mr. Mongredien.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
8. P. to K. B. fourth 2. P. takes P.
8. B. to Q. B. fourth 3. K. Kt. to B. third
4. Kt. to Q. B. third 4. B. to Q. Kt. fifth
5. K. Kt. to B. third 5. B. takes Kt.
6. Q. P. takes B. 6. P. to Q. third
7. Q. B. takes P. 7. Castles
8. Q. B. to K. Kt. fifth 8. Q. Kt. to Q. second
9. Castles 9. P. to K. R. third
10. B. takes Kt. 10. Kt. takes B.
11. Q. to Q. third 11. Q. B. to K. third
12. B. to Kt. third 12. P. to Q. R. fourth
13. Kt. to Q. fourth 13. R. to K. square
14. Q. R. to K. square 14. P. to Q. R. fifth
15. B. takes B. 15. P. takes B.
16. Q. to R. third 16. Q. to K. second (a)
17. P. to K. fifth 17. P. takes P.
18. R. takes P. 18. R. to R. third
1 9. K. R. to K. square 19. Q. to Q. second
20. R. takes P. 20. R. takes R. *
21. R. takes R. 21. R. takes R.
22. Q. takes R. (check) 22. Q. takes Q.
23. Kt. takes Q. 23. Kt. to Q. fourth
24. K. to B. second 24. P. to Q. R. sixth (i)
25. P. takes P. 25. Kt. takes P.
26. Kt. takes B. P. 26. Kt. takes P.
27. Kt. to Kt. fifth 27. K. to B. square (<•)
28. K. to K. third 28. K. to K. second
29. K. to Q. second 29. K. to Q. second
THE CHESS PLAYER'S CHRONICLE. 113
Notes.
(«) " Q. to Q. second " would have given White a somewhat better chance.
(4) " P. to Q. Kt. third," followed by " B. to B. second " seemed strongest
play.
(c) Why not, at least, play Kt. P. two, to try to break through on the King's
side.
-
Gam E II.
(Allgaier Gambit.)
JFhite. (Birmingham.) Black. (Coventry )
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. P. to K. B. fourth 2. P. takes P.
3. Kt. to K. B. third 3. P. to K. Kt. fourth
4. P. to K. R. fourth 4. P. to Kt. fifth
5. Kt. to K. fifth 5. Kt. to K. B. third
6. B. to Q. B. fourth 6. P. to Q. fourth
7. P. takes P. 7. B. to Q. third
8. P. to Q. fourth 8. B. takes Kt.
9. P. takes B. 9. Kt. to R. fourth
10. Kt. to Q. B. third 10. Kt. to Kt. sixth
11. R. to his second 11. P. to K. R. fourth
12. Q. B. takes P. 12. Kt. to K. B. fourth
13. B. to K. Kt. fifth 13. Q. to Q. second
14. Kt. to K. fourth 14. Q. to Q. R. fifth
THB CHESS PLAYER S CHRONICLE. 117
15. Kt. to B. sixth (check) 15. K. to B. square
16. Q. to Q. third. 16. P. to K. Kt. sixth
17. B. to K. R. square 17. Q. to Kt. fifth (check)
18. Q. to Q. B. third 18. Q. to Q. Kt. third
19. K. to K. B. square 19. Q. to Q. fifth
20. Q. takes Q. 20. Kt. takes Q.
21. Castles 21. P. to Q. B. fourth
22. P. to Q. B. third 22. Kt. to K. B. fourth
23. P. to K. sixth 23. Kt. to Q. third
24. B. to K. second 24. P. to Q. Kt. fourth
25. Kt. takes K. B. P. 25. P. to K. B. fourth
26. Kt. takes K. Kt, P. 26. B. to K. B. second
27. Kt. takes K. B. P. 27. Kt. takes Kt.
28. B. takes Kt. (check) 28. K. to K. square
29. B. takes Q. Kt. P. (check)
And Blacl£ resigned.
Notes.
(a) The usual move at this stage of the game is " Q. to Q. R. fourth."
(i) This would be a very inconsiderate reply, had tho Allies made the move
mentioned in our last note, for in that case they could have advanced the
Queen's Pawn with great advantage. In the present position, however, they
are obliged to retake Bishop with Pawn, in order to avoid the loss of Queen s
Pawn i still it would have been safer play on tho part of Herr Falkbeer, to
retreat "B. to Q. second" at this juncture (the latter move being also
the best answer to 10. " Q. to Q. B. fourth "), the more bo, when we consider
that he had to contend, single-handed, against two skilful and practised
amateurs in consultation.
(c) An excellent move indeed. Had they advanced the Queen's Pawn, Black
could have taken the Knight with impunity, for, if then follows " P. takes Kt."
Black retakes P. with Pawn ; and if White, on the next move, plays " Q. to Q.
fifth," the second player can advantageously answer with " Kt. to K. second."
Had the Allies, however, instead of playing " Kt. to Q. fifth," as above, ad
vanced the King's Pawn at this juncture, Black could have taken Pawn with
Pawn ; and, if then follows " P. to Q. fifth," Castled on Queen's side with great
advantage.
(d) The only move. Had ho checked with " Q. on K. Kt. third," the White
Allies would have moved the King, and—play what Black may afterwards—
gained a decided advantage, by either taking B. with Kt., or playing " Q. to Q.
K. fourth," on the next move.
(e) Two Bishops are generally considered stronger than two Knights in end
games ; still, if it was the object of the White Allies to gain the King's Bishop's
120 THB CHESS PLAYER'S CHRONICLE.
Pawn, the above exchange was the only move, as it appears, to answer their
purpose, as evidently Q. could not have taken the Pawn at this moment, on
account of Black's answer, " Q. takes B." ; whereas, in reply to " R. takes K.
B. P.," Black could have played most effectually " Q. to K. Kt. third."
(J) Better than taking R. P. with R., by which Black could have gained
precious time to advance his Pawns on Queen's side.
(g) Again the best move under the circumstances. If " R. to K. square,"
White could have taken R. P. with impunity, and gained time to bring their
King on the other plank.
(A) From this point the end-game becomes very interesting, and was played
with great skill by the German master.
(i) Premature. " K. to Kt. third " was the correct move, which might still
have ensured a draw.
(k) Best. If " K. takes P.," White plays " P. to B. sixth," and draws the
game.
(I) This seems a mere slip, for " R. to R. seventh " would have at once de
cided the struggle.
Notes.
(a) This is weak ; the proper plav at this stage of the opcuining is 4 " B. to
Q. third."
122 THE CHBS3 PLAYER'S CHRONICLE.
Game IV.
Between Mr. Philidor, and Mr. Jennings.
(Odds of Pawn and Move.)
White. Mr. Jennings. Black. (Mr. Philidor.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. K. Kt. to R. third
2. P. to Q. fourth 2. Kt. to B. second
3. B. to Q. third 3. P. to Q. third (a)
4. K. Kt. to B. third. 4. P. to K. fourth
5. P. to Q. fifth 5. P. to B. fourth (4)
6. Castles 6. B. to K. second
7. B. to K. third 7. Castles
8. Kt. to Q. second 8. P. to Q. R. third
9. P. to Q. R. fourth 9. B. to Kt. fifth
10. B. to K. second (c) 10. Kt. to Q. second
11. P. to B. fourth 11. P. to Q. Kt. third
12. K. to R. square 12. B. takes Kt.
13. Kt. takes B. 13. P. to K. Kt. fourth
14. P. to K. Kt. fourth 14. K. to Kt. second
15. Q. to Q. second 15. P. to B. third
1(5. Kt. to Kt. square 16. R. to R. square
17. R. to R. third 17. Kt. to B. square
18. P. to B. third 18. Kt. to Kt. third
19. Q. to B. third (rf) 19. B. to B. third
THE CHESS PLAYERS CHRONICLE. 123
Notes.
(a) We much prefer for the second player, either 3. " P. to K. fourth," or 3.
"P. to K. third."
(4) Black should here have played 5. " B. to K. second," then castles and
afterwards move "P. to B. third."
(c) There was no necessity for this move: tho proper course is to play 10.
"P. to B. third."
(<i) Intending, doubtless, to play 20. " P. to B. fourth."
(«) Either there must be an error in the manuscript, or Philidor, amid the
difficulties of blindfold chess, overlooked tho obvious and whining move of 34.
"Kt. takes K. P."
(J) 38. " P. takes B" would, evidently, have been better, but even in that
cose, white, with correct after-play, should have won thus :
124 THE CHESS PLAYER S CHRONICLE.
Game II.
Between the same opponents.
(Evans's Gambit.)
Black. (Mr. Moephy.) White. (Mr. Deacon.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. Kt. to K. B. third 2. Kt. to Q. B. third
3. B. to Q. B. fourth 3. B. to Q. B. fourth
4. P. to Q. Kt. fourth 4. B. takes Kt. P.
5. P. to Q. B. third 5. B. to Q. R. fourth
6. P. to Q. fourth 6. P. takes P.
7. Castles 7. Kt. to K. B. third
8. B. to Q. R. third 8. P. to Q. third
9. P. to K. fifth 9. Kt. to K. Kt. fifth
10. K. P. takes P. 10. Q. B. P. takes P.
11. R. to K. square (check) 11. Kt. to K. second
12. Q. takes Q. P. 12. B. to Q. Kt. third
13. Q. takes K. Kt. P. 13. B. takes K. B. P. (check)
14. K. to B. square 14. R. to K. B. square
15. Q. Kt. to Q. second 15. B. takes R.
16. R. takes B. 16. Q. to Q. Kt. third
17. Q. Kt. to K. fourth 17. B. to K. B. fourth
18. Q. Kt. to K. B. sixth (check) 18. Kt. takes Kt.
19. Q. takes Kt. 19. B. to K. third
126 THE CHESS PLAYER'S CHRONICLE.
SOLUTIONS TO PBOBLEMS.
No. 57. Page 97.
White. Black.
1. Kt. takes P 1. P. to K. third
2. Kt. to K. second 2. K. takes Kt.
3. Kt. to K. B. fourth (dis. check)
and mates.
No. 58. Page 95.
White. Black.
1. B. takes K. Kt P. 1. B. to K. B. second
2. B. to K. seventh 2. B. to K. third
3. Q. takes B. P. (check) 3. Kt. takes Q.
4. Kt. mates
No. 59. Page 96.
White. Black.
1. Kt. takes Kt. 1. K. to Q. B. third
2. B. to Q. sixth 2. K. to Q. Kt. fourth*
3. Kt. to Q. fourth (check) 3. K. to Q. B. fifth
4. B. to Q. seventh (mate)
If " K. to Q. fourth," White Kt. would mate at K. seventh, in three moves.
No. 60. Page 96.
White. Black.
1. Kt. to Q. B. sixth (dble. ch.) 1. K. to Q. B. square
2. B. takes Kt. at K. B. eighth 2. Q. to Q. fourth, beef
3. B. to K. sixth (check) 3. Q. takes B.
4. B. to Q. eighth check 4. B. takes B.
5. B. takes B. (mate)
* Black has no other move to delay the mate beyond four moves, and
although he plays his Queen in prize of two pieces, White dares not take bet
with either.
THE CHESS PLAYER 8 CHRONICLE. 127
gggj lip
Wm
a fll * JIIL„JOJ«„i
*i II
WHITE.
White to move, and mate in three moves.
vrarrx
White to move, and mate in four moves.
Hi
■an
White to move, and mate in four moves.
WHITE.
White to move, and mate in four moves.
THE CHESS PLAYER'S CHRONICLE. 129
on the contrary, who has but the shadow of a recollection of having seen
a position formerly, is obliged to make far stronger efforts of combina
tion to find out the proper move, and thus spends, comparatively, so
much time upon his move that the bystanders think his adversary
played by intuition. Such slow players were Macdonnell, and his
contemporary the German, Popert.
(To be continued.)
given against this terrible gambit, naturally comes to the conclusion that
there is none, and is about to lay aside, despairingly, the volume in
which he hoped to find a defence agaiust every way of attack, when
lo ! his eyes light upon " Evans' gambit declined " (Praxis, page 140).
Now he has fouud the way to elude this dreaded attack, ardently he
reads the two model games through, with their respective variations,
but alas ! again he is doomed to disappointment, for again the attack
has nearly always the best of it, and only in one of the variations the
game is about even. Listlessly he looks, as a last resource, over the
" Illustrative games of Evans' gambit," and he almost invariably finds
the ominous termination of, "Black resigns." This last experience
decides him ; he shall no more give his adversary a chance of trying
that attack upon him ; he shall not even play the King's Pawn two
squares, for his teachers tell him that he has but a poor chance of a
fair fight if he loses himself in the mazes of that confounded gambit,
But patience, young man, remember nullum adstrictus jurare in verba
magistri! So at least we thought, and have also, in this instance, found
the maxim true : for our careful researches have given us the conviction
that not only there is a proper defence to every sort of attack in the
Evans' gambit, but also that the sacrifice of the Pawn, although giving
the first player a strong and continuous attack, leads to the ultimate
loss of the game, if the defence be properly carried out.
We do not pretend to entirely exhaust the subject, but only intend to
prove that the different ways of attack can be successfully repelled ;
thus, by giving the best modes of defence, we hope to engage the
amateurs not to refuse the Evans' Gambit, and to adopt in their
defence, what is called an open game. As it is a matter of the utmost
indifference with which mode of attack we begin our analysis, we
shall commence with Mr. Phaser's variation. See Praxit, p. 136.
after his K. Kt. has been pinned ; and now come the three variations
which Mr. Fraser thinks the only ones at Black's command, and which
aie given in the Praxis, under the heads of A. B. C.
A. Q. B. takes K. Kt. B. K. to K. B. square, and C. Q. B. to
Q. second. This last move, which we think the best, we shall examine
first.
I 10. Q. B. to Q. second
11. Q. to Q. Kt. third | 11. Q. Kt. to Q, R. fourth
White is now compelled to sacrifice a piece.
12. K. B. takes K. B. P. (ch.) 12. K. to K. B. square
13. Q. to Q. fifth 13. K. Kt. to K. B. third
14. Q. to K. Kt. fifth 14. K. takes B.
15. P. to K. fifth 15. K. Kt. to K. Kt. fifth
The Praxis says this is Black's best move, but he may also play
" K. Kt. to K. Kt. square," " K. Kt. to K. square," and " P. to K.
R. third," which are all three bad. Here Mr. Fraser seems to us to
have made n great oversight, and to have entirely overlooked Black's
answer, " K. to K. square," giving up the piece, but remaining with a
Pawn ahead and a very decent position. But we will at once join issue
with Mr. Fraser and accept his defence to the last, as ccelerii partiut,
we think it preferable for Black to remain with a piece than with a
Pawn ahead.
16. Q. to K. B. fourth (check) 16. K. to K. Kt. square
17. K. Kt. to K. Kt. fifth 17. K. Kt. to K. R. third
Here Mr. Staunton says, " Q. to K. B. square " seems at least as
good, but we do not think so, for " Q. to K. fourth " in answer would
have been fatal.
18. P. to K. sixth 18. Q. B. to K. square
19. Q. Kt. to Q. fifth 19. Q. Kt. to Q. B. third
20. K. R. to K. square 20. Q. Kt. to K. second
It must be confessed that both the attack and the defence here are
very ingenious.
21. K. Kt. to K. B. seventh 21. Q. Kt. takes Q. Kt.
22. Q. to K. B. third 22. Kt. takes Kt.
23. Q. takes Q. Kt. 23. Q. to K. B. third
24. Q. takes Q. Kt. P.
Here the Praxis puts the ingenious question, " Has White sufficient
attack for the two pieces he has lost F " and observes at the same time
Black's best reply seems to be, " K. B. takes Q. P." The move here
THE CHESS PLAYER'S CHRONICLE. 135
by " B takes P. (check)," then " B. takes R.," and by playing " Kt. to
K. fourth," remain with two pieces ahead. White cannot play " B. to
K. third," for in that case Black can play either " B. takes B." or " B.
takes R.," remaining, at least, with a piece and a Pawn ahead. "B.
takes R." is best. If White play : —
26. B. to K. B. fourth 26. B. takes R.
27. P. takes R. (best) 27. Q. takes P. on Q. eighth
28. R. takes B.
and Black remains with a clear piece ahead.
If White plays " B. to K. Kt. fifth," then ! Q. takes B." and Black
remains with two pieces more.
The best move, however, is " B. to Q. Kt. second," and then the
following variation occurs: —
26. B. to Q. Kt. second 26. B. takes B.
27. P. takes R. (best) 27. Q. takes P.
28. Q. takes B. or A. 28. Kt. to K. fourth
29. Q. R. to Q. Kt. square 29. Kt. to Q. second
30. K. R. to K. third 30. B. to K. B. second
31. R. to K. Kt. third 31. P. to K. Kt. third
and Black has a piece and u Pawn for the exchange, and clearly an
easily won game.
A.
28. Q. takes Q. B. P. 28. B. to K. fourth
29. Q. takes Q. (best) 29. Kt. takes Q.
30. P. to B. fourth 30. B. to Q. fifth (check) (best)
31. K. to R. square 31. K. toB. second
and Black has the advantage of two pieces.
Mr. Fraser's analysis, although not leading to the conclusion which
it originally intended, has rendered a great service to the theory of
Chess, by proving that the 9th move, " Q. Kt. to Q. B. third," although
leading to very complicated positions, is an unsound mode of attack,
for it allows Black to pin the King's Kt. ; aud if, as Mr. Fraser pro
poses, the Q. plays to Q. R. fourth, Black, by playing " B. to Q.
second," either wins a move, which is everything in the Evans'
Gambit, or compels White to sacrifice a piece, which ultimately leads,
as we have shown, to the loss of the game.
(To be continued.)
THE CHESS PLAYER'S CHRONICLE. 137
CHESS IN FRANCE.
During the last few years, in fact, since the death of Kieseritzki,
Chess had been so much neglected in France, that throughout the
country, not a single Chess periodical was to be found. An attempt
was made, we believe, two years ago, by Mr. A. De RrviERE, to bring
out a monthly publication, but it did not survive its second number.
Occasionally, a problem found its way into an illustrated.paper, and in
that consisted the whole Chess literature of that large and prosperous
country. It was, therefore, with great satisfactiou, that we saw, in
the beginning of the year, the announcement of a monthly Chess pub
lication entitled, La Regence, to be edited by Mr. P. Journocd, a
gentleman of great Chess abilities, and a player of no ordinary strength.
It is published on the first of each month, and four numbers have already
appeared. It is of the same size as the Chess Player's Chronicle,
and is edited with great judgment and skill, and we, therefore, hope
that Monsieur Joi'rxicd will have all the success his exertions
deserve.
In the March number of La Regence, a problem tournament is
announced, to which the whole world is invited ; and as some of our
readers may be willing to take part in it, we think it our duty to give
the translation of the conditions.
The following is the Committee of judges : —
M. M. Devink, member of the legislative body, President.
Lequesne, Secretary. St. Amant ; Laroche ; Arnous De Riviere ;
Doozan ; Preti ; Journocd.
The Committe being composed of an even number of members, the
President, in case of equality, has two votes.
The conditions are :—
Art. 1. A problem tournament is opened by the Journal de la
Regence. French and Foreign composers are invited to take part in it.
Art. 2. Each competitor may send any number of problems, but not
less than four. The award will be made according to the merit of all
the problems as a whole, not as to the merit of a single problem.
False problems, or those made against the rules given below, will be
considered as not received.
Art. 3. The problems must have never been published. All sub
tleties such as supposed former move, or castling, are excluded. A
Pawn, arriving at the eighth square, may be converted into any piece
whatever.
Art. 4. The problems may be in three, four, or five moves, at the
option of the author. Those in more or less moves are excluded. The
mate must be a direct one. Forced or conditional mates are excluded.
Problems which have several solutions will be considered as false, and
set aside.
138 TEE CHKSS PLAYERS CHBONrCLE.
Notes.
(a) This is a very weak move ; why not simply " Kt. to K. second,"
order to establish the Knight on " K. Kt. third."
140 THE CHESS PLAYER'S CHRONICLE.
(4) An overclaiming and useless sacrifice ; it would have been far preferable
to retreat the B. to Q- square.
(c) The editor of La Megence at this point remarks, that, instead of castling
it would have been safer to bring " B. to Q. B. fourth," in order to keep White
in a confined position. It strikes us, however, that whatever Black now did,
he could not repair the fault which he committed on his 11th move, and which
we commented upon in our last note. To throw a Pawn away, uselessly, in an
important game is certainly anything but standard match play.
(d) Monsieur Journoud here very properly observes, that having given up
a Pawn for the sake of attack, Black now loses another, and thus completely
compromises his game.
(e) The French edition justifies this evident blunder, by the supposition that
most likely Black has taken the Bishop with the Book, thinking that he could
have gained two minor pieces for the Book afterwards, checking with the B. on
K. fifth, entirely forgetting that the Knight by taking the Book places the
King in check. M. Journoud here however volunteers the consoling reflection
that M. De Riviere's game being already past recovery, it mattered but little
what Black did or omitted in his subsequent moves. A poor consolation
indeed, which, however, is qualified by the remark, that a similar oversight
very seldom occurred in M. De Riviere's contests.
The Committee beg to announce that the Fifth Annual Meeting of the
" West Yorkshire Chess Association " will be held in the Saloon
of St. George's Hall, Bradford, on Saturday, May 19, 1860, when
Play will be commenced at Ten o'clock.
The primary objects of the " West Yorkshire Chess Association "
are to establish and cultivate a friendly intercourse between the York
shire Clubs and Chess players generally, and to endeavour to induce
a more extensive practice of this truly scientific and royal pame; and
the Committee, confidently believing that these desirable objects will
be greatly promoted by the annual gatherings of this and other similar
associations, earnestly express a hope that an increased interest in
their success will be evinced by as large and numerous attendance as
possible at the ensuing meeting.
The Committee have the pleasure to announce that arrangements
have been made with Mr. Harrwitz to be present on this occasion,
and they trust that the presence of a gentleman of such acknowledged
and consummate skill as a Chess Player, will be considered not the
least attractive feature of the meeting. The attendance also of several
distinguished and leading players from neighbouring and distant
THE CHESS PLAYER S CHRONICLE. 141
The following Game, with the Notes, appeared in The Daily Chronicle
and Northern Counties Advertiser, and is the concluding Game in the
Tournament which recently took place in the Northumberland Chess
Club.
(Scotch Cambif).
White. (Mr. Mitcheson). Black. (Mr. Punshon)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. Kt. to K. B. third 2. Kt. to Q. B. third
8. P. to Q. fourth 3. Kt. takes P. (a)
4. Kt. takes P. 4. Kt. to K. third
5. B. to Q. B. fourth 5. P. to Q. B. third
6. Castles 6. Q. to Q. B. second (4)
7. P. to K. B. fourth 7. Kt. to K. B. third
8. Q. to K. B. third (e) 8. Kt. to Q. fifth
9. Q. to Q. third 9. B. to Q. B. fourth
10. K. to R. square (d) 10. Castles
11. P. to Q. B. third 11. Kt. to K. third
12. Q. to K. B. third (<?) 12. P. to Q. fourth (/)
13. P. takes P. 13. P. takes P.
14. B. takes P. 14. Kt. takes B.
16. Q. takes Kt. 15. R. to Q. square
16. Q. to K. fourth 16. P. to Q. Kt. third
17. Q. to Q. B. second (g) 17. P. to K. B. third
18. Kt. to K. B. third 18. Kt. takes P.
19. Q. to K. fourth 19. Kt. to Q. sixth
142 TnE CHESS PLAYER S CHRONICLE.
open for Chess play at three o'clock, and amongst the company present
we observed J. Harpin, Esq., J. P., President of the Club; Mr.
Joshua Moorhouse, jun., the Vice President ; Mr. Thos. Barrer,
the Hon. Sec; and Messrs. J. Hixon, Charles Moorhouse (Peni-
stone), Josh. Crossland, G. H. Mellor, Brook Beardsell, John
Dyson, Arel Thewlis, &c, &c.
From Huddersfield were present Messrs. John Watkinson, J. R.
Rorinson, and W. Dyson.
At five o'clock there was an adjournment for the purpose of partaking
of a most substantial tea. After tea there was some very interesting
play.
The Secretary had arranged that Mr. Watkinson should contest
six games simultaneously, and his opponents were as follows :—Mr. J.
R. Borinson, of this town ; Mr. Charles Moorhouse, of Penistone;
and Messrs. T. Barrer, Joshua Moorhouse, jun., Josh. Crossland,
and G. H. Mellor, of the Holmfirth Club.
The result was that Mr. Watkinson won five of the games, the
sixth being left unfinished on account of Mr. J. R. Rorinson having
to leave by train. The great rapidity of Mr. Watkinson's play may
be inferred from the fact that the play in all the games was over, under
the hour. Mr. Brook Beardsell afterwards encountered Mr. Wat
kinson singly, the latter player giving the odds of the Queen's Book,
and winning four games.
The gathering broke up at an advanced hour, all present having
spent a very agreeable evening.
Notes.
(a) We should have much preferred " B. to Q. K. third," here. It would
have prevented Black from castling, and would have rendered his game a Terr
difficult one to defend.
(4) Threatening " Q. to Q. fourth," winning a piece, if the Knight is moved
at once.
(c) The game is now very critical for both parties.
(d) Well played ; at once securing the Pawn.
(e) The game is drawn with correct play. Mr. Werner had at this point the
choice given him of giving up the game as a draw, but he declined, and, as will
be seen, subsequently lost it.
(/) Badly played, allowing White to obtain two passed Pawns.
(g) Of course. After this Black's game is hopeless.
Note*.
(a) As a rule an early exchange of Queens is not good play at these odds. It
is sound, however, in this instance, as it gives Black a double Pawn.
(4) If White had played 21. « P. to K. B. fourth," Black would have re
plied with 24. " R. takes K. P. (check)."
(c) White has now a formidable array of centre Pawns.
(d) The advance of this Pawn, although apparently a strong move, is proved
unsound by Black's subsequent play. " P. to K. R. fourth " would have been
a better move.
(«) It will be found on examination that White has no better move at com
mand.
(f) The termination is an improving lesson in Pawn play.
Game VI.
Between the same opponents.
{Allgaier Gambit.)
Black. (Herr Hariiwitz.) White. (Mr. Mongredien.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. P. to K. B. fourth 2. P. takes P.
8. Kt. to K. B. third 3. P. to K. Kt. fourth
4. P. to K. R. fourth 4. P. to K. Kt. fifth
5. Kt. to K. fifth 5. Kt. to K. B. third
6. B. to Q. B. fourth 6. P. to Q. fourth
7. P. takes P. 7. B. to Q. third
8. P. to Q. fourth 8. B. takes Kt. (a)
9. P. takes B. 9. Kt. to R. fourth
10. Kt. to B. third 10. Q. to K. second
11. P. to K. sixth (4) 11. P. takes P.
12. B. to Kt. fifth (check) 12. B. to Q. second
13. Q. takes P. 13. Kt. to Kt. sixth
14. R. to R. third 14. P. takes P. (dis. check)
15. K. to Q. square 15. P. to Q. B. third
16. Q. takes P. 16. B. takes R.
17. Q. takes K. Kt. 17. B. to K. third
IS. B. to Q. third 18. R. to Kt. square
THE CHESS PLAYERS CHRONICLE. 151
Notet.
(o) " Kt. to R. fourth " at once is we believe better.
(4) This was a rash move which is not at all in the style of Herr Harrvritz's
play, Q. to her fourth would have given him at once the best game ; now he
has a very hard battle to fight, and ought to be glad to draw the game.
Game VII.
Between the same opponents.
{Irregular Opening.)
White. (Mr. Mongredien.) Black. (Herr Harrwitz.)
1. P. to Q. fourth 1. P. to K. B. fourth
2. P. to Q. B. fourth 2. P. to K. third
152 THE CHESS PLAYER'S CHRONICLE.
Note*.
(a) "Kt. taken Kt." was the more, for if the B. pine the Q. Kt, the Black
Kt. can no more be dislodged, except with great disadvantage j but if Whit*
did not wish to exchange Kt. against Kt., he ought, at all events, to have plaved
"Kt. to K. B. third."
(4) Why give up the Q. B. P.? it would have been more simple to play the
"P. toQ. B. fifth."
(r) " Q. to K." was at any rate better, as the Q. B. must finally come to
B. square.
THE CHESS PLAYER'S CHRONICLE. 153
Game VIII.
Between the same opponents.
Black. (Herr Harrwitz.) White. (Mr. Mongredten.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
8. P. to K. B. fourth 2. P. takes P.
S. K. Kt. to B. third 3. P. to K. Kt. fourth
4. P. to K. R. fourth 4. P. to Kt. fifth
5. Kt. to K. fifth 5. K. Kt. to B. third
6. B. to Q. B. fourth 6. P. to Q. fourth
7. P. takes P. 7. B. to Q. third
8. P. to Q. fourth 8. Q. to K. second (a)
9. B. takes P. 9. Kt. to R. fourth
10. Castles (J) 10. Q. takes P. (c) .
11. Q. to K. second 11. Castles
12. Q. B. to R. sixth 12. Kt. to Kt. sixth (d)
13. Q. to K. third 13. Kt. to B. fourth
14. R. takes Kt. 14. B. takes R.
15. B. takes R. 15. K. takes B.
16. P. to K. Kt. third 16. Q. to R. fourth
17. Kt. to Q. second 17. P. to K. B. third (e)
18. R. to K. B. square 18. K. to Kt. second
19. Kt. to K. third 19. Kt. to Q. second
20. Kt. to B. fourth 20. B. takes Kt.
21. Q. takes B. 21. K. to Kt. third
22. Q. takes Q. B. P. 22. R. to K. square
23. R. takes B. 23. K. takes R.
24. B. to Q. third (check) 24. K. to Kt. fourth
25. Q. to K. B. fourth
And Mates.
Notes.
(a) This must be bad, as the gambit player not only has won his Pawn back,
bat is enabled to win a second Pawn by bringing a piece into play.
!4) Probably the best move under the circumstances,
e) By "Kt. takes B.," White may have won at least one Pawn, and got out
of the difficulties.
(d) " B. takes Kt.," followed by " P. to K. Kt. sixth," would have forced
the exchange of Queens.
(e) This is weak play, and gives White an irresistible attack ; Mr. Mongre-
dien is evidently despairing of overcoming his opponent, after having already
lost six games, and does not wish to prolong a hopeless struggle.
154 THE CHESS l'LAYEa'S CHRONICLE.
5. P. to K. fifth 5. P. to B. fourth
6. P. to Q. B. third 6. Kt. to B. third (4)
7. Kt. to K. second 7. Q. to Q. Kt. third
8. B. to B. fourth (e) 8. B. to Q. second
9. B. takes Kt. 9. P. takes B.
10. Castles 10. P. takes P.
11. P. takes P. 11. P. to B. fourth
12. B. to K. third 12. P. takes P.
13. B. takes P. 13. B. to B. fourth
14. P. to B. fourth 14. Castles (K. B.)
15. B. takes B. 15. Q. takes B. (check)
16. Q. to Q. fourth 16. Q. takes Q. (check)
17. Kt. takes Q. 17. P. to Kt. fourth
18. P. to K. Kt. third 18. P. takes P.
19. P. takes P. 19. Q. R. to Kt. square
20. B. to B. second 20. Kt. to B. square
81. P. to B. fifth (d) 21. P. takes P.
22. Q. Kt. to B. third 22. Q. R. to K. square
23. B. to K. square 23. B. to K. third
24. Kt. takes B. 24. B. takes Kt.
25. Kt. takes P. 25. Kt. to Kt. third
26. B. to K. Kt. second 26. K. to B. square
27. K. B. to K. second 27. P. to B. fifth
28. Kt. to B. sixth 28. K. to Kt. second (e)
29. K. to B. second 29. B. to B. second
30. P. to K. B. fourth 30. K. B. to K. second
81. Kt. to Q. fifth 31. B. to Q. second
82. Kt. to B. sixth 32. K. B. to K. second
Both players persisting in repeating; the same move, neither could hope
to win, and the game was declared drawn.
No tes.
!a) See note on this move in another game between these players.
4) Up to this point the moves are identical with those in the contest just
referred to. In that instance, White now played, 7. " P. to K. B. fourth,"
which was better than the move now selected.
(c) Losing time ; the first player by no means makes the most of the opening.
(d) Well conceived but premature ; he should first have played " Q. Kt. to
B. third."
(e) The lattev portion of the game is well played by both parties.
THE CHESS PLAYER'S CHRONICLE. 157
Game VI.
Between Mr. Philidor and Mr. Jennings.
(Odds of Pawn and Move!)
White. (Mr. Jennings.) Black. (Mr. Philidor.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to Q. B. fourth
2. Q. to B. fifth (check) 2. P. to Kt. third
3. Q. takes B. P. 3. Q. Kt. to B. third
4. Q. to B. third (a) 4. P. to K. fourth
5. P. to Q. B. third 5. Kt. to B. third
6. P. to B. third 6. P. to Q. B. fourth (b)
7. B. to B. fourth 7. P. to Q. fourth
8. B. to Kt. fifth 8. Q. to Kt. third (c)
9. Q. takes P. (check) 9. K. to B. second
10. B. takes Et. 10. P. takes B.
11. P. to Q. fourth 11. K. B. to Kt. second
12. Kt. to K. second 12. B. to K. square
13. Q. to Kt. fifth 13. P. takes P.
14. Q. Kt. to B. third (d) 14. P. takes P.
15. P. takes P. 15. Q. takes Q. P.
16. Kt. to K. fourth 16. Kt. takes Kt.
17. P. takes Kt. 17. Q. takes K. P.
18. Castles (check) 18. K. to Kt. square
19. B. to B. second (e) 19. Q. B. to B. third
20. Kt. to Kt. third 20. Q. to K. eighth (check)
21. K. to Kt. second 21. B. to Q. fifth
22. B. to B. third 22. Q. to Kt. eighth (check)
23. K. to B. third 23. B. to B. square (check)
24. Kt. to B. fifth (/) 24. Q. takes Q.
25. B. takes Q. 25. B. takes Kt. (check)
26. K. to B. fourth 26. B. to K. fifth (check)
27. B. to B. fourth 27. B. to K. fourth
28. Q. B. to K. B. square 28. P. to B. third
29. K. to Kt. third 29. B. takes B.
30. B. takes B. 30. P. to Kt. fourth
And Mr. Jennings resigns.
Notes.
(a) White in a previous Game, here played 4. " Q. to K. third." Neither of
the two moves is the correct one. As we have before remarked, the proper play
is 4. " Q. to B. fourth."
(4) Intending, should White venture to move his Queen's Pawn to play " B.
to Kt. fifth," and so on.
(o) All this is played with great vigour and accuracy. Indeed all of these
160 THE CHESS PLAYER S CHBONICLE.
newly discovered games seem to contain internal evidence that they were
played at a period when the great master was in the fullest possession of his
Chess powers.
(cf) Better would have been 14. " P. to K. B. fourth ;" but, in any case,
Black has a good game.
(«) Obviously White cannot play either 19. " Kt. to B. third," or " Kt. to Kt.
third," on account of the threatened check with the Bishop at Queen's fifth.
(/) Forced, as is evident.
SOLUTIONS TO PROBLEMS.
No. 61. Page 127.
White. Black.
1. Q. to K. B. sixth 1. P. to B. fourth
2. Kt. takes B. (check) 2. K. moves
3. Q. takes Q. mate
L
1. B. takes P.
2. Q. to K. B. eighth (check) 2. K. moves
3. Kt. to Q. seventh, mate
3.
1. B. takes Q.
2. B. to K. Kt. third (check) 2. Any move
3. B. or Kt. mates
No. 62. Page 127.
White. Black.
1. Kt. to Q. fifth 1. P. moves
2. B. to K. third 2. P. moves
3. Kt. to Q. B. third 3. P. takes B.
4. Kt. to K. second
ma ,es.
No. 63. Page 128.
White. Black.
1. B. takes P. 1. P. takes B.
2. Kt. to Q. sixth (check) 2. P. takes Kt
3. Kt. to K. fourth 3. Any move
4. Kt. to Q. sixth
ms tes.
No. 64. Page 128.
White. Black.
1. Q. to Q. second 1. K. to B. third
2. Q. to Q. seventh 2. K. to K. fourth
3. Q. to Q. eighth 3. K. to B. fifth
4. Q. to K. Kt. fifth
mates.
THE CHESS PLAYER S CHRONICLE. 159
WHITE.
White to move, and mate in four moves.
9.
:/%&/0. %
pel
mi
WHITE.
Black to move, and to draw.
160 THE OHBSS PLATBB S CHBONICLB.
No. 67. Problem by Mr. T. Ha* eon, St. James's Chess Club.
BLACK.
WHITE.
White to move, and mate in four moves.
mm*
m 'Wwmk
m...„ mM.
>
W,...,.„..„WM
/f" 9
HH
WHITE.
VVhite to move, and mate in six moves.
THE CHESS PLAYERS CHRONICLE. 1GI
hacdonnell's attack.
This mode of attack, which was first introduced by Macdonnell,
and which is perhaps the strongest and most varied way of continuing
this Gambit, consists in playing on the 9th move, " Pawn to Queen's
fifth," instead of Fraser's move, " Q. Kt. to Q. B. third." As, after
this move, there are still different ways of continuing the attack on the
10th move ; we shall examine them under the heads of A, B, C, D, E,
F, G, H.
White. Black.
9. P. to Q. fifth | 9. Kt. to K. R. fourth
This is, in our opinion, the best way of defending the attack in
answer to " P. to Q. fifth ; " it has, at any rate, the advantage of
serving as a ground-work to all the following defences, given under the
heads of A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H.
A.
10. P. to K. fifth | 10. K. Kt. to K. second
If Black were to take the K. B., White, by checking, would capture
the Kt., and White's attack would be greatly improved.
11. P.toK.sixthor(a)(4)(e)(rf) 11. Castles
12. P. takes P. 12. R. takes P.
White, after pushing the Pawn to K. sixth, has no better move than
taking the K. B. P., Black threatening to win a Pawn or a piece.
13. Kt. to K. Kt. fifth | 18. Kt. takes B.
The B. being attacked, White has scarcely any other strong move ;
if "B. to Q. third," Black gets a safe game by "B. to K. B. fourth."
14. Q. to Q. B. second | 14. Kt. to K. fourth
Better than " B. to K. B. fourth," which would lose the piece back.
If " Q. to K. R. fourth," the same moves occur :—
THB CHESS PLAYEh'8 CHRONICLE. 163
DILARAM'S PROBLEM.
(Vide our lad Number, p. 160.)
In Dr. Forbes's forthcoming work on the History of Chess, p. 98,
we have the following account of this far-famed problem. It must be
borne in mind, however, that in the original problem, the White Bishop
stood at K. R. third, and the White Kt. at K. Kt. fourth. Then at
the second move White's Bishop jumped over Kt., discovering check,
and the rest followed as in our own game. Dr. Forbes states :—
"The following position is celebrated all over the East as Dilaram's
Mate, whereby ' hangs a brief tale,' viz. —Two Persian princes had
engaged in such deep play, that the whole fortune of one of them was
gained by his opponent. He who played the White was the ruined
man ; and, made desperate by his loss, he at last offered his favourite
wife, Dilaram, as his stake. The game was carried on until he would
have"been inevitably Checkmated by his adversary on the next move.
The Lady, who had observed the game from behind the parda, or
gauze screen, that separated the females from the male portion of the
company, cried out to her husband in a voice of despair—
' Ai Shall ! do Rukh bidih, wa Dilaram ra madih ;
Pil wa Pipada, pesli kun, wa zi Asp Shah-mat.'
' O Prince, sacrifice your two Rooks, and save Dilaram ;
Forward with tout Bishop and Pawn, and with the Knight give Check-mate.1
164 THE CHESS PLAYER'S CHRONICLE.
" Dilaram's problem, modified so as to suit our boards, has for some
time been known in Europe. It is given in a small work entitled
An Easy Introduction to t/ie Game of Chess, published in Loudon in
1816, but I cannot say from what source. The following example of
it is taken from the Museum MS. No. 16,856. I have seen several
other versions both of the story and of the problem, all of which, tow-
ever, agree in principle, though the non-combatant pieces on the left
side of the board may be differently arranged. In a Chess article in
the fourth volume of the Chess Player's Chronicle, Mr. George Walker
has given this problem along with several others ' selected (as he tells
us), from an ancient Persian manuscript.' His version differs from
mine, and from the specimen of his Persian, I am strongly inclined to
suspect the accuracy as well as the antiquity of his manuscript."
We have been favoured with the following metrical solution of what
Dr. Forbes calls the " Christian version " of the problem as given in
our last number : —
Friend of my soul forsake not Dilaram ;
Give up your Tower, for lovo of Dilaram ;
Your Knight advance, to fight for Dilaram ;
Your Castle sacrifice, for Dilaram ;
The Squire shall strike a blow for Dilaram ;
The Knight shall mate, and save your Dilaram.
players in the association; the draw for couples giving the following
result:—Bishop, of Leeds, v. Watkinson, of Huddersfield ; Cadman,
of Leeds, v. Tomlinson, of Wakefield; Hunter, of Wakefield,
v. Birchall, of Sheffield; Thorold, of Sheffield, e. Parrapt, of
Huddersfied. In the first attack, Watkinson, Cadman, Thorold,
and Hunter were the victors. A fresh draw placed the first gentle
man in opposition to the second, the third in opposition to the fourth.
The first game between Cadman and Watkinson was drawn, the
second resulted in favour of Cadman. Iu the second couple, Hunter
had to succumb to the superior play of Thorold, thus leaving Cadman
and Thorold to contest the deciding game. Great interest Was felt
in this game. Thorold was considered the stronger of the two, being
the winner of the first-class tournament last year ; but still he had as
his opponent a very able and careful player. However, the game was
not so good as was expected, a very short play giving the victory to
Mr. Thorold. The second-class tournament, though not equal in
ability to the first, still engaged some good players, and some very
fair games were the result. The names of the players were as follows:
—Marsden, of Huddersfield, v. Young, of Wakefield ; Burrow, of
Settle, v. Ammeleurg, of Bradford; Wintereottom, of Leeds,
v. Armistead, of Settle; Dawson, of Bradford, v. Barker, of Brad
ford. In the first round, Marsden, Burrow, Armistead, and
Dawson had to retire, and Barker v. Winterrottom, and Young
r. Ammeleurg commenced play again. Here the two Bradford players
Barker and Ammeleurg were the losers, and Young and Winter-
rottom were left alone in the contest. This game was well fought,
and resulted in favour of Young.
At four o'clock it was annouueed that Herr Harrwitz would play
as many games simultaneously as might be required, and eleven games
were accordingly started, all of which he contested, carrying on at the
same time a variation from a point in the game played between him
self and Mr. Rhodes in the earlier part of the day ; this time Mr.
Beodes managed to draw the game. Out of the eleven games, Herr
Harrwitz was successful in ten, Mr. Hunter, of Wakefield, winning
the other; in rive of them a knight was given, and one was a consulta
tion game. M. J. Mayall, jun., London, Mr. E. Werner, Bradford,
Mr. Bircuall, Sheffield, and Mr. Hunter, were among the players.
The greatness of this feat will be understood by any one who has
166 THE CHESS player's chronicle.
attempted even two games at once. While playing the one the thread
of the other is lost, and unless the representative faculty is very strong,
each move would require a long study, for the whole of the game has
to be recalled, but Herr Harrwitz in many instances hardly stopped
a moment, and at most not more than two or three minutes.
The committee of management while providing sumptuously for the
mind did not overlook the claims of the body. Shortly after six o'clock
the company adjourned to tea in the north corridor, provided by Mr.
John Bei.l of the Talbot, whose fame as a cuuinier waa admirably
sustained by the excellent provision made on this occasion. Upwards
of seventy gentlemen sat down at the table, which stretched the fidl
length of the corridor. When all were satisfied,
Samual Laycock, Esq., J. P. the president of the association, rose
to state the business of the meeting, and in doing so congratulated the
members of the Bradford Club on the large assemblage they had
secured. Similar meetings had been held in Halifax, lluddersfield,
Leeds, and Wakefield, but this was the largest since the second for
mation of the Association.
Mr. Rhodes, as president of the Leeds Club, proposed that the next
annual gathering be held in that town, lie expressed great satisfac
tion both with size and generel arrangements of the meeting, and though
he could not promise that Leeds would do as well, yet he felt sure that
they would do their utmost to give general pleasure.
The motion was seconded by Mr. Bishop, of Leeds. Before it was
put, a conversation ensued as to whether Sheffield and Settle should be
admitted into the Association It was urged that as they were so
distant it would be impossible to hold the annual gathering at either
of those places, therefore that it would be better not to formally admit
them, but that any members of their clubs would always be welcome.
But this objection was overruled, and a motion having been made that
the Sheffield and Settle Clubs be admitted into the Association, it was
carried by acclamatiou.
The motion of the next annual meeting should be held in Leeds, was
then put and carried unanimously.
Mr. Rorinson was greatly pleased with the meeting, but while
giving credit to the Bradford gentlemen for the manner in which they
had entertained them, they must not forget two gentlemen to whom
that and all the meetings were principally indebted. It was through
THE CHESS PLAYER'S CHRONICLE. 167
their exertions that the Association was formed twenty years ago : he
therefore proposed that their best thanks be given to Mr. Rhodes of
Leeds, and Mr. Shepherd, of Wakefield.
The resolution was seconded by Mr. Laycock, and carried amidst
loud applause.
Mr. Bh odes, in responding, staled that he owed more to Chess
than it owed to him. He attributed all his success as a sharebroker
to his early cultivation of Chess. The power of foresight and calcula
tion, so requisite in his business he believed he had acquired by the
study of that game ; and he regretted that ill health had compelled him
almost to relinquish it.
Mr. Shepherd, Governor of the Wakefield House of Correction,
also spoke, and ascribed his success in his peculiar sphere to the same
cause. The faculty of combination, essential to the efficient manage
ment of an institution like that over which he presided, was obtained
and strengthened by the cultivation of Chess. Mr. Shepherd con
cluded by moving thanks to the Bradford Chess Club for the day's
entertainment, coupling with the motion the names of Mr. Beoughton,
its President, and Mr. Heselton, its Secretary, whom he highly com
plimented for their successful exertions to promote the comfort of their
visitors.
Mr. Broughton replied : to have satisfied their friends was to
satisfy themselves—they had only provided what it was their duty to
do. He anticipated the best results from that meeting. A .new impulse
would be given to the game in the town : and he trusted that on the
next occasion of their meeting, Bradford men would stand higher
among the players than they had done that day.
Mr. Tomlinson, of Wakefield, thought they should not separate
without showing honour to a gentleman who was then present, a
gentleman whose talent and ability all would recognise. He therefore
proposed the health of Mr. Harrwitz.
Mr. Heselton, in seconding it, took that opportunity to complain
that the different clubs were comparatively isolated throughout the
year, and that very little was known of their proceedings. He said
that at present the office of a Corresponding Secretary was almost a
sinecure. He thought it would be better were they to collect such
information as would be interesting with respect to the several Clubs
in the Association, and bring it before the next Annual Meeting.
168 THE CHESS PI,AYER'S CHRONICLE.
The Chess Players will see, with pleasure, that there is as yet some
Chess life in the members of the Yorkshire Chess Association. As to
the Metropolis, a withering sirocco blast seems to have swept off the
Chess arena, and deadened all the energies of the higher class players.
In the Clubs, a few struggling third-rate amateurs sometimes sit down
to a tedious game, which the Chess writers, even with the best will,
dare not report iu their columns. Strong players never play together;
and were it not for the presence of Herr Harrwitz in England, who
is the most indefatigable player we know, we should be at loss to find
games worth publishing. Is there no way of bringing some life into
the Metropolitan Chess circles ? The prospect of another great tourna
ment, of all nations, at the Exhibition of 1862, ought to engage our
Chess notabilities to train themselves by matches and tournaments, in
order that the English school may be worthily represented. {The
Editor.)
THE CHESS PLAYERS CHRONICLE. 169
Game II.
Between the same opponents.
{Remove Black's K. Kt.)
Black. (Herr Harrwitz.) White. (Mr. P. Healey.)
1. P. to Q. fourth 1. P. to Q. fourth
2. P. to Q. B. fourth 2. P. to K. third
3. Kt. to Q. 15. third 3. K. Kt. to K. B. third
172 THE CHESS PLAYER'S CHRONICLE.
Notes.
fa) " P. to K. B. fourth " is the acknowledged move.
6) Though this move I urns out in favour of the second player, still the safer
course of play would have been to capture the K. Pawn with Kt. If then
White takes Kt. with Kt., Black checks with Q. on B. fourth, and then retakes
the Kt. with a good game.
(c) A weak move, but probably mado with the intention to open the Knight's
file for the Book. " P. to Q. Kt. third " would have been stronger.
(d) It is evident that " Q. takes P." would have lost the Queen in two moves.
(e) If, instead, " Kt. to Q. B. sixth," White could either have played " Q.
to Q. second " (threatening mate on the next move), or taken the K. P. with
Kt., checking and winning a piece.
(/) This move settles White's fate at once. The only way of saving the
game was to retreat " Kt. to K. second."
Game II.
Between the same opponents.
White. (Mr. Rorey.) Black. (Herr Falkeeer.)
1. P. to K. fourth
2. P. to Q. fourth P. to Q. third
o. P. to K. B. fourth 3. P. to Q. B. fourth
4. P. to Q. fifth 4. P. to K. fourth
5. K. Kt. to B. third 5. P. takes B. P.
6. Q. B. takes P. <;. K. Kt. to B. third
7. Q. B. to Q. Kt. fifth (check) 7. Q. B. to Q. second
8. B. takes B. 8. Q. Kt. takes B.
'J. Castles 9. K. B. to K. second
10. K. Kt. to Kt. fifth 10. Costles
11. Kt. to K. sixth 11. Q. to Q. Kt. third
12. Q. to K. B. third (a) 12. Q. takes Q. Kt. P. (b)
13. Q. Kt. to B. third 13. Q. Kt. to Kt. third
14. Q. R. to Q. Kt. square 14. Q. to Q. R. sixth
15. R. to Q. Kt. third 15. Q. to Q. R. fourth
16. Q. Kt. to Q. Kt. fifth 10. P. to Q. B. fifth
17. R. to Kt. second 17. R. to K. B. second
I3. B. takes P. I3. B. takes B.
19. Kt. takes B. IS. Q. to Q. seventh
20. Q. Kt. takes K. R. 20. K. takes Kt.
21. Q. to K. Kt. third 21. Q. to K. R. third
22. P. to K. fifth
And Black resigned.
Notes.
(a) This was decidedly stronger than to take B. with Kt., which would have
at once freed Black's pieces.
(J) This is evidently a mistake, " B. to K. B. second " would have been hi
bolter.
THE CHESS PLAYERS CHRONICLE. 175
WHITE.
White to move and win.
WWk.
w mm li
mm
— m^fm.m^mA
IP Wm& li P
W mm.
mm^m
*mJ^mwP*~w
WHITE.
White with the move wins, without the move draws.
F m
m
iff ,. mZM jk WM
W///////// m'm.
m....JLLbL4.
p "pffp p
WHITE.
White to move and win.
THE CHES9 PLAYERS CHRONICLE. 177
Game II.
White. (Herr Harrwitz.) Black. (Mons. Chansson.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to Q. B. fourth
2. P. to Q. fourth 2. P. to K. third
3. P. to Q. fifth 8. K. B. to K. second
4. P. to Q. sixth 4. B. to B. third
5. P. to K. B. fourth 5. P. to K. Kt. third
6. K. Kt. to B. third 6. B. to Kt. second
7. P. to K. fifth 7. K. Kt. to R. third
8. K. B. to Q. third 8. P. to K. B. fourth
9. Q. Kt. to B. third 9. P. to Q. R. third
10. Q. B. to K. third 10. P. to Q. Kt. third
11. Q. B. to K. B. second 11. Q. B. to Q. Kt. second
12. Q. B. to K. R. fourth 12. Q. to B. square
13. Q. B. to K. seventh 13. P. to Q. Kt. fourth
14. P. to Q. Kt. third 14. Q. Kt. to B. third
15. Q. B. to K. Kt. fifth 15. Castles
16. Q. to K. second 16. Q. Kt. to Q. square
17. P. to K. R. fourth 17. K. Kt. to Kt. fifth
18. P. to K. R. fifth 18. Q, to Q. B. third
19. P. takes P. 19. P. toK. R. third
20. Q. B. to K. seventh 20. R. to K. square
21. Q. Kt. to Q. square 21. Q. R. to B. square
22. P. to Q. B. fourth 22. Q. to Q. Kt. third
23. Castles 23. Q. Kt. to B. third
24. Q. B. to K. R. fourth 24. Q. Kt. to Q. fifth
25. Kt. takes Kt. 25. P. takes Kt.
26. Q. B. to K. B. second 26. Kt. takes B.
27. Kt. lakes Kt. 27. P. takes P.
28. B. takes Q. B. P. 28. Q. B. to K. fifth
29. Kt. takes B. 29. P. takes Kt.
30. Q. takes P. 30. K. R. to K. B. square
S1. P. to K. B. fifth 31. K. R. to Q. square
82. P. to K. B. sixth 32. P. to Q. third (disc, check)
88. K. to R. square 33. B. to B. square
34. P. to K. Kt. seventh 34. B. takes Q. P.
35. Q. to K. Kt. sixth 35. K. R. to K. B. square
THE CHESS PLAYER 8 CHRONICLE. 181
Game III.
White. (Herr Harrwitz.) Black. (Mr. Platel.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. third
2. Q. P. to Q. fourth 2. P. to Q. fourth
3. P. takes P. 3. Q. takes P.
4. P. to Q. B. fourth 4. Q. to Q. square
5. Q. Kt. to B. third 5. K. Kt. to B. third
6. K. Kt. to B. third 6. K. B. to Kt. fifth
7. K. B. to Q. third 7. Castles
8. Castles 8. Q. Kt. to B. third
9. Q. B. to K. B. fourth 9. Q. Kt. takes P.
10. Kt. takes Kt. 10. Q. takes Kt.
11. K. B. takes P. (check) 11. K. takes B.
12. Q. takes Q. 12. P. to Q. Kt. third
13. B. to K. fifth 13. K. to Kt. square
14. B. takes Kt. 14. P. takes B.
15. Q. takes P. 15. B, takes Kt.
16. P. takes B. 16. B. to Q. second
17. K. R. to K. square 17. B. to Q. B. third
18. R. to K. fifth 18. R. to Q. square
19. B. to 11. fifth
And inates.
Notes.
(a) In this stage of the game, the " K. Kt. to B. third" admits of no sound
defence, it can only be played effectually when the B. has been placed on K. R.
fourth, not on Q. B. fourth. See our January Number of 1859, in the game
between Anderssen and Morphy.
(4) K. Kt. to his square would have perhaps been better, under the circum
stances, for this move ought to cost Black a piece.
(c) White does not profit by his opponent's bad move, he ought to have
played " P. to Q. fifth," and, as wo said before, won the Kt. For:—
White. Black.
10. P. to Q. fifth 10. Kt. to K. second, or (A)
11. P. to Q. sixth 11. P. takes P. (best)
12. P. takes P. 12. Kt.toQ.B.tbirdorQ.Kt.third
13. Q. to Q. fifth 13. Castles (best)
14. Q. takes Kt. 14. Q. to K B. third
15. Q. to Q. B. second
thus preventing the Q. from taking the K., having won a piece, and a strong
attacking position.
A.
i 10. Kt. to K. R. fourth
11. B. to Q. third ! 11. Kt. to Q. B. fourth
The only move to save tho pieeo for tho moment, for if " P. to Q. B. fourth,"
" B. takes Kt.," and Black cannot retake, on penalty of losing the Q. It is true,
Black could sacrifice two pieces for the Hook, but then Black would have no
pieces in play, and would speedily succumb.
180 TUE CHESS PLAYER S CHRONICLE.
Notes.
(a) "P. to Q. fourth" is thought to be the best reply to White's fourth
more if Black refuses the Gambit.
(4) This almost compels the capture of the Kt., which strengthens White's
attack considerably.
(c) White's position is now impregnable.
Game II.
Between the same opponents.
{Rug Lopes Opening)
Black. (Mr. Thorold.) WTiite. (Mr. Watkinson.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. Kt. to K. B. third 2. Kt. to Q. B. third
3. B. to Q. Kt. fifth 3. Kt. to K. B. third
4. Castles 4. B. to Q. B. fourth
5. P. to Q. B. third 5. Castles
0. P. to Q. fourth 6. P. takes P.
7. P. takes P. 7. B. to Q. Kt. third
8. B. to K. Kt. fifth 8. P. to Q. third
9. P. to K. R. third 9. Kt. to K. second
10. Q. to Q. B. second 10. P. to K. R. third (a)
11. B. takes Kt. 11. P. takes B.
12. Q. to Q. second 12. K. to K. R. second
13. Kt. to K. R. fourth 13. R. to K. Kt. square
14. Kt. to K. R. second 14. Kt. to K. Kt, third
15. Kt. to K. B. fifth 15. B. takes Kt.
16. P. takes B. 16. Kt. to K. R. fifth
17. R. to K. Kt. square 17. R. takes K. Kt. P. (check) (4)
I3. R. takes R. 18. Kt. to K. B. sixth (check)
I'J. K. to R. square 19. Kt. takes Q.
20. Kt. takes Kt. 20. P. to Q. B. third
21. B. to Q. third 21. Q. to K. second
188 THE CHESS PLAYER S CHRONICLE.
Notes.
(a) Hub and the preceding move, although apparently hazardous play, will
be found before long to allow White to open a formidable attack.
(A) A very fine move, winning the Queen by force.
(c) Although White's K. does not appear to be in an enviable position, it is
in reality perfectly safe.
(d) Black must lose something here.
The following is the first of two games in the Match lately played
between the Newcastle and Berwick Clubs, by correspondence.
(Scotch Gambit.)
WTiite. (Newcastle.) Black. (Berwick.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1 . P. to K. fourth
2. Kt. to K. B. third 2. Kt. to Q. B. third
3. P. to Q. fourth 3. P. takes P.
4. B. to Q. B. fourth 4. B. to Q. B. fourth
5. P. to Q. B. third 5. Kt. to K. B. third
6. P. to K. fifth 6. P. to Q. fourth
7. P. to Q. Kt. fourth (a) 7. B. to Q. Kt. third
8. P. takes Kt. 8. P. takes B.
9. Q. to K. second (check) 9. B. to K. third
THE CHESS PLAYER'S CHRONICLE. 189
Notes.
(a) " B. to Q. Kt. fifth " is the usual move. The move in the text is one not
often played, nor would we recommend it, as the second player has the option
of sacrificing the piece for which he gets at least three Pawns in the centre, in
which case we should prefer Black's game. We must, however, observe that
Black can, besides the move in the text, take also the White Bishop.
| 7. Kt. takes Q. Kt. P.
8. P. takes Q. Kt. |
The only good move ; for, if White were to take the K. Kt., Black would
answer by " P. takes Q. B. P.," with a winning position, as may be seen on
examination : —
8. B. takes P. (check)
9. B. to Q. second (best) 9. B. takes B. (check)
10. Kt. takes B. (best) 10. Kt. to K. Kt. fifth
11. B. to Q. Kt. third 11. P. to Q. B. fourth
12. P. to K. B. third 12. Kt. to K. K. third
13. Q. K. to Q. B. square 13. P to K. Kt. third
190 THE CHESS PLAYER S CHRONICLE.
SOLUTIONS TO PBOBLEMS.
No. 65. Page 159.
White. Black.
1. R. to K. R. third (check) 1. B. takes R.
2. Kt. to Q. B. third (check) 2. K. to K. fourth (best)
3. Q. to K. B. fourth (check) 3. Anything
4. B. or Kt. mates
No. 66. Page 159.
White. j Black.
1. K. to K. third | 1. K. takes R.
2. K. to B. second
and draws.
No. 67. Page 160.
White. Black.
1. Q. takes Kt. (check) 1. K. to Q. B. fifth
2. Q. takes Q. (check) 2. K. takes Q.
3. R. takes R. (<lis. check) 3. K. to Q. B. fifth
4. Kt. to Q. sixth
and inates.
No. 68. Page 160.
White. Black.
1. R. to R. eighth (check) 1. K. takes R.
2. Kt. to K. Kt. fourth (dis. ch.) 2. R. interposes
3. R. takes R. (chock) 3. K. to his Kt,'s square
t. R. to R. eighth (check) 4. K. takes R.
5. Kt.'s P. gives oheck 5. K. to his Kt.'s square
0. Kt. to R. sixth
and ndates.
THE CHESS PLAYER 8 CHRONICLE. 191
il iM i il i
"mJ**' 4
1 f>kma vv//;/M
I «
vf7///.//'A Wm.
WHITE.
White to move, and draw.
wm m
■£»&■■ WA
mwwm
lis
I mm
whue.
White to move, and mate in three moves.
192 THE CHESS PLAYEB S CHRONICLE.
lip1
I if li
il mm m i
WHITE.
White to move, and mate in four moves.
mm § §§§§
111 PI
rii »„„.„„„».
Vr v ./
i»iI Jsi
aim
■white.
White to play, and mate in four moves.
THE CHESS PLAYER'S CHRONICLE. 193
Notes.
(a) White will now have for some time, a very strong attack, owing to Black's
taking the Bishop. He could have simply pushed the B. P., attacking theKt.;
and if the Kt. plays to K. B . seventh, B. takes Kt., and Black gets three Pawns
for the exchange ; as may be seen by a slight analysis. " Q. to K. B. fifth," as
in the text, is stronger than " Q. to Q. B. second," in which case, the following
variation would have occurred :—
White. Black.
13. Q. to Q. B. second 13. P. to K. B. fourth
14. Kt. to K. B. seventh 14. Q. to K. square
15. Q. takes Kt. 15. B. takes Kt.
16. P. takes B. 16. Q. takes P.
17. Kt. to Q. B. third 17. P. to Q. B. third
18. K. to Q. square, or (1) 18. Kt. takes P.
19. Kt. takes Kt. 19. B. to K. third
20. Kt.toK.B.sixth(check)or(2) 20. Q. takes Kt.
remaining with three Pawns for the exchange.
(1)
18. B. to K. square 18. B. to Q. B. fourth
19. B. to Q. Kt. second (best) 19. P. to Q. Kt. fourth
20. Q. to K. B. fourth (best) 20. Kt. to K. Kt. third
21. Q. to Q. fourth 21. P. to Q. B. fourth
winning the Q. P. or the exchange.
(2)
20. Kt. takes K. B. 20. B. takes Q.
21. Kt. takes B. 21. Q. to K. B. third
22. B. to Q. Kt. square 22. Q. to Q. square
23. B. takes Q- Kt. P. 23. Q. takes Kt.
24. B. to Q. B. seventh 21. Q. to K. square
with a won game.
(6) If " P. takes P." White would have had a less favourable game, for
14. P. takes P. 14. K. to B. square
15. Kt. to K. sixth (best) 15. B. takes Kt.
16. P. takes B. or (3) 16. K. to B. second
17. B. to K. Kt. fifth (best) 17. Kt. to K. fourth
18. Q. to K. B. fourth 18. Kt. to K. B. fourth
19. B. takes Q. or (4) 19. Kt. takes Q.
20. B. takes Kt. (best) 20. B. to Q. fifth
196 THE CHESS PLAYER'S CHRONICLE.
I I
Hi m m
WHITE.
White to play, and mate in four moves.
WHITE.
White to move, and mate in four moves.
200 THE CHESS PLAYEr's CH BON I CLE.
WHITE.
White to play,and mate in four moves.
*$ pi mm
WHITE.
White to move, and mate in five moves.
TUE CUES3 PLAYER 8 CURONICLE. 201
Game II.
Between the same opponents.
{King's Knight's move.)
White. (Herr Falkreer.) Black. (Mr. Borey.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
8. P. to K. B. fourth 2. P. takes P.
3. Kt. to K. B. third 3. P. to K. Kt. fourth
4. B. to Q. B. fourth 4. B. to K. Kt. second
5. P. to Q. fourth 5. P. to Q. third
6. Q. to Q. third (a) 6. P. to K. R. third
7. P. to K. R. fourth 7. Kt. to Q. B. third (4)
8. P. takes P. 8. P. takes P.
9. It. takes B. 9. B. takes R.
10. P. to K. fifth 10. P. to Q. fourth
11. Q. to K. R. seventh 11. K. to B. square
12. Q. takes B. 12. P. takes B.
13. P. to Q. B. third VS. B. to K. Kt. fifth
14. Q. Kt. to Q. second 14. Q. Kt. to K. second (c)
15. Kt. takes Kt. P. 15. Q. Kt. to K. Kt. third
16. Kt. to K. R. seventh (check) 18. K. to K. second
17. Q. to K. Kt. seventh 17. K. to K. third (rf)
18. Q. Kt. to K. fourth 18. Q. to K. B. fifth (check)
19. K. to Q. second (e) 19. R. to K. B. square (/)
20. Kt. takes R. 20. Kt. takes Kt.
21. Q. takes Kt. on Kt. square 21. K. to B. fourth
22. Q. to K. Kt. fifth (check) 22. Q. takes Q.
23. K. takes Q. 23. K. takes Kt.
THB CUES9 player's chronicle. 203
Notes.
(a) This is not the usual more at this stage of the game. It may not be the
soundest attack, yet it leads to most interesting variations. From Herr Falk-
beer's published games, we have often observed, that he is particularly fond of
this sort of attack, which seems to be quite congenial to his style of play.
(A) Herr F. here recommends " Q. to K. second," which would lead to the
following variation : —
White. Black.
7. Q. to K. second
8. P. takes P. 8. p. takes P.
9. B. takes B. y. B takes B.
10. P. to K. fifth 10. B. to K. Kt. second (best)
11. Q. to K. R. seventh n. K. to B. square (best)
12. Q. Kt. to B. third
If, instead, " Q. to K. B. fifth," Black plays " P. to K. B. third," and on Q.
back to B. seventh, Black, by answering with " Kt. to K. B. third," will have
the better game
204 ME CHESS PLAYER S CHRONICLE.
12. P. to Q. B. third
13. B. to Q. second I8. Kt. to K. B. third
This is stronger than "P. to Q. fourth," as it forces the Q. to retreat.
14. Q. to Q. third 14. B. to K. B. fourth
15. Q. to K. second 15. P. takes P.
16. P. takes P. 16. P. to K. Kt. fifth
and it seems that the advantage will remain with Black.
(r) Very well conceived ; by this move Black loses the G-ambit Pawn, but
turns the attack.
(d) Another good move. The position becomes now very complicated and
interesting.
(e) " Kt. to K. B. second," at first sight, seems the safer course ; but as
Black could have replied with " Q. to K. Kt. sixth," White's game would have
been more critical than with the move in the text.
(/) Was there any move to save the game? That in the text must
eventually lose for Black; and "K. to B. fourth," as suggested by the by
standers, is perhaps worse, as may be seen by variation. It appears that " Q. to
K. second," is the least objectionable under the circumstances, for
White. Slack.
19. K. to K. B. fourth
20. Q. lakes K. B. P. (check) 20. K. takes Kt. (best)
21. Q. takes Q. Kt. (check) 21. B. to K. B. fourth or (A)
22. Kt. to K. Kt. fifth (check) 22. K. to Q. fourth
23. Q. takes B.
And wins.
(A)
21. K. to Q. fourth
22. K. to Q. B. second 22. Q. to K. B. seventh (check)
23. B. interposes 23. Q. takes K. Kt. P.
24. Q. to K. B. seventh
and wins equally.
(g) Taking the P. would have been better, but it matters little, the game
being beyond redemption.
8. Castles 8. Castles
9. P. to Q. Kt. fourth 9. B. to Kt.'third
10. P. to Kt. fifth 10. Kt. to R. fourth
11. B. to R. second 11. Kt. to B. fourth
1 2. K. to R. square 12. K. to R. square
13. Q. to K. second 13. Q. to K. square
14. P. to Q. R. fourth 14. P. to B. third
15. R. to Q. Kt. square 15. B. to Q. second
16. B. to R. third 16. R. to B. second
17. P. takes K. B. P. 17. R. takes P.
18. Kt. to Kt. fifth 18. R. to R. third
19. K. to Kt. square 19. Kt. to K. sixth
20. B. to B. third 20. Kt. to Q. fourth
21. B. takes Kt. 21. K. P. takes B.
22. Q. to B. second 22. Q. to R. fourth
23. P. to R. third 23. R. to K. square
24. K. to B. square 24. R. to K. sixth
25. B. to B. square 25. R. takes R.
26. Kt. takes R. 26. R. to B. third
27. B. to Q. second 27. P. to B. fourth
28. Kt. to K. fifth 28. B. to K. third
29. K. to Kt. square 29. B. to Q. B. second
30. Q. to K. square 30. P. to Q. Kt. third
31. Kt. to B. third 31. Kt. to Q. Kt. second
32. Kt. to Kt. fifth 32. B. to K. Kt. square
33. P. to Kt. fourth 33. Q. to Kt. third
34. P. to B. fifth 34. R. takes P.
35. P. takes P. 35. Q. takes P.
36. Q. to B. second 36. Q. to Kt. third
37. Q. to Kt. second 37. Q. to Q. third
38. R. to K. B. square 38. Kt. to Q. square
39. B. to B. fourth 39. Q. to Q. second
40. Q. to Kt. fourth 40. Q. takes Q. (check)
41. P. takes Q. 41. B. takes B.
42. R. takes B. 42. P. to K. R. third
43. R. to B. eighth 43. P. takes Kt.
44. R. takes Kt. 44. K. to R. second
45. R. to R. eighth 45. P. to B. fifth
206 THE CHESS PLAYER S CHRONICLE.
Game II.
Between the same opponents.
{Remove Black's K. Kt.)
Black. (Herr Harrwitz.) White. (Mr. Werner.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. B. to B. fourth 2. Kt. to K. B. third
3. P. to Q. fourth 8. Kt. takes P.
4. P. takes P. 4. P. to Q. Kt. fourth
5. B. takes B. P. (check) 5. K. takes B.
6. Q. to Q. fifth (check) 6. K. to K. square
7. Q. takes Kt. 7. Kt. to B. third
8. Castles 8. B. to B. fourth
9. Kt. to B. third 9. P. to Q. R. third
10. Q. to K. Kt. fourth 10. P. to K. Kt. third
11. Kt. to K. fourth 11. Kt. takes P.
12. Q. to K. second 12. Q. to K. second
13. B. to Kt. fifth 18. Q. to B. square
14. Kt. toB. sixth (check) 14. K. to B. second
15. Q. takes Kt. 15. P. to Q. third
16. Q. to K. fourth 16. B. to B. fourth
17. Q. to Q. fifth (check) 17. B. to K. third
18. Q. to B. sixth 18. Q. to Q. B. square
19. Kt. to K. fourth 19. B. to R. second
20. B. to K. third 20. R. to K. square
21. Kt. to Kt. fifth (check) 21. K. to Kt. square
TUE CHF.SS PLAYER 3 CHRONICLE. 207
Game III.
Between the same opponents.
(Remove While's Q. Kt.)
White. (Herr Harrwitz.) £hck. (Mr. Werner.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. P. to K. B. fourth 2. P. takes P.
3. Kt. to K. B. third 3. B. to K. second
4. B. to Q. B. fourth 4. B. to R. fifth (check)
5. K. to B. square 5. P. to Q. Kt. fourth
6. B. takes Kt. P. 6. P. to Q. B. third
7. B. to B. fourth 7. B. to K. second
8. B. to Kt. third 3. P. to Q. third
9. P. to Q. fourth 9. Kt. to K. B. third
10. Kt. to Kt. fifth 10. Castles
11. Q. B. takes P. 11. P. to K. R. third
12. P. to K. R. fourth 12. P. takes Kt.
13. P. takes P. 13. Kt. to Kt. fifth
14. P. to Kt. sixth 14. P. to Q. fourth
15. P. takes Q. P. 15. P. takes Q. P.
16. K. to Kt. square 16. P. takes P. • ,
17. Q. to B. third 17. Kt. to K. B. third
18. P. to Q. B. fourth 18. B. to K. Kt. fifth
19. Q. to Kt. third 19. B. to K. B. fourth
20. B. to K. fifth 20. B. to K. fifth
21. Q. to R. third 21. Q. to Q. second
22. P. takes P. 22. B. takes P.
23. B. takes Kt. 23. Q. takes Q,
24. B. takes B. (check) 24. R. to B. second
25. R. takes Q. 25. B. takes B.
26. B. takes Q. R. 26. B. takes P. (check)
208 THE CHESS PLAYER S CHRONICLE.
Game IV.
Between the same opponents.
(Remove White's K. Kt.)
White. (Herr Harrwitz.) Black. (Mr. Werner.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. B. to B. fourth 2. P. to Q. fourth
3. P. takes P. 3. Kt. to K. B. third
4. Kt. to B. third 4. B. to B. fourth
5. Castles 5. Castles
6. P. to Q. third 6. P. to Q. B. third
7. B. to K. Kt. fifth 7. Q. to Q. third
8. Q. to B. third 8. B. to K. Kt. fifth
9. Q. to Kt. third 9. Q. Kt. to Q. second
10. P. takes P. 10. P. takes P.
11. K. to R. Square 11. B. to K. third
12. B. to Kt. third 12. B. takes B.
13. R. P. takes B. 18. B. to Kt. third
14. P. to B. fourth 14. Kt. to R. fourth
15. Q. to R. fourth 15. Kt. takes P.
16. B. to K. seventh 16. Q. to Kt. third
17. P. to Kt. third 17. Kt. to Q. fourth
18. B. takes R. 18. R. takes B.
19. K. R. to K. square 19. Kt. takes Kt.
20. P. takes Kt. 20. P. to Q. B. fourth
21. K. to Kt. second 21. P. to B. fourth
22. Q. to B. fourth (check) 22. K. to R. square
23. Q. to Q. fifth] 23. Q. to K. square
24. P. to B. fourth 24-. P. to B. fifth
THE CHESS PLAYER S CHRONICLE. 209
\
THE CHESS PLAYER S CHRONICLE. 211
Notes.
(a) Oar readers will find that in a previous game played between Uerr
Falkbeer and the same amateur, we have stated that this move is more to the
purpose than " P. to K. fifth."
(4) This move is perfectly safe, although it isolates the Q. P. Had Black
castled instead, the following variation might have arisen :—
White. Black.
12. Castles
13. P. to K. fifth
At this point, the advance of the K. P. appears to be very strong.
| 13. Q. Kt. takes Q. P.
If " P. takes P." in lieu, White answers with " Kt. takes Kt." (check). If Kt.
retake, White wins a piece, and if Q. retake, White answers with " B. to Q. B.
third," winning the exchange.
14. Q. Kt. takes Kt. (check) ! 14. Q. takes Kt.
15. B. takes B. | 16. Kt. takes Kt. (check)
16. P. takes Kt., with a piece ahead.
The only move. White threatens to advance the K. P. with great effect.
(c) This is a mistake which Black also overlooked, for he ought to have taken
the B. with the Kt.
(<l) A careful examination of this position will show that the above move was
the only one to save the game ; for, if " K. to K. B. third," White wins by
advancing the Q. P. ; and if " K. to Q. second," or to Q. B. second, White
evidently wins the piece.
Notes.
(a) White has now his Pawn back.
(4) White could have won a Pawn by " B. to Q. B. square." He could not
take P. first, and then win B. back by moving Book to same square on account
of his adversary then playing " B. to K. seventh," threatening mate in two
moves if his B. be taken by Q. or B.
(c) " K. to B. square " loses the game, " K. to B. second " would, perhaps, lead
to a draw.
The following six games were played at the late Bradford Meeting
simultaneously, by Herr Harrwitz, without seeing the Board.
Board I.
White. (Herr Harrwitz.) Black. (Mr. Landolphe.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. P. to K. B. fourth 2. P. takes P.
3. B. to B. fourth 3. P. to Q. third
214 THE CHESS PLAYKR'S CHRONICLE.
Board II.
Wkitt. (Herr Harrwitz.) Black. (Mr. Amheleurg.)
1. P. to Q. fourth 1. P. to K. third
2. P. to Q. B. fourth 2. P. to Q. third
3. P. to K. fourth 3. Kt. to Q. B. third
4. P. to B. fourth 4. P. to K. B. third
5. Kt. to K. B. third 5. B. to Q. second
6. Kt. to Q. B. third 6. P. to Q. R. third
7. P. to Q. fifth 7. P. takes P.
8. B. P. takes P. 8. Kt. to Q. E. second
9. B. to Q. third 9. P. to Q. B. fourth
10. Castles 10. Q. to Q. Kt. third
11. K. to B. square 11. Castles (Q. R.)
12. P. to Q. B. fourth 12. P. to K. Kt. third
13. R. to R. third 13. K. to Kt. square
14. R. to Kt. third 14. Kt. to Kt. fourth
IS. P. takes Kt. 15. P. to Q. R. fourth
16. B. to Q. second 16. It. to Q. B. square
17. B. to Q. B. fourth 17. B. to Kt. second
18. Q. to K. second 18. Kt. to K. second
19. B. to Q. R. square 19. B. to Kt. fifth
20. Q. Kt. to R. fourth 20. Q. to Q. square
21. P. to Q. Kt. sixth
And Black resigned.
This game las ted five hours.
BOARl) III.
White. (Herr Harrwitz.) Black. (Mr. Petty.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. Kt. to K. B. third 2. Kt. to Q. B. third
3. B. to B. fourth 3. Kt. to K. B. third
4. Kt. to Kt. fifth 4. P. to Q. fourth
5. P. takes P. 5. Kt. takes Q. P.
6. Kt. takes K. B. P. 6. K. takes Kt.
7. Q. to B. third (check) 7. Q. to B. third
8. B. takes Kt. (check) 8. Q. B. to K. third
9. B. takes Kt. 9. Kt, P. takes B.
21G THE CHESS PI.AYEBS CHBOSICLE.
Boar D IV.
White. (Herr Harrwitz.) Black. (Dr. Mc. Turk.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. P. to K. B. fourth 2. P. takes P.
3. Kt. to K. B. third 3. B. to Q. third
4. P. to Q. fourth 4. P. to K. Kt. fourth
5. P. to K. R. fourth 5. P. to K. B. third
6. B. to Q. B. fourth 6. Q. to K. second
7. B. to Q. third 7. P. to Kt. fifth
8. K. Kt. to Q. second 8. P. to K. R. fourth
9. Kt. to Q. B. fourth 9. P. to B. sixth
10. P. takes P. 10. B. to Kt. sixth (check)
11. K. to B. square 11. Q. to Kt. second
12. P. to K. B. fourth 12. Kt. to Q. B. third
13. K. to Kt. second 13. B. takes R. P.
14. R. takes B. 14. Kt. takes Q. P.
15. B. to K. second 15. P. to K. B. fourth
16. P. to K. fifth 16. Kt. to B. sixth
17. B. takes Kt. 17. P. takes B. (dis. check)
18. K. takes P. 18. Kt. to K. second
19. Q. to B. square 19. Q. to R. third
20. Kt. to B. third 20. Q. to Q. B. third (check)
21. K. to B. second 21. Kt. to Kt. third
22. R. to R. second 22. P. to Kt. third
23. Q. to Kt. second 23. Q. takes Q. (check)
24. K. takes Q. 24. K. to B. second
218 THE CHESS PLAYERS CHRONICLE.
Board V
White. (Herr Hakrwitz.) Black. (Mr. Barker.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. Kt. to K. B. third 2. P. to Q. third
3. P. to Q. fourth 3. Q. to K. second
4. Kt. to Q. B. third 4. Kt. to K. B. third
5. B. to K. Kt. fifth 5. P. to Q. B. third
0. B. to K. second 6. Q. to Q. second
7. B. takes Kt. 7. P. takes B.
9. Castles 8. P. to Q. R. third
9. Kt. to K. R. fourth 9. Q. to Q. B. second
10. P. to Q. fifth 10. P. to Q. B. fourth
11. P. to K. B. fourth 11. Q. to K. second
12. B. to Kt. fourth 12. B. to Q. second
13. P. to Q. R. fourth J 3. R. to Kt. square
11. B. to B. fifth 14. B. takes B.
15. Kt. takes B. 15. Q. to Q. B. second
16. P. to Q. R. fifth 16. Kt. to Q. second
17. Q. to R. fifth 17. R. to K. R. square
18. Q. to R. fourth 18. P. to B. fifth
19. K. to R. square 19. Q. to Q. square
20. R. to Q. R. fourth 20. P. to Kt. third
21. R. takes P. 21. P. to Kt. fourth
22. R. to B. sixth 22. Q. to Kt. square
23. Kt. to Q. R. fourth (a) 23. P. takes Kt.
24. P. takes P. 24. B. P. takes P.
25. Q. to R. fifth 25. Kt. to B. third
20. Q. to B. third 26. R. to R. second
27. Kt. takes P. (check) 27. B. takes Kt.
THB CHESS PLAYER'S CHRONICLE. 219
Note.
(a) This move is owing to a mistake. The one intended was " Kt. to Q. I
second."
BOARD VI.
White. (Herr Harrwitz.) Black. (Mr. Knowles and
Mr. Hirsch, iu consultation.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. P. to K. B. fourth 2. B. to B. fourth
3. Kt. to K. B. third 3. P. to Q. third
4. P. to Q. B. third 4. Kt. to Q. B. third
5. P. to Q. fourth 5. P. takes P.
6. P. takes P. 6. B. to Kt. fifth (check)
7. Kt. to Q. B. third 7. B. to K. Kt. fifth
8. B. to K. third 8. Kt. to R. third
9. B. to Q. third 9. Castles
10. Castles 10. B. takes Q. Kt.
11. P. takes B. 11 . Q. to K. second.
12. Q. to Q. second 12. B. takes Kt.
13. K. takes B. 13. Kt. to K. Kt. fifth
14. P. to Q. fifth 14. Kt. takes B.
15. Q. takes Kt. 15. Kt. to R. fourth
16. P. to K. fifth 16. P. takes P.
17. P. takes P. 17. P. to K. Kt. third
18. Q. R. to K. B. square 18. Q. R. to Q. square
19. P. to B. fourth 19. P. to Q. Kt. third
20. K. to R. square 20. Q. R. to K. square
21. Q. to K. B. second 21. Kt. to Kt. second
22. R. to K. square 22. Kt. to B. fourth
23. B. to B. second 23. P. to Q. R. third
24. R. to R. third 24. P. to Q. Kt. fourth
220 THE CHESS PLAYER S CHRONICLE.
SOLUTIONS TO PROBLEMS.
No. 69. Page 175.
White. Black.
1. B. to K. fourth (oheok) 1. K. to K. fourth (best)
2. Kt. to Q. fourth 2. Q. to Q. second, or (A. B.)
3. Kt. to Q. B. sixth (check) 3. K. to K. third
4. Kt. to Q. eighth (check) 4. K. to K. fourth
5. P. to Q. fourth, and wins either Queen, or mates.
(A.)
2. Q. to K. square
3. Kt. to Q. B. sixth (check) 3. K. to K. third
4. Kt. to Q. eighth (check) 4. K. to K. fourth (best)
5. P. to Q. fourth
and wins.
(B.)
| 2. Q. to Q. B. third
3. P. to Q. Kt. fifth, and wins Queen,
No. 70. Page 175.
(10
Slack. White.
1. Kt. to B. third (check) 1. K. to Kt. sixth (A)
2. Q. takes P. (check) 2. K. takes Kt. (or to B. fifth)
3. Q. to K. Kt. fourth, mate
(A.)
I 1. K. to K. B. eighth
2. B. takes Q. (check) | 2. Kt. takes B.
3. Kt. takes B. (double check and mate)
White. Black.
1. B. to K fourth (check) 1. K. takes B. (A) and (B)
2. B. to Q. B. fourth (check) 2. K. to K. fourth (C)
3. Q. to Q. B. seventh, mate
(C.)
2. K. to K. B. sixth
3. Q. takes Kt., mate
1. Kt. takes B.
2. B. to Q. B. fourth (oheck) 2. K. to K. fourth
3. Q. to K. sixth, mate
(B.)
1. B. takes B.
2. B. to Q. third (check) 2. Kt. takes B. (D) and (E)
3. Q. to Q. B. third, mate
THE CHESS PLAYER S CHRONICLE. 221
(D.)
2. K. to Q. B. fifth
3. Kt. takes B. (mate)
(E.)
2. K. to K. fourth
3. Q. as before (mate)
No. 71. Page 176.
White. " Slack.
1. P. to K. R. fourth 1. K. to Q. sixth, or (A)
2. P. to K. B. third 2. K. to K. seventh
3. K. to Q. Kt. third 3. K. to K. B. seventh, or (B)
4. K. to Q. B. fourth
and wins, by queening Q. B. P. in seven moves, whilst Black would require nine
moves. (A.)
1. P. to K. Kt. third
2. P. to K. Kt. fourth 2. K. to Q. B. fifth
If the Black King goes after the White Pawns, White wins by queening Queen's
Book's Pawn.
3. P. to K. B. third I 3. K. to Q. fourth
4. P. to K. B. fourth
and wins, as the Black King is now obliged to go after the Pawns ; but White
must not forget to push K. Kt. Pawn when attacked by the King, as it prevents
the Kt.'s Pawn queening.
(B.)
If Black plays "K. to Q. sixth," White wins by playing " P. to Q. Kt, fourth."
No. 72. Page 176.
White. Black.
1. B. takes K. Kt. P. 1. R. takes Q. (best)
2. B. takes K. P. (dis. ch.) 2. K. to Kt. square
3. B. to Kt. seventh (check) 3. K. to R. square
4. B. takes B. (dis. ch.) 4. K. to Kt. square
6. B. to Kt. seventh (ch.) 5. K. to R. square
6. B. takes Kt. (dis. oh.) 6. K. to Kt. square
7. B. to Kt. seventh (check) 7. K. to R. square
8. B. takes Kt. (dis. check) 8. K. to Kt. square
9. B. takes B. (check) 9. K. to R. second
10. B. to K. B. eighth (check) 10. K. to Kt. third
11. K. to Kt. eighth (check) 11. K. to R. second
12. B. to Kt. seventh (check) 12. K. to R. square
13. B. takes K. Kt. P. (dis. ch.) 13. K. to R. second
14. R. to Kt. seventh (check) 14. K. to R. square
15. R. takes P. (dis. check) 15. K. to Kt. square
16. R. takes Q. 16. R. takes R. (check)
17. K. to Kt. second
and wins.
No. 73. Page 191.
Erratum.—The Queen at R. sixth should be a Black Queen.
White. Black.
P. to Q. third (check) 1. B. takes B.
B. takes Kt. (check) 2. B. takes R.
Kt. to Kt. sixth (check) 3. R. takes Kt.
and White having no move, the game is drawn.
220 THE CHESS PLAYER'S CHRONICLE.
RECLAMATION.
In our last Number we published a game played by correspondence between
the Newcastle and Berwick Chess Clubs. In the 7th move of that game
White played " P. to Q. Kt. fourth." This move, it seems, was suggested by
Mr. Lloyd of Newcastle-on-Tyne ; a fact which we omitted to mention in
our notes, and for which neglect we were accused by that gentleman of
" partiality," " injustice," &c. &c. We never intended to be partial or unjust,
and therefore hasten to inform the public of the claims of Mr. Lloyd, wbich
are altogether undisputed on our part. As to the soundness of the above
movo, the Chess-playing public must judge for themselves ; the move liss
never been played by a strong player before in that position in any published
games.
THE CHESS PLAYEB S CHRONICLE. 223
Pff K
H 111 |fi|
WHITE.
White to play, and mate in three moves.
w■
m
v//////////.
mmf/,//'/-m
IS WW4,
P. Is
B * aB
^IB^ „ PJ
I
WHITE.
White to inove> and mate in two move?.
224 THE CHESS PLAYER 3 CHRONICLE.
WHITE.
White to move and win.
r^J^-a
fffil
',''/' r
/,.^//J™-
..i if H
i
"JHi
Willi E.
White with the move draws.
THE CHESS PLAYER'S CHRONICLE. 225
Kt. fourth " would not have been better, as the B. would have taken
the Kt., and the Pawn could not have taken the Kt. on account of the
Q. checking on K. Kt. fifth. The Queen thus being compelled to take
the B., White's game would have been entirely broken up.
17. Q. to K. second
18. Q. B. to K. square 18, B. takes Kt.
19. Kt. takes B. 19, Q. R. to K. square
20. P. to K. Kt. fourth
If "B. to K. fourth" instead, Black answers by "P. to Q. fourth,"
followed by "P. to Q. fifth."
20. Kt. to K. B, third
21. P. to K. B. third
"P. to K. Kt. fourth " would have been useless, as the Kt. would have
returned to K. B. fourth.
| 21. R. to K. B. fifth
threatening to double the Books with considerable effect.
22. B. to Q. B. square 22. B. to K. B. third
23. P. to K. Kt. fifth
" B. to K. Kt. fifth " would lose two pieces for one.
23. B. to K. Kt. third
24. P. to K. B. fourth 24. Kt. to K. B. fourth
And from this point the attack is in Black's hands, who has evidently
the better game, as may be seen if followed up a few more moves. He
threatens to win the K. P., and to play his " Kt. to K. Kt. sixth,"
winning the exchange. If, instead of the last move, " P. to K. B.
fourth," White had played " K. to B. square," Black would have had
an equally good game by making the same move, but as the variation
is rather a difficult one, we give it here.
24. K. to B. square 24. Kt. to K. B. fourth
25. Q. to Q. third 25. B. to K. B. square
26. Q. to K. fourth 26. P. to Q. B. third
27. P. to K. B. fourth 27. P. to Q. fourth
28. Q. to K. fifth 28. B. to Q. B. second
29. Q. to K. second 29. B. to K. square
30. Q. to Q. third 30. Q. to K. B. square
winning the King's Pawn.
r
228 THE CHESS PLAYER'S CHRONICLE.
on the 7th move for Black, instead of retiring the B., to play " Kt. to
K. fifth," which, in our opinion, gives a decided advantage to the
defence. The Era, it is true, here recommends the following con
tinuation : —
8. P. takes B. 8. P. takes B.
9. B. P. takes Q. P.
and thinks that White has a good game ; and at first sight it may
appear so to the superficial observer, on account of the united Pawns.
To the skilled analyst, however, the weakness of the Q. P. will be
evident, and is at once proved by Black's answer,—
9. B. to K. Kt. fifth
" P. to Q. fifth," then, would be bad, on account of Kt. taking K. P.,
&c. &c. If White were to play—
10. B. to Q. Kt. second * | 10. Q. to Q. fourth
followed by castling on Q. or K. side, would again give the advantage
to Black. If White were to play 1 1 . " P. to K. R. third," Black would
play " B. to K. B. fourth." The best move seems to be—
10. B. to K. third 10. Q. to Q. fourth
11. P. to K. R. third 11. B. to K. Kt. fourth
12. P. to K. Kt. fourth
if any other move, Black castles on Q. side.
12. B. to K. Kt. third
and Black has the better game. If White were now to play—
13. P. to K. R. fourth 13. Castles on Q. side
14. P. to K. R. fifth 14. Kt. to K. Kt. sixth
15. B. takes Kt. 15. Kt. takes Q. P.
and Black has the advantage. If White castles, which is perhaps his
best move, Black, by castling on Q. side, gets a strong attacking game.
The praise which was so lavishly bestowed in the Era upon this
innovation seems, therefore, entirely without foundation ; it is also
opposed to that well-known principle, which considers an early develop
ment of the side Pawns, as dangerous to the party that has the move.
In conclusion, we shall point out the variation which originates when
White, after—
7. P. to Q. Kt. fourth | 7. Kt. to K. fifth
continues the game with—
8. B. to Q. Kt. fifth | 8. B. to Q. Kt. third
and thus brings it to an ordinary position. To take Q. P. with B. is
evidently bad. In 1847, a game by correspondence, played between
Lureck and Hameurg, was played in the following way :—
White. Black.
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. Kt. to K. B. third 2. Kt. to Q. B. third
230 THE CHESS PLAYER'S CHRONICLE.
3. B. to Q. B. fourth 3. B. to Q. B. fourth
4. P. to Q. B. third 4. Kt. to K. B. third
5. P. to Q. fourth 5. P. takes P.
6. P. to K. fifth 6. P. to Q. fourth
7. B. toQ. Kt. fifth 7. Kt. to K. fourth
8. P. to Q. Kt. fourth* 8. B. to Q. Kt. third
which game was won by Black. It was continued as follows
9. Kt. takes Q. P. 9. B. to Q. second
10. B. takes Kt. 10. P. takes B.
11. Castles 11. Castles
12. P. to K. B. third 12. P. to Q. B. third
13. P. takes P. 13. Kt. takes P.
14. K. to R. square 14. R. to K. square, &c.
Black could also have played " P. to K. B. third," but in both cases,
Black has the better game.
* We refer the reader to the volume of 1847, of the Berlin Schachzeitung,
in which they will find the above game, which proves that the move of which
Mr. Lloyd claims the invention, has not only been played before in the Giuoco
Piano, but has also been printed and published.— The Editor.
of which will depend upon the amount of the subscriptions), the winner
receiving two-thirds, and the loser one-third of the sum to be divided.
MATCHES BETweEN CLUBS.
The Matches between Clubs will be contested by a limited number
of players on each side, and will consist of games played either single-
handed or in consultation ; in the latter case it is recommended, for
the purpose of saving time, that the allied players on each side shall
not exceed two in number. The Prizes in these encounters will consist
of sets of " Staunton " Chess Men, in ivory ; the Association con
tributing, in each instance, one-half of the cost, and the contending
clubs the other half, in equal proportions. Clubs intending to take a
part in these Matches are requested to communicate with the Secretary
at an early period.
BULES AND REGULATIONS TO BE OBSERVED BY COMPETITORS
IN THE TOURNAMENT.
1. The Tournament shall be played at the Red Lion Hotel, Cam
bridge.
2. The names of the competitors shall be sent to the Local Com
mittee on or before the 18th day of August next; after which period
the Committee reserve to themselves the right of rejecting, if they
think proper, all applications for admission. Every competitor on
entering his name shall pay an entrance fee of one guinea, unless he
shall have previously paid a subscription to that amount, and if more
than sixteen gentlemen enter their names, the Local Committee shall
select that number out of the gentlemen so entering their names to
form the Tournament. Should more than the required number of
names be entered, it shall be competent to the Local Committee to
arrange a Supplemental Tournament, with Prizes dependent in amount
on the funds at their disposal.
3. The whole of the players shall be present at the close of the
Meeting of Subscribers on the 28th day of August next, when they
will be paired by lot ; and any player who shall not then be in attend
ance shall be considered to have resigned his place in the Tournament,
and the Local Committee shall nominate another player in his stead.
4. The playing shall commence on the 28th of August, immediately
after the termination of the Meeting of Subscribers ; and on the other
days of the Meeting at ten o'clock in the morning, and shall terminate
each day at twelve o'clock p.m. ; and any player who shall not be
prepared to play within half an hour of the time fixed for the com
mencement of play, shall be considered to have relinquished the Rubber
in which he is then engaged, in favour of his antagonist, should he
choose to enforce the penalty (the latter being at his post within the
specified time).
5. The Local Committee shall, from time to time, during the progress
232 TUB chess flayer's chronicle.
of the Meeting, fix the period for the commencement of each fresh
series of rubbers. The Committee also reserve to themselves the right
of interfering, to prevent any unnecessary delay in the progress of the
games.
RULES AND REGULATIONS TO BE OBSERVED BY THE PLAYERS
ENGAGED IN CLUB HATCHES.
1. Each Match shall be conducted under such regulations as the
Clubs engaged shall mutually agree upou.
2. The agreement under which each Match is played shall, previously
to the commencement of the Match, be placed in the hands of the
Secretary.
PROBLEM PRIZE.
A Prize, consisting of a set of " Staunton " Chess Men, in ivory,
will be given for the best Problem submitted, subject to the following
rules, viz. :
1 . Each Competitor may submit six Problems.
2. No Problem shall consist of less than three, or more than five,
moves.
3. Every Problem submitted shall be placed in the hands of the
Secretary on or before the 21st day of August next.
4. No Problem shall compete which has been previously published,
or which is not the original composition of the Competitor.
5. No problem shall compete which has any other termination than
a check-mate, or which is fettered by any special condition as to the
mode in which mate is to be effected.
6. The Local Committee will publish, in the Report of the Proceed
ings, such of the Problems submitted as they may deem deserving of
publication ; and no competitor shall publish any Problem, until after
the publication of the Annual Report.
7. The successful Competitor shall have the option of selecting for
his prize, instead of a set of Chessmen, one or more works on Chess,
the value of which shall not exceed that of the Chessmen.
GENERAL RULES.
It shall be the business of the Competitors in each Game, on its
conclusion, to furnish the Secretary with an exact record, in writing, of
the whole of the moves played ; and as every Subscriber will be entitled
to a copy of the Report, it is understood that no Game shall be pre
viously published, without the express sanction of the Committee.
The Local Committee will, before the commencement of Meeting,
appoint an Umpire or Umpires, to whom, or to one of whom, all
disputed questions shall be referred, and whose decision shall be final;
they also reserve to themselves the power to make any additional
regulations either previously to or during the continuance of the
Meeting.—From the Circular of the Committee.
THE CHESS PLAYER'S CHRONICLE. 233
HUNGABIAN CHESS.
The arrival of Herr Kolisch, one of the most eminent amongst the
able players to whom Hungary has given birth, naturally calls attention
to the merits of that great School of Chess. We have therefore
selected for publication in our present number a specimen or two of
the lamented Hungarian master, Szen. His opponent in these games
was his distinguished pupil, Recsi.
Evans' Gambit.
White. (Herr Recsi.) Black. (Herr Szen.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. Kt. to K. B. third 2. Kt. to Q. B. third
3. B. to Q. B. fourth 3. B. to Q. B. fourth
4. P. to Q. Kt. fourth 4. B. takes Kt. P.
5. P. to Q. B. third 5. B. to Q. B. fourth
6. Castles 6. P. to Q. third
7. P. to Q. fourth 7. P. takes P.
8. P. takes P. 8. B. to Q. Kt. third
9. B. to Q. Kt. second 9. Kt. to K. B. third
10. Q. Kt. to Q. second (a) 10. P. to Q. fourth (J)
11. P. takes P. 11. Kt. takes P. at Q. fourth
12. R. to K. square (check) 12. B. to K. third
13. B. to Q. R. third 13. Q. to Q. second
14. B. to Q. Kt. fifth 14. P. to K. B. third
15. Kt. to K. fourth 15. Castles on Q. side
16. R. to Q. B. square 16. B. to K. Kt. fifth
17. Q. to Q. R. fourth 17. B. takes Kt.
18. R. takes Kt. 18. B. takes Kt.
19. R. takes B. at K. fourth 19. Q. to K. B. fourth
20. P. to K. B. third 20. P. to Q. R. third
21. R. to Q. B. square 21. K. to Q. Kt. square
22. B. to K. eighth 22. P. to Q. B. third
23. B. to K. B. seventh 23. Kt. to Q. B. sixth (c)
24. R. takes Kt. 24. Q. takes R.
25. P. takes Q. 25. R. takes P.
26. B. to Q. sixth (check) 26. K. to Q. R. second (d)
27. Q. takes P. at Q. R.sixth (ch.) 27. P. takes Q.
28. B. to Q. B. fifth 28. B. takes B.
29. R. takes B. 29. K. to Q. Kt. third
And wins
234 THE CHESS PLAYER S CHRONICLE.
Note*.
(a) This attack, without great care and exactness on the part of the second
player, very often leads to a position won by its nature.
(4) Unless we are mistaken, this move was recommended by an able Irish
amateur, Mr. Forth of Carlow, who, unfortunately for Chess, died ere he had
reached his prime. Mr. Forth was also eminent for his analysis of the end
game of Book and Knight against Book.
(c) This, if not lying very deep, is an ingenious conception.
(d) The proper move.
Evans' Gambit.
Between the same opponents.
White. (Herr Recsi.) Black. (Herr Szrn.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. Kt. to K. B. third 2. Kt. to Q. B. third
3. B. to Q. B. fourth 3. B. to Q. B. fourth
4. P. to Q. Kt. fourth 4. B. takes Q. Kt. P.
5. P. to Q. B. third 5. B. to Q. B. fourth
6. Castles 6. P. to Q. third
7. P. to Q. fourth 7. P. takes P.
8. P. takes P. 8. B. to Q. Kt. third
9. P. to K. E. third 9. P. to K. E. third
10. B. to Q. E. third 10. K. Kt. to K. second
11. P. to Q. fifth 11. Kt. to Q. E. fourth
12. B. to Q. third 12. Castles
13. Kt. to Q. B. third 13. P. to K. B. third
14. K. to K. B. square 14. Kt. to K. Kt. third
15. Kt. to K. second 15. Kt. to K. fourth
16. Kt. takes Kt. 16. K. B. P. takes Kt.
17. P. to K. B. fourth 17. P. takes P.
18. Kt. takes P. 18. B. to K. sixth
19. Kt. to K. sixth 19. B. takes Kt.
20. P. takes B. 20. Q. to K. second
21. E. to K. B. fifth 21. Kt. to Q. B. third
22. Q. to K. second 22. B. to Q. fifth
23. Q. E. to K. B. square 23. B. to K. B. third
24. P. to K. fifth - 24. B. takes P.
25. Q. to K. fourth 25. E. to K. B. third
26. E. takes E. 26. P. takes R.
THE CHESS PLAYER S CHRONICLE. 235
Game II.
Between the same Opponents.
White. (Bristol.) Black. (Worcester.)
1. P. to Q. fourth 1. P. to Q. fourth
2. P. to Q. B. fourth 2. P. to K. third
3. Kt. to Q. B. third 3. Kt. to K. B. third
4. Kt. to K. B. third 4. P. to Q. B. fourth
5. P. to K. third 5. Kt. to Q. B. third
6. P. to Q. R. third 6. P. to Q. R. third
7. P. to Q. Kt. third 7. B.to Q. third
8. B. to Q. Kt. second 8. P. to Q. Kt. third
9. B. to Q. third 9. Castles
10. Kt. to K. second 10. Kt. to K. fifth
11. Kt. to Kt. third 11. P. to K. B. fourth
12. Kt. to K. fifth 12. Q. Kt. takes Kt.
13. P. takes Kt. 13. B. to Q. B. second
14. P. to Q. Kt. fourth 14. B. to Q. Kt. second
15. P. takes Q. P. 15. P. takes P.
16. P. to K. B. third 16. Kt. takes Kt.
17. P. takes Kt. 17. Q. to K. Kt. fourth
18. K. to B. second 18. Q. R. to Q. square
19. P. to K. B. fourth 19. Q. to Kt. third
20. R. to K. R. fifth 20. P. to R. third
21. Q. to K. B. third 21. P. to Q. fifth
22. Q. takes B. 22. P. takes P. (check)
23. K. takes P. 23. Q. takes R.
24. Q. takes B. 24. Q. to R. seventh
25. Q. to Q. Kt. seventh 25. Q. takes P. (check)
26. Q. to K. B. third 26. Q. to Kt. third
27. P. to K. Kt. fourth 27. Q. takes P.
28. Q. takes Q. 28. P. takes Q.
29. P. takes Q. B. P. 29. P. takes P.
30. B. takes Q. R. P. 30. K. to B. second
31. P. to B. fifth 31. K. to Kt. square
32. B. to Q. B. fourth (check) 32. K. to R. square
33. R. to K. B. square 33. R. to Q. Kt. square
34. B. to Q. B. third 34. R. to Kt. third
35. P. to K sixth 35. P. to R. fourth
36. P. to K. seventh 36. 11. to Q. R. square
37. B. to K. B. seventh 37. Q. R. to Kt. square
38. P. to K. B. sixth 38. P. takes P.
39. R. takes P.
And Bla<:k resigns.
238 THE CHESS PLAYER's CHRONICLE.
,,'d w
/mJ* W*^
1 Mm m w. w w__
-mm w
wmm
WHITE.
White to move and win.
wniTE.
White moves and wins.
240 THE CHESS PLAYER S CHRONICLE.
WHILE.
White to play, and mate in three moves.
WHITE.
White to play, and male in four moves.
THE CHESS PLAYER 9 CHRONICLE. 241
Game II.
Between the same opponents.
Evatu' Gambit.
White. (Mr. Rorey.) Black. (Mr. Camprell.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. Kt. to K. B. third 2. Q. Kt. to B. third
3. B. to Q. B. fourth 3. B. to Q. B. fourth
4. P. to Q. Kt. fourth 4. B. takes P.
5. P. to Q. B. third 5. B. to Q. B. fourth
0. P. to Q. fourth 6. P. takes P.
7. Castles 7. P. to Q. third
8. P. takes P. 8. B. to Q. Kt. third
9. Q. Kt. to B. third 9. B. to K. Kt. fifth
10. Q. to Q. R. fourth 10. B. to Q. second
11. B. to Q. Kt. fifth 11. P. to Q. R. third
12. B. takes Kt. 12. B. takes B.
13. Q. to Q. Kt. third 13. Kt. to K. second
11. Q. Kt. to Q. fifth 14. B. takes Kt.
15. P. takes B. 15. Castles
10. B. to K. Kt. fifth 16. P. to K. B. third
17. Q. to K. third 17. Q. to Q. second
13. K. R. to K. square 18. Kt. takes Q. P.
19. Q. to Q. Kt. third 19. Q. to K. B. second
20. B. to Q. second 20. P. to Q. B. third
21. P. to K. Kt. fourth 21. Q. R. to K. square
22. Kt. to K. R. fourth 22. R. takes R. (check)
23. R. takes R. 23. Q. to Q. second
21. Kt. to K. B. fifth 24. P. to K. Kt. third
25. Kt. to K. R. sixth (check) 25. K. to Kt. second
20. Q. to K. Kt. third 86. R. to K. square
THE CHESS PLAYER S CHRONICLE. 243
Game III.
Between the same opponents.
(Ruy Lopez Opening.)
White. (Mr. Camprell.) Black. (Mr. Rorey.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. Kt. to K. B. third 2. Q. Kt. to B. third
3. B. to Q. Kt. fifth 3. P. to Q. R. third
4. B. to Q. R. fourth 4. P. to Q. Kt. fourth
5. B. to Q. Kt. third 5. B. to Q. B. fourth
6. P. to Q. B. third 6. K. Kt. to B. third
7. Castles 7. P. to Q. third
8. P. to Q. R. fourth 8. B. to K. Kt. fifth
9. R. to K. square 9. Castles
10. P. to Q. third 10. P. to K. R. third
11. B. to K. third 11. K. to K. R. square
12. Q. Kt. to Q. second 12. Q. Kt. to K. second
13. P. to K. R. third 13. B. takes Kt.
14. Q. takes B. 14. Kt. to K. Kt. third
15. R. P. takes P. 15. R. P. takes P.
16. R. takes R. 16. Q. takes R.
17. B. takes R. P. 17. K. Kt. to R. second
18. B. to K. third 18. Q. to Q. R. second
Ui THE CHESS PLAYER'S CHRONICLE.
The following lively little game was recently played at the Phiii-
dorian Chess Rooms between HerrFALKBEER and an Amateur, the
former giving the odds of the Queen's Knight.
{Remove White's Queen's Knight.)
White. (Herr Falkreer.) Black. (Mr. Simpson.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
8. P. to K. B. fourth 2. P. takes P.
8. Kt. to K. B. third 3. P. to K. Kt. fourth
4. P. to K. R. fourth 4. P. to K. Kt. fifth
5. Kt. to K. fifth 5. P. to K. R. fourth
6. B. to Q. B. fourth 6. R. to R. second (a)
7. P. to Q. fourth 7. B. to K. second (i)
8. Q. B. takes P. 8. B. takes R. P. (check)
9. P. to K. Kt. third 9. B. to K. B. third
10. Kt. takes K. B. P. 10. R. takes Kt.
11. B. takes R. (check) 11. K. takes B.
12. R. takes P. 12. P. to Q. third
13. Q. to Q. third 18. Kt. to Q. B. third
14. P. to Q. B. third 14. B. to K. Kt. second
15. Castles 15. Kt. to K. B. third
16. B. to K. Kt. fifth 16. Q. to K. square
17. R. to K. B. square 17. K. to K. Kt. third
18. P. to K. fifth (dis. check) 18. K. takes R.
19. B. to Q. second (c) 19. Kt. to Q. fifth
20. Q, takes Kt.
And White mates i n two more moves.
Note,
(a) " Kt. to K. B. third" is stronger,
(i) Again " P. to Q. third " would have been better,
(c) This is a most remarkable position. Black, though three pieces abeftd,
cannot prevent checkmate.
THE CHESS PLAYEKS CHRONICLE. 245
Notes.
(a) This is not a safe move.
(b) "Q. to K. Kt. fourth" is stronger.
(c) " Q. takes Q." is better, but Black's centre Pawns would be very powerful
eren in that case.
Notes.
(a) In his fifty-fifth game with De la Bourdonnais, M'Dounell here played
"Q. to K. second."
(4) Taking advantage of the last move,
(c) If - P. to K. Kt. third," then " Q. to K. R. second."
(<f) " K. B. takes P.," and " Q. B. takes Kt." would be equally objectionable.
(«) " P. to K. fifth " would be good play.
(/) " Q. takes Q." would be stronger.
SOLUTIONS TO PROBLEMS.
No. 77. Page 199.
White. Slack.
1. B. to K. B. fourth 1. B. takes B. (A.)
2. Q.. to Q. sixth 2. P. to Q. B. third, or •
3. Q.I. to K. B. eighth (check) 3. B. takes Q.
4. Kt. to Q. sixth, mate
2. Kt. takes P.
3. Q. taxes St. (check) 3. K. to Q. square
4. Q. to Q. li. eighth, mate
(A)
1. B. to K. B. square
2. Q. to K. seventh (check) 2. B. takes Q.
3. B. takes B. (check) 3. B. covers
4. B. takes B., mate
No. 78. Page 199.
White. Black.
1. K. takes Kt. P. 1. P. queens, or (A)
2. B. takes B. P. (check) 2. K. moves
3. K. to B. seventh 3. Any move
4. Kt. mates
(A)
1. P. becomes a Kt. or (B)
2. Kt. to B. sixth (check) 2. K. moves
3. K. to Kt. sixth 3. Anything
4. B. mates
<B,
1. K. to B. fifth
(If 1. "K. takes B.," White mates with the Kt.; and if 1. 1 K. B. P. moves,"
White mates as at first.)
2. B. takes P. (check) 2. K. moves
3. K. to B. seventh 3. Anything
4. Kt. mates
No. 79. Page 200.
White. Black.
1. Q. to Q. B. fifth 1. K. takes Kt. (A)
2. Kt. to Q. B. third 2. K. to K. third (best)
3. B. to K. Kt. fourth (check) 3. Q. interposes
4. Q. takes Q., mate
254 THE CHESS PLAYER'S CHRONICLE.
(A)
1. Any move
2. Kt. to Q. fourth (check) 2. B. takes Kt.
3. Kt. takes B. (check) 3. Q. takes Kt.
4. B. mates
No. 80. Page 200.
While. Slack.
P. to Q. B. fourth (check) 1. K. to K. third (best)
B. to Q. fourth (check) 2. P. takes B.
Kt. to K. B. fourth (check) 3. B. hikes Kt.
K. to Q. B. sixth 4. B. takes P. (or anything)
Kt. to Q. B. seventh, mate
No. 81. Page 223.
White. Slack.
Kt. to K. sixth (check) 1. K. to K. B. fourth (A)
Q. takes Q. P. 2. B. or P. takes Q.
P. to K. Kt. fourth, mate
If 2. K. takes Kt.
Q. to Q. seventh, mate If 2. B. takes P. (check)
Q. takes B. mate If 2. B. takes Kt. P.
Q. takes K. P., mate If 2. B. to Q. fourth
Q. takes B., mate
(A)
1. B. takes Kt.
2. Q. to Q. Kt. eighth (check), and P. mates
No. 82. Page 223.
White. Slack.
1. K. to Kt. sixth 1. K. to Q. fifth
2. Q. mates
No. 83. Page 224.
White. Slack.
1. P. to K. B. sixth 1. K. to K. B. third
2. K. to K. B. fourth 2. K. to K. B. second
3. B. to K. B. seventh
and wins.
No. 84. Page 224.
Tbo Book, by keeping on the Book's file, draws.
\
THE CHESS PLAYER'S CHRONICLE. 255
WHITE.
White to move, and mate in two moves.
WHITE.
White to play, and mate in three moves.
256 THE CHESS PLAYER S CHBONICLE.
WHITE.
White to move, and mate in four moves.
WHITE.
White to move, and mate yi four moves.
THE CHESS PLAYER'S CHRONICLE. 257
observe that, should White, on the 12th move, piny " Kt. to Q. B.
third " instead of " B. to Q. B. third," Black obtains at once the ad
vantage, by playing " Kt. takes B." Thus, if—
12. Kt. to Q. B. third 12. Kt. takes B.
13. Q. to Q. R. fourth (check 13. Kt. to Q. second
14. Q. takes Q. Kt. 14. Castles
and Black remains with two Fawns ahead.
With this we will conclude the analysis of the attack under the head
B. (" B. to Q. Kt. second "), and proceed to head C.
C.
10. B. to Q. B. third | 10. Kt. to K. second
" Kt. to K. B. third," instead, would now, we believe, be fatal for
Black, for it would enable White to play " P. to K. fifth," with great
effect.
11. P. to K. fifth |
It was in vain we looked for a stronger attack at this point ; if there
be one, however, which we have overlooked, it will be, no doubt, repro
duced somewhere in the course of our analysis, and we shall then
mention it.
11. Castles
12. B. to Q. third 12. P. to K. R. third
13. Kt. to Q. B. third* 13. B. to K. Kt. fifth
14. K. P. takes Q. P. 14. P. takes P.
15. Kt. to K. fourth I5. B. to Q. fifth
16. R. to Kt. square 16. B. takes Kt.
17. Q. takes B. 17. B. to K. fourth
18. Kt. to K. Kt. third 18. P. to Q. Kt. third
19. B. to Q. B. square 19. Q. to Q. B. square
20. Q. to K. R. fourth 20. P. to K. B. fourth
and Black still keeps his P. with an equal position ; the sacrifice of
the Q. B. would not lend to any advantage.
D.
10. R. to K. square 10. Kt. to K. second
11. P. to K. fifth 11. Kt. takes B.
12. Q. to Q. R. fourth (check)
» If "Kt. to Q. second," then " B. to K. B. fourth.'
THE CHESS PLAYER S CHRONICLE. 259
Should P. take P., then P. retakes, and the position will be about the
same as in the preceding variation—
12. B. to Q. second
13. Q. takes Kt. 13. Castles
14. P. takes P. 14, P. takes P.
(The following position would occur, were White to play " P. to K.
sixth" —
14. P. to K. sixth 14. P. takes P.
15. P. takes P. 15. B. to Q. B. third
16. Kt. to Q. second
The K. Kt. cannot move away for Black would lose a clear Rook.
j 16. Q. to Q. square
17. Q. to K. R. fourth I 17. Q. to K. Kt. third
and White's position is far inferior to Black's.)
15. Kt. to Q. B. third |
If « K. Kt. to K. Kt. fifth," then Black answers with " P. to K. R.
third "; and on " Kt. to K. fourth," " B. to K. B. fourth "; if then,
" Kt. takes Q. P.," " Q. takes Kt."; and to White's playing " B. to
Q. R. third," Black answers by " Q. takes P." winning two pieces for
the R.
| 15. B. to K. B. fourth
16. B. to K. Kt. fifth | 16. P. to K. B. third
17. B. to K. B. fourth 17. Q. R. to Q. B. square
IS. Q. to K. second 18. Kt. to K. Kt. third
19. B. to Q. second 19. B. to K. Kt. fifth
and Black has evidently the better game.
Had White played on the 15th move, "B. to K. Kt. fifth," Black
would have answered by " P. to K. B. third "; and on White retiring
the " B. to K. B. fourth," Black would have played " B. to Q. B.
fourth."
E.
10. Kt. to K. Kt. fifth 10. Kt. to K. B. third
11. B. to Q. Kt. second 11. Kt. takes B.
12. Q. to Q. R. fourth (check) 12. B. to Q. second
13. Q. takes Kt. 13. Castles
14. P. to K. fourth 14. P. takes P.
15. B. takes P. 15. P. to K. R. third
260 THE CHESS PLAYER'S CHRONICLE.
Game lately played at the Cigar Divan, Strand, between Herr Falk-
reer and Mr. Morriski, the former giving the odds of the Queen's
Book.
{Remove White's Queen's Rook.)
(Muzio Gambit.)
While. (Herr Falkreer.) Black. (Mr. Morriski.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. P. to K. B. fourth 2. P. takes P.
3. Kt. to K. B. third 3. P. to K. Kt. fourth
4. B. to Q. B. fourth 4. P. to K. Kt. fifth
5. Castles 5. P. takes Kt.
6. Q. takes P. 6. Q. to K. B. third
7. P. to K. fifth 7. Q. takes K. P.
8. P. to Q. third 8. K. B. to K. B. third
9. Q. B. to Q. second 9. Q. to K. Kt. second (a)
10. K. R. to K. square (check) 10. Kt. to K. second
11. Kt. to Q. B. third 11. Kt to Q. B. third
12. Kt. to Q. fifth 12. K. to Q. square (b)
13. Q. B. to Q. B. third 13. P. to K. B. third (c)
14. B. takes K. B. P. 14. Q. to K. B. square
15. Q. to K. second 15. B. to K. Kt. second
16. B. to K. R. fourth 16. B. to Q. fourth (check)
17. K. to R. square 17. B. to Q.B. fourth
18. P. to Q. Kt. fourth 18. B. to Q. third
19. P. to Q. Kt. fifth 19. Kt. to Q. fourth
20. Kt. takes Kt. 20. Kt. takes Q. (d)
21. Kt. to Q. B. third (dis. check) 21. K. to K. square
22. R. takes Kt. (check) 22. B. to K. second
23 Kt. takes B. 23. P. to K. B. sixth
24 Kt. to Q. fifth (dis. check) 24. P. takes R.
25 Kt. takes Q. B. P.
And mates.
Notes.
fa) " Kt. to K. second " is the customary move.
J) Seemingly the beat move.
(c) Though a useless sacrifice, yet obviously mado with the intention of freeing
his pieces.
(d) There was no bolter movo on the board.
262 THE CHB9S PLAYER S CHRONICLE.
Game played between Mr. Bird and Mr. Sanders, the former,
giving the odds of the Knight.
(Remote the Queen's Knight.)
White. (Mr. Bird.) Black. (Mr. Sanders.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. Kt. to K. B. third 2. P. to Q. third
8. P. to Q. B. third 3. B. to K. Kt. fifth
4. B. to Q. B. fourth 4. B. takes Kt.
5. Q. takes B. 5. Q. to K. B. third
6. Q. to Q. square 6. Kt. to Q. second
»7. Castles 7. Kt. to Q. Kt. third
THE CHESS PLAYER S CHRONICLB. 263
Game between Herr Beck and Mr. Brien, the latter giving the
odds of Pawn and two moves.
{Remove Black'i K. B. P.)
White. (Mr. Beck.) Black. (Mr. Brien.
1. P. to K. fourth
2. P. to Q. fourth 2. P. to K. third
8. B. to Q. third 8. P. to Q. B. fourth
4. P. to K. fifth 4. Q. checks
5. B. to Q. second 5. Q. to Q. B. second (a)
6. Q. to K. R. fifth (check) 6. K. to Q. square
7. Kt. to Q. B. third 7. P. to Q. B. fifth
8. Q. to K. B. seventh 8. Kt. to K. second
9. B. takes K. R. P. 9. Q. Kt. to Q. B. third
10. Kt. to K. B. third 10. Kt. takes Q. P. (4)
11. Kt. takes Kt. 11. Q. takes P. (check)
12. K. Kt. to K. second 12. P. to Q. fourth (c)
18. B. to K. Kt. sixth 13. B. to Q. second
14. Castles Q. R. (rf) 14. P. to Q. Kt. fourth
15. B. to K. B. fourth (e) 15. Q. to K. B. third
16. Q. takes Q. 16. P. takes Q.
17. B. to K. B. seventh 17. P. to Q. Kt. fifth
18. Kt. takes P. 18. Kt. takes Kt.
19. R. takes Kt. 19. P. takes R.
20. B. takes P. 20. R. to Q. B. square
21. R. to Q. square 21. K. to K. square
22. Kt. to Q. fourth 22. B. to K. R. third
23. B. takes B. 23. R. takes B.
24. P. to K. R. third 24. R. to Q. B. fourth
25. R. checks 25. K. to Q. square
26. Kt. to K. sixth (check) 26. B. takes Kt.
27. B. takes B. 27. P. to Q. R. fourth (/)
28. R. to K. fourth 28. P. to Q. B. sixth
29. P. to K. B. fourth 29. P. takes P. (check)
30. K. takes P. 30. R. to K. Kt. third
81. P. to K. Kt. fourth 31. R. to K. R. third
32. R. to K. third 32. K. to Q. B. second (?)
33. B. to K. B. fifth 33. R. to Q. B. sixth (A)
34. B. to Q. third 34. K. to Q. third
\
THE CHESS PLAYER S CHRONICLE. 265
85. P. to K. Kt. fifth 35. P. takes P.
36. P. takes P. 36. R. to K. R. square
37. P. to K. Kt. sixth 37. R. to K. Kt. square
88. R. to K. Kt. third 38. R. to Q. B. second
39. P. to K. R. fourth 39. R. to K. R. square
40. P. to K. R. fifth 40. R. to K. Kt. second
41. K. to K. Kt. fifth 41. P. to Q. R. fifth
42. B. to Q. Kt. fifth 42. P. to Q. Kt. sixth
43. Q. B. P. takes P. 43. P. takes P.
44. K. takes P.
And eventually wins.
Notes.
(a) " Q. to Q. Kt. third" is sounder.
(4) Too perilous in a serious game. White, however, in any case would have
maintained a fine position.
(c) Threatening to play " Q. to K. B. third."
(d) This can scarcely be White's best mode of continuing the attack. " P.
to K. B. fourth " would have been good play.
(e) Although White wins the game, it may be questioned whether the com
bination in the text is a safe one.
(_/) It would also have been good to bring the King's Book into immediate
co-operation with the rest of the forces.
(J) Clearly Black had Intended to play, at this point, " B. to Q. B. sixth,"
but abandoned for some reason his intention. He might, however, have per
severed in his course ; for
32. B. to Q. B. sixth
33. B. takes B. 33. P. takes B. (check)
34. K. takes P. 34. K. takes P. (check)
35. K. moves 35. K. to K. second
and we suspect that Black has the better game. In his analysis, Black examined
the more complicated variations springing from 35. " B. to K. B. sixth," and
overlooked the simple but efficient attack of the Bishop with his King.
(A) This move is not nearly so good at the present juncture, as White has
time to bring his Bishop to the rescue.
\
THE CHESS PLAYER S CHRONICLE. 267
Notes.
(a) This move constitutes Mr. Fraser's attack. (See Chess Plater's
Chronici-E, May, 1860.)
(A) The proper move would have been "B. to K. Kt. fifth"; the move in
the text gives White an overwhelming attack.
(c) This move comes now too late.
Game II.
Between the same opponents.
(Remove Black's K. B. Pawn.)
White. (Mr. Rorey.) Black. (Herr Haeewitz.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1.
2. P. to Q. fourth 2. P. to Q. third
3. K. B. to Q. third 3. Q. Kt. to B. third
4. P. to Q. B. third 4. P. to K. fourth
5. Q. B. to K. third 5. Kt. to K. B. third
6. P. to K. B. fourth 6. Kt. to K. Kt. fifth
7. B. to Q. second 7. P. takes Q. P.
8. Kt. to K. B. third 8. P. takes B. P.
9. Q. Kt. takes P. 9. K. B. to K. second
10. B. to Q. B. fourth 10. Kt. to Q. R. fourth
11. Q. to Q. R. fourth (check) 11. P. to Q. B. third
12. K. B. to K. second 12. B. to K. third
13. Kt. to Q. fifth 13. P. to Q. Kt. fourth
14. K. B. takes Kt. P. 14. P. takes B.
15. Q. takes P. (check) 15. B. to Q. second
16. Q. takes Kt. 16. Q. takes Q.
17. B. takes Q. 17. R. to Q. B. square
18. Castles 18. R. to Q. B. fifth
19. Q. R. to K. square 19. B. to Q. B. third
20. P. to Q. Kt third 20. R. to Q. B. seventh
21. Kt. to Q. fourth 21. R. to Q. B. fourth
22. B. to Q. Kt. fourth 22. B. takes Kt.
23 P. takes B. 23. B. takes Q. P.
270 THE CUESS PLAYERS CHRONICLE.
mm mm -mm.
WHITE.
White to move, and mate in two moves.
WHITE.
White to move, and mate in four moves.
272 THE CHESS PLAYER'S CHRONICLE.
%S| '</M/,,A
mm
i
WHITE.
White to play, and mate in four moves.
^~m m
m
wh%.
WHITE.
White to move, and mate in five moves.
THE CHESS PLAYERS CHRONICLE. 273
Game between the late Wisrech and Saint Ives Chess Clurs
While. (Wisrech.) Black. (Saint Ives.)
1. P. to Q. fourth 1. P. to Q. fourth
2. P. to Q. B. fourth 2. P. to K. third (a)
3. P. to K. third 3. K. Kt. to B. third
4. Q. Kt. to B. third 4. P. to Q. B. fourth
5. K. Kt. to B. third 5. K. B. to K. second
6. K. B. to K. second 6. Q. Kt. to B. third
7. Castles 7. Castles (b)
8. P. to Q. Kt. third (c) 8. K. Kt. to K. fifth (rf)
9. Kt. takes Kt. 9. P. takes Kt.
10. Kt. to K. fifth 10. K. B. to Q. third
11. Q. B. to Q. Kt. second (e) 11. Q. to Q. B. second
1*. P. to K. B. fourth 12. Kt. to K. second
13. Q. to Q. B. second 13. P. to K. B. fourth (/)
14. Q. P. takes P. 14. B. takes P.
15. Q. to Q. B. third 15. Kt. to K. Kt. third (g)
16 Kt. takes Kt. 16. P. takes Kt.
17. P. to Q. Kt. fourth 17. B. takes Q. Kt. P. (h)
IS. Q. takes B. 18. R. to B. second
19. Q. R. to Q. square 19. P. to Q. R. third (t)
20. Q. B. to K. fifth (*) 20. Q. to K. second
21. Q. R. to Q. sixth (-) 21. K. to K. R. second
22. K. R. to Q. square 22. R. to B. square
23. Q. to K. square 23. P. to Q. Kt. fourth
24. Q. to K. Kt. third 24. Q. R. to Q. R. second
25. P. to Q. B. fifth 25. K. to Kt. square
26. P. to Q. B. sixth 26. Q. to K. square
27- Q. to Kt. fifth 27. Q. R. to K. B. second
28. Q. takes P. at K. Kt. sixth 28. Q. to K. second
29. K. B. to K. R. fifth 29. Q. to K. R. fifth (m)
30. R. to Q. eighth 30. Q. to K. second (s)
31. Q. takes R. (check)
And Blac c resigned.
Notes.
(a) Better than taking the offered Pawn.
(4) Up to this point the opening is well played and perfectly equal.
(c) To make an outlet for the Q. B., and support the Q. B. P.
VOl. II. IS
274 THE CHESS PLAYER'S CHRONICLE.
The following two games vere played in the Hatch between Mes
Barnes and Camprell.
Game I.
(Ruy Lopez!)
While. (Mr. Barnes Black. (Mr. Camprell.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. K. Kt. to B. third 2. Q. Kt. to B. third
3. B. to Q. Kt. fifth 3. B. to K. B. fourth (a)
4. P. to Q. B. third 4. Kt. to K. second
5. Castles 5. K. Kt. to K. Kt. third
6. P. to Q. fourth 6. P. takes P.
7. P. takes P. 7. B. to Q. Kt. third
8. P. to K. fifth 8. Castles
9. B. to K. Kt. fifth 9. Q. Kt. to K. second (4)
10. Q. Kt. to B. third 10. P. to Q. fourth
11. Kt. toK. 11. fourth 11. P. to Q. B. third
12. Kt. takes Kt. 12. K. B. P. takes Kt.
13. B. to Q. R. fourth 13. P. to K. B. third
14. B. to K. third 14. Kt. to K B. fourth
15. B. to Q. B. second 15. Q. to K. R. fifth
16. B. takes Kt. 16. R. takes B. (c)
17. P. to K. Kt. fourth 17. R. to K. B. second (</)
18. P. to K. B. third 18. B. to K. third
19. Q. to K. square 19. Q. to K. second
20. Q. to Q. second 20. Q. R. to K. B. square
21. K. to Kt. second 21. Q. to Q. second
THE CHESS PLAYEfl'S CHRONICLE. 275
Notes.
(a) This move has often been made in the games played at Brussels, some
years back, between Messrs. Staunton and Heydebrandt von der Lasa. As long
as experience has not pointed out a sufficient defence against the Bsy Lopti,
we do not see why the move in the text, objectionable as it may be, should not
be adopted quite us well as any other.
(b) Could he have played " Q. to K. square "? It would require a long and
careful analysis to give a decided answer to that question. At all events, as the
present move leads to a pretty good development of Black's pieces, there is no
reason to object to it.
(c) Evidently with the object to bring his Book to K. R. fourth. Ko doubt it
was, for this reason, that Black declined to take with the Q. B., although the
latter move would have brought another piece into play. At this point, wa
believe, Black has rather turned the game in hie favour.
(d) A curious variation arises, if Black, instead of retiring his Book, would
have ventured to give it up for the K. P. We cannot vouch for the soundness
of this somewhat too complicated combination, which, when the game was over,
was suggested by Mr. Campbell ; yet, at any rate, it may prove well worth
analysing. Let us suppose : —
White. Black.
17. B. takes K. P.
18. P. takes B. 18. B. takes P.
19. Q. to Q. B. fourth (or A) 19. Q. to K. B. sixth
20. Q. to K. B. fourth (best) 20. P. to Q. Efth
21. B. takes P. (best)
If 21. "P. to K. B. third," Black takes B., and if, then, White takes B,
either with Q. or P., Black might easily win by discovered checking.
21. B. takes B.
22. Q. to K. Kt. third 22. Q. takes Q.
23. B. P. takes Q. 23. B. takes P.
with the better game.
(A)
19. Q. to Q. third 19. B. to K. B. sixth
20. Q. takes P. (best) 20. P. to Q. fifth
21. Q. to K. Kt. third (best) 21. Q. takes Q.
22. B. P. takes Q. (best) 22. B. to K. B. square
We prefer Black's game.
(e) An ingenious attempt to win a piece. However, he might have taken the
Pawn at once.
(/) The game stands even now, and it would be a difficult question to
answer, whether the advantsge of having two Bishops against Bishop snd
Enight, combined with an attacking position, on the part of the second players
THE CHESS PLAYEK'S CHRONICLE. 277
or the passed Pawn, which the first player has skilfully managed to establish in
the middle of the board, should legitimately decline the scale either way.
( "/) The obvious answer to " Kt. takes B." would have been " Q. to Q. eighth
(check)."
Game II.
Between the same Opponents.
(Ruy Lopez.)
(White. Mr. Camprell.) Black. (Mr. Barnes.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. K. Kt. to B. third 2. Q. Kt. to B. third
8. B. to Q. Kt. filth 3. K. Kt. to B. third
4. P. to Q. fourth 4. Q. Kt. takes P. (a)
5. Kt. takes Kt. 5. P. takes Kt.
6. P. to K. fifth 6. Kt. to Q. fourth
7. Q. takes P. 7. P. to Q. B. third
8. Castles 8. Q. to Q. Kt. third
y. Q. takes Q. 9. Kt. takes Q.
10. B. to Q. third 10. B. to K. second
il. Q. Kt. to B. third 11. Castles
12. B. to K. third 12. P. to Q. fourth
13. P. to Q. R. fourth 13. Q. B. to K. third
11. P. to K. B. fourth 14. P. to K. B. fourth
15. P. takes P. (en peasant) 15. B. takes P.
10. B. to Q. B. fifth 16. K. R. to K. square
17. P. to Q. R. fifth. 17. Kt. to Q. secoud
1S. B. to K. B. second 18. B. takes Kt.
18. P. takes B. 19. Kt. to K. B. third
20. Q. R. to Q. Kt. square 20. R. to K. second
21. K. R. to K. square 21. Kt. to K. fifth (b)
22. B. takes Kt. 22. P. takes B.
23. R. takes P. 23. Q. R. to K. square
24. Q. R. to K. square 24. K. to B. second
25. B. to Q. B. fifth 25. R. to Q. B. second
20. P. to K. B. fifth 26. B. to Q. second
27. R. to K. seventh (check) 27. R. takes R.
28. R. takes R. (check) 28. K. to B. third
20. B. to Q. sixth 29. P. to Q. Kt. third
30. P. to Q. R. sixth
And Blacli resigned.
278 THE CHESS PLAYER S CHRONICLE.
Noiet.
(a) "K. Kt. taket P." seems preferable.
(A) Although the second player thus gives up a Pawn, yet we do not see an;
better move in this critical position. Evidently, it was made with the view of
lessening White's attack, and with the hope of equalising the game, there being
Bishops of different colours, and a doubled Pawn on the other side of the bond.
Game between Mr. Rorey and Herr Harrwitz, the latter giving
the odds of the exchange.
Game I.
(Remove White's Queen's Rook, and Black's Queen's Knight from the
Board.)
White. (Herr Harrwitz.) Black. (Mr. Rorey.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. P. to K. B. fourth 2. P. to Q. fourth
3. K. P. takes Q. P. 3. Kt. to K. B. third
4. P. takes P. 4. Kt. takes P.
5. Kt. to K. B. third 5. B. to K. Kt. fifth
6. P. to Q. B. fourth 6. Kt. to Q. Kt. fifth
7. Q. to Q. Kt. third 7. B. to K. B. fourth
8. Kt. to Q. R. third 8. B. to Q. sixth
9. B. to K. second 9. B. to Q. B. fourth
10. Kt. to Q. Kt. fifth 10. Castles
11. Q. Kt. to Q. fourth 11. B. takes B.
12. K. takes B. 12. Kt. takes R. P.
13. Kt. to K. B. fifth 13. Kt. to Q. Kt. fifth
14. P. to Q. fourth 14. B. to K. second
15. P. to Q. B. fifth 15. P. to Q. R. fourth
16. B. to Q. second 16. Q. to Q. second
17. P. to K. Kt. fourth 17. Q. to Q. Kt. fourth (check)
18. K. to K. third 18. Q. R. to K. square
19. B. takes Kt. 19. P. takes B.
20. K. to K. B. fourth 20. K. to R. square
21. P. to K. Kt. fifth 21. P. to K. B. third
22. Kt. P. takes P. 22. P. takes P.
23. R. to K. Kt. square 23. P. takes P. (check)
24. Kt. takes P. 24. Q. to K. seventh
And White mates in two moves.
THE CHESS PLAYER S CHRONICLE. 270
Game II.
Between the same Opponents.
(Remove White't Queen's Rook, and Black's Queen's Knight from the
Board.)
White. (Herr Harrwitz.) Black. (Mr. Rorey.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. P. to K. B. fourth 2. P. takes P.
3. K. Kt. to B. third 3. P. to K. Kt. fourth
4. P. to K. R. fourth 4. P. to K. Kt. fifth
5. Kt. to K. fifth 5. P. to K. R. fourth
6. B. to Q. B. fourth 6. R. to K. R. second
7. P. to Q. fourth 7. P. to Q. third
8. Kt. to Q. third 8. B. to K. third
9. P. to Q. fifth 9. B. to Q. second
10. B. takes B. P. 10. Q. to K. second
11. Q. to K. second 11. B. to K. R. third
12. B. toK. Kt. third 12. Castles
13. Castles 13. P. to K. B. fourth
14. P. toK. fifth 14. R. to K. B. square
15. P. to K. sixth 15. B. to K. square
16. Kt. to Q. B. third 16. Q. to K. B. third
17. Q. to K. B. second 1?. P. to Q. B. fourth
18. Kt. takes Q. B. P. 18. P. to K. B. fifth
19. K. Kt. to K. fourth 19. P. takes B.
20. Q. takes K. Kt. P. 20. Q. to Q. fifth (check)
21. K, to R. second 21. B. to K. Kt. second
22. Kt. takes Q. P. (check) 22. K. to Kt. square
23. R. takes R. 23. Q. to K. fourth
24. R. takes B. (check) 24. K. to B. second
25. K. Kt. to Q Kt, fifth (check) 25. K. to Kt. third
26. Q. Kt. to Q. R. fourth (check) 26. K. to R. fourth
27. P. to Q. B. third 27. K. takes Kt.
28. R. takes Kt. 23 B. to K. R. square
29. P. to Q. sixth 29 Q. to K. fifth
30. R. to K. Kt. fifth 30 B. to K. B. third
31. P. to Q. Kt. third (check) 31. K. to R. fourth
32. P. to Q. Kt. fourth (check) 32 K. to R. third
33. Kt. to Q. I?, seventh (check) 33, K. to Kt. third
34. Kt. to Q. 11. eighth (check) 34. K. to B. third
And White mates.
880 THE CHESS PLAYER S CHRONICLE.
The following games were played in the spring of the present year,
in Paris, between the celebrated German Champion, Professor Anders-
sen, and the youthful Austrian player, Herr Kolisch. The number
of games played was eleven. Each won five, and one was drawn.
Although, as a rule, we do not give games which have been already
printed in other publications, we think it right to make an exception
in the present instance, on account of the skill of the two combatants,
as well as in regard to the many applications we have had for the
reproduction of these games. We must also remark, that the games
were not played in the order we give them.
Game I.
(AUgaier't Gambit.)
White. (Herr Kolisch.) Black. (Herr Anderssen.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. P. to K. B. fourth 2. P. takes P.
3. Kt. to K. B. third 8. P. to K. Kt. fourth
4. P. to K. R. fourth 4. P. to K. Kt. fifth
5. Kt. to K. fifth 5. P. to K. B. fourth
6. B. to Q. B. fourth 6. B. to K. R. second
7. P. to Q. fourth 7. P. to K. B. sixth
8. P. takes P. 8. P. to Q. third
9. Kt. to Q. third 9. B. to K. second
10. B. to K. third 10. B. takes K. R. P. (check)
11. K. to Q. second 11. B. to K. Kt. fourth
12. Q. Kt.'to Q. B. third (a) 12. B. takes B. (check)
13. K. takes B. I3. Q. to K. Kt. fourth (check)
14. P. to K. B. fourth 14. Q. to K. Kt. second
15. P. to K. fifth (4) 15. B. to K. B. fourth
16. Q. Kt. to Q. Kt. fifth 16. Kt. to Q. R. third
17. P. takes Q. P. 17. Castles on Q. side
18. K. Kt. to K. fifth 13. Q. B. P. takes P.
19. K. Kt. takes K. B. P. 19. Q. R. to K. square (check) (c)
20. K. to Q. second 20. K. to Q. Kt. square
21. K. Kt. takes Q. P. 21. Q. R. to K. B. square
22. Q. to K. second 22. B. to K. Kt. third
23. Q. R. to K. square 23. Q. Kt. to Q. Kt. fifth
24. P. to K. B. fifth 24. Q. to K. R. third (check)
25 K. to Q. B. third
An Black resigned.*
THE CHESS PLAYER S CHRONICLE. 281
Notes.
' If, 25. 25. K. B. to K. second
26.Q. takes B. 26. Kt. takes Q.
27.B. takes Kt. 27. Kt. to Q. B. third
28.B. takes Q. Kt. P. (check) 28. K. to B. square
29.B. to Q. fifth 29. Q. to K. sixth (check)
80.K. to Q. B. fourth 30. Q. to K. seventh (check)
31.K. to Q. Kt. third 31. Q. to K. sixth (check)
32.P. to Q. B. third 32. Kt. to Q. B. fourth (check)
33.K. to R. third 83. Kt. takes B.
And White mates in three moves.
(a) The boldness displayed by Mr. Kolisch in the present game is note
worthy, inasmuch as he had previously lost four games running against Mr.
Anderssen, and there are very few players upon whom the loss of four suc
cessive games would not act depreasingly.
(b) This was well played, the object being to plant the Q. Kt. if possible,
at K. fourth.
(c) A lost move ; but the game was irrecoverable.
Game II.
Between the same Opponents.
(Pelroffs Defence.)
White. (Herr Axderssen.) Black. (Herr Kolisch.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. Kt. to K. B. third 2. Kt. to K. B. third
3. Kt. takes P. 3. Q. to K. second (a)
4. Kt. to K. B. third 4. Q. takes P. (check)
5. B. to K. second 5. B. to Q. B. fourth
6. Castles 6. Castles
7. P. to Q. fourth 7. B. to Q. Kt. third
8. P. to Q. B. fourth 8. P. to Q. B. third (4)
9. Kt. to Q. B. third 9. Q. to K. second
10. Q. B. to K. Kt. fifth 10. P. to K. R. third
11. Q. B. to K. B. fourth 11. P. to K. Kt. fourth
12. Q. B. to K. Kt. third (c) 12. P. to Q. fourth
13. Kt. to K. fifth 13. Q. Kt. to Q. second
14. P. takes P. 14. K. Kt. takes P.
15. Q. Kt. takes K. Kt. 15. P. takes Kt.
16. P. to K. B. fourth 16. P. takes P.
17. Kt. takes Kt. (d) 17. P. takes B.
IS. Kt. to K. B. sixth (check) (*) 18. K. to Kt. second
282 THE CHESS PLAYER 3 CHRONICLE.
Notes.
(a) This is not accounted eo good as " P. to Q. third."
(4) Already Black has a much inferior game to bis adversary, the consequence
of his error at the third move.
(c) Herr Anderssen would have obtained a magnificent attack by sacrificing
his K. Kt. for the two Pawns, but the more prudential course was to retire the
Bishop.
(d) Had he taken the Pawn with Bishop, Black would evidently have gaiaea
a clear piece.
THE CHESS PLAYERS CHRONICLE. 283
(e) Much better play than capturing the Book ; for, suppose :
18. Kt. takes R. 18. Q. to K. B. fifth
19. P. to K. B. third (best) 19. B. takes Q. P. (check)
20. K. to K. B. square 20. Q. B. takes K. B. P.
And Black wins.
(/) This was better than either taking the Bishop with Queen or checking
with tho Kt. at Q. sevcnth.
(g) At this point White announced that he could effect mate in eight moves.
Game III.
Between the same opponents.
{Scotch Gambit.)
White. (Mr. Kolisch.) Black. (Mr. A.NDERSSEN.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. Kt. to K. B. third 2. Kt. to Q. B. third
3. P. to Q. fourth 3. P. takes P.
4. B. to Q. B. fourth 4. B. to Q. B. fourth
5. Castles 5. P. to Q. third
S. P. to Q. B. third 6. Q. B. to K. Kt. fifth (a)
7. Q. to Q. Kt. third (i) 7. B. takes Kt.
8. B. takes K. B. P. (check) 8. K. to B. square
9. B. takes Kt. 9. B. takes B.
10. P. takes B. 10. P. to K. Kt. fourth (c)
11. Q. to Q. square 11. Q. to Q. second •
12. P. to Q. Kt. fourth 12. B. to Q. Kt. third
13. B. to Q. Kt. second 13. P. to Q. sixth
14. Q. takes P. 14. Kt. to K. fourth
15. Q. to K. second 15. Q. to K. E. sixth
in Kt. to Q. second 16. P. to K. Kt. fifth
And White resigned.
Notes.
(a) This move is now believed by many players to give Black the advantage
in the opening.
(4) Hazardous. His only safe response appears to bo 7, " B. to K. second."
(e) This is decisive. White has no way of escaping from the consequences of
this advance.
284 THE CHESS PLAYER'S CHRONICLE.
SOLUTIONS TO PROBLEMS.
No. 85. Page 239.
White. Black.
1. Q. takes B. (check) 1. Q. takes Q.
2. B. to K. B. second, and wins.
No. 86. Page 239.
White. Slack.
R. to K. B. seventh 1. Q. to K. Kt. square
B. to Q. fifth 2. P. to K. Kt. fourth
B. to K. seventh 3. Q. to K. B. square (eh.) or (A)
K. to K. Kt. sixth, and wins
(A)
3. Q. takes B.
4. B. to K. eighth (check) 4. Q. to K. Kt. square
5. B. takes Q. 5. K. takes B.
6. K. takes P., and wins
No. 87. Page 240.
White. Slack.
Kt. to Q. B. fourth 1. R. takes K. B. P. (check) (A)
Kt. to K. third (dis. check) 2. Anything
B. mates
(A)
1. Q. to Q. Kt. sixth (check) (B)
or B. to Q. Kt. eighth (check)
Kt. to Q. Kt. sixth (dis. check) I
B. mates |
(B.)
Kt. to Q. Kt. fifth (C)
B. checks Kt. covers
, Kt. to K. seventh (dis. mate)
(0)
1. Q. to K. B. second
Kt. to K. seventh (dis. check) 2. Kt. covers
Kt,- to Q. B. sixth, mate
No. 88. Page 240.
White. Slack.
B. to K. B. fourth (eheck) 1. Kt. takes B.
B. to Q. B. sixth (check) 2. Kt. to Q. Kt. fourth (best)
Kt. to K. B. third 3. Anything
Kt. to K. B. second, mates
No. 89. Page 255.
White. Black.
Q. to Q. B. seventh 2. Any move
Q. or B. mates
No. 90. Page 255.
White. Black.
1. B. to Q. B. fifth 1. B. to Q. B. eighth (B, C, D)
2. Kt. to K. B. sixth (check)
, 2. R. takes B. (A)
3. Kt. (from K. B. second) to K. Kt. fourth, mate
2S6 THE chess player's chronicle.
(A)
2. K takes Kt.
3. Kt. to K. fourth, mate
(B)
1. B. to K. Kt. fourth
2. Kt. to Q. seventh (check) 2. K. to B. third
3. Kt. to K. Kt. eighth, mate
(C)
1. B. to K. second
2. Kt. to Q. seventh (check) 2. K. to B. third
3. Kt. mates
(D)
1. Kt takes K. P.
2. Kt to K. Kt sixth (check) 2. K. to K. B. fifth
3. Kt. to K. R. third, mate
No. 91. Page 256.
White. Black.
1. B. to Q. B. second 1. Q. takes B. (best)
2. B. to (£ Kt. second (check) 2. K. to B. second
3. Q. takes B. (check) 3. K. takes Q. or (A)
4. B. to Q. Kt. third, mate
(A)
3. K. to K. square
1. V.. to Q. B. fourth, mate
No. 92. Page 256.
White. Black.
1. B. to K. B. fifth (check) 1. P. takes B. or (A)
2. Q. to Q. fourth (check) 2. Kt. takes Q.
3. Kt. to Q. B. third (check) 3. K. moves
4. B. mates
(A)
1. K. moves
2. Q. to Q. Kt square (check) 2. K. moves
3. B. takes P. (check) 3. Kt covers
4. B. takes Kt., mate
WHITE.
White to move nnd win.
WHITE.
White to move and win.
288 THE CHESS PLAYERS CHRONICLE.
1
pi
^S
mm * W///S///A„
WHITE.
White to play, and mate in three moves.
WHITE.
White to move, and mate in three moves.
THE CHESS PLAYER'S CHRONICLE. 289
be too late, and not to miss the discussion of the constitution of tlic
Association with a view to its improvement.* Thereupon, I wended
my way through the intricacies of the Court-yard of the Red Lion, to
the staircase leading to the saloon of the Meeting ; which staircase,
however, I was only allowed to ascend after having paid five shillings
and received an entrance card. On entering the spacious and lofty
saloon, which was well filled with chairs and tables, I began to scruti
nize the company present, and found, that neither the President of the
Association, Lord Lyttelton, nor the Vice-presidents, Lord Cre-
horne and Sir John Blunden, nor any other Member of the Com
mittee, were present. Nay, not only the Committee were absent, but
not even a single member of the Association was there—at least, none
of those who had been at former Meetings. The only persons present
were six members of the Local Cambridge Committee, the three gentle
men from London, Mr. Stanley, of New York Celebrity, Mt-Raingeb,
of Norwich, Mr. Fuller, Mr. Horne, Mr. Bateman, and Mr. N., s
solitary member of the St. George's Club, whom chance had brought
at the time to Cambridge. Thus the Meeting consisted of fifteen
persons including the Local Committee. Not only were the Committee
of the British Chess Association absent, but also the members. After
an hour's waiting, during which time the Local Committee at one end
of the room, arid the visitors at the other end of the room, had a quiet
chat, the Secretary of the Local Committee, Mr. Walker, proposed
to proceed to play, but it was found that only eight players had sent
in their names, and of these only seven were present ; the eighth, Mr-
Barnes, of the St. George's Club, although having sent in his name,
was not present. Mr. Horne, of Cambridge, was prevailed upon to
replace him. The following gentlemen were then matched, by lots :—
Mr. Kolisch against Mr. Geake.
„ Stanley „ „ Rainger.
„ Horne „ „ Puller.
„ Zytogorski „ „ Bateman.
The former gentlemen won the two first games, and remained, there
fore, winners in the first round, which only lasted altogether between
three and four hours.
The second day, the 29th, some visitors came from London, and
* See the Chess Player's Chronicle, August Number, " British Association,"
Circular of the Committee.
THE CHESS PLAYER'S CHRONICLE. 291
other places ; still the persons present in the room never exceeded the
number of seventeen. The four conquerors were drawn against each
other in the following way : —Mr. Kolisch against Mr. Zytogorski,
Mr. Stanley against Mr. Horne. The result of this tourney was,
Mr. Stanley won two games against one of Mr. Horne's. Mr.
Zytogorski resigned his further claims without playing. Mr. Kolisch
and Mr. Stanley were, therefore, the winners of the two prizes, such
as they were ; it was only to be decided which o/ the two had to take
the first prize. In the opinion of most of those present, Mr. Stanley
had but a poor chance against so formidable an antagonist as Mr.
Kolisch. On that day Mr. Staunton had arrived from London, in
the afternoon, with Mr. Worrall, with whom he played several games
at the odds of a Knight ; Mr. Worrall had, however, by far the best
in these encounters. Mr. Deacon was also present during some time,
as well as the Rev. Dr. Salmon, from Dublin. The two latter gentle
men, however, did not plny at all.
The third day, the 30th, the Match began between Mr. Kolisch
and Mr. Stanley of New York, and this was the only interesting
feature in the whole proceeding. The first game lasted eight hours. Mr.
Stanley evidently did his best, and Herr Kolisch played very care
fully ; taking it altogether it was a very fine game. On that morning
Messrs Staunton, Worrall, and Deacon, again left for London.
The meeting, however, was a little enlivened by the arrival of the Rev.
Mr. Donaldson, the well known Scotch player, who played some
skittling games with Mr. Zytogorski and others.
Herr Kling, the well known Chess writer, who had arrived during
the day, contributed to the amusement of the visitors by his lecture
on end games ; which he selected with great skill, and were instruc
tive, even for first-rate players.
The fourth day, the 31st, the second game between Mr. Stanley
and Kolisch was played ; it was severer than the first, and lasted
twelve hours; but towards the end it was evident that Mr. Stanley
was exhausted, and, so to say, morally beaten. This was the last day
of the Meeting, according to the circular of the Local Committee, but
as the winner of the first prize had to score the best out of five games,
the match was not over. A great difficulty here presented itself;
the Committee had only taken the rooms for four days ; where were
the Chess players to meet the next day ? In this dilemma, Mr. Henry
C. Foster, of Cambridge, was the dens ex machina who, by kindly
inviting all the Chess players to his house, solved the difficulty.
In the evening, Herr Kling contributed again to the amusement of
292 THE CHESS PLAYER'S CHRONICLE.
A
THE CHESS PLAYERS CHRONICLE. 293
Notes.
(a) The best move at this juncture.
(4) Correctly played. No advantage would have accrued to White from "B.
takes P." For, let us suppose—
10. B. takes P. 1 10. Kt. to K. fifth
11. P. to Q. B. fourth (best) 11. B. takes Kt,
12. P. takes B. (best)
with a winning position.
(e) An eitremely hazardous move, which ought not to have been ventured
against a player of Mr. Kolisch's force.
(d) Black contemplated moving "Kt. to Kt. second," and then "Kt. to K.
B. fourth." White, by moving " P. to K. Kt. fourth," would have frustrated
that object ; the move adopted by Mr. Stanley was, therefore, a good one.
(e) Effectually preventing Black's intended manoeuvre, " P. to B. fifth," and
then " Kt. to B. fourth," Ac.
(f) Compulsory, because White threatened to win the Queen by moving
" K. to B. second." Had Black, instead of the move in the test, played "Q. to
K. B. third," White would have gained a clear piece by taking Knight with
Book.
(g) An examination of the position will show that White selected the best
move in order to obtain a winning game. .
(A) Insignificant as this move appears, it was an important link in the chain
of a remarkable combination. The skilful manner in which Mr. Kolisch con
ducted his game to the end, is deserving of close attention, and commands our
warmest praise.
(i) White might havo played " Kt. takes Q. P.," when the following variation
would have occurred : —
THB CHESS PLAYEItS CHRONICLE. 2'J5
32. Kt. takes Q. P. 32. P. takes Kt.
33. K. takes Kt. 83. Kt. takes B.
34. B. takes B. (check) 34. K. to Kt. third
35. B. takes P. 35. Kt. takes Q. P.
36. P. to B. third 36. Kt. to B. fourth
37. B. to B. sixth I
with a winning game.
But the line of play adopted by Mr. Kolisch was a surer road to victory.
(i) The only chance of extricating himself from his extremely embarrassing
position. It was the commencement of a clever combination ; frustrated, how
ever, by the accurate play of his adversary.
(t) This powerful defence, which Mr. Kolisch had in reserve, was no doubt
overlooked by Black. Mr. Stanley evidently calculated upon the following
continuation : —
40. B. takes Kt. 40. R. takes P.
41. B. to Kt. fifth 41. B. takes P. (check)
42. Kt. to K. second 42. B. takes Kt. (check)
43. K. takes B. 43. B. takes B.
with a winning game,
(m) An important move.
(») If "K. to Kt. third," then "B. to Q. second," ' 'B. takes B.," Kt checks
and wins.
Game II.
Between the same opponents.
White. (Mr. Stanley.) Black. (Herr Kolisch.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. Kt. to Q. B. third 2. Kt. to K. B. third
S. B. to Q. B. fourth 3. P. to Q. B. third
4. Q. to K. second 4. P. to Q. Kt. fourth
5. B. to Q. Kt. third P. to Q. B. fourth
6. P. to Q. R. fourth P. to Q. Kt. fifth
7. Kt. to Q. square B. to Q. B. fourth
8. Kt. to K. B. third P. to Q. third (a)
9. Castles Castles
10. P. to Q. third 10. B. to Q. R. third
11. B. to K. Kt. fifth 11. Q. Kt. to Q. second
12. Q. Kt. to K. third 12. Q. to Q. B. second
13. Q. Kt. to K. B. fifth 13. P. to Q. fourth
14. Q. to Q. second It. P. takes P.
15. B. takes Kt. 15. Kt. takes B.
16. Q. to K. Kt. fifth 10. Kt. to K. square
17. Kt. takes K. P. 17. K. to R. square
18. Kt. to K. B. fourth (4) 18. B. to K. second
296 THE CHESS PLAYER 8 CHRONICLE.
Notes.
(a) " Q. to K. second " would, perhaps, have been mora attacking.
(4) A fatal move, losing a piece, necessarily. "Q. to K. B. fourth" seemi
the best play.
(c) Necessary, as Black threatens to play "Q. to Q. Kt. square."
THE CHESS PLAYEE'S CHRONICLE. 297
Gami III.
Between the same opponents.
White. (Herr Kolisoh.) Black. (Mr. Stanley.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. third
2. P. to Q. fourth 2. P. to Q. fourth
3. B. to Q. third 8. P. takes P.
4. B. takes P. 4. Kt. to K. B. third
5. B. to Q. third 5. B. to K. second
6. Kt. to K. B. third 6. Castles
7. Castles 7. Kt. to Q. B. third
8. B. to K. third 8. B. to Q. third
9. Kt. to Q. B. third 9. Kt. to K. second
10. Q. to K. second 10. P. to Q. B. third
11. B. to K. Kt. fifth 11. Kt. to Kt. third
12. Q. B. to Q. square 12. P. to K. B. third
13. B. takes Kt. 13. Q, takes B.
14. Kt. to K. fourth 14. Q. to K. second
15. Kt. takes B. 15. Q. takes Kt.
16. Kt. to K. fifth 16. Kt. to K. second
17. K. B. to K. square (a) 17. P. to K. B. fourth
18. B. to Q. B. fourth 18. P. to Q. Kt. fourth
19. B. to Q. Kt. third 19. P. to Q. B. fourth
20. P. to Q. R. third 20. P. to K. B. fifth (J)
21. Q. to K. fourth 21. Kt. to Q. fourth
22. B. to Q. third 22. B. to Kt. second
23. Kt. to Kt. fourth 23. B. to K. B. second (c)
24. Q. to Kt. sixth 24. K. to B. square (d)
25. B. takes P. 25. B. to K. second (e)
26. Q. to B. fifth (check) 26. K. to K. square
27. B. takes Kt. 27. P. takes B.
23. Kt. to B. sixth (check)
And wins.
Notes.
(a) White thus early in the game hag already obtained a fine position.
(S) A weak move.
(o) If "Q. B. to K. square," then follows "Kt. takes B. P. (cheek)," "P.
takes Kt.," " Q. to Kt. sixth (check)," and mates in three moves.
(d) There was no better move.
(e) Cleverly played ; but the game ie beyond recovery.
2'JS THE CHESS PLAYERS CHRONICLE.
Game in the Second Match between Herr Kolisch and Mr. Maude.
{Remove White's Queen's Knight.)
White. (Herr Kolisch.) Black. (Mr. Maude.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. Kt. to K. B. third 2. Kt. to Q. B. third
3. B. to Q. B. fourth 8. B. to Q. B. fourth
4. P. to Q. Kt. fourth 4. B. takes P.
5. P. to Q. B. third 5. B. to Q. R. fourth
6. Castles 6. Kt. to K. B. third
7. Q. to Q. B. second 7. Castles
8. P. to Q. fourth 8. P. to Q. third
9. P. 'takes P. 9. Kt. takes P.
10. Kt. takes Kt. 10. P. takes Kt.
11. B. to Q. B. third 11. P. to Q. B. fourth
12. P. to K. B. fourth 12. Q. to Q. B. second
13. P. to K. B. fifth 13. B. to Q. second
14. R. to K. B. third 14. P. to Q. Kt. fourth
15. B. to K. B. square 15. P. to Q. Kt. fifth
16. B. to Q. B. square 16. B. to Q. B. third
17. R. to K. third 17. B. to Q. Kt. third
18. P. to Q. B. fourth 18. Q. R. to Q. square
19. B. to Q. Kt. second 19. R. to Q. fifth
20. B. to Q. third 20. R. to Q. second
21. Q. to K. second 21. K. R. to Q. square
22. K. R. to Q. square 22. B. to Q. R. fifth
23. R. to K. square 23. P. to Q. Kt. sixth
24. P. takes P. 24. B. takes P.
25. P. to K. Kt. fourth 25. Kt. takes K. P.
26. B. takes K. P. 26. Q. takes B.
27. R. takes Kt. 27. Q. to Q. third
28. R. to K. eighth (check) 28. R. takes R.
29. Q. takes R. (check) 29. Q. interposes
30. Q. lakes R.
And Blac c resigns.
Herr Kolisch has been playing a second Match with Mr. Maude,
at the London Chess Club, the forme:r giving the odds of half a Knight.
The conditions were, Herr Kolisc H to give in five games the Knight,
and to play five pames on even terms. The score stood at the
conclusion of the Match, Herr Koi, isch 5, Mr. Maude 3.
\
THE CHESS PLAYER S CHRONICLE. 299
Game II.
Between the same Opponents.
{Remove fPltite's Q. R.)
White. (Herr Harrwitz.) Black. (Mr. Moriskt.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. third
8. P. to K. B. fourth 2. P. to Q. third
8. Kt. to K. B. third 3. B. to K. second
4. P. to Q. fourth 4. P. to Q. R. third
5. P. to Q. B. fourth 5. P. to Q. B. fourth
6. P. to Q. fifth 6. Kt. to K. B. third
7. Q. Kt. to B. third 7. P. takes P.
8. Q. B. P. takes P. 8, P. to Q. Kt. fourth
9. P. to K. fifth 9. P. takes P.
10. P. takes P. 10. Kt. to Kt. fifth
11. P. to Q. sixth 11. B. to Q. Kt. second
12. B. to K. second 12. B. to K. B. square
13. Castles IS. Kt. to Q. second
14. Q. B. to K. B. fourth 14. R. to Q. B. square
15. R. to K. square 15. Q. to Q. Kt. third
16. B. to K. Kt. third 16. P. to K. R. fourth
17. P. to K. R. third 17. B. takes Kt.
18. B. takes B. 18. P. to Q. B. fifth (check)
19. K. to R. square 19. Kt. to B. seventh (check)
20. B. takes Kt. 20. Q. takes B.
21. P. to K. sixth 21. P. takes P.
22. R. takes P. (check) 22. K. to Q. square
23. Kt. to K. fourth 23. Q. to R. fifth
24. Q. to Q. second 24. R. to B. third
25. Kt. to Kt. fifth 25. P. to B. sixth
26. B. takes B. 26. P. takes Q.
And White mated in three moves.
TUE CHESS PLAYER 8 CHRONICLE. 301
Game III.
Between the same Opponents.
Herr Harrwitz giving the odds of the Queen's Rook and first move.
(Remove White's Queen's Rook.)
Black. (Mr. Moeisky.) White. (Herr Harbwitz.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to Q. B. fourth
2. Kt. to K. B. third 2. P. to Q. R. third
3. P. to Q. R. fourth 3. Kt. to Q. B. third
4. B. to B. fourth 4. P. to K. third
5. Kt. to B. third 5. P. to K. Kt. third
6. P. to Q. third 6. B. to Kt. second
7. Castles 7. P. to Q. third
8. B. to K. third 8. K. Kt. to K. second
9. R. to Kt. square 9. Castles
10. Kt. to K. second 10. P. to B. fourth
11. B. to K. Kt. fifth 11. P. takes P.
12. P. takes P. 12. R. takes Kt.
13. P. takes R. 13. Kt. to K. fourth
14. B. takes Kt. 14. Q. takes B.
15. P. to Kt. third 15. Kt. takes P. (check)
16. K. to R. square 16. Q. to R. fifth
17. K. to Kt. second (a) 17. Q. takes K. P.
13. Kt. to Kt. third 18. Kt. to K. eighth (double ch.)
19. K. to R. third 19. Q. to Kt. seventh (check)
20. K. to Kt. fourth 20. P. to R. fourth (check)
21. K. to Kt. fifth 21. Kt. to B. sixth (check)
22. K. takes P. 22. B. to Q second
23. K. takes P. (A)
White mates in two moves.
Notes.
(o) If 17. Q. takes P. I then 17. B. to K. fourth
18. B. takes P. (check) | 18. K. to Kt. second, and wins.
(4) Bad as this appears, the game could not have been saved ; for instance—
23. B. takes P, (check) 23. B. takes B.
24. Q. takes P. 24. Kt. to K. fourth (check)
25. K. to Kt. fifth 25. Kt. to B. second (check)
26. K. to B. fourth 26. B. to B. third (ch.) and mate.
302 THE CHESS PLAYER S CHRONICLE.
Game played, Sept. 3, 1860, between Mr. Rorey and Herr Harrwitz.
{Remove Black's K. B. P.)
White. (Mr. Borey.) Black. (Herr Harrwitz.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. Kt. to Q. B. third
2. P. to Q. fourth 2. P. to K fourth
3. P. to Q. fifth 3. Q. Kt. to K. second
4. P. to K. B. fourth 4. Kt. to Kt. third
5. B. to Q. third 5. P. takes P.
6. Kt. to K. B. third 6. B. to B. fourth
7. Q. to K. second 7. K. Kt. to K. second
8. B. to Q. second 8. P. to Q. third
9. P. to Q. Kt. fourth 9. B. to Kt. third
10. P. to Q. B. fourth 10. P. to Q. R. third
11. Kt. to R. third 11. Castles
12. Kt. to B. second 12. B. to Kt. fifth
13. B. to B. third 18. P. to B. third
11. P. to K. R. third 14. B. to K. R. fourth
15. Q. Kt. to Q. fourth 15. K. B. takes Kt.
16. B. takes B. 16. Kt. to R. fifth
17. P. to K. fifth 17. K. Kt. to B. fourth
18. Q. to K. fourth 18. B. takes Kt.
19. P. takes B. 19. P. takes K. P.
20. B. to K. B. second 20. P. takes P
21. P. takes P. 21. R. to Q. B. square
22. R. to K. Kt. square 22. P. to K. Kt. third
23. K. to Q. second 28. Q. to B. third
24. R. to Kt. fourth 24. Kt. to Q. third
25. Q. to K. second 25. Kt. takes P. (check)
26. Q. takes Kt. 26. P. to K. fifth
27. B. takes P. 27. Q. to Kt. seventh (check)
28. K. to Q. square 28. Q. takes R. (check)
29. K. to K. second 29. Kt. takes B.
30. Q. to Q. third 30. Q. to Kt. seventh (cheek)
31. K. to B. third
And Black mate s in two moves.
THE CHESS PLAYER S CHRONICLE. 303
m mm
WmTk §H
u
\ HH
% X 111
^ I*
#Jgl.l III
fliy
WHITE.
White to move and win.
whiie.
White to move and draw.
30* THE CHESS PLAYER S CHRONICLE.
m
w&
mifm
'<*zw. S^„.„„„„.^^.™„„.„^^
F
Vi«
, ...#
WHITE.
White to play and mate in three moves.
H
PUP
#■
WW W"
WRITE.
White to play, and mate in five moves.
THE CHESS PLAYER S CHRONICLE. 305
VOL. II. 20
306 THE CHESS PLATES S CHRONICLE.
Notet.
(a) Clearly a move overlooked by Black.
(4) The game is lost, as "B. takes K. B. P. (cheek)" is threatened. Tho
move in the text has the poor advantage of changing the position on the board,
(c) Finished with characteristic neatness.
Game II.
Between the same opponents.
White. (Mr. Gocuer.) Black. (Mr. Beiem.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. P. to K. B. fourth 2. P. takes P.
3. Kt. to K. B. third 3. P. to K. Kt. fourth
4. P. to K. B. fourth 4. P. to K. Kt. fifth
5. Kt. to K. fifth 5. Kt. to K. B. third
0. Kt. takes P. at K. K.t. fourth 6. Kt. takes P.
7. P. to Q. third 7. Kt. to K. Kt. sixth
8. B. takes P. 8. Kt. takes R.
9. Q. to K. second (check) 9. Q. to K. second
10. Kt. to K. B. sixth (check) 10. K. to Q. square
11. B. takes Q. B. P. (check) 11. K. takes B.
12. Kt. to Q. fifth (check) 12. K. to Q. square
13. Kt. takes Q. 13. B. takes Kt.
14. Q. to K. Kt. fourth 14. R. to K. square
15. B. to K. second 15. B. to K. B. third (a)
16. P. to Q. fourth 16. Kt. to Q. B. third
17. P. to Q. B. third 17. P. to Q. third
18. Q. to K. B. fourth 18. K. to Q. B. second
19. Kt. to Q. K. third (A) 19. P. to Q. R. third
20. K. to Q. second 20. B. to K. third
21. R. takes Kt. 21. B. to K. R. square
22. Kt. to Q. B. fourth 22. B. takes Kt.
23. B. takes B. 23. P. to K. B. third
24. P. to K. Kt. fourth 24. Q. R. to Q. square
25 R. to K. B. third 25. K. R. to K. second
26 R. to K. third 26. Q. R. to K. square
27 R. takes R. (check) 27. R. takes R.
28 Q. to K. R. sixth 28. K. to Q. second
29 B. to Q. third 29. Kt. to Q. square
\
THE CHESS PLAYER S CHRONICLE. 307
Notes.
(a) Showy, but unsound. (4) Correct play.
Game III.
Between the same Opponents.
Black. (Mr. Brien.) White. (Mr. Gocher.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. Kt. to K. B. third 2. P. to Q. third
3. P. to Q. fourth 3. P. takes P.
4. B. to Q. B. fourth 4. B. to K. second
5. Castles 5. Kt. to K. B. third
8. Q. takes P. 6. Kt. to Q. B. third
7. B. to Q. Kt. fifth (a) 7. B. to Q. second
S. B. takes Kt. 8. B. takes B.
9. Kt. to Q. B. third 9. Castles
10. 11. to K. square 10. Q. to Q. second
11. P. to K. E. third 11. Kt. to K. square
12. B. to K. B. fourth 12. B. to K. B. third
13. P. to K. fifth 13. P. takes P. (o)
14. Q. takes Q. 14. B. takes Q.
15. B. takes P. 15. B. takes B.
10. Kt. takes B. 16. B. to K. third
17. Q. R. to Q. square 17. Kt. to Q. third
18. Kt. to K. fourth 18. Kt. takes Kt.
10. R. takes Kt. 19. K. R. to Q. square
20. Kt. to Q. third 20. B. takes Q. R. P. (c)
21. P. to Q. Kt. third 21. P. to Q. Kt. fourth
308 THE CUE9S PLAYERS CHRONICLE.
Notes.
(a) This mode of play does not afford so rapid a development as the ordinary
opening does, but, at the name time, is not very dangerous.
(4) If the Bishop had retreated, a position of a more complex nature would
have arisen.
(c) This is unsound, as there is one variation which prevents him from with
drawing his Bishop.
(<£) Protecting the Knight, and also, ultimately, a Pawn at Q. Kt. third.
Had he attacked the Bishop, Ac., he might, after " B. takes P.," and " R. takes
Kt.," havo captured Q. B. P. with Book, but the move in the text is the proper
play.
Game IV.
Between the same Opponents.
White. (Mr. Gocher.) Black. (Mr. Brien.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to Q. fourth
2. P. takes P. 2. Q. takes P.
3. Kt. to Q. B. third 3. Q. to Q. R. fourth
4. Kt. to K. B. third 4. P. to Q. B. third
5. B. to Q. B. fourth 5. Kt. to K. B. third
\
THE CHESS PLAYER'S CHRONICLE. 309
Game V.
Between the same Opponents.
Black. (Mr. Buien.) White. (Mr. Gocher.)
1. P. to Q. fourth 1. P. to K. B. fourth
2. P. to K. fourtli (a) 2. P. takes P.
3. Kt. to Q. B. third 3. Kt. to K. B. third
310 THE CHESS PLAYER S CHRONICLE.
Notes.
(a) Not so good as " P. to Q. B. fourth."
(4) By some of these games, Black, whatever be the cause, seems to hare
sustained loss of quality and soundness. Neither of these deficiencies can
avoid giving the advantage to an opponent of so good a form and so complete
an accuracy as Mr. Goclier is.
(c) An oversight ; but play as Black might, he must have lost the game.
8. R. to K. square 8. B. to Q. second
9. B. to Q. third 9. P. to K. R. third
10. P. to Q. B. third 10. Kt. to K. second
11. P. to Q. Kt. fourth 11. $. to Q. Kt. third
12. B. to Q. second 12. P. to Q. R. third
13. Kt. to K. R. fourth 13. Q. to Q. Kt. square
14. Q. to K. R. fifth 14. B. to Q. B. second
15. P. to K. B. fourth ]5. Kt. to Q. R. second
16. P. toK. B. fifth 16. K. P. takes P.
17. P. to K. sixth 17. B. takes P.
18. R. tnlcesB. 18. B. takes P.
19. Kt. takes P. 19. Kt. to Q. B. third
20. Kt. takes P. (check) 20. K. to Q. second
21. Q. takes B. P. 21. R. to K. B. square
22. R. takes Kt. (check) 22. Kt. takes R.
23. B. to B. fifth (check) 23. K. to B. third
24. Q. takes Kt. 24. B. to Q. third
25. Q. to K. sixih 25. K. to B. second
26. B. to K. B. fourth 26. 15. takes B.
27. Q. to K. seventh (check)
And mates nest move.
BLINDFOLD CHESS.
A game played September 21, 1860, in the Ipswich Chess Clur,
Mr. Brien playing blindfold.
WTiite. (Mr. Black. (Mr. Brien.)
A Member of the Club.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to. K. fourth
2. B. to Q. B. fourth 2. Kt. to K. B. third
3. Kt. to Q. B. third 3. B. to Q. Kt. fifth
4. P. to Q. third 4. B. takes Kt. (check)
5. P. takes B. 5. P. to K. R; third
6. Kt. to K. B. third 6. P. to Q. third
7. P. to K. R. third 7. Castles
8. Castles 8. B. to K. third
9. B. to Q. Kt. third 9. Kt. to Q. B. third
10. B. to Q. Kt. second 10. P. to Q. R. fourth
THE CHESS PLAYER S CHRONICLE. 313
11. B. to Q. R. fourth 11. Kt. to Kr second
12. P. to Q. B. fourth 12. Kt. to K. Kt. third
13. B. to Q. B. square 13. Kt. to K. R. second
14. P. to Q. B. third 14. P. to K. B. fourth
15. P. tnkes P. 15. R. takes P.
l«. B. to Q. B. second 16. Q. to K. B. third
17. P. to Q. fourth 17. R. takes Kt. (a)
18. Q. takes B. 18. Q. takes Q.
19. P. takes Q. 19. Kt. to K. R. fifth
20. B. to K. fourth 20. B. takes K. R. P.
21. P. to Q. fifth 21. Kt. to K. Kt. fourth
22. B. takes Kt. 22. P. takes B.
23. K. R. to Q. square 23. K. to K. B. second
24. B. to Q. third 24. R. to K. R. square
25. P. to K B. fourth 25. P. to K. Kt. fifth
215. B. takes B. 26. P. takes R.
27. P. takes P. 27. P. takes P.
28. K. to K. R. second 28. Kt. to K. Kt. third
»9. B. takes Kt. (check) 29. K. takes B.
30. R. to K. Kt. square (check) 30. K. to K. B. third
31. B. to K. Kt. third 31. P. to K. Kt. fourth
32. R. to K. Kt. fourth 32. K. to K. B. fourth
33. P. to K. B. third 33. P. to Q. Kt. third (4)
34-. P. to Q. B. fourth 34. R. to K. R. fifth
35. K. to K. Kt. third 35. P. to K. fifth (c)
35. P. takes P. (check) 36. K. to K. Kt. third
37. B. takes R. 37. P. takes R. (check)
38. K. takes P. at K. R. third 38. K. to K. B. third
39. K. takes P. 39. K. to K. fourth
40. K. to K. Kt. fifth 40. K. takes K. P.
41. K. to K. B. sixth 41. K. to Q. sixth
42. K. to K. sixth 42. K. takes P. at Q. B. s
Drawn game, as all the Black Pawns fall, and the White also, with
the exception of the Q. U. Pawn, which is of no use in the present
position.
Notes.
(a) This sacrifice is a fair venture in a holiday game.
(4) Decisive, if correctly followed.
314 THE CHESS PLAYER 3 CHRONICLE.
\
THE CHESS PLAYER'S CHRONICLE. 315
\
THE CHESS PLAYEh'S CHRONICLE. 317
SOLUTIONS TO PROBLEMS.
No. 93. Page 271,
White. Black.
1. Q. to K. fourth 1. Any move
2. Q. R. E. or Kt. mates accord
ingly
318 THE CHESS PLAYER 9 CHRONICLE.
X
THE CHESS PLAYER S CHRONICLE. 319
^P i
JUI^iij mm
WHITE.
White to move, and mate in three moves.
#»j 1
111
white.
White to move, and mate in four moves.
320 THE CHESS PLAYEK S CHRONICLE.
WHITE.
White to move, and checkmate in five moves.
WHITE.
White to play, and mate in five moves.
THE CHESS PLAYERS CHRONICLE. 321
trAite. Black.
10. B. K. Kt. fifth 10. Kt. to K. second
11. P. to K. fifth
This seems the strongest move to continue the attack ; to check with
the Q. or B. would be useless, as it would only bring the second player's
pieces into play, nor would it be to any purpose to bring the Q. Kt.
out at this point of the game, as it would enable Black to Castle, without
leaving White the ghost of an attack ; any other move than the one in
question would also allow the second player to Castle with advantage.
11. Q. takes B.
12. Q. to Q. P.. fourth (check) 12. Kt. to Q. second
13. Q. takes Kt. 13. P takes P.
14. Kt. takes P.
If White were to play " Q. Kt. to Q. B. third " instead, Black would
gain the advantage by playing " P. to K. B. third," and then " Q. to
K. Kt. fifth."
14. Q. takes P.
15. Q. to Q. R. fourth (ch.) best 15. B. to Q. second
16. Kt. takes B. 16. Q. takes Kt.
17. Q. to K. fourth 17. P. to K. B. third
and Black has decidedly the better game.
If, on the 15th move, White had taken the Kt. with the B. instead
of checking with the Q., the following variation would have occurred : —
15. B. takes Kt. 15. Q. takes Q.
16. Kt. takes Q. 16. K. takes B.
17. Kt. takes B. 17. P. takes Kt.
and Black remains with two Pawns ahead.
G.
10. B. to Q. third 10. B. to K. Kt. fifth
11. P. to K. fifth, or (a) 11. P. takes P.
12. B. to Q. R. third, or (4) 12. B. takes Kt.
13. Q. takes B. 13. Q. to K. B. third
14. Q. to K. second (best) 14. Castles on Q. side
with the better game, having the advantage of two Pawns, and of the
attack. Instead of Castling, Black could also bring the K. Kt. out,
reserving to himself the choice of Castling on either side.
VOL. II. 21
322 THE CHESS PLAVKRS CHRONICLE.
(«0
11. Q. Kt. to Q. second 11. Q. to Q. second
12. B. to Q. Kt. second 12. P. to K. B. third
13. P. to Q. R. fourth
It would be evidently dangerous to play " P. to K. R. third," as Black
could advantageously sacrifice the piece ; but even by retiring the B.,
Black would get a strong attack upon the King's side.
13. Kt. to K. second
14. B. to Q. Kt. fifth 14. P. to Q. B. third
15. P. takes P. 15. P. takes P.
16. B. to Q. B. fourth 16. B. takes Kt.
17. Q. takes B. 17. Kt. takes B.
15. Kt. takes Kt. 18. Castles on K. side
19. B. to Q. R. third 19. B. to Q. fifth
20. Q. to Q. Kt. third 20. Q. to K. third
21. Q. R. to Q. square 81. Q. R. to Q. Kt. square
22. Q. to Q. R. second 22. P. to Q. B. fourth
and Black has the better game.
(*)
12. Q. to Q. R. fourth (best) I 12. Q. to Q. second
13. Q. to K. fourth I
If "Q. takes Q.," then "B. takes Q.," and if White takes K. P.
with the Kt., Black has again the better game by playing " Kt. to K.
B. third," as will be found on a slight analysis.
13. B. takes Kt.
14. Q. takes K. P. 14. Kt. to K. second
15. P. takes B. (best) 15. Castles on Q. side
with a winning game.
H.
10. Kt. to Q. B. third
This move is made, in what we called Mr. Fraser's attack, on the
ninth move. It is less effective at present, and can be met in several
ways. " B. to K. Kt. fifth," teems, however, the simplest and most
effective defence.
10. B. to K. Kt. fifth
11. P. to K. fifth, or (a, 6, c) 11. Kt. takes B.
12. Q. to Q. R. fourth (check) 12. Q. to Q. second
IS. Q. takes Kt 13. B. takes Kt.
14. P. takes B. 14. P. takes P.
15. R. to K. square 15. P. to K. B. third
And Black, with the advantage of two Pawns, has a better positiou.
THE CHESS PLAYER S CHRONICLE. 323
(a)
11. B. toQ. Kt. fifth (check) 11. P. toQ. B. third
12. P. takes P. 12. P. takes P.
13. B. to K. second
If " B. to Q. third," " Q. to K. B third " would force the exchange
of the Queen.
13. B. takes Kt.
14. B. takes B. 14. Kt. to K. second
And Black has evidently the best game.
(*)
11. B. to Q. third 11. P. to K. R. third
12. R. to K. square, or (rf) 12. Kt. to K. second
13. P. to K. filth 13. Castles
14. P. takes P. 14. P. takes P.
With the better game.
(•)
11. B. to Q. R. third 11 B. takes Kt.
12. P. takes B. 12. Q. to K. Kt. fourth (check)
13. K. to R. square 13. Castles
14. B. to K. second 14. Q. to K. R. fifth
15. Q. to K. square 15. Kt. to K. B. third
with a winning game.
Notes.
Sa) Bather hazardous play in a consultation game.
b) We believe the Allies could have taken the K. Kt. with advantage;
they were it appears, however, afraid of their adversary's attacking powers in
an open game.
(c) In order to retrieve his venturesome opening.
(d) " P. to Q. Kt. fourth," first, would have, it seems to us, thrown the
game of the Allies into considerable disorder.
(«) Herr P. has, by this subtle move, evidently disappointed the expectations
of the Allies, who considered a Pawn as good as won.
(/) " B. to K. square," would perhaps have been stronger.
(g) Why not to Q. Kt. fourth. Herr F. seems to have considered his game
as easily won, or he would have played more carefully.
(4) This move was hastily played. " P. to K. Kt. fourth" was the winning
move, as may be seen on an analysis ; as it is, the game can only be drawn.
(») This mistake loses the game. " P. to Q. R. third " would have drawn
the game.
Note.
(a) Up to this point, the moves are those given in Mr. Staunton's recent
work, Chess Praxis, and he there states his opinion, that this opening is in
favour of the first player.
(J) " P. to K. fifth " seems to be preferable, and to give White a very strong
attack.
(<•) A hasty and ill-considered move, after which it appears difficult for Black
to escape from the very strong attack to which he is subjected.
N.B.—This particular opening was played by agreement, and on the sug
gestion of the Windermere Club. The defence was played by two gentlemen
deputed by th Birmingham Club to conduct the game. It would appear that
the opening is favourable to the first player, unless it should be discovered that
the second player has at his command a better series of defensive moves than
THE CHESS PLAYERS CHRONICLE. 829
those recommended by Mr. Staunton. The Windermere players hardly seem
to have made the most of the attack on their 12th move, and the Birmingham
players, on the other hand, could hardly expect to retrieve the game after their
17th move, which was a most injudicious one.
Notes.
(a) Most likely with the intention of advancing the K. Kt. P., in order to
win the Q. P. It would have been safer at this stage of the game, however, to
have played " Q. Kt. to Q. second," with the view of playing that Kt. afterwards
to Q. Kt. third. " Q. to K. second " would also have been more to the purpose.
332 THE CHESS PLAYER S CHRONICLE.
WHITE.
White to piny and mate in three moves.
WHITE.
White to play, and mate in four moves.
336 THE CHESS PLAYER'S CHRONICLE.
^g§
m i. i
■
&
W»m~~
V/////SSMI
WHITE.
White to mate in moves.
Wfflb W
I "
m
%Sk. m 'mm.
..//. /v/yo
14.
mum
m
warn!*
wm& %
i
m 4m
WII11E.
White compels Black to mate him in t went?-two moves.
THE CHESS PLAYER'S CHRONICLE. 387
Notes.
(a) We cannot understand the object of this move; we think it gives the
second player at once the best of the game.
(4) Decidedly objectionable, as it prevents the advance of the K. B. P. "P.
to K. B. fourth " would have been preferable.
(o) The proper move in answer to the preceding weak move of Black,
(d) Evidently a mistake, why not " Q. to Q. square."
VOl. II. 22
338 THE CHESS PLAYKK S CHK0N1CLE.
Game VII.
Between the same Opponents.
(Velrojfs Defence to t/ie Kt. game.)
White. (Mr. Brien.) Black. (Mr. Gochek.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. K. Kt. to B. third 2. K. Kt. to B. third
3. Kt. takes P. 3. P. to Q. third
4. K. Kt. to B. third 4. Kt. takes P.
5. P. to Q. fourth 5. P. to Q. fourth
6. K. B. to Q. third 0. K. B. to K. second
7. Castles 7. Castles
8. R. to K. square 8. K. Kt. to B. third
'J. Q. Kt. to B. third 9. Q. B. to Kt. fifth
10. P. to K. B. third 10. B. takes Kt.
11. Q. takes B. 11. Q. Kt. to B. third
12. Kt. to K. second 12. B. to Q. third
13. P. to Q. B. third 13. Q. Kt. to K. second
14. Q. B. to Kt. fifth 14. Q. Kt. to Kt. third
15. Kt. to Kt. third 15. K. B. takes Kt.
16. P. takes B. 16. P. to Q. B. third
17. K, R. to K. B. square 17. Q. to Kt. third (a)
18. Q. B. takes Kt. IS. P. takes Q. B.
19. R. to K. B. second 19. Q. R. to K. square
20. Q. to K. B. fifth 20. R. to K. third
21. P. to K. B. fourth 21. K. R. to K. square
22. P. to K. R. fifth 22. Kt. to K. B. square
23. Q. R. to K. B. square 23. K. to R. square
24. Q. to K. Kt. fourth 24. P. to Q. B. fourth
25. K. to R. second 25. P. takes Q. P.
26. P. takes P. 26. Q. to Q. third
27. Q. to K. B. fourth 27. K. to Kt. second
28. P. to R. sixth (check) '28. K. to R. square
29. B. takes P. 29. Q. to Q. Kt. third
30. Q. to Kt. fifth 30. Kt. to Kt. third
31. B. takes Kt. 31. R. P. takes B.
32. R. takes B. P. 32. Q. to Kt. fifth
33. Q. takes Q. P. 33. R. to K. fifth
THE CHESS PLAYER S CHRONICLE. 339
34. Q. takes Kt. P. 34. Q. takes Q.
35. R. takes Q. 35. R. takes Q. P.
And White mated in five moves.
Note,
(a) A weak move, " Q. to Q. third " seems to us far preferable.
Game between Mr. Burden and Herr Harrwitz, the latter giving
the odds of Pawn and move.
{Remove Black's K. B. P.)
White. (Mr. Burden.) Black. (Mr. Harrwitz.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. Kt. to Q. B. third
2. P. to Q. fourth 2. P. to K. fourth
3. P. to Q. fifth 3. Q. Kt. to K. second
4. B. to K. Kt. fifth 4. P. to Q. third
5. P. to Q. B. fourth 5. Q. to Q. second
6. Kt. to Q. B. third 6. P. to Q. R. third
7. P. to K. B. fourth (a) 7. P. takes P.
8. B. takes P. 8. Kt. to Kt. third
9. B. to Kt. third 9. Kt. to B. third
10. B. to Q. third 10. B. to K. second
11. Kt. to B. third 11. Kt. to Kt. fifth
12. Q. to K. second 12. B. to B. third
13. P. to K. fifth (J) 13. Q. Kt. takes P.
14. B. takes Kt. 14. Kt. takes B.
15. Kt. takes Kt. 15. P. takes Kt.
16. Castles (K. R.) 16. Q. to Kt. fifth (c)
17. Q. to Q. B. second 17. Q. to R. fifth
13. Q. R. to K. square 18. Castles
19. Kt. to K. fourth 19. B. to Q. second
20. P. to B. fifth 20. K. to R. square
21. R. to K. third 21. Q. R. to Q. square
22. P. to B. sixth 22. P. takes P.
23. P. takes P. 23. B. to B. square
24. Q. R. to B. third 21. Q. B. to Kt. fifth
25. R. to Kt. third 25. K. B. to K. second
2G. Kt. to B. second 26. B. to B. square
34C THE CHESS PLAYER'S CHRONICLE.
Notes.
(a) This move only loses time, and allows Black to bring his pieces into play
with much greater rapidity than he should do when giving these odds ; whilet,
by playing " B. to Q. third," or " Kt. to K. B. third," or even " B. to K. B.
fourth," he would have kept Black's pieces in a much more confined position.
(4) This must hare been a miscalculation, surely, for White gives up a very
valuable Pawn without any equivalent. " P. to K. B. third," followed by
Castling on Q. side (in due time), would have given White some sort of attack,
although, we verily believe, that Black has already improved his game.
(c) Castling would evidently have been dangerous, on account of White's
moving " Q. to K. B. fifth." Wo believe he has no better way of developing
his game than by offering the exchange of Queens.
(3) This is the beginning of a skilfnl though unsound combination.
(e) The forced loss of the Kt. was what Black clearly overlooked when he
ventured tho combination upon the 27th move.
Game between Herr Harrwitz and Mr. Borey, the former giving
Pawn and two moves.
(Remove Black's Paten.)
White. (Mr. Borey.) Black. (Herr Harrwitz.)
1. P. to K. fourth
2. P. to Q. fourth 2. P. to Q. third
3. P. to Q. B. fourth 3. K. Kt. to B. third
4. Q. Kt. to B. third 4. Q. Kt. to B. third
5. K. Kt. to B. third 5. Q. B. to K. Kt. fifth
6. B. to K. second .6. B. takes Kt.
7. B. takes B. 7. P. to K. fourth
8. P. to Q. fifth 8. Kt. to K. second
9. B. to K. Kt. fifth 9. Kt. to K. Kt. third
10. B. to R. fifth 10. B. to K. second
11. Q. B. takes Kt. 11. B. takes B.
12. Q. to Kt. fourth 12. K. to B. second
13. Q. to K. sixth (check) 13. K. to B. square
14. B. takes Kt. 14. P. takes B.
342 THE CHBSS PLAYEB8 CHRONICLE.
Game between Herr Haurwitz and Mr. Aytoun, the former giving
the odds of a Knight.
{Remove White's Queen's Knight.)
While. (Herr Haerwitz. Black. (Mr. Aytocn.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. P. to K. B. fourth 2. B. to B. fourth
3. K. Kt. to K. B. third 3. P. to Q. third
4. P. to Q. B. third 4. K. Kt. to B. third
5. P. to K. R. third 5. Q. Kt. to B. third
6. K. B. to Q. third 6. Castles
7. P. to K. Kt. fourth 7. P. takes P.
8. B. to Q. B. second 8. Kt. to K. fourth
9. P. to Q. fourth 9. Kt. takes Kt. (check)
10. Q. takes Kt. 10. B. lo Q. Kt. third
11. Q. B. takes P. 11. P. to Q. fourth
12. P. to. K. fifth 12. Kt. to K. fifth
13. Castles on Q.'s side 13. P. to K. B. fourth
14. B. to Q. Kt. third 14. P. to Q. B. third
15. P. to K. R. fourth 15. K. to B. square
16. P. to K. Kt. fifth 16. P. to Q. R. fourth
THE CHESS PLAYER S CHRONICLE. 343
CHESS IN IRELAND.
The following games have been lately played in the Dublin Library
Chess Club, between the Rev. G. Mac d on n ell, one of the best players
in Ireland, and Mr. Mackenzie, of the 60th Rifles.
Game I.
{Scotch Gambit)
White. (Mr. Mackenzie.) Black. (Rev. G. Macdonnell.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. K. Kt. to B. third 2. Q. Kt. to B. third
3. P. to Q. fourth 3. P. takes P.
4. K. B. to Q. B. fourth 4. K. B. to Q. B. fourth
THE CHESS PLAYEK 8 CHRONICLE. 345
Note.
(a) Bather weak. " P. to Q. Kt. fourth " would have been stronger, or even
"P. to Q. sixth." White, on the 7th move, instead of Castling, could havo
taken K. B. P. with B.
Game II.
Between the same Opponents.
(Kings' Gambit.)
White. (Rev. G. Macdonnell.) Black. (Mr. Mackenzie.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. P. to K. B. fourth 2. P. takes P.
3. K. Kt. to B. third 3. P. to K. Kt. fourth
4. K. B. to Q. B. fourth 4. K. B. to K. Kt. second
5. P. to Q. fourth 5. P. to Q. third
0. P, to Q. B. third 6. Q. to K. second (a)
340 THE CHESS PLAYER S CHRONICLE.
7. Castles 7. P. to K. R. third
8. Q. to Q. Kt. third 8. Q. Kt. to Q. second
9. Q. Kt. to Q. R. third 9. Q. Kt. to Q. Kt. third
10. P. to K. fifth 10. P. takes P.
11. Kt. takes P. 11. B. takes Kt.
12. P. takes B. 12. Q. B. to K. third
18. B. takes B. 13. Q. takes B.
14. Kt. to Q. Kt. fifth 14. Q. takes Q.
15. P. takes Q. 15. Castles on Q. side
10. Kt. takes R. P. (check) 16. K. to Q. Kt. square
17. P. to K. Kt. third 17. P. takes P.
18. P. takes P. 18. K. R. to R. second
19. Q. B. to K. third 19. Kt. to Q. second
20. Q. R. to Q. square 20. K. Kt. to K. second
21. P. to K. sixth 21. P. to Q. Kt. third
22. R. takes Kt. 22. R. takes R.
23. P. takes R.
And Blac c resigns.
Note,
(a) " P. to K". B. third " ought to have been played.
Game III.
Between the same opponents.
{King's Bishop's Qambit.)
White (Mr. Mackenzie.) Black. (Rev. G. Macdonnell.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1 . P. to K. fourth
2. P. to K. B. fourth 2. P. takes P.
3. K. B. to Q. B. fourth 3. K. Kt. to B. third
1. Q. Kt. to B. third 4. P. to Q. fourth (a)
5. B. takes P. 5. Kt. takes B.
ii. Kt. takes Kt. 6. Q. to K. R. fifth (check)
7. K. to B. square 7. Q. Kt. to Q. R. third
S. P. to Q. fourth 8. Q. B. to K. Kt. fifth
9. K. Kt. to B. third 9. B. takes Kt.
10. Q. takes B. 10. P. to K. Kt. fourth
11. Kt. to K. B. sixth (check) 11 K. to K. second
THE CHESS PLAYERS CHRONICLE. 347
Note.
(o) " P. to Q. third " would have been tea better.
GaMB IV.
Game played between the Rev. G. Macdonnell and Mr. Hunt,
the latter a strong Amateur of the Dublin Library Chess Club.
{Ruy Lopez Knight's Game.)
White. (Mr. Hunt.) Black. (Rev. G. Macdonnell.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. K. Kt. to K. B. third 2. Q. Kt. to Q. B. third
3. K. B. to Q. Kt. fifth 3. P. to Q. third (a)
k. P. to Q. fourth 4. P. takes P.
5. K. Kt. takes P. 5. B. to Q. second
318 THE CHESS PLAYER S CHRONICLE.
Nt to.
(a) "P. toQ. B. tkircI"ist he usnal defence.
THE CHESS PLAYER'S CHRONICLE. 340
SOLUTIONS TO PROBLEMS.
No. 101. PageZOi.
White. Black.
1. Kt. to K. fourth 1. B. to Q. B. eighth
2. B. to Q. Kt. square 2. K. to Q. eighth
3. Kt. to K. B. second (check) 3. K. to K. eighth
4. Kt. takes P. 4. K. to Q. eighth
5. Kt. to K. B. second (check) 5. K. to K. eighth
6. Kt. to K. R. third 6. K. to Q. eighth
7. Kt. takes R. and wins
No. 102. Page 303.
White. Black.
1. Kt. takes P.
2. P. to B. third, drawing
No. 103. Page 304. .
White. Black.
1. Q. to Q. Kt. square 1. Kt. to Q. B. second (ch.) (A)
2. R. takes Kt. (check) 2. B. takes R.
3. Kt. mates
(A)
1. Any move
2. Kt. to R. seventh (check) 2. B. takes Kt.
3. Q. mates
No. 104. Page 304.
White. Black.
1. P. to Q. R. fourth (check) 1. K. to Q. B. third
2. R. to Q. sixth (check) 2. K. takes Kt.
3. P. to Q. Kt. fourth (check) 3. P. takes P. (cm pass.)
4. K. to Q. Kt. fourth 4. K. takes Kt. (dig. ch.) (A)
R. to Q. fourth (double check) and mate
(A)
I 4. Any other move
Kt. Mates
No. 105. Page 319.
White. I Black.
1. B. to Q- Kt. second (dis. ch.) I 1. K. to Q. B. third
2. B. to K. fifth 2. Anything
3. Q. R. or Kt. mates
If B. check, K. to K. Q. B. third
No. 106. Page 319.
White. Black.
1. R. to Q. Kt. second 1. Q. takes R. (best)
2. Q. to Q. Kt. eighth (check) 2. Q. takes Q. or (A)
3. P. checks 3. Iv. moves
4. B. mates
(A)
2. B. covers
3. Q. takes Q. (check) 3. R. takes Q.
4. P. mates
350 THE CHESS PLAYERS CHRONICLE.
■ mii ±
"™,*~Z....T.
wim■, iSi. ^H ,
^. wm//.^f^'/ 'warn
7/'wmA
WHITE.
White to mate in two moves.
%..M
?Ti
m""£"'
*j*wm. ■%
wsm
Pi '"
n
WHITS.
Whitc to move. and mate in four moves.
352 THE CHESS PLAYER S CHRONICLE.
WHITE.
White to play find mate in four moves.
(.
*'>/:r*
m ^.ml^'w
%
111 I
WHITE.
White to play, and mate in four moves.
THE CHESS PLAYER S CHRONICLE. 353
(a)
10. B. to K. Kt. fifth 10. B. to Q. second
11. P. to K. fifth 11. P. to Q. fourth
12. Kt. to Q. B. third 18. Kt. to K. second
13. B. to K. square 13. B. to K. third
and Black has already the advance.
This terminates our analysis of the Evans' Gambit. We believe to
have proved, to the satisfaction of our readers, that the defence ought
always to win. Should it have happened (in the course of our analysis)
that we have overlooked some mode of attack, we shall be obliged to
our readers for any suggestion, and shall, in future numbers, supply
any omission which may have taken place. Errave humanum est.
HOP./E matutinj:.
To the Editor of the Chess Player's Chronicle.
Sin,— Mine is one of those impassioned characters which, whenever
they take a subject in hand, follow it up with all the energy of their
nature. Thus, as soon as I had learned the game of Chess, and
became somewhat initiated into its mysteries, not only my attachment
to the noble game grew daily stronger, but I also began to feel a
lively interest in the Chess players themselves ; nay, the very gossip
about Chess and Chess players had an infinite charm for me. When
ever I was at leisure I visited the different places where the players
used to meet ; I subscribed to every club in the metropolis ; kept all
the periodical publications which related to Chess, and never passed a
book-stall without trying if I could not become the fortunate purchaser
of a book upon Chess which I had not yet in my library. As soon as
I read the announcement, two years ago, in the Illustrated London
News, that a new series of the Chess Player's Chronicle, the pub
lication of which had stopped for some time, would make its appear
ance, I hastened to add my name to the list of subscribers. I must
candidly confess I do not regret having done so ; for, with the exception
of some typographical errors, which, by the by, are sometimes very
puzzling, one can find but little fault with it ; on the contrary, there
never existed a Chess periodical containing so many valuable and
original games, so many new and skilful problems, by the first com
posers of the day. Still there is one thing which 1 have sadly missed
in this, as well as in all the other Chess publications, and which, I have
no doubt, a great number of your readers have also missed, even if
they do not possess the tenth part of the Chess enthusiasm of which I
am guilty. This desideratum for the reader, who often leads the life of
a hermit in a country-place, is to obtain general news from the Chess
world, concerning Chess publications, Chess players, and doings in the
356 THE CHESS PLAYER'S CHRONICLE.
HOR.E MATUTINjE.
Scene—The Philidorian Chess Rooms.
(Time, half-past 12 a.m.)
Doctor MacIvor, late surgeon on board of Her Majesty's frigate,
Caissa, is veading the Times— Captain O'Millan, /om^r/y in the
Company's Service, is earnestly discussing his bveakfast, consisting
of a cup of tea, two eggs, a rasher of bacon, and a French roll.—
Professor Long is sitting before a Chess-board, trying to solve a
Problem taken from the French Chess publication, La Regence.
The Doctor. Well, Professor, you have been trying the last half-
hour to solve that problem ; have you at last found the way to do it ?
The Professor. No, not yet ; it is a very difficult problem, by
Le Bayer. La Regence has copied it from the Chess Monthly, and the
Chess Monthly from the Berlin Schachzeitung, as Mr. Scrirrler told
me in great dudgeon; for he copied it three times from the three pub
lications, and when he came to compare them at home he found it was
the same problem, and thence his ire. Last month, the Era and the
Illustrated London News published a problem of Mr. Frank Healey's;
by a singular coincidence, both editors copied it at the same time (I
believe from the American Chess Congress). This problem was ori- •
ginally dedicated to Morphy. Chance would have it that both papers
made a great nourish about it, each leading their subscribers to believe
it was composed expressly for the paper in which it appeared. This,
combined with the fact, that the two editors like each other like cats
and dogs, makes the whole affair a capital bit of fun.
The Captain (having finished his breakfast, and lighting a cigar).
What does Mr. Scrirrler copy all these problems for ? Whenever I
see him he is either copying a problem or trying to solve one.
\
THE CHESS PLAYER'S CHRONICLE. 357
Gam E II.
{Ruy Lopez.)
White. (Herr Kolisch.) Black. (Herr Horwitz.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. Kt. to K. B. third 2. Kt. to Q. B. third
3. B. to Q. Kt. fifth 3. Kt. to K. B. third
4. Castles 4. B. to K. second
5. Kt. to Q. B. third 5. P. to Q. third
6. P. to Q. fourth 6. P. takes P.
\
THE CHESS 1'LAYER S CHRONICLE. 308
Gam E III
{Fetrojfs defence to the Knight game.)
White. (Herr Horwitz.) Black. (Herr Kolisch.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. K. Kt. to B. third 2. K. Kt. to B. third
3. Kt. takes K. P. 8. P. to Q. third
■1. Kt. to K. B. third 4. Kt. takes P.
5. P. to Q. B. third 5. P. to Q. fourth
6. B. to K. second 6. B. to Q. third
7. P. to Q. third 7. Kt. to K. B. third
x Q. B. to K. Kt. fifth 8. B. to K. third
364 THE CHESS PLAYERS CHRONICLE.
Gami5 IV.
(««y Lopez.)
White. (Herr Kolisch.) Black. (Herr Horwitz.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. K. Kt. to B. third 2. Q. Kt. to B. third
3. B. to Q. Kt. fifth 3. Kt. to K. B. third
4. Castles 4. P. to Q. third
5. P. to Q. fourth 5. P. takes P.
6 P. to K. fifth B. P. takes P.
7. Kt. takes P. 7. B. to Q. second
8. B. takes Kt. 8. B. takes B.
THE CHESS PLAYERS CHRONICLE. 305
WHITE.
White to play, and mate in three moves.
■&L
WHITE.
White to play, and mate in three moves.
338 THE CHESS PLAYER S CHRONICLE.
In a game in which Herr Kling gave Signor Aspa the Knight. The
former announced at this point mate in four moves.
No. 116. Problem by J. A. Miles, Fakenham.
BLACK.
mmJrmmmHP S IwJ
Mp■ w/////////
m M
wm. msm
■iJS
4lpiap ^/
wm m
m WHITE.
White to play, and mate in six moves.
THE CHESS PLAYER S CHRONICLE. 369
Var. A.
8. Q. takes P. (check) 8. Kt. to K. B third
9. P. to K. fifth 9. Kt. takes P.
10. Q. takes Kt. 10. P. to Q. third
11. Q. to K. R. fifth (check) 11. K. to Kt. square
12. Q. to Kt. fifth (check) 12. B. to Kt. second
13. P. to Q. Kt. third
(If " Q. Kt. to B. third," Black replies with " P. to K. R. third.")
13. B. to K. third
14. B. to Q. Kt. second 14. P. to K. R. third
15. Q. to K. third 15. Q. to K. second
16. B. takes Kt. 16. B. takes B.
17. Kt. to Q. B. third 17. P. to Q. R. third
18. Q. R. to Q. square 18. Q. R. to Q. square
19. Kt. to K. fourth 19. B. to Kt. second
And what more can White do? his. attack is over, and Black has still
apiece against a Pawn, and consequently ought to win.
Var. C.
8. Q. to K. R. fifth 8. Kt. takes Q. P.
9. Q. B. takes P. 9. Kt. to K. B. third
and Black ought to win.
Var. D.
8. Q. B. takes P. | 8. Kt. takes Q. P.
(9. " Q. to K. B. fifth " brings the position to the same as last Varia
tion, I therefore try)-
y. B. takes P. (check) 9. Q. takes B.
10. Q. to Q. third 10. B. to B. fourth
n. B. to K. third 11. Q. to Kt. second
and White has no resource.
Variation 4.
7. P. to Q. third I 7. Kt. to Q. fifth
8. Q. to R. fifth I
(If " Q. takes P." the Kt. checks.)
8. Q. to K. second
9. B. or R. takes P. 9. Kt. to K. B. third
and wins.
Variation 5.
7. Kt. to Q. B. third 7. Kt. to K. fourth
If 8. Q. to K. R. fifth 8. Kt. takes B.
therefore White must play A or B.
A
Q. takes P. 8. Q. to K. B. third
B. takes P. (check) 9. Kt. takes B.
10. Q. takes Q. 10. Kt. takes Q.
11. R. takes Kt. 11. B. to Kt. second
and can White hope to win ?
B.
8. Q. to K. second 8 P. to Q. third
9. B. to Q. Kt. third 9. B. to K. Kt. fifth
10 Q. to B. second 10. P. to B. sixth
11, P. takes P. 11. B. to R. sixth
12. R. to Q. square 12. Kt. to K. R. third
and wins.
Variation 6.
7. P. to Q. B. third | 7. Kt. to K. fourth
and the game proceeds as in Variation 5.
Variation
Q. takes P. 7. P. to K. B. third
Q. Kt.toB.third(orA,B,C) 8. Q. to K. second
THE CHESS PLAYER S CHRONICLE. 373
Notes.
(a) The position at this point of the game is very interesting. If, instead
of taking the P., which was doubtless the best move, White had checked with
Q. or B., the following variations would probably have occurred :—
20. 'Q. to K. B. seventh (ch.) or (A)
21. K. to B. square 21. Q. to B. eighth (check) or (B)
22. K. to K. second 22. Q. takes Kt. P.
23. P. takes P. 23. Q. to B. sixth (check)
24. K. to Q. second
and White has clearly the better game
(A)
20. B. to B. seventh (check)
21. K. to B. square 21. Q. takes P.
22. P.to Q.sixtu (dis.ch.J.&c.&c.
(B)
21. P. to K. B. fifth
22. Q. takes K. P. 22. P. takes B. (best)
23. Q. to K. Kt. sixth (check) 23. K. to R. square
21. R. takes P. 24. R. to K. Kt. square
In this position White has at least the option of drawing the game by perpetual
check, but having already gained three Pawns for the piece, the chances of
winning are in his favour. It is obvious that the above move " R. to K. Kt.
square" was Black's best answer at this juncture, for checking with Q. on K.
R. eighth would have led to immediate ruin. Taking K. B. P. with R. check
ing, however, would not have averted the final catastrophe, as Black would have
taken the R., and in answer to " R. to K. B. square (check) " have interposed
the R. with perfect safety. If Q. then checks on K. Kt. fifth, White moves
" K. to K. third," and will, in a lew moves, be quite out of danger, with two
Pawns and the exchange ahead.
(4) Best. If " R. takes K. B. P." instead, Black wins by playing " P. to K.
seventh."
Game IX.
Between the same Opponents.
(1'hilidor's Defence.)
If hite. (Mr. Brien.) Black. (Mr. Gocheh.)
1. V. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. K. Kt. to B. third 2. P. to Q. third
376 THE CHESS PLAYER S CHRONICLE.
Notes.
(a) By this move White gives the advantage of the attack away.
(4) This gives the second player leave to castle first.
Game X.
Between the same Opponents.
{Irregular Opening.)
Black. (Mr. Gocher.) White. (Mr. Brien.)
1. P. toQ. B. fourth 1. P. to K. third
2. P. to Q. fourth 2. P. to Q. fourth
THE CHESS PLAYER S CHRONICLE. 377
Notes.
(a) Instead of making that roundabout way with the Kt., " P. to Q. Kt.
third " would have been a far more effective move.
(4) We have been unable to find out the object of this move.
(c) Rather daring.
(d) Very hazardous, to Castle under the attack which has evidently been
prepared for several moves ; we should have preferred to move the " K. to B.
square."
(e) We believe that White, by taking the Kt. P. with the Q., would hare
had the bettor game.
(/ ) This move seals White's fate—the game cannot now be saved.
Notet.
(o) This combination is unsound.
(A) He might also play " P. to K. Kt. fifth " at once.
(c) Clearly, as his opponent missed the best move at his last chance, relying
on his not taking the same advantage at the present juncture.
(d) Curious, although far from safe.
(e) " Kt. to k. Kt. third " would have been a little perilous, although it
would perhaps havo gained the game finally.
(/) To advance the Pawns on the right wing.
(g) The best move.
(A) The only play to win the game.
Notes.
(a) A sound sacrifice. (4) Black dare not tak
IPSWICH AND SUFFOLK CHESS CLUB.
In the early part of November a large gathering of the Members of
the above Club took place to elect a new President and Committee.
The following were elected: —Mr. Thomas Gocher, President;
Messrs. J. Gocher, A. Wallis, and A. J. Vulliamy, Members of
the Committee; H. A. Byng, Hon. Treasurer ; J. H. Haddon, Hon.
Secretary. This Club has, through the exertions of Mr. John Gocher,
of late risen into great importance, and is now, we are informed, in such
a position as not to refuse a challenge from any club. Having unsuc
cessfully courted a match with several clubs in this country, they are
now, we understand, about to challenge one of the continental clubs.
MATCH BETWEEN MESSRS. WATKINSON AND WERNER,
HUDDERSFIELD.
We are sorry to hear that the play in this match, the particulars of the
commencement of which we gave in our October Number, has been
suspended in consequence of the indisposition of Mr.WERNES. It will,
in all probability, be some weeks before the match is again resumed.
One game only has as yet been played.
DUBLIN.
A Tourney is in progress at the Duelin Lirrary Chess Clur ;
eight players entered, and were paired as follows :—
Mr. Mackenzie, Mr. Emerson.
„ Sidney, „ Conroy.
„ Buckley, „ Martin.
„ Brwley, „ Yeates.
We shall give the result in our next.
THE CHESS PLAYER S CHRONICLE. 3S1
SOLUTIONS TO PROBLEMS.
No. 105*. Page 335.
White. Black.
Q. to B. fifth (check) 1. Kt. takes Q.
Kt. to K. sixth 2. Any move
mates accordingly.
No. 106*. Page 335.
White. Black.
1. R. to Q. B. sixth 1. K. moves, or A, B, 0
2. R. takes B. P. (check) 2. K. to Q- fifth, or K. fifth
and White mates in two moves accordingly.
(A)
1. B. takes B.
2. B. takes P. 2. B. lo B. seventh
3. Kt. to Q. B. fifth
and mates next move.
(B)
1. B. to Q. fourth
2. Kt. takes P. 2. B. takes B.
3. R. to Q. filth
and mates next move.
(C)
I 1. P. to Q. fourth
2. Kt. to Q. sixth I 2. If K. moves, Kt. checks, and
R. mates ; but if "B. to Q. seventh," " R. takes Q. P." and mates next move.
No. 107*. Page 330.
White Black.
1. B. to Q. B. fifth 1. K. to Q. B. eighth
2. Kt. to K. B. second 2. K. to Q. B. eighth
3. Kt. to Q. square 3. K. to Q. B. eighth
4. Kt. to Q. Kt. second 4. K. to Q. Kt. eighth
5. Kt. takes P. 5- K. to Q. B. eighth
6. K. to Q. K. second 6. K. to Kt. eighth
7. K. to Q. Kt. third 7. K. to Q. B. eighth
8. B. to K. fourth (check) 8. K. to Q. Kt. eighth
9. Kt. to Q. R. fourth
and mates next move
No. 108*. Page 336.
White. Black.
1. R. to Q. seventh (dis. cheok) Moves all forced.
2. Q. to Q. B. sixth (check)
3. R. to Kt. seventh (check)
4. Q. to K. Kt. sixth (dis. ch.)
5. Q. to Q. seventh (check)
6. Q. to Q. fifth (check)
7. R. to Kt. square (dis. cheok)
8. Q. to Q. B. sixth (check)
9. B. to R. square (check)
10. Q. to B. fifth (check)
11. B. to R. third (check)
382 THE CHESS PLAYER S CHRONICLE.
White.
12. B. to Q. fourth (check)
13. B. to Kt. third (check)
14. B. to Kt. second (check)
15. K. to K. B. second (dis. ch.)
16. Q. to K. B. fifth (check)
17. B. to Q. Kt. second (check)
18. Q. to Q. B. second (check)
19. Q. to K. B. second (check)
20. Q. to Q. fourth (cheek)
21. B. to B. third (check)
22. Q. to K. Kt. (check) (B. takas Q. mate)
No. 109. Page 351.
Check with Pawn, and mate with Kt. B. or Q.
No. 110. Page 851.
White. I Black.
1. B. to K. third I 1. P. to K. fourth (or A)
2. P. to K. B. fifth 2. K. to Q. third
3. B. to Q. B. seventh 3. King moves
4. Book mates
(A)
1. K. to Q. third
2. B. to Q. B. seventh 2. P. to K. fourth
3. P. to K. B. fifth 3. King moves
4. Book mates
No. 111. Page 352.
White. Black.
1. Kt. to Q. third 1. Q. to K. B. third
2. B. takes P. (check) 2. Q. takes B,
3. Q. to K. B. sixth (check) 3. K. takes Kt. or K. to K. B. fifth
4. Q. mates at Q. B. second, or K. to Kt. third
If 1. K. to Q. B. second 1. Q. to Q. square
or 1. Kt, to K. third, or B. third 1. Q. to Q. square
or 1. Q. to Q. B. sixth (check) 1. K. to K. B. fourth
or 1. Kt. to Q. seventh 1. Q. to K. Kt. fourth
or 1. Kt. to K. Kt. fourth 1. Q. takes
or 1. K. to any other square 1. K. to K. B. third
And Black defends the mate.
No. 112. PageZM.
White. Black.
1. Kt. to Q. fourth (check) 1. B. takes Kt.
2. Q. to K. Kt. sixth (check) 2. K. takes Kt.
3. B. to K, B. seventh (check) Kt. takes B.
4. P. to K. fourth, mate
THE CHESS PLAYERS CHRONICLE. 383
^wmlr™
mwm,r
"mf*
mm A m
^ mm.
m^m
mm.
WHITE.
White to mate in four moves.
w
v*.m^jm
WHITE.
White to play, and mate in four moves.
S84 THE CHESS PLAYER S CHRONICLE.
z"%m warn.
tal ■
mz% ■
mm.
. ft* — s®g^
^ - warn. w%. m.
^? 4ffi77%if,
mm
mm V
WHITE.
White mates in five moves.
■Pi
■i
„.«li iHf,
IP
§
mmmJmmm
WW
wm J^W"-—
Hi
IM ill IIP
WHITE.
White mates in eleven moves, by playing only the Queen.